TRANSACTIONS AND PROCEEDINGS

ROYAL SOCIETY of SOUTH AUSTRALIA

vor bG

[Wira FnowTisPIECE, Fomry-rwo PLATES, AND FIFTEEN
FIGURES IN THE Texr.]

EDITED BY PROFESSOR WALTER HOWCHIN, F.G.S.,
Assistep BY ARTHUR M. LEA, F.E.S.

PRICE, FIFTEEN SHILLINGS

Adelaide :
PUBLISHED BY THE Socrrry, Roya, Socrrry Rooms, Norta TERRACE,

DECEMBER 24, 1919.

PRINTED By Hussey & GinL:NGHAM LrwrrED, 106 AND 108, Currix
STREET, ADELAIDE, SOUTH AUSTRAL

4 rcels for transmission to the Royal
ralia from the Un States of America can be forwarded
thro ash

a M
ugh the Smithsonian Institution, W f

vi.

Bopal Society of South Australia

(INCORPORATED).

Patron:
HIS EXCELLENCY SIR HENRY LIONEL GALWAY,
K.C.M.G., D.S.O

a sli
OFFICERS FOR 1914-20.

President :
SIR JOSEPH C. VERCO, M.D., F.R.C.S.

Vice=Presidents:
E. ASHBY, F.L.S., M.B.O.U.
MAJOR R. H. PULLEINE, M.B.

on. Treasurer:
W. B. POOLE.

Don. Secretary:
WALTER RUTT, C.E.

bers of Council:
PROF. T. G. B. OSBORN, M.Sc.
PROF. R. W. CHAPMAN, M.A., B.C.E., F.R.A.S-
PROF. WALTER HOWCHIN, F. G. S. (Editor and Representative
Sic or).

PROF. E. H. ey M.A., D.Sc., F.C.S.
LIEUT.-COLONEL R. S. ROGERS, M.A.. M.D.

CAPT. S. A. WHITE, C.M.B.0.U.

Bon. Auditors:
W. Jb WARE, JP. H. WHITBREAD.

uM EE E s

———

Page.
Verco, Sir Jos. C.: Obituary Notice (Sir E. C. LEER tee 1
| BM Arr. G.: Vitality of See ae
Dr. J. Burton, and fis wi: Gesu gt ian Pact:
| Notes and Descriptions, No. 2. The xb am d Poly-
f Pores of Australia. Plates i. to v. 11
Brack, J. copy ens to the Flora of South Australia No. 15.
Tag vi. to 23
Howe, Pror. W. Ha Geological Momiksude (First Keo
fibuGon) Plat
ÁsHBY, Epw Pon view of the Genus Loricella (Order
Polyplacophora), with Notes pA — Previously Unnoted
and Description of a New Spe Plate x 59
Asngy, Epwin: Notes on ERR, Polyplacophora, Dandia
i Descriptions of Two New Genera, a New riety, and the
i Description and Proposed Recognition of Me Bednall’s
Stenochiton pilsbryanus. Plate 66
E, Dn. R. s A e P Kangaroo
Mid late cis New Species of Aganivp 74
Warre, Caer. S8. A | Notes on the Dore of a cur
Remains below Mene Jones at the — Fulham, |
near Adelaide 77
Howenry, Pror War tie | Ona:
- WALTER : ampla Nótos on the Oc
rence of Apes nal Remains discovered by Capt. S. A. White
at Fulham (described i - CUM panone Paper), Sith Remarks a
on the Geological Sect
» Dr NEL B.: A Oe itribetinn to the Study of Ha ab.
Foreman. A Clinical, Pathological, and Experimenta
vestigation of a Granulomatous Condition of the Hors 85
ab € granuloma. xv.

— ES de EHMEBUR Disk: its Cypriot Origin. "Plates

Pa Cert

EUER Lau e at Cape Ñ |

Plates les xxiii. and xx v. (Communica
, Lea, AnTHUR HUR M.: Notes on Some Micelles hei a, ra 166
| "Descriptions = New Species, Part v. Plates xxv. to xxvi.
D, Dr. J and Epwin CHEEL grees Fangi: 262
Notes ana obit No. 3. Plates xxviii. and xxi
| Did, iA The Petrology of the vA dus rn m e d of and xxxi ‘wit
Leds esae ila sted by Prof. Howehin) ~- =- 316
T à Sponges H.: Australian Coleoptera, Part i
J. M.: enone, to the Flora s South Australia, No. 16.

CONTENTS (CowrINUED).

Curet, Epwin: Notes on Three Species of Melaleuca. Plate
xxxvii. (Communicated by J. M. Black)

Erueriver, R., jun.: The Cambrian Trilobites of PERERA d
Tasmania. Plates XXXix. and pp

Asuny, EDWIN: dehors * Six New Byditaf of tile
PE S be (Fou M hies and Two Callis
chitons), with other "Mütes: Plates xli. and xlii

CuarMaw, Pror. R. W.: iysudal zie of Bine South
Australian-grown Pine

MISCELLANEA

ÅBSTRACT OF Faoi

DONATIONS TO LIBRARY
List or MEMBERS ...
APPENDICES : —
Field Naturalists’ Section: Annual Report, e Flo Eh
Thirtieth Annual aot Shay of ave Native Les and o
Protection Comm

INDEX

APO SEAE EEE KEN N N ESEA ca ITI E EEEE S A AA I EEEE

— ———————————— ——
l————

THE LATE Sig E. C. Breine, Kr., C.M.G., F.R.S.,
M.A., M. u^ y Cantab. ), F.R.G.S., C.M. Z. S.

THE |
Transactions |
OF

The Royal Society oi South Australia

(Incorporated.)

Vol. XLIII.

OBITUARY NOTICE.

WITH FRONTISPIECE.
: It is with profound regret we refer to the death of one
= our most eminent and helpful Fellows, the late Sir E. C.
rouse, Kr, C.M.G., F.R.S., M.A., M.D. (Cantab.),
ees. C.M.Z.S. He was elected a Fellow on October 4,
881, a member of Council in 1882, and a Vice-President in

> , he was re-elected in 1885 a member of Council, in
Di 8 Vice-President, and in 1889 he was chosen President
rectly his office expired h in made

ica d appointed Lecturer on Physiology at the University
e showed and explained one of his laboratory instruments, |
à :

ions.
e went to England in 1884 for a few months, partly to
Secure the most
paysiologica] observations, and these on his return he ex-
ited and described to the members. mx
In 1886 he showed a preparation of the genitalia of a

m other mammals. s ie
ng 1889, the year of his Presidency, he was not on
Moss from the gatherings of the Society, ë ad we find him

2
showing the cranium of a South Australian aboriginal pre-
senting a marked resemblance to the celebrated prehistoric
Neanderthal skull, and having a very ape-like appearance;

of the Province. He did not agree with Gould that it was
only the nuptial dress of the: male of an ordinary teal,- but
felt satisfied it was a distinct species. On retiring from the
Presidential chair he read an address on '*Weissmann $

eory of Heredity," and the meeting carried a unanimous
resolution that the address should be printed.

He was Chairman of the South Australian Museum
Committee in the year 1884-5, and when Dr. Haacke
resigned his position in 1889 Dr. Stirling was installed as
Honorary Director of the Museum. This gave him free
access to the valuable ethnological, palaeontological, and other

f whi

1888, and again

named, described 94
in 1891, and still further dealt with in the volume for 18 :
In 1890 he accompanied Earl Kintore and a party overlan

-

collection of flora and fauna. In this way he was fortunate

mole, as well as much other material, to supply not only our
dis Museum, but those in the Commonwealth and in foreign
ands

In 1893 he went with a party to Lake Callabonna to

, to
transport to Adelaide. By the patient industry and technical
Mr. A. E. ietz they were collected, —€—« y
h m,

these Dr
Plete skeleton of the enormous marsupial, the Diprotodon
tee i th

Zealand moas, and almost equal in size to aie
For more than four years these monster
tion, ànd several papers on the poer

3

features of Lake Callabonna and its fossil remains were. sub-

mitted to our Society and were printed as Memoirs, of which
they naue the whole of our first volume.
n

taken in Central Australia. He and Mr. Zietz dealt with
all the vertebrata obtained by the Elder Exploration in 1893,
and published their results in our Transactions for 189

: 95 he was appointed Director of the Museum as a
salaried officer, and held this post until the end of 1912, when :
he resigned (being followed by Mr. E. R. i
April, 1914, was made Honorary Curator of Ethnology. Sir
Edward Stirling was, perha as much interested in the

opo. : ges

P
: He gradually accumulated a fine library of works
: ig with its history and its aboriginals, and with the
inhabitants of ad jacent islands. He collected in our Museum
iem series of native skulls and skeletons, implements of

branch of science, as well as an enduring testimony to his
Persevering industry and special enthusiasm. ;

: In 1898 he proposed a resolution in one of our meetings,
Which was carried unani ously, “That whereas the aborigines
» th Australia are rapidly disappearing, it is desirable
preh inte: of science and of our successors that a com-

full ensive and enduring record of the Australian race im

lest anthropological and ethnological sense should be
undertaken before it is too late." Whenever. any paper

Co ng with this subject was presented for acceptance the
MIO felt it had in Dr. Stirling an expert to whom it could
submitted for an estimate of its value. It is to his zeal and
Pioti tha a very large number of valuable
Uu e *ven unique examples of ceremonial ornaments and other

B
FE

` name of Flinders Chase, as an asylum or sanctuary for our
i d pl nts.

4

rarities which but for his intervention would have been lost,
not only to our State, but to our nation.

As recently as 1911 he wrote a lengthy paper entitled
"Preliminary Report on the Discovery of Native ains
at Swanport, River Murray, with an Enquiry into the Alleged
Occurrence of a Pandemic among the Australian Aboriginals.
He intended to discuss later his anthropological findings from
examination of the bones and skulls of more than 160 natives
obtained from the Swanport burial place, but ‘‘art is long, and
life is short," and this work is left for some other hand.

fast disappearing indigenous animals an és
Stirling several times supported its petition by cogent argu-

d "inr
the value of his contributions. The Queen of the Netherlands
conferred upon him a gold medal “‘for science and art’’ afte
the National Muesum of Natural History in Leyden, Holland,
had been enriched by him. He was made a Fellow of the

. Jos. C. Verco, President.
Evenihg Meeting, April 10, 1919.

VITALITY OF SEEDS.
By Arr. G. Enqvisr.
[Read November 21, 1918.]

In March, 1918, were commenced a number of experi-
ments for the purpose of finding a practicable way of guia

vil, and rain. object in our investigation was
to E ren. if possible, that dry grain —— could be
Stored safely in an atmosphere rich in z ot nitrogen,

vals without impairing its vitality or germinating
les.

report recently issued by Dr. Hargreaves, of t the
try Department, has necessitated the publishing of

further evidence of tiss value of the work done by the

Way CO, AND NITROGEN WERE CHOSEN
It wa aa that co, gas eld quickly
asphyxiate any animal life existing in the wheat, and prevent
eggs of weevil and other beetles from hatching.
2. Carbonic acid gas is easily and cheaply gen
t 3. It can be ag nn E pressure and safely peabar
2 F cu of the Sta
intelligent pe is tela d pi and easily manipulated by any
Ein n quickly destroy the Miror of dry wheat,
and therefor might prove a safe mediu Piin to store
dn t from harvest time to the time pd: seodin
dis = Pe hehia acid gas is heavier than air, d readily
place

itr cm was chosen because it fails to support life, is
daa and readily available without the use of gas-generating
po 1l.— To prove whether or not dry grain

: at ethod. — A class tube closed at one end was partly filled
with ad wheat A penne oft = 917. In the open end of this
tube yw as sealed a straight piece of narrow glass tu bing. A
retort s Stand supported the gear with the open end of the

: 6

narrow tube immersed in fresh lime-water. Every day the
tube containing the wheat was lifted from the lime-water and
the contents aerated for a few minutes. The water film
which sometimes closed the mouth of the narrow tube was
removed with blotting paper, by centrifugal force or by the
passage of an air current across the open end of the tube.

Result.—So far as visible evidence was concerned, dry

dies of thirst or breathes its life away. Some seeds that we
have tested lose their vitality at the end of one or two years;
others, such as acacia seeds, retain their germinating quali-
ties for years. The seeds of Goodia latifolia are credited with
having retained vitality for 105 years. Ten years ago Pro-
fessor A. J. Ewart, of Melbourne, gave me three seeds of
Goodia latifolia which he said were 101 years old. One of
the three was successfully germinated. : ;
EXPERIMENT 2.— To demonstrate that germinating gram
respires freely.
. Method.—The apparatus was arranged and manipulated
in every particular as in Experiment 1, the only difference

Kesult.—The lower end of the narrow glass tubing, MES
extended below the surface of the lime-water, and into —
orced i

the lime-water was f

nce of this result may be stated thus:—The ge
of the air enclosed with the wheat was slowly absorbed by the
ting i as. As fast as

ee absorbed with the formation of carbonate of lime.

. The inference.—Germinating wheat breathes freely an

T EXPERIMENT 3.—To prove that dry grain can be stored
in an air-tight receptacle for a: considerable period withou
ges : ' or germinating qualities of the gram-

7

Method.—On March 1, 1918, small quantities of wheat
harvested in 1917 were sealed in three glass bottles—A, B,
and C, respectively.

Test (1).—At the end of fourteen days the wheat in
bottle A was planted on damp soil under a sheet of glass.

Result.—The grain germinated freely.

Test (2).—At the expiration of twenty-eight days the
wheat in bottle B was planted on damp soil under glass.

. Result——The grain grew freely. ;

. Test (3).—On September 13, just 196 days after being
el in bottle C, the grain was planted on damp soil under
ass

Result.—The grain grew freely. ;
Conclusion.—The result of these three trials, which mark
Progress in a long series of experiments, goes to show that
eat may be stored in hermetically sealed receptacles for a

considerable period without impairing its vitality.

XPERIMENT 4.—To prove that dry grain can be safely
stored in an atmosphere rich in gas for considerable

Periods without injury to the vitality of the ie
Method.—Small quantities of grain harvested in 1917

displaced air passed through a second tube into lime-water. The
lime-water was used to test the quality of the air expelled
3 from the bott]e containing the grain. When the overflow was
"ich in CO, the bottle was carefully sealed. ;
Test.—At the end of fourteen days, twenty-eight days,
and 196 days, respectively, the grain in the three bottles was
an

Result, Bottle B.—The grain grew well after experiencing
the effects of CO, gas for twenty-eight days. -

Result, Bottle C.—At the end of twenty-eight weeks t 4
grain appeared not to have suffered as a result of confinemen
Mm air rich in CO,. The grain germinated freely. ——

Note.—]It will be noticed that the results of germination
_ have not been expressed in percentages. To secure 4

8

percentage results it would be necessary to duplicate the
experiments to an extent impracticable under the circum-
tances governing work in the laboratory where 225 students
are conducting two or three experiments each

EXPERIMENT 5.—To demonstrate that dry wheat may be
stored for some time in an atmosphere of nitrogen gas without
impairing the vitality of the seed.

were placed in three bottles—A, B, and C, respectively. In
each bottle were placed two small tu e containing lime-
water and the other an aqueous solution of pyrogallic acid
The bottles were then carefull ime-water

clear

Test (1).—The grain from bottle A grew well w =
planted on damp soil under glass. Immersion in practically
pure nitrogen for fourteen days did not seem to produce any
bad effects. :

Test (2).—At the end of twenty-eight days the grain from
bottle B was planted on damp soil under glass. It germ-
inated freely. k

T — i ttle was broken

est (3).—Through an accident the bo vet Mies

experiment demonstrated that dry wheat enclosed. in an

a period of 104 days, but will not survive an immersion !n
nitrogen for more than 143 days.
_ EXPERIMENT 6.— To demonstrate the behaviour of wet
grain stored in an air-tight receptacle. : 7
Method.—A small quantity of wheat harvested in 191
was soaked in water for about twelve hours. It was then
drained of free water, and sealed in a bottle having a few
layers of wet blotting-paper at the bottom. :
Result.—The grain germinated and grew freely until vas
plumule became about five-eighths of an inch long and un
cle carrying root-hairs had grown to a length of no
quarters of an inch. At this stage of growth further develop-
ment ceased. No chlorophyll] was developed in the plama
Mihe they were exposed to light. The plants quickly

CO. EXPERIMENT 7 -—To demonstrate the visible effects "
~a 9n wet wheat enclosed in an air-tight receptacle.

9

Method.—A small quantity of wheat that had been
soaked in water for about twelve hours was sealed in a bottle
containing CO, gas. The method of charging the bottle with
CO, was os same as that employed in Experiment 4.

Result.—The grain failed to germinate, but swelled to
an cede size before i it died.

Inference.—Germ ating wheat is asphyxiated by CO,
because of the biecioe of chlorophyll in the plumule.

EXPERIMENT 8.—To eager ee the effects of an atmo-
sphere of nitrogen upon wet w

Method.—The apparatus ead "diethodi employed w
similar to vum outlined in Experiment 5. In this instanoe
soaked wheat was used instead of dry grain

Result.—Germination proceeded Boki. jun sufficient
to show the development of the radicle and plumule rowth
Ceased abruptly and the grain died. No chlorophyll was
formed in the plumule.

“gps e.—Free oxygen is essential to the development

germinating seed, and also to the development of
eee

SIMPLE METHOD or TESTING AIR-TIGHT BOTTLES.

Com mpletely immerse the sealed bottle in "€ that is
a little warmer than the atmosphere. The air within the
bottle expands, and should the bottle leak, silvery-looking
air-bubbles will mark the position of the apert

CoNcLUDING REMARKS.
- Vermin rae be destroyed in properly-enclosed whea
stacks by the use of CO, or nitr rogen gas without damage a
" E aug qualities of the grain.
M Perfectly ripe, dry/ grain can be safely stored from
m ES time until the time for seeding in an atmosphere rich
3. E of CO, gas and nitrogen prevents the develop-
ment of eari from eggs within a properly-heated stack.
1 Any ordinary barn properly lined with asbestos sheets
will = as a suitable storehouse or gas-envelope. dale
e CO, gas can be generated by pouring dilu
hinc acid on chips of marble or limestone. r
The gas should be introduced near the top at one en
A TUE stack, and the outlet pipe for the displaced air should
ghey near the bottom of the stack at the other end.
The escaping air should be tested with a little lime-
water. When the E AME air causes the lime-water to turn

10

milky in appearance, sufficient CO, for all practical purposes
has been introduced.

8. If the inlet and outlet pipes be fitted with stopcocks,
the CO, gas can be drawn off at any time to permit of entrance
to the barn. If both stopcocks be opened the CO, gas will
drain away through the lower tap. t

9. Asbestos-covering to stacks built on stone or concrete
floors is suggested, because it is fire-proof, rat and mice-

to stacks have served their purpose, the material could be sold
or used for building purposes. Less durable materials are
more costly in the long run. : 1
10. Cracks and joints can be made gas-tight with a sus
mixture of finely-ground pipeclay and raw lins 1l.
11. Asbestos sheets can be made in the State from local
deposits of the mineral.

11

AUSTRALIAN FUNGI: NOTES AND DESCRIPTIONS.
No. 2.-THE SCLEROTIA-FORMING POLYPORES
F AUSTRALIA.

By J. BURTON CLELAND, M.D., and Epwin C#EEL, Botanical
Assistant, Botanic Gardens, Sydney.

. [Read April 10, 1919.].

Puates I. to V.

t ow any alveolar arrangement. So far we have not obtained
Tulting bodies of this.

he forms with false sclerotia have a deeply-situated
mycelium which penetrates and surrounds sand and small

Stones, com mes

pacting them ther into a ;

C ormous. One F these is Tüsciec yall basilapiloides, the
Stone-making fungus," and the other is the fruiting body

We have had an opportunity of examining the type of
the former in the reiecit of the University of Adelaide,
and find it is closely allied to, but apparently not identical

» a specimen we recently collected that seems to be the

12

latter species. We find from an examination that L. Meet
piloides does not belong to the section Amaurodermus,
Lloyd, from its viri Pope, was led to believe, but probably
to the section Ovinu

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS.
We wish to express our indebtedness to the following for
their hie in affording us facilities for examination of

the s neis contained in the collections under their care:—
o Mr. J. H. Maiden, L.S.O., F.R.S., of the National
Hasietiud. Sydney.
To Mr. R. T. Baker, of the Technological Museum,
Sydney.
o Professor Sir W. B. L opnar, C.M.G., F.R.S., of the
National see Melbou
s. W. Laidlaw, Biologist, and C. C. Brittlebank,
Plant Pathologist, : the Department of Agriculture, Science
Branch, Melbou
To the Baird of Governors of the Public Library,
Museum, and Art Gallery of South Australia; and to Mr.
Edgar R. Waite, Curator of the South PEER Menu.
To Professor T. G. B. Osborn, of the University of
Adelaide.
To Mr. A. G. Hamilton, for the photographs in pl. V^
figs. 1 and 2.

PoLYPORES WITH TRUE ScLEROTIA.
Peas drei mylittae, Cooke and Massee: Grevillea,
7 (1892).

: e
aird by Peli ws in 1839. It is also recorded 1 he
C. Cooke’s Handb. of Austr. Fungi, No. 1351, udi the

mens with fructification, and forwarded them to M. C. Cooke,
who identifed them as a P

13

sclerotia may attain, we may mention that W. H. Breton
EBD. d.d, p. 463, 1846) refers to a specimen of ** Black-
fellow’s Bread” weighing 254 lb. J. H. M

Gaz., N.S. Wales, iv., p. 909, 1893) states that A. P. Miller,

measured 241 in. in circumference and weighed Ib.
14? oz. when fresh. He also mentions another Tasmanian
specimen weighing 14 lb. (Tas. Cat., Exhib., 1851).

In the National Herbarium, Sydney, there are quite

Wallangarra (F. Jaeger, September, 1912); Epping (J.
ole, January, 1915); Sassafras, via Nowra (R. C. Sturgis,
B

Section only; Upper Ferntree Gully (J. M. Griff
1901) Tasmania—Haweah, Bellerive (Miss Murphy, J uly,

s following are in the Technological Museum,
ydney :—( 1) Sporophore (pl. i.), now quite velvety on pileus
and stem, whitish. Pores di i :

e , surface. Cut surface
alveolar, walls of alveoli white, ‘polygonal area about 5 mm.
m diameter, waxy-yellow.

k (2) Another sclerotium is wrinkled with an earthy-brown
cuticle, which is thin and peeling ofi.

14

The following specimens are in the South Australian
Museum, in.the ponant set apart for exhibiting the foods of
the aborigin als:—

(3) Sclerotium when fresh probably about 9x6x3 in.
After arrival at the Museum it began to develop a po
The upper-surface of this abortive fructification is pitted, fro
the specimen having been lying on perforated zinc. The
surface is now dull white with slight brownish stains and
finely villous. The pileus is very distorted. ea, foe
whitish pores have formed. Spores were not seen
earthed at the cyanide works of the Tasmanian Tailings
Syndicate, Middle Arm Channel, River Tamar, Tasmania
psv y Mr. Clement Phillipson, 1906 (Mus., No. 182).

An irregular sclerotium, 3x4 in. G. F. Thorp,
1899 (Mus, o. 183).

(5) Scler otium, 4x3x2 in. a at Myponga ' dE
2 ft. underground near a gum tree in wet and cup. sol
27/7/04. Advertiser Office (vide Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Aust)"
(Mus., No. 181

(6) A sai distorted sclerotium, 4 im. long. Professor
Tate, Victoria (Mus., No. 184).

The ee is in the Herbarium of the University of
Adelaide:

7 im apparently about 6 in. across when
POI doom ii^ Delow the vesci in mallee Damen
country, Denial. Bay district, South Australia. Presented il
Mr. J. W. S. Mann, Saddleworth, South Australia, 15/10/

The following are in the Melbourne oan Museum :—

(8) A large specimen from Toonga

(9) A specimen from the Pride of Stranger's Mine,
Yackindal.

Dr. F. Stoward has found the sclerotium of this a
in Western Australia. By his kind permission, we are 4
to reproduce his excellent photographs of this (pl. ii.).

82. Polyporus minor-mylittae (* M t australis ed
Berk., in Jour. Linn. Soc. (Bot.), vol. xiii., p. 175 [1873]

e adopt this name for what we regard as a distinct

species, which may be scs septa by the malian sclerotium
and a different ssa sporophore. It has already :
recorded by one of us n. Soc. N.S. Wales, vol.

n Proc. Lin i s

xxxviii, p. 170 70 (1913), and also by C. G. Lloyd in ie
No. 58, pp. 2 -— 5 (1915), Note 269; and Mycol. Notes,
No. 39, P- M. ex 8 15). j
Pileus (pl. Bh) 3-7 em. across with a sulcate, sinite X

“surface, raw ' umber (brown). Flesh usually dry»

15

subligneous, usually in two layers, each 1 to 3 mm. thick, the
upper rich cream to light brown, the lower white. Stipe
mesopodial, 5-15 mm. thick, 2-6 cm. long. Pores small,
roundish or irregular, 2 to 3 mm. long. Spores abundant,
cylindrical, 2x6 TN hyaline, smooth.’’—Lloyd. We have

less than the size of peas, while other sclerotia are
eps, varying in size from 2 to 7 cm. in

ter. Some specimens dug up out of the ground
at “Hil Top in February, 1913, show the formation of several
minute sclerotia varying in size from 2x 4 mm. to á
attached by ide rhizomorphs to decaying Eucalyptus
stumps. The of specimens show that the spores
germinate in vodiat Fo and that the hyphal strands absorb
nutrient matter from decaying stumps, ultimately forming
the sclerotia. In other specimens the sclerotia are soft and
Spongy, and are being exhausted for the purpose of forming
the Sporophore, as the surrounding soil is traversed by a mass
of branching mycelial cords forming an indefinite AETR

by th

Sporophores, in various stages of development en
l

to mycelial cords arising from the sclerotia, have m
examined from the following localities in New South Wales:—
Killara and No ydney ( i May, 1904, and

2e 1905); Hill Top, Main Southern Line (E. C.,

$ are also specim ens of air pnt in the

Sia Recher: rium, Sydney, unattached to their sclerotia,
Si the following localities: —Barber's Creek (J. H. Maiden,
ecember, 1897); Wahroonga (W. c ver

He: (Miss M. R. Otton, Mor 1905); Hurstville
ac } June, 1910); Hornsby (P. Williams, April,

OTHER SCLEROTIA.
In addition to the above we have also examined several
remarkable sclerotia, but so far their fruiting bodies have
im emus They consist of:— ii) de
very large sclerotia (pl. 11), somew
Tesembling those of P. mylittae, found by W.
Griffin, of Hurstville, rbd n the western suburbs of

\

16

Sydney, in the early autumn. The largest of these was
roughly spherical, 6x5 in., and weighed 6 lb. 12 oz. The
outer-surface was of a reddish- -clay colour, irregularly fur-
rowed and finely reticulated. On section there was an outer
hard reddish crust, 4 in. thick in places. Inside this the
sclerotium consisted ‘of a greyish mycelial mass arise
irregular whitish strands in places. Attempts were made
get the sporophores to develop, but a whitish mould- like
growth alone appeared

84. Sclerotia like worm-castings Specimens of these are
in the Botanical Department at the University of Adelaide
from W. H. Jackson, Robe, South Australia, September,
1912, and A. Trezize, Robe; ' and others in the South Aus-

thick, 2x1 and are irregularly ringed an se
very closely resembling earthwo asts. nstrictions

etimes eeply in, so as to n adjacent portions
attached by a quite narrow n substance is hard,

S. H
McMillan, Chemist. Mount Gambier, September, 1912.
dismnelpr; somewhat flattened | spheroid in

translucent quartz. i
n the South Australian Museum, in the section

tralia. Presented by Mr. E. J. Warman” (Mus., No. 185).
This sclerotium appears different from any 2 irs others we
have seen, but is considerably decayed. It a somewhat
pear-shaped light mycelial mass, splitting and * irregularly
iius ate, apparently composed of mycelium and redd! ish
san

oe WITH FALSE SCLEROTIA.
porus tumulosus, Cooke: Grevillea, xvii., P- 55
qo); Eros Austr. Fungi, No. 586; Baker: Proc. Linn.
ales, xxii., p. 238 (1897) ; Cheel : ibid, xxxvi,
: p iT a ie: Lloyd : Synopsis Sect. Ovinus of srt
and S f Stipitate Polyporoids, pP-
Lade ion (19 12). meme ra) tipi a oly po
The pter: description i is given in Cooke's Handbook:
"Pileus fleshy (3-4 in. cde i firm, convex, clad wih
darker innate scales, margin at first incurved; flesh W white;

17

stem short, thick, equal (1-2 in. x 1 in.), solid, ochraceous;

mycelium profuse, white, forming a dense mass at the base;

tubes adnate, or a little decurrent, broad; pores large,

coher angular, spores 12 x 45 p, pale olive. On the ground,
nsland.’’

Lloyd (1.c.) states that this is known from but one col-
lection made in Australia, and preserved at Kew (England).
“It is quite a distinct thing with a pileus resembling in some
respects that of Polyporus betulinus. It has a soft, white
flesh and a thin, papery, smooth cuticle. The stems are
short, thick, and mesopodal. They are so covered with
adhering dirt that it cannot be told whether or not they
belong in the section with black stems. The pores are large,
irregular, and apparently have turned black in drying. Spores
hot found e.” In a footnote in the same work Lloyd

regular pores, were found arising from one of these masses.
Mr. R - Baker has also recorded (7.c.) this species from
Specimens collected by Mr. W. Bauerlen at Lismore. In
March, 1915, a fine sporophore, together with a conglomerate
r ll of earth and mycelium, was collected at Casino by Mr.

trier. Mr d, Lalchere, of Wingham, Manning River, also
collected portions of earth and mycelium, similar to the
above, in July, 1916. The following two collections, though
Ex Pilei have glabrous surfaces, perhaps belong to the same
les as the preceding :— :
(1) Pileus old and partly decayed, 2 in. across, ting Oy
pd apparently slightly infundibuliform, smooth, pallid,
ToWnish, with blackish

.. Pallid, much decayed. Stem 5 in. long, buried in the ground

18

except for about 1 in., about 2 in. thick, slightly irregularly
nodular, slightly bent. Attached to a 1 irregula
mycelial mass, several inches long, composed of sandy particles
and pieces of sandstone loosely agglomerated by mycelium,
apparently confined by a thin reddish-brown crust. Spores
white, elongated, shaped like typical Boletus spores, 10'4 x 3'4
to 4 p. Milson Island, Hawkesbury River, March, 1916.
(2) Pileus 2 in. in diameter, convex, smooth, pale

narrower irregular root 1} in. long, black on the outside
(? from the soil) and white within. In a dry swamp attached
to a large circumscribed mass 7 x4x3 in. in size, composed
of black sandy soil held together by whitish mycelial threads,

ut without a crust pores elongated, rather like those of
Boletus, white, 12 to 165x42 to 5 p. Narrabeen, March,

(section Amaurodermus) basilapidioides, Lloyd: Syn.
Ovinus of Polyporus, S de. 1911, and Syn. Stipitate Polyp->
p. 115 (1912).

. . McAlpine and Tepper described this species and placed
itin a new genus Laccocephalum. The characteristics of this
genus are that the plants are hard and woody from
that the pileus is peculiarly pitted, and that the

. and Teppe Too,
Roy. Soc. Vict., vol. vii., (w.s.) p. 166 ik x.), 1894; gf dS
à d

orm

ilu fe ia. Though hard and woody to touch extern-
rem a the stem of one of the i wm
.-Ammed was, though firm and resistant, velvety :

19

surface of the pileus alone. We have examined the type,
as well as three other false sclerotia, one with a pileus, in the

The following are in the Herbarium of the University
of Adelaide :—

JJ a mycelium into a firm mass, which can, however, be dis-
Integrated into particles by scratching with the finger. From
South-eastern District of South Australia (A. Molineux).
. _ (2) Pileus 28 in. in diameter, convex, slightly depressed
in the centre, slightly fibrillose, no pitting, dirty white with
greyish areas from weathering. Pores a p ach than
| t specimen. Stem in. high and j in. thick.
False daten irregular, somewhat Dopod: 23 in. high,
liin. broad. Allawoona, Brown Hill Line, May, 1914 (S. G.

Taylor, engineman, Murray Bridge).

(3) and (4) Two false sclerotia; localities not noted.
The following, in the South Australian Museum, have
Been: ined by us:—

_ (9) Pileus 2 in. across, deeply convex, pallid white from
weathering, the surface areolarly pitted in a very shallow way,
the alveoli 4 in. in diameter, the septa with thin edges. Pores
“cnate, medium small. Stem § in. high, 1 in eiae urbs

20

false sclerotium 24 in. high and 2 in. wide. Loxton District,
19/10/14 (Mr. H. R. Parnell, Librarian, Public Library).

(6) Pileus 1$ in. across, with indistinct alveolar mark-
ings, and in the centre several irregular pits, pallid white
from weathering. Pores adnate, medium size, pallid
brownish. Stem } in. high, 1 in. thick in the middle, a little
thickened upwards and downwards. False sclerotium
irregular, 14x1} in., a piece of Mesembrianthemum
embedded in it. Locality not noted. (Mr. Jas. R. Beck,
““Kircaldy,’’ Wyandra.)

(7) This is the freshest specimen we have seen. Cap
2 in. across, convex, edge rather inturned, smooth, rather
polished, showing small alveolar depressions, sometimes
indicated merely by raised darker lines, irregularly tinted
with chestnut to yellow-brown. Pores adnate, medium sized,
pallid-biscuit tinted. Stem } in. high and 4 in. thick, the
colour of the pores, rather sand incrusted, apparently slightly
irregularly pitted as if from the presence of aborted pores;
flesh of the stem firmish, villous to touch. False sclerotium
1j in. high, 11 in. broad, composed of sand bound together
by mycelium, easily disintegrated by scratching.

(8) Pileus 5 in. across, with the centre depressed and the

irregular tuberculate projections mar o gg
depression from the plane surface of the cap, colour du
white from exposure s rather small. Stem ł in. hig

and broad. False sclerotium irregular, 3 in. broad and 14 in.
high. (Presented by Mr. H. E. Ellis, Kensington Park,
Adelaide.) :

, By the kind permission of the Board of the Public
Library, Museum, and Art Gallery of South Australia, an
the courtesy of the Museum Director, Mr. Edgar R. Waite,
we are able to show photographs (pl. iv.) taken under Mr.

_(9) Pileus 3 in. across, slightly convex and wavy, centre

a little ap reg , slightly irregularly rugose and shallowly
T ooth, ie T d

Tod colo 3 in. thick and broad, finely len
pale wood colour. False sclerotium 3 in. hi h
irregular an knobby, composed of pallid browns

d ra
Sandy particles welded tozeth. ily disintegrated by
ere FID ie gether, easily disinteg
AUN. Spores white, elongated, 12 to 155 x5 p- Lake
Alexandrina, South Australia. (Mr. J. A. Burrough.)

21

The following are in the Museum of the Department of
Agriculture, Melbourne:—

(10) Pileus 4 in. across, slightly convex, edge irregu-
larly crenate, rather alveolate, pallid whitish. Pores adnate,
brownish. Stem 3 in. high and broad. False sclerotium
4 in. high, 3 in. broad, outer crust hard, the inside capable
of being scratched away. Locality not stated.

(11) Pileus 2 in. across, glazed whitish with fine anas-
tomosing lines. Pores adnate, pale brownish. Stem ł in.
high, 4 in. broad, brownish, finely areolate. False sclerotium
2 in. high, 4 in. broad.

(12) Three small false sclerotia, all from the mallee,
Victoria.

The following is in the Melbourne National Museum :—

(13) “Mallee Potato." Sand held together by fungous
threads ; ploughed up at Nyall mallee; forwarded by Mr.
Thomas J. Jenkins, 21/6/11.

The following is in the National Herbarium, Sydney :—

(14) One false sclerotium, somewhat bottle- gourd

* r. Marks reported that these false sclerotia are
usually found in sandy soil at a depth of 4 to 6 in. ey
are brought up to the surface during the ploughing oper-
ations, and when first unearthed the specimens are somewna
soft, but harden upon exposure to the weather. Other false
sclerotia have been found near Grafton and at Casino.
Similar specimens were submitted to the Chemical Branch,
Department of Agriculture, and the following is a copy of
* report made by Dr. H. I. Jensen:—‘‘The specimen of

carbonates of lime or iron, the cementing material seeming
be essentially fibres of organic matter. The exterior a
andy crust, in which rather more oxide of iron has bee
i 3

than in the more organic core.

22

89. In these Proceedings (vol. xlii., 1918, p. 297) Mr.
Walter Howehin on behalf of the Museum Director, exhibited
and described a sand-cementing false sclerotium obtained
near Balaklava by “the Rev. J. Blacket. To make this series
complete, by the kind d ovis of the Board of the Public
Library, Museum, and Art Ga mer of South Australia, and
= Suy of the en Director, Mr. Edgar R. Waite
able to is jo ea an excellent Bn maie of this
pac pial (fig. 3, pl. v.).

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES I. ro V.

Prate I.

Fig. 1. Polyporus mylittae. a of part of a water-

colour Ue made by Mr. R. T. Baker, of the sporophore

hi Reduced "by half b

. Fig. 2. Polyporus minor-mylittae. Water-colour sketch by

Miss P. Clarke. ‘Natural size.
d PrarkE II. sb ok ie
F l and 2. Polyporus mylittae. Photographs of t

eelerotium of a Western Australian specimen, reprod — by kind

permission of Dr. F. Stoward. Measurements in inches

eda ibed
i rig i land 2. Photo Hes cared sd one of the sclerotia descri
under 83. Measurements in inch

Prate IV. n] bese s.
Polyporus (Lac PERS um astia
Reproduced by ipie tind m of the Board d Lun Public Library,
um, llery of South Austra

PLATE v.
Fig. ^ Polyporus minor-mylittae. Sporophores just nay vie’
Fig. 2. Polyporus minor-mylittae. Sporepbors: | partiy co deve
pee owing partial absorption of the sc a sh eget aei
ig. 3. Photograph of the false a dig referr
Reproduced by kind nd permission of the Board of the Public
Library, “Museum, Sd Art Gallery of South Santali.

23
ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA.
NO

By J. M. BLACE.
[Read May 8, 1919.]
Prates VI. ro VIII.

E This pa per contains notes on specimens collected by Mr.
H. Ising in the Flinders Range, near Moolooloo head station,
SW oca

Mr. H. W. Andrew, and others in dn parts of
the State; and by myself during an excursion along the Pin-
naroo railway in October last.

Three peces bene eved to be new to science—K oc

descri “and Briod. A new variety ¢ of Hibbertia virgata is

Australian species of alunni ose and Micr

_ The following Australian species a gow’ for the first
time in this cca oranthus i ade a Microcybe multi-
flora, Stipa arachn , Dodonaea cuneata, Marsilia hirsuta,
Goodenia Wicholeones.” ' Eucalyptus M orrissi, Calamagrostis

"The following new aliens are recorded : —Gasiridium
endigerum, Eragrostis major, Ehrharta d od. Chenopodium
ulvaria, Anacyclus radiatus.

MARSILIACEAE.

Marsilia hirsuta, R.Br. Pinnaroo; gro wing in mars: rshy
pound. pe previously recorded for South Australia.
a 4-6 mm. long, more or less villous below; involucres

ous, sessile or almost so

PINACE
Callitris verrucosa, R. Br. Tomsk (S. A. White) ; scrub
South of Lameroo. A shrub or small tree, often under 2 m.

' y
high. robusta, R. Br. Common near Lameroo; à ds are
82, usually with the stem bare up to about 5 mM., e
washes then spreading so as to form an ovoid head. Enfield,
^" D ri sometimes slightly w: warted.
uds ua, R. Br. In the "Pinery, " on the road from
oe Tamer wa to Winnike Berick. A good-sized tree, tree, the branches

24

often springing not far from the ground. The fruits vary in
size on the same tree, and can sometimes be found scarcely
larger than those of C. robusta.

GRAMINEAE.

Eriochloa punctata, (L.)., Hamilt. Frome River. near

Marree (Hergott).
appophorum avenaceum, Lindl. Common at Marree.

Eragrostis falcata, Gaud. non Benth. (E. Har
F. v. M.). Berri, Lake Bonney, and other places along T
Murray; Everard Range (S. À. White). Plate 25, Mes
accompanies Gaudichaud's description of Æ. falcata, and whic d
shows the spikelets distinctly pedicellate, rather distant, s:
not clustered, supports the statement in Diels et enn
Fragm. . Austr. occ. 76, that the original specimen o
Gaudichaud’s plant, preserved in the Berlin penso
belongs to the species described in the Fl. Aust., vii., 649,
as E. lacunaria, F. v. M. s .

E. Dielsii, Pilger. (E. falcata, Benth. non Gaud.). Berri
and along the Murray; des
Cockburn) ; Strzelecki Creek (S. A. White); also Broken v
N.S.W P

lets more curved.
. major, Host. Roadside near Berri (C. G. Ravi

This European grass has already been recorded in depen

and New South Wales. It is said that cattle will not eat 1 :

account of the obnoxious smell of the leaves when ire, Ti

in North America it is known as *'Stinking grass. In
T :

- minor is a smaller plant, with a looser panicle, d
spikelets (14-2 mm. broad), and the leaf-sheath is P
with tubercles, many of which ca long hairs. a i J

r

hyaline inner ones, and a palea. It therefore appears P s
able that the second outer glume of the sessile spikelet bet
but is adnate to, and obliterated in the rhachis, as descri

25

by Kunth (Enum., i., 464). Allthe pedicellate spikelets which
I examined contained a bisexual flower, the same as the sessile
ones.

Stipa arachnopus, Pilger in Engl. Jahrb., xxxv., 70
(1904). Nullabor Plain (per Dr. R. S. Roge Peter-
borough; Enfield; Pinnaroo. Our specimens me to
agree with the description in all particulars except that the
awn varies in length from 34 to 7 cm. The numerous young
shoots in the tuft consist of subulate, rigid, almost pungent-
Pointed leaves, hispid with spreading hairs. From among
these arise the nodeless stems to a height of 30-40 cm., includ-
ing a panicle 15-20 cm. long; the long uppermost leaf-sheath,
which has a subulate blade much shorter than the sheath,
usually clasps the base of the panicle; the awn is distinctly
hairy in the lower part. If the determination is correct, this
is the first record for South Australia of this Western Aus-
tralian grass.

Agropyrum scabrum, (Labill.), Beauv. Ferguson Gorge,
near Moolooloo (Dist. S; E. H. Ising).

Stipa scelerata, Behr. Scrub at Enfield (Dist. A).
" Danthonia penicillata, (Labill.) F. v. M. Pinnaroo (Dist.

rs) ;

, Panicum leucophaeum, H. B. et K. Golden Grove
pos. A; H. W. Andrew). Probably introduced by stock
Tom some northern part of the State

the ou

native of Southern
ced in Texas, California,

26

*Ehrharta villosa, Schult. f., var. maxima, Stapf. Sand
dunes south of Glenelg (S. Dixon); Clarendon; Streaky Bay,
E.P. (per H. W. Andrew). A valuable sand-binding grass;
flowers October-November. Introduced to the State in recent
years, and has established itself in several places. The
identification was confirmed by the Kew authorities. A native
of South Africa.

SOUTH AusTRALIAN SPECIES OF CALAMAGROSTIS.
Panicle loose; bristle present.

Flowering glume hairy, half as long as the

[n glumes; awn attached near middle of 3 1

.. C. aemula

in lume glabrous; awn attached below ; iic
middle ; pum. i re Erlkp iue Sang rer, Me Billardiert
Panicle dense or slightly lobed; flowering glume

arly as long as outer glumes, '

Awn almost b. : adsisetà
DON abet o c Fo S c0 pecan
EUN presant . i X. Lesen sees Var, mon

Awn attached near middle of flowering

ume.
Bristle absent .

Bristle present. dia
The arguments for unitin

the spikelet), but some of them have a hairy bristle (ater
or an obsolete second flower) rising at the base of the Logis
and continuing the rhachilla (Deyewzia), while others ha"
no such bristle (Calamagrostis). The remaining differen der
however, are not such as would justify a classification Um
distinct i i d

1-4 mm. long, 4-toothed, dt ,
_ minutely scabrous; awn almost basal, usually shortly ex ding
but sometimes included ; tuft of hairs more or less surroun us
the callus; grain fusiform, 2 mm. long, the membrano
: pericarp loose'toward the summit; hilum shortly linear. I
«have only inserted this

inserted this variety because Bentham gives it for

21

Herbatia. Professor Ewart, in reducing D. montana to a
variety of D. quadriseta, says (Vict. Nat., xxiv., 13), ''These
ecles are both very variable and run into one another at all
points. ”?
C. minor (Benth) combin. nov. (Deyeuzia minor,
Benth.). A new record for South Australia. I have only

Var. densa, (Benth.) combin. nov. ( Deyeuxia densa,
Benth.). Blackwood (H. Griffith) ; Crafers (Tate Herbarium); :
quoted in the Fl. Aust., vii., 582, for ''Lofty Ranges and

as long as the palea; grain fusiform, 2 mm

oue anian specimen than in ours. If it were proposed to

s grass as a species in Calamagrostis, a new specific
e x S apparently be required, because C. densa, Vasey
- Bot. Gaz i i i

2s be able to claim priority over C. densa (Benth.)
aiden et Betche, Cens. N.S. Wales, pl. 21 (1916).

; CYPERACEAE. © a
Carex Bichenoviana, Boott. Paradise (H. W. Andrew).
mele branches sometimes 2 instead of 3. Mr. R. A. Black
of this (Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas., 1916, p. 145) the re-discovery
Le Pant in a damp situation on Mount Direction, near

y Cyperus tenellus, Li Monbulla scrub, S.E. (Dist. T;
i ag Ww. Andr eu y: i T i M

28

Carex tereticaulis, F. M. Ferguson Gorge, near
Moolooloo (E. H. Ising). Approaching C. chlorantha, R. Br.
in its short panicle (5 cm. long), spike-like but interrupted
towards the base, and tending towards C. appressa, R. Br.,
in its subtrigonous stems Ks leaves scabrous on the margin

n the narrow upper portio

CENTROLEPIDACEAE.
Centrolepis polygyna, Hieron. Soak at Winnike Berick,
south of Lamer
J UNCACEAE.
Juncus holoschoenus, R. Br. Monbulla scrub (H.

ur speci mens ee vith Brown’s characters—stem oylindria

Gully; fon Gully: Myponga; stuart Woodside; Mount
Gambier; Glencoe; Dismal Swamp. This epee as correctly
defined, has a always 6 stamens; capsu ule 3-4 mm. long, qus
coloured and usually exceeding the perianth “considerably;
stems stout, with continuous pith.

LILIACEAE.
Thysanotus Patersonii, R. Br. Pinnaroo (Dist. M).

CASUARINACEAE.
Casuarina Luehmannii, R. T. Baker. “Bull Oak. r” Few
miles h of roo. Tree 8-10 m. high, with roug?»
brown bark; lowest branches d g, uppermost spreading”

ground ; ee eres to x mm. long; young cones tomen A
ophloia, F. v. M. Oodnadatta (Dist. C); W-
Cannon); esos | teeth 9- 11. Willigin Water, near
Mooloo v H. Ising); teeth 11-12. C. lepidophloia we
dba byF s. ud! in x - Bentham, in dealing W! f
this genus in 1873 (Fl. Aust., vi., 196), placed specimens o
C. lepidophloia under C. glauca, Sieb. Mueller distinguishes
the former species as having 9-10 sheathing teeth ; G: atts
as now understood, “having usually 15 in the whol, varying
from 12-16" (J. H. Maiden, For. Fl. N.S. Wales, ii., 95)-
Mr. Maiden is of opinion that C. glauca has not yet beer

29

found in South Australia, but a specimen without fruit, which
I collected in the Yappala Hills, near Hawker, from trees
locally called “Black Oak,” has the branchlets fully 2 mm.
m diameter and 14-16 teeth. Unfortunately I have no note

of C. lepidophloia are greyish or hoary with a minute
pubescence, 1-14 mm. in diameter, and readily separating at

: C. suberosa, Otto et Dietr. Lameroo. Sheathing teeth
-6, short and appressed ; male spikes 1-4 cm. long.

PROTEACEAE.
Hakea ulicina, R. Br., var. flexilis, F. v. M. South of
meroo

H. Ednieana, Tate. Witcher Well, near Moolooloo (E.

H. Ising).

Grevillea aspera, R. Br. Mount Patawurta (Dist. S;
E. k Ising).

Adenanthos terminalis, Labill. Coonalpyn. (Dist. T; H.

LORANTHACEAE.
Loranthus miraculosus, Miq. (L. pendulus, Sieb., var.
parviflorus, Benth.). Robe (S. A. White); Port Vincent
.P. (growing on Melaleuca parviflora); Ooldea (S. A.
arte. Leaves 1-6 cm. long, thick, nerveless, oblanceolate ;
€ central flower in each partial cyme is sessile; corolla
15-20 mm. long.
SANTALACEAE.
Se Ezocarpus spartea, R. Br. Scrub at Enfield; Murray
3 nb; 90-Mile Desert. An erect broom-like shrub, usually
S high, the ultimate branches drooping ; pedicels at first

* POLYGONACEAE.
* Muehlenbeckia stenophylla, F. v. M. Common in the
ns-Murray scrub at Karoonda, Lameroo, and Pinnaroo.

Y CHENOPODIACEAE.
lon nia Cannonii, nov. sp. (tab. vi
€ntosus, ramis di-trichotomis, foliis aut omnino a
E^ fis oblongis crassis obtuse trigonis 7-8 mm.
79 mm. latis apice acutis et recurvis vel fere uncinatis,

.). Fruticulus sericeo-

ut fere
ongis
floribus

30

axillaribus, perianthio fructifero depresso, tubo brevissimo,
lobis latis planiusculis . pubescentibus alâ integrá annulari
membranaceá horizontali 5-6 mm. diam. circumdatis.

Plain west of Leigh Creek (Copley) railway sation (W.
Wii

of some of the small-fruited EX villosa, Lindl
Dedicated r . Cannon, of the Carnegie Institution
of Washingto ment of Botanical Research), w

fruits, collected near Port Augusta.
x: eriantha, F. v. M. Leigh,Creek (W. A. Cannon).

Leaves to 14 mm. long and appearing flat when dried,
when fresh I have found them rather cigar-shaped and very
slightly compressed. They differ from those of A. sedifolia
in being shortly, but distinctly, petiolate.

Chenopodium microphyllum, F. v. M. Mount Patawurta
(Dist. S; E. H. Ising). a

*Chenopodium Vulvaria, L. “Stinking Goosefoot.
Tantanoola District, 1918; epe A in gardens and MN

i pean wW , 5

tinguished by its unpleasant and persistant smell of stale fish,
has ly bee

qon arp 908; C. Moore deaf EM
tion it in his FI. N.S. Wales (1893), or F. M. Bailey in
Weeds, etc., of Queensland (1906).

PHYTOLACCACEAE
C arpus pyramidalis, F. v. M. Ferguson wem
‘Rear Moolooloo (E. H. Ising). Fruits ripe (October 9).
Gree: 5 m. high, with straight, smooth trunk; branches

-

Ue n NYCTAGINACEAE. 3 H
na repanda, Willd. Parachilna Gap (E. B- —

31

heraa
Scleranthus minusculus, F. v. M. Pinnaroo. This little
plant, although well protected te its pungent leaves and
calyx- lobes, appears to be rather rare. I o found one
mones. t has previously been recorded pr fie Murray
nage.

g

S. pungens, R. Br. Moolooloo (Dist. S; E. H. Ising).

*Moenchia erecta, Gaertn. Blackheath, near Harrogate
(H. W. Andrew). Already recorded from the South-East.

*Lychnis p". Mill. (L. eee: Sibth.). ‘‘White

not previously jy ras in this State.

*Silene venosa (Gilib.), Aschers. ‘‘Bladder Campion
North Park Lands? fields near Enfield, as well as in the ais
The principal eee of this species are :—

Cucubalus Behen, L. Sp. pl. 414 Grey
: t

C. venosus, Gilibert. Fl. lituan., i "165 (ite 1782).
09 (1794

} Moe de

Cucubalus inflatus, Salisb. Prodr. 302 (179 6).

Silene Cucubalus, Wib. Prim. fl. wea 241 (1799).

S. inflata, Sm. Fi. brit. ii. 467 (1800

S. Behen, Wirzén. Enum. pl. offic. Fen

El Lines FL Hunde t 86 (864).

S. vulgaris, Garcke. Fl. Deutschl., ed. 9, 64 (1869).
I. latifolia, Britten et Rendle. List Brit. seedpl

P African species had already received this name from
exiis (Voy. Barb., ii., 165). Therefore Ascherson's combin-
‘on appears to be the correct one.

*p RANUNCULACEAE. à

anunculus tek carpus, Fisch. et ‘Mey. ommon in

frat Murr Mcr Bridek This s ies seems scarcely to differ
tom E. sardous, Crantz, dase in the somewhat src aped

and thicker beak of the carpel, and it should perhaps be
: , as Fiori does in his Flora analitica d'Italia, as a
of that species. The beaks in some ot our specimens
slightly curved.

32

* Adonis autumnalis, L. ‘‘Pheasant’s eye." Near n
a few specimens; apparently localized.—Europe and Weste
Asia.

LAURACEAE.
ssytha yua R. Br. Mount Patawurta, near
Goa (Dist. S; E. H. Ising).

CRUCIFERAE.
*Coronopus didymus, (L.) Sm. (Senebiera didyma, Pers. ;
S. pinnatifida, DC. ) Common at Murray Bridge and
p.

C. cumbens, Gilib. (Senebiera Coronopus, Poir.).
EAD parku at Naracoorte and Penola (H. W.
Andre

Lepidium hyssopifolium, Desv. Morgan (B. Beck);
Pinnar
DROSERACEAE.

Drosera Menziesii, R. Br. Yumali (Dist. T; S. A.
White).

CRASSULACEAE.

Crassula bonariensis, (DC. ) Cambess. ( Tillaea Liens.
Sm. ; T. purpurata, Hook. f. ). Soak at Winnike Berick, about
10 miles bie ce — (Dist. M). Carpels 8- 13-seeded.

lt.) Ostenf. Contrib. W.A. Bot., ü.,
(E H ( 18), i Tillaca Sielieridms, Schult.) Pinnaroo; Moolooloo
ng).

LEGUMINOSAE
Acacia spinescens, Benth. Yami (Dist. T; S. A.
libe
reulensis, J. M. Black. Tarcoola (W. A. Cannon).
Toads inated "Steel bush," from the greyish or teri
appearance of the leaves; pods still sd (September 9,
1918), e but flat, 30-35 mm. long, 5 mm. broad, silky-

m S;
wx arti Benth. Near Leigh Creek (Dist.
A. sublunata, Benth. Hills five miles north of Quo
(W. A. ca J uly, 1918). Mueller considered that his
A. parvifolia was a Species distinct from 4. sublunata;
Bentham (FI. Fish «s sedia united them. Tate record
both Species (Fl. Extra rop. S.A., 75), but his ien (the
contains no specimen of mor am Dr. Cannon's specimen (t
ew

present; they are membranou concave, almost seml-
. globular, and must enfold the xr cat f a degree not usual ip

33

Acacia. They are quite obtuse and show no points, at least
at this advanced stage; in this respect they agree with the

scription of A. parvifolia, but the peduncles of the unripe,
spirally-twisted pods are almost as long as the leaf, which
p conforms to Mueller ''capitulis subsessilibus vel

M) A. pycnantha, Benth. Scrub south of Lameroo (Dist.
Scrub near Lameroo, Pin-

. brachybotrya, Benth. Pinnaroo. A low shrub;

t
= Separate readily

(Tate ii , F.v. M. Fowler Bay, summer, 1879
(Tate Herbarium). Originally described by Mueller in the
elb. Chemi i estern

drm in the Tate Herbarium is labelled ‘‘Bossiaea Patis ;
has been struck out and “‘Templetonia Battit’ substi-
: Aandi

a
habit of T. aculeata, Benth., but appears to be quite | š
e small flowers, the almost orbicular bracteoles, the

34

glabrous calyx with the lowest lobe longer than the others, it
resembles T. egena, Benth., but the broad, flat style differ-
entiates it from this and probably from all other 7empletonias.

illwynia uncinata, (Turcz.) J. M. Black. Scrub south
of Lameroo. ;

*Trifolium resupinatum, L. Naracoorte (H. W.
Andrew).

GERANIACEAE. :
*Erodium Botrys, Bertol. Common at Murray Bridge.

LINACEAE. :

Linum marginale, A. Cunn. Lameroo. Dwarf spect
mens, 5-15 cm. high, sometimes with only one stem and 1 or 2
flowers

RUTACEAE.
Microcybe pauciflora, Turcz. (Plate vii.) Port Lincoln ;
Yeelanna; Too igie, e Tate Herbarium contains spec

mens from D'Estrées Bay and Mount Pleasant Station, KL;

Southern Yorke Peninsula; while the Fl. Aust. gives "Lake

Hamilton (Wilhelmi); Venus Bay (Warburton). A dwa

shrub; leaves spreading, sessile or subsessile, 4-9 mm. long,

tubercles inconspicuous ; sepals oblanceolate, 1-13 mm. di
ll m. :

>

» i., 106) and by Bentham (Fl. Aust., i., 346) that

one from East Mount Barren (G. Maxwell). These specim "n
agree perfectly with ours, but, as they are more than hal

35

M. mu
baccharoides, F. v. ) (Plate vii Pinnaroo; an
pono: Eucla (J. Forrest phe J. D^ Bati). Hoyleton (S.
age in Tate Herbarium); Fowler Bay and Gawler Ranges
(D. Sullivan, teste F. v. M., ragm., ix., 107). Leaves
spreading-erect or erect and appressed, 2-4 mm. long, oblong
yi somewhat dilated and cordate at base, subpeltately attached

the branch by an excavation at the base of the upper

x Eriostemon difformis, A. Cunn. Mount Patawurta, near
oolooloo (Dist. S; E. H. Ising).
Phebalium bul atum, J. M. Black. This slénder shrub,

00.
pube piers F. v. M. Both the glabrous and
Scent ique of this small shrub occur in the scrub south

: e pubescent form has pale-purple flowers,
While those of the glabrous plant are bright purple.

e
eo
e
3
E
w
e
o
S
c
3
H

TREMANDRACEAE.
theca pilosa, Labill. Scott Creek; Norton Summit ;
ood; Brown Hill Creek; Bridgewater; Teatree Gully;
e ia Victor Harbour. Plant hairy to almost glabrous;
one s dark red; petals varying from white to dark purple;
Ves mostly scattered.

EUPHORBIACEAE.
Beyeria opaca, F. v. M., var. linearis, Benth. Pinnaroo.

3 STACKHOUSIACEAE.
t Mackhousia monogyna, Labill. Owienagin Gap, near
s Moolooloo (Dist. S; E. H. Ising). :

36

SAPINDACEAE.

Dodonaea hezandra, F. v. M. Sherlock; Lameroo; Pin-
naroo (Dist. M); Yumali (Dist. T; S. A. White).
_ D. cuneata, Rudge. Pinnaroo. A low shrub, not pre-
viously recorded for South Australia, although quoted for the
“River Murray, Victoria," by Bentham in the Fl. Aust. It
was included by Mueller in D. viscosa, but its short, almost
truncate, subsinuate, mucronate leaves give it a very distinct
appearance.

D. attenuata, A. Cunn., var. linearis, Be
Patawurta, near Moolooloo (E. H. Ising).
1-13 mm. broad

nth. Mount
Leaves only
RHAMNACEAE.

Spyridium phlebophyllum, F. v. M. Mount Patawurta,
near Moolooloo (E. H. Ising). This is the third and most
northerly site where this plant has been found. The leaves
vary in length from 5 to 15 mm. |

Pomaderris racemosa, Hook. Yumali (Dist. T; S. A.
White).

STERCULIACEAE.

Lasiopetalum Behri, F. v. M. Yumali (Dist. T; S. A.

White). ;

DILLENIACEAE.
_Hibbertia virgata, R. Br., nov. var. incana. Variat
foliis incamis cylindricis margine involutis, petalis parvis
calycem aequantibus, carpellis 2-4-ovulatis.

latter. It seems to be confined to the Trans-Murray scrub.
The leaves are much like those of H. fasciculata, R. Br., var.
crassifolia, Benth. (apparently rare, as I have it only die
the Puer near Plympton, and along the railway from Wood-
í ji : tl

s only reduced leaves, whereas the petals of H. virgata, hh

meant, are merely emarginate, and the bracts are broad and
l A ar. canescens, Benth. Mount Pats-
wurta, near Moolooloo (Dist. S; E. H. Ising). Leaves and

tly stellate-pubescent; sepals 8 mm. long; earpels

37

THYMELAEACEAE.

Pimelea Williamsonii, nov. sp. (tab. vi.). Fruticulus
totus sericeo-villosus circiter 20 cm. altus, ramis erectis ve
ascendentibus, folis alternis confertis subimbricatis oblongo-
lanceolatis planis 10-15 mm. longis, floribus bisexualibus, spicis
pedunculatis ramulos terminantibus primum ovoideis com-
pactis et foliis supremis obtectis sed non involucratis demum
"sque ad 7 cm. elongatis, perianthio 4-5 mm. longo post

á.
South Australia.—Parilla (W. Gill Herbarium).
ictori illi

This species is named after Mr. H. B. Williamson, the
Well-known Victorian botanist and collector, who discove
X at Murrayville, 15 miles east of Pinnaroo, in 1917, and

two species named also in the smaller fruit, obtuse
ànd ventricose almost from the summit, instead of gradually
Swollen towards the ase, and in t ed and smoother

pee is not that of the Flora Australiensis, but accords with the
ater view adopted by Bentham and Hooker in the Genera
antarum, and by other recent botanists who have dealt

| not extend above the ovary, while in P. petrophila it
does šo extend, is illusory. Both in the yellow- owered typical
m of P. flava, found in the Eastern States, and in the
diosmifolia, the tube extends 1-14 mm. above the ovary

38

and is readily circumsciss about half-way between the ovary
and the perianth-lobes; in the ripe flower it is circumciss just
above the fruit. :
. flava, R. Br., var. diosmifolia, Meissn. (P. dichotoma,
Schlecht. in Linnaea, xx., 581, ann. 1847; P. diosmifolia,
Cunn. Herb. ex DC. Prodr., xiv., 510, ann. 1856-57).

P. microcephala, R. Br. There appears to be a certain

amount of dimorphism about the fruit of this VA Da

the lower part often remaining attached to the base of the
fruit for a long time.
MYRTACEAE. : A
Eucalyptus diversifolia, Bonpl. Yumali (Dist. T x m
White). In scrub south of Lameroo. Here a small me "y
leaves rather broad and very thick, resembling those of ^:
capitellata. : innaroo;
E. incrassata, Labill., var. dumosa, Maid. I: sa
Lameroo ; Mulgundawa; Wellington. A small mallee, h tho
high, with white bark except near the base, from whic ad
dark often peels off. Fruit ovoid-oblong ot o ,

alpyn; H. W. Andrew); A good-sized tree; operculum red
dish and ribbed E
E. oleosa, F. v. M. Just south of the town of Pinn Fei
this mallee is 5-7 m. high, with greyish-white bark on "7
upper part of the stem and dark bark peeling off at us H.
Rocky slopes of Mount Patawurta, near Moolooloo On

Mang) “A mallee with several clustered stems, v. bi Ta

; the stunted Scrub south of Pinnaroo grows what appears = hes
a dwarf form of £. oleosa, tending towards E. une

|
|
|

39

Turez. It is a small shrub, 1-2 m. high, with lanceolate,
or E inolate, bright-green leaves, the operculum onl
m. long, but longer than the calyx-tube ; fruit about
g by 5 mm. diam eter ; valves 3, much exserted.

Locally called ‘‘Green mallee.’

E. calycogona, Turez. Pinnaroo. In the better soil near
this town this is a mallee 5-10 m. high, with fruits often
12 mm. long on unusually long pedicels of 6-7 mm. In so
cases trees which have been cut down show butts 50-60 cm.

g.
acuminatus (''Native Peach") were growing—probably
ES close to these trees that the stem of the

E. Morris, R. T. Baker in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales,
-—Ó 312 (1900). Mount Patawurta, near Moolooloo ; in bud
and with fruits ripe and unripe, October 2, 1918 v H.

nh Wales. The dobebinsdn aoi is by Mr. J. H. Maiden.
uds obovoid, the obtuse operculum shghtly longer than the
456; fruits varying in size, the largest 10 mm. long by d qu
» Ti rst

| Age
leaves : deer rine a similarity to those of the allied
. Cunn

viminalis, “abin, Ferguson Gorge, near Moolooloo
Nu. t to dena (Sm.) combin. nov. ( Imbricaria
ciliata, Sm. in Trans. Linn. Soc., iii., 259, ann. 1797; Baeckea
microphylla, Sieb. in Spreng. Syst. cur. post. Ms ann. Qd.
Mero yrtus microphylla, Benth., Fl. Aust., 65,
8 6; Thryptomene ciliata, F. v. M. in Wools, Pl. neighb.
yd. 23, ann. 1880). tom erect shrub, common in the
niis south of Pinnaroo, about 50 em. high; petals and calyx-
de light pink. Under the d the ciliation of the upper
Ves is 1s conspicuous

Hal HALORRHAGIDACEAE. = :

Owier orrhagis elata, A. Cunn. Mount Patawurta an

Mis ta Gap, n ear Moolooloo (Dist. S; E. H. Ising). Small

W a de 15-20. em. high. Bl lackheath, wear Harrogate (H.
rew).

40

H. heterophylla, En. var. glaucifolia, Schindl.
Matteo en Hawker

riophy lum verrucosum, Lindl. Swampy ground in

Monbutle scrub (Dist. T; H. W. Andrew).

UMBELLIFERAE.
Bupleurum semicompositum, L. Common on the plain
at Teil Bend.
EPACRIDACEAE. :
amope virgatus, R. Br. Monbulla scrub, S.E. (H.
W. Andre
AnG humifusum, R. Br. “Native Cranberry,”
Mount Patawurta, near Moolooloo (Dist. S; E. H. Ising).
This is much further north than any previous record of the
species, but it is a mountainous district.

ASCLEPIADACEAE.
*Gomphocarpus fruticosus, R.. Br. Near Rendelsham,
S.E. (H. W. Andr rew). The specimens differ from those

of G. Fe ia mid E. Mey. They agree closely with a form
described by N. E. Brown in the Flora Capensis, where e

says, "Specimens with ovoid or ellipsoid, shortly and va y
pointed Takele are. probably of hybrid origin between this
species (G. fruticosus) and G. physocar pus.

LABIATAE.
Westringia Dam R. Br. Lameroo and Pinnaroo.
PO: specimens all the lower leaves are in 4’s, the upper
ones in 3’s or 4's; in others, quite similar in appearance,

flowers light purp! There ma’ doubt that
Dampieri and W. ri R. Br., should be treated whorls
eid cannot be distinguished va the leaves in 2 o

(3-5 mm. long), also occurs at Lam and Pinnaroo, y and

is found in many parts of the ages rend Renmark to Ooldea =
and at at least as far north a Moolooloo w mi
known as rigida, as it is = evidently the form indica
in Proen . description.

a

Ho SOLANACEAE. | Be. ' A
x ‘i simile, E v M. Yamal DM. T; 85

41

Me sor
Euphrasia collina, R. (E. Brown, F. v. M.)
es (Dist. M). Flowers Pe lilac
*Veronica Tournefortii, C. C. Gmel: Deserted gardens
at Yallum, S.E. (H. W. Andrew), but SPOT rad E
lish Recorded as a ‘‘widely-spread weed’’ a by

Prof. Ewart (as V. Buzbaumü, Ten.). A alsin of 2 Middle
and Southern Eur rpoe

MYOPORACEAE.
. Eremophila neglecta, J. M. Black. O'Halloran Mount,
near Petmdata ; flowering July 7, 1918 (W. A. Cannon).

GOODENIACEAE.
oodenia vernicosa, nov. sp. ( tab. oo dh Su een citer

attenuatis rigidis servatis 15-25 mm. m gis, Penn
linearibus integris, pedunculis axillaribus 1. 4-floris folio
»equilongis vel brevioribus, pedicellis brevibus (2-8 mm.

78} supra medium articulatis basi bibracteolatis, calyce
cylindrica costato 12 mm. longo, lobis linearibus tubum

" ongo-ovoideae septo apicem illius fere attingente,
minibus. circiter 12 biseriatis crasse marginatis.
. Mount Patawurta, near aea
pec

gives the iu nished appearance, in
ae Fine, . the ib yox and the uppermost leaves

the ence linear and bract-like.
G. Fiholm, F. v. M. Moolooloo (E. H. Ising).
: : e-

Sims. distinction between this species and G. grandiflora,
* albiflora, Schlecht. Moolooloo (Dist. 8; E. H. Ising).
©. pusillift Pinnaroo

. M. (Dist.
iy ore R. Br, Kybybolite (Dist. T; AE OW:

42

b

COMPOSITAE.
n ym obtusifolium, Sond. et F. v. M. Yumali
mee T; RB. White); scrub south of Lameroo (Dist. M).
i. lencopidin, DC. Pinnaroo (Dist. M

)
emipapposum, pes Mount pees near Moo-
lic (Dist. S; E. H. Isin
Helipterum Jessen, F. v. M. Pinnaroo.
corymbiflorum, Schlecht. Ferguson Gorge (E. H.
Tsing). Pk only about 15 em. high and 1-headed by
aborti
dimorpholepis, Benth. Ferguson Gorge, near Moo-
looloo (Dist. S; Ising).
Calotis scapigera, Hook. Port pages. River; Murray
Bridge; Renmark. Ray pink, turning wh
Irodia siMlodta. R. Br. aite aA (Dist. T: H W
Andrew).

d
the fewer flowers, and especially the glabrous achenes (not
mentioned by Bentham), one feels a de as to whether
this variety is not really a separate speci
O. Muelleri, i Mount Padus near Mesue
; H. ng).

O. ciliata, F. v. M. Lameroo; Eg di (Dist. m^
: , Benth. Loxton (Di M;
White); Coonalpyn (H. W. Andrew); Xara: sr

Z.
O. floribunda, (Hook. f.) Benth. Loxton (S. A. White)
ee (H. W. Andrew). «gines numerous, apparens
n dense se panicles; involucre 3-4 m long ; flowers usually
6, 3 ligulate and 3 ce ntral ; leaves alustered. 1-13 mm . long;

branches slender and flex ible.
Brachycome ezilis, Bod Owienagin Gap, n ob
looloo (Dist. : sing A minute form with am

2 or 3. I have iat minute speci óns from Aare
with iis leaves, but the stems are at least once-branch
wers ecu more numerous. :

M. me These: sper
present a different A from the ordinary form, x
whole plant being more or less woolly, especially toward

43

; ray pale lilac. Prof. Ewart informs
me that our plant agrees with specimens of B. caloc
collected near the Murray River by Dallachy, as mentioned
in the Fl. Aust.

Humea pholidota (F. v. M.), combin. nov. (Ozothamnus
Pholidotus vel Cassinia pholidota, F. v. M., Fragm. ii., 131
(1861); Helichrysum pholidotum, F. v. M., ex Benth., Fl.
Aust. iii., 634 (1866); H. squamata, F. v. M., Fragm. xi.,
86 (1880). Near Loxton (S. A. White) ; Karoonda ; Lameroo;
Pinnaroo. An erect shrub about 1 m. high.

Microseris scapigera, (Forst.) Sch. Bip. (M. Porsteri,

ook. f.). Lameroo. Leaves very narrow with linear-
lanceolate lobes about 12 mm. long. Owienagin Gap and
Ferguson Gorge (Dist. S; E. H. Ising).
. Millotia Kempei, F. v. M. in Wing's South. Sci. Rec.
1» 2 (1882); var. Helmsii, F. v. M. et Tate in Trans. Roy.
Boo. S. Austr., xvi, 368 (1896). The description of this
Species and a comparison with specimens in the Tate

J. M. Black in Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Au

t. 69 (1915). This plant stands about half-way between
Millotia and Tozanthus as e more numerous invo-
lueral brac he more numerous and larger flowers of

^ei ts,
Millotia, but it has the absence of pappus and the achenes

father than in the lanceolate papillose tips of Tozanthus.
n v. Mueller's classification therefore appears to be the
; preferable one. In addition to Helms’ specimens from near
the Birksgate Range, the Tate Herbarium contains others
from Ooldea and the Great Victoria Desert, W.A.
Erechthites prenanthoides, DC. (plate viii.). This plant
L;"w in my garden at North Adelaide from seed which must
ave been buried in the soil of other plants brought from
hi. t Gambier. It lasted about one n The female

; Ee :
and-Wet (Dist. T; H. W ndrew). Young leaves wrinkled

Above, but glabrous 5 flowers in head 4-5.

44

*Anacyclus radiatus, Lois. This Mediterranean weed,
with large yellow flowers, not previously recorded, was found
growing on a dump at Port Adelaide (October, 1918; H. W.
Andrew).

*Leontodon hispidus, L. Near Lobethal (H. W.
Andrew). Common; the forms with glabrous and hairy
Sais both present. Already recorded for the South-

ast.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES.

en NL
Kochia pr enm E sp leaf (side view). 2, f (see
from above) 3, fru E bem s above). 4, Pe Paine,
gres
melea Williamsonii, n. sp. 5, flower. 6, be r DET ri
Spat spread open. 7, pistil. 8, ‘fru it, showing e

isti arp.
fruit after removal of exocarp, showing the delicate, transparent
endocarp covering the testa. 10, seed. 11, me : $ , Wrane

verse section of fruit: a, exocarp; b, endoc arp; por emeret:
testa; d, membranous inner seed is dint pura idi - in "albumen;
f, cotyledons

Pate MAI.

Goodenia Iiis: ru n. sp. 1, bud. 2, style and indusium.
3, vertical section of fruit. 4, corolla spread open.
E OMA P Turcz. 5, pistil. 6, one-half of flower
e ‘
rie iflor ora, "aA 8, one-half of flower ree open, a M
nisi “Cpe face). 10, leaf (lower ae) ll, fruit: a, wrin
us; b, carti ilaginous endocarp ;

Prate VIII.
iiec Ra i prenanthoides, DC. 1, flower-head in bud and
wer. 2, ne and pappus. 3, transverse sec section of achene.
ppe ga "Vica 6, pollen-grain. 7, bisexual ‘flower.

8, female flower.

45

GEOLOGICAL MEMORANDA (FIRST CONTRIBUTION).
By Proressor WALTER Howcnik.

Subjects
I. The "Sarsen" Stones of South Australia.
II. Pumice and other Substances occurring as Sea-drift near

Cape Banks.
III. Salt, a Cause Mechanical Disintegration of Rocks in
egio
a Wodatar Barytes of Peculiar Forms from Central
Australia
[Read June 12, 1919.]

PLATE IX.

I. ihm "SARSEN'" STONES OF SoUTH AUSTRALIA.

shape, several feet in thickness, and up to 10 fü. or 15 ft. in

u d appeared
people as though dropped p over the landscape.
e name by which they are generally known is ~~ of
Sarsen,” or “sarsden” stones, which is supposed t a
colloquial abbreviation of the word Saracen, a ial cm

ace

of superstitious terror in southern and western Europe.) As

these stones are often seen. in groups, ei at a distance red the
i e

Second circle, at Stonehenge is construc
indeed, t was no other geological cares in the country
a size

that yielded stomes anything like so great

(1) edi explanations have been given as to ihe origin of the
Word. Sars By nid to be a | a. Phoenician ian word, meanin | a stone,
time

t may e. p
amt visited Engla id. The early y Ch hies n Saxons d og
i idiot ju f n or mn.”
A corruption rtl fido word. poran m e w

46

vandalism that was rampant in his day in destroying such
interesting archaeological structures for utilitarian purposes.
He says, “Above the head of the River Ock, by Ashbury-
park, is a camp of a figure as near round as square, t
diameter above an hundred paces and the works single, but the
works are now almost quite spoiled and defaced by digging for
the sarsden stones as they call them) to build a house in th
ene to the Lord Craven.”

Our Honorary Fellow, Mr. Edward Meyrick, B.A., F.R.S.,
was one of a committee of gentlemen formed for this object,
and at my request sent out some fragments broken from sarsen
stones for comparison with our local examples. :

j given rise to a somewhat extensive

most county histories (where they occur), geological textbooks,

encyclopaedias, dictionaries, and newspaper correspondence.
Many conflicting theories have been advanced to account

for the origin and distribution of the sarsen stones, but it is

England. The beds consisted of sands and fine gravels (gen
ably of different geological ages), the greater portion of whic
remained unconsolidated and has been removed by denudation,

“Geology of nd and Wales," 1876, p. 363; W. |
Age of the Grey-wethers,” Jour. . Soc. of London, ibid
e p. 271; E. C. Spicer: “Sarsen Stones in a acd Fi : d

[71 eo
A Physi E Monckton

E vu de ; A. C. Ramsay:
Geography of Great Britain," 1872, p. 126; H: Y: as Report
Notes on the Sarsen Stones of the Bagshot’ District," Bepo

Brit. Assoc. Adv. Science (Southport), 1903, p.

4T

taken place by the infiltration of silicated waters into an open
an m d : :

d porous rock, causing great induration within certain

geological age of the rock, they may occur in any country
and of any age when the suitable conditions for their formation
exist. Sarsen stones of this type are widely distributed
throughout South Australia. They have not attracted the
same attention from the public here as those of England, from
the fact that in England they are rendered conspicuous
nR ; c

oce
like the grey-wethers of southern England. They can be seer

from the railway train near Yacka, and at Stone Hut, and in

grains, closely dovetailed and united together by a siliceous
cement. On account of this form of structure they exhibit a

Same descriptions. In most cases a different form of silicifica-
tion can be recognized between that of the siliceous quartzites
of Cambrian Age and the siliceously-cemented river sediments
that have made the sarsen stones. T am c l

&lve evidence of metamorphic action, while the indurated
Tiver sediments do not. In the case of the metamorphic
bo (9 Howchin: “Notes on the Geology of Ardrossan and Neigh-

LN" Trans, Roy. Soc. S. Austr., v. 42, 1918, pls. xxii. to
i

48

exhibit the more complete silicification, as in the case of ing
fine gravel; the coarser gravels are frequently strong y

NEAR CAPE ;

I am indebted to Mr. G. A. Payne, late Head Keeper at
Cape Banks Lighthouse, for a number of interesting objects
that he has collected from the beach in that locality. The
more interesting of these comprise pumice, scoriaceous lava,
torbanite, asphaltum, and native resin.

PUMICE.

ransve nce. t
example of its kind, greyish-white in colour, rough to the
feel, open and vesicular in Structure, with numerous large,
elongated vesicular gas spaces. The central portion of ^
second specimen, also forwarded by Mr. Payne, has precise y
the same features. The specimens in each case occurred on
the southern side of Cape Banks, and were found high hs
~ among the sand ills, where, Mr. Payne thinks, they m
- have been buried for years. ite
| © oceurrence of drift-pumice in this locality was quit
unexpected and is difficult to explain. Although the

Millicent: and Mount Gambier volcanic fields are not very
distant from Cape ; j :, a pumice is known to occur on
. either of these fields, and if there was, there is at present i
fanning water that might account for their transportation to
_ the coast. Neither is pumice known to occur along the

49

on this subject as follows: ‘I do not know, nor do any of my
staff whom I have been able conveniently to consult, know
of any pumice on the south coast of Victoria. I rang up
Professor Skeats, who also does not know of any, neither do
we know of any deposit in situ in Victoria which approaches
the character of a true pumice."

coast of New Sout ales, and at times are also found in the
harbours, and are not infrequently picked up within
the Sydney Harbour. The source of t umice is, of

ragments to pieces 9 or 12 in. through. . . . It’
be very interesting to trace the limits of the distribution of
Pumice along the Autralian coast, and I trust that someone
vill undertake this duty."

ry comm
Pise rrier i& may extend continuously along the beach,
at high-tide level, in lumps the size of a cricket ball to a
marble. € pieces you describe are unusually large. There

yage.
Somewhat water-worn, they have not suffered that extent of
—ewhat water-worn, they have not suffered that extent o
255, Seg The Minerals of New South Wales,” ete., 1888, pp. 250,

im a.) Professor David informs me that one piece washed up
"Sydney Harbour measured 3 ft. in length. . .

50

parasitically attached to the floating pumice, such as algae -
growths, Serpula, or Balanus. Neither of these considera-
tions are, however, fatal to the theory, as the amount of wear
is dependent on contact with hard substances floating in the
water or the amount of attrition suffered on the beach before

where pumice is supposed to occur. The Antarctic current,
influenced by the strong westerly winds, takes a north-easterly
direction, and becomes a wide-spread "drift"; one branch,
going northward, follows the coast of Western Australia, and
the other takes an easterly course along the southern shores
of the continent.

., from
the sea." Also under date August 6, 1917, I received
particulars from Mr. Payne of a “current paper" thrown
overboard on September 26, 1916, in lat. 40? iT € and
long. 126° 58’ E. (south of the Great Bight), and was picked
up 10 miles to the north of Cape Banks on July 26, 1917, the

8 a westerly turn, forming a large edd
of the Great Bight, while another section, after
ne ge oast of T ia, passes h
. Strait. There 1s probably a neutral zone between
| currents, one going west and the other going east, an

51

coincide with a geographical position very close to Cape
s. The parting of the currents may well account for the
quantity of debris cast up at the spot known as the "drift"
mentioned by Mr. Payne.
e localities from which the pumice may have originated
e

Pu
Se
d
E
we
A
B
aq
ct
p”
®©
e
fæ
H
oD
B5
ona
m
ag
B
aq
M
B
=
o
[
d
=
=t
d
©
B
E
©

an
P
limits of South Australia.

,,, Ocean drifts that are dependent on prevailing winds vary
with the winds. The may be weak or strong, shift their
Pesition, and even become for a time reversed, according to

nr Aor n

cha examples obtained from Cape Banks possess certain
aracteristics which should assist in their identification. The

(7) After the above was written a publie notice was given, of

t E thrown ade tm a pag, psy at ig sop tmd imu,

: 1¢k i : , i
June 10, pM on the beach near Cape Jervis.—See

52

n 5
spaces (over and above the usual small, elongated spaces which
give pumice its characteristic features) are often large,

hoped that observers will be on the look out for urther
evidences that may be of interest bearing on this subject.

SCORIACEOUS LAVA.

sea has washed the bases of the volcanic vents in the neigh-
bourhood of Millicent since these volcanoes were in eruption,
but there is nothing to indicate that these scoriae were actually
derived from this source. re are igneous rocks on the
Victorian coast, a little beyond the South Australian border,
and it is possible that the specimens may have come from that
direction ; if so, it would be a further evidence of an occasional
westerly drift along the coast.

ASPHALTUM (BITUMEN).
This substance has a very wide distribution along the
southern coast of Australia, extending from Tasmania on the

A typical specimen was included in the beach specimens

ments have been found. The specimens that have bee?
obtained over this very wide area p very uniform
characteristics, which make it probable that they have had
& common origin. Wade has said,® ^I am firmly

BM M LM E. Y
(9 See L. Keith Ward: “The Possibilities of the Discovery
~ Petroleum on Kangaroo Island and the Western Coast of pns
eninsula," Geol. Sur. S. Austr., Bull. No. 2, 1913, p. 13- _AlS
aoa T Wide (Tbo. Sup il-bearing Areas of Sou
Australia," Geol. Sur. S. Austr., Bull. No. 4, 1915, p. 33-

© Loc. cit., p. 34.

53

convinced by the evidence that the material originates from
beds now covered by the sea, beds thrown down by the great
fault system known to exist, protected to some extent by the
deep sea deposits, and lying south of the continental shelf.
As a surmise, I should say that just as the great trough faults
bf the Dead Sea area have exuded bitumen in places, seen by

be nóted that Kerguelen is in the direct line of the west
wind drift, the waters of which are carried up the Western
Australian coast as well as along the southern coast of
Australia and around the island of Tasmania. If the bitumen
originated at Kerguelen the outcrops are probably submarine
In position.

FOSSIL RESIN.

oig where the pieces of asphaltum occur recknell
andhills, on the southern coast of Kangaroo Island, I found
the two in associatio ; refers the to the

species "retinite," a variety of copalite. These resins have no
genital relationship to the mineral oils, but they may have
had a similar geographical origin as that of the asphaltum
Waifs. If Kerguelen Island be the source, then we must
assume that the resins have been derived from uere:

"tive

5

Product, we may assume, have been subjected to such a change.
—

(0) See Tate: “On the Occurrence of Marine Fossiliferous
Rocks at Kerguelen Island," Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., v. 24
..M900), p. 105.

54

TORBANITE (KEROSENE SHALE).
fragment of this mineral (sawn by Mr. Payne from a
larger portion) also formed a part of the collection from
Cape Banks. It is brownish-black in colour, has a dull lustre,
and burns freely when a lighted match is applied to it. It1s
identical with the mineral torbanite which is mined at Hartley

tralian coast; one of these was on the beagh at The French-
man, Eyre Peninsula, and the other at the head of the Great
Bight.)

III. SALT a Cause or MECHANICAL DISINTEGRATION OF
Rocks iN Arip REGIONS.

When visiting Stuart Creek pastoral station in 1904, by
the kindness of Mr. W. Oliffe, the manager of the station,
I was taken over some extensive opal deposits on the run.
These were situated to the northward of Pidleeomina Water-

ccur in the upper portions of the cretaceous clays, and are
distributed over a stri country several square miles 1n

variety, but some of the specimens are beautifully tinted, of

the greater part of the disi i f
3 ntegrated opal consisted o
_ Innumerable assemblage of usa ahata This intimate

`

"i

55

disintegration of a compact and apparently pure opal rock
was an unexpected occurrence. n examination it was found
that an efflorescence of salt covered all the planes of fracture,
7s this is suggestive of the cause of the disintegration. The
ect : :

retained its quarry-water, or "sap-water," to use a quarry-
man's term, but when placed in the cabinet desiccation

This action is known to be operative in all dry regions
where the surface waters are mostly mineral solutions and
motel to alternate conditions of imbibition and desiccation.

ally those of an open texture, such as sandstones, shales, clays,
etc., many examples of such chemico-mechanical disintegration
were noted in the region referred to.

IV. NopuLAR BARYTES or PECULIAR FORMS FROM
CENTRAL AUSTRALIA.
Barytes (barium sulphate), or ''heavy spar," occurs in
South Australia under a varist of forms. In Mitcham

orthorhombic crystals, and also of lamellar structure and
translucen
occurs in veins with a granular crystallization, as in the

gangue in mineral lodes, as at the New Burra Copper Mine,
oori

all uncommon. Some of these have mammillary forms, white
to brownish in colour, columnar and radial in structure, with

rm liquid had been poured out of some vessel—weighs

56

The clays of the interior (pf Australia in some cases carry
nodules of barytes. The wei vitamin deke which these con-

2

when leader of the Government North-West Prospecting
Expedition in 1904. Mr. W. T. Chapman, 5) the assayer

Per oak:

Water P5 ie o
ili DUCES
Alumin ER dite
Ferri e pene e . 056
poner acid . s ren um .. 99:82
Bar mm e us us va ... 62°00
Strontia os Ria RE i a UU p s
Lime SH ee a oe mdr.
99:39

of white clay-like rock, which is capped by a hard layer o
esert sandstone. The specimens are es D d numbers,
1 ft. in diameter.

ilst on a visit to Stuart Check ais station, in the
, in ay b

with oy

shape from the “buns.” ' ey ven be compared in appear

ahs to a ball of stout cord that had been wound and inte
Er itself. The thickness of the cord-like casts varies

» R Soc.
S. Austr. y v. 3i sr bn er Notes," Trans. Roy.
Mines and Industries, 1904, pp. 73, 74.

a)

-—

57

in different specimens, but is uniform throughout in the
case of each individual specimen. Mr. W. T. Chapman kindly
eae ag to make an analysis of one of these, with the

ollowing results : —

Per cent.
Sulphur tri-oxid i. id t DU aoe
Barium oxide ... us e Pd 2s. OTa
Caleium oxide M aad ila d. uc WM)
Strontium oxide Rn d. T 0 ODO
i d xd Ad E. ALIM
Ferric oxide ... at da eo Iu ae
Magnesia iue sel n EG dic UM
Water c. et uu Gs y wt OT
100:40

ground ng eriod of drought it is not unusual to find
at a considerable depth earthworms coiled up within a little
chambe e This chamber corresponds to the

Ty have formed in cavities formerly occupied by annelids,

the difference being that in some cases the cavity has preserved

the true outline of the former occupant, while in others it
as not.

"annot at present be definitely determined. Barium salts
not infreque |

barium and lime are often found in association, as occurs In

, the would probably form, in

‘st instance, a soluble bicarbonate, and then by ac “re

. Taction with some soluble sulphate be converted into barium

58

sulphate. Why the barytes should show a preferential selec-
ion of these empty annelid chambers, as is assumed in th

at most minerals in solution show a tendency to undergo
precipitation on reaching a cavity in the rocks.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE IX.

Pig L ean of vermiform-like object, entwined. Slightly

under natural siz MORS
tly, two objects of a similar

Sis ‘ajacent s ae Ci ihe other. Slightly under
natural s e

Fig. Pu Cast of similar object, showing irregular twisting.
Natural size.

Fig. 4. Cast in which e coils are more regularly arranged
in a spiral form. Naturals

Fig. 5. Another rires in which the coils are wound
right A ds to each other. The s ecimen is a a fragment showing
fracture at both e xtremities. Natural siz

Fig. 6. In this "- cimen the coils are woun nd around a centra al

ation of the coil is seen at the upper margin. This example poke
an intermediate type between the worm-like casts on the one
and the discoidal “buns” on the other. Natural size. :
Migs. 1, 4, 5, and 6 agree in the diameter of their decem
coils; and fips. 2 and 3 also agree with each other in this resp
bei :

o entionec.
In the two examples shown in figs. nd 3, slight e ye eee
occur in the bedy whorls (especially where ‘the latter ma all
acute Phe “in may have been caused by a succession of dir al
bulgings of an annulated soft body as the result of longitu pur
press This feature, while quite distinct in the objects, is
well eax by the photogr aphs.

59

A REVIEW OF THE GENUS LOR/CELLA (ORDER POLY-
PLACOPHORA), WITH NOTES ON FEATURES PREVIOUSLY
UNNOTED AND DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES.

By Epwin Asusy, F.L.S., M.B.O.U.
[Read May 8, 1919.]
PLATE X.

The only recorded species of the genus Loricella was
described by H. Adams and Angas in P.Z.S., 1864, p. 193,
under the name of Lorica angasi, but later Pilsbry, in Man.

im tail valve a mere wave; j
in front, not cleft behind"; but adds the note, “I have not
seen this species, which is here figured for the first time from
drawings made by Emerton for Carpenter.'"

An examination of a fair series makes it necessary to
modify this generic description. The sinus in the tail valve

c 323

fact somewhat misled Pilsbry. This cleft and the character

with its markedly distinct girdle suggest that this relationship
may be more seeming than rea

As Ad m
Rapid Bay, South Australia, that name will have to be

18 described herein for the first time. The only explanation
monet the type was a worn specimen that had been washed
PE

60

wing to the imperfections of both figure and descrip-
tions, it is necessary to append a full description. As far as

but Dr. Pilsbry appends a note, "The hairs shown in the
girdle, in fig. 9, are foreign to it."

LoRicELLA ANGASI, H. Adams and Angas.
(Proc. Zool. Soc., 1864, p. 193.)

osterior valve.—'This is the smallest of the Mois n

an J
è B1 or
) : Wavy ridges similar to the anteri

Mew at irregular intervals by deep sulci following

61

the growth lines; also in some of the valves the ribbing shows
a subpustulose tendency; the posterior margin is finely

laminae much produced; sinus broad and lobed.

irdle.—In drie ecimen 8 mm. wide in front, or
without the flattened appendages, 5 mm. in front and half
that width behind, cleft for half its width at tail, very closely
eset with solid, irregular, minute scales. But the most

one of a white stiletto, but they are too broad to be described
by that term, and may be better described as sharply-pointed
white cylinders or spear-heads, which are at their base twice the
thickness of the hair to which they are attached. These strange
white spicules are clustered thickly at the base of and along the
centres of the flattened finger-like processes, before referred
to; these are sessile, rising straight out of the girdle. ere
seems to be some relation between these spicules and the
protruding portions of the girdle, as they and the hairs to
which they are attached are only present opposite these. There
are a few scattered about the girdle not in the main double row.
easurements.—The specimen described in the ewig

is 67x41 mm. Another, taken at the same time, now in Mr.
o

62

it is blotched grey and white. The characteristic spicules,
before described, are present in all my South Australian

lateral areas; the posterior margin is more strongly toothed
than is the case with the larger specimens. Dr. Torr has

several of the smaller size that show the same pustulose charac-
ter in the sculpture. A specimen 30 mm. in length, dredged
in St. Vincent Gulf, exhibits the same “spear-headed” hairs,
and a small one, 23 mm. long, preserved in spirit, collected
at Aldinga Bay, has the girdle well clothed with hairs
terminating in similar "spear-head'' spicules.

emarks.—All specimens examined, collected by Dr.
Torr, Dr. Verco, and myself, show the "spear-headed" spicules,
and none of those examined from the other States exhibit this
character.

The coarse hairs on the girdle are branching, and are,
where perfect, transparent at their apices, but the transparent
idth as the hairs and evidently the

ge
o
a
me
"o
B
un
m
H
i:
ct
o
&
[t

closely-packed wavy ribbing. In one specimen in my collec
tion from Sydney Harbour, the closely-packed wavy ribbing

prominent tubercles are either eroded or absorbed. An ye
Specimens that have come under my notice are more olivaceous
than uet South Australian shell. t low
: abitat.—The t I collected in shallow water a
tide at the Nine d Station, Sydney, New South Wales,
in November, 1918. I presenting same to the Se
Australian Museum. It appears fairly common at i
Jackson, and frequents much shallower water than is the eme
: with the South Au ian species. I actually found one or
a large rock several feet above low-water mark. I have EE

ai Shs al eo eek De EL eerie ERR
DU eee E : xx

63

dredged by Mr. Gabriel in 5 fathoms, at Western Port,
Victoria, measuring 33 x22 mm., in which the ray ribbing
of anterior valve is well defined, but the closely-packed inter-
mediate.ribbing is hardly discernible, except near the margin ;
one of the coarse hairs on this specmen is 9 mm. long. Dr.
W. G. Torr kindly showed me his Victorian specimens, which
are similar to mine.

Tasmanian form.—Both Mr. W. L. May (of Tasmania)
and Dr. Torr have been good enough to lend me their
Tasmanian shells for the purposes of this paper. Mr. May
writes that it is rare at Port Arthur. These Port Arthur
specimens show a considerable divergence from most of the
New South Wales shells, and are approached most nearly by
the dredged specimen, before referred to, from Western Port,
Victoria. The largest shell from Port Arthur is in Mr. May’s
collection, and measures 41x31 mm., has practically no
decussation on dorsal or pleural area, but the smaller shell
shows it to some extent ; the riblets on the anterior valve are
not as strong and the tail valve is more elevated than the
New South Wales type. But the small shell from Sydney,
before referred to, diverges from the type quite as much in
these re . I therefore do not feel justified in separating
the Tasmanian Port Arthur shell from the New South Wales
and Victorian ones: they all show the coarse, branching hairs

d” p

uc. er amoun )

terial from the other States I hesitate to quote this

Character as one of the distinguishing ones of the South
i hell.

P
adult South Australian shell is much larger, often double the
Size, of its congener.

64

I am suggesting the name of torri for this species, after
my friend Dr. W. G. Torr, to whom I am indebted for a good
deal of material I hope to deal with in a future paper.

ADDENDUM.

Since writing the foregoing Dr. J. C. Verco has sent me
his stereoscopic microscope, and with the aid of this splendid
etse the following additional observations have been
made :—

like scales are, most of them, transparent and glassy ; others,
again, are opaque and white, but still with a glass-like
appearance. *

Between these “wheat-grains” the strange "spear-heads
push through and look like a cylindrical pointed spear-head
made of porcelain, and are, I estimate, eight times the length
of the scales :

Later, as the ''spear-head" is pushed forward, a pale-

a distinct branch. In one or two instances a single stalk has
branched six times and been furnished with six ''spear

heads." These side branches are of a considerable length.

often several times the length of the spear-headed apex.

. Somewhat distant rings for the whole length of the tube. In
a few instances these striae a i rs t

à he re absent; in others the :
are broader and placed at greater distances, Su bs

65

As before stated, the longer hairs, or tubes, take their
clusters fairly equidistant midway across the

back

To the question, What is the function of the strange
coarse hairs, or tubes, and their peculiar apices, and what
Purpose do they serve? I can find no definite answer. I do

. presence of some m À
milar, though much smaller, to the ‘‘spear-heads” on
Lori €i anoaass;

I have presented the tvpe of Loricella torri to the South
Australian Murun. yP

Fi DESCRIPTION OF PLATE X E»
'E- l. Shell of Loricella angasi, Ad. and Ang., xi, showing in
ues : ts e, slit, fringed margin, and spicules, p. 60. H
» le. Girdle of same, x6, showing finger-like processes an

: — 5 1b. Girdle and | rt shell f Loricella torri, n. sp., X9, p. 62.
e le. Loricella angasi, Ad. "od Ang., x2, underside showing

i al. : 2
e Spear-headed spicules and girdle margin of same, x20.

66

NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN POLYPLACOPHORA, INCLUDING
DESCRIPTIONS OF Two NEW GENERA, A NEW VARIETY,
AND THE DESCRIPTION AND PROPOSED RECOGNITION
OF MR. BEDNALL'S STENOCHITON PILSBRYANUS.

By Epwin Asusv F.L.S., M.B.O.U.
[Read July 11, 1919.]
ELATE XI.

ISCHNOCHITONIDAE.
Genus STENOCHITON.

ZOSTERICOLA, n. subgen.

in the paper on Stenochitons (Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Auk
vol. xlii., 1918), and included the subgeneric name 9
Zostericola in the distribution list published in the same
number of the Transactions.

The name Zostericola is derived from the name of
genus of plants upon which it is said to have been found, an
upon which it no doubt lives.

Type Stenochiton pilshryanus, Bednall.

ZOSTERICOLA PILSBRYANUS, Bednall.
. t
une and drawings of Stenochiton pilsbryanus C

oc., vol. ii., pt. 4, 1897). I trusted that the type W°

gure. e
he specimens I have marked ‘type’ do not mer
with the figure, nor have I seen the dissections." Thus

a
E.
x
d
=
T
T
i
‘
E
5
>
l;
don
s

LI Mc DLE egi Lad RM uA CMT DES
Y SES ees
E A $n BE e

67

from the late Mr. Bednall's collection, the material now being
E the hands of Mr. Iredale, and reported upon by him as
above.

When in Philadelphia last year Dr. Henry A. Pilsbry
showed me some of the material that Mr. Bednall had sent
him (at the time the description of S. pilsbryanus was written)
as being the new shell. I easily identified in the material
shown to me the three species S. juloides, Ad. and Ang.;
S. eymodocealis, Ashby; and S. posidonialis, Ashby ; all very
small and juvenile.

It is therefore fairly evident that Mr. Bednall's drawings

ere made from more than one specimen

all the material. I therefore propose to refer the speci
am describing hereunder to Mr. Bednall’s species for the
following reasons : —
(1) I am anxious to retain the names of my friend
Dr. Pilsbry and my late friend Mr. Bednall as
associated with the interesting genus of Stenochiton.
(2) It is desirable to keep our list of species free from
those that are impossible of identification.
(3) The form I am describing corresponds most closely
with the figure of the shell in Mr. Bednall's paper.
(4) Mr. Bednall’s shell was practically from the same
locality, “Troubridge Shoal, St. Vincent Gulf, on
." Tapley Shoal is about 6 miles from
g

mgs commence at the posterior margin of the dorsal area, an

‘Spread fan-like anteriorwise. When disarticulated, and the

animal cleaned away, the shell is very transparent. The brown
i ion

olivaceous, and the central valves transparent white and pale

Two wavy (broadly V-shaped) bands traverse both

— bu shell, and separated by a wide sinus; teeth fairly sharp,»
ior z

68

the pleural and lateral areas, also other olivaceous markings
are present. .

Anterior valve.—Unsculptured; under a high power the
valve is seen to be covered with whitish spots, suggesting
regular decussation, but the brownish-olive mottling so gener-
ally covers the valve that in many parts the white spo wei
indistinguishable. The shell is convex, evenly rounded we
arched, about twice as broad as long, teeth well defined, wi ^
rounded, slightly wavy edges, eaves well developed, teet
propped or fluted, slits 16, inside whitish and glassy.

Posterior valve.—Unusually broad for this valve, Meum
only slightly less broad than the median valves, mucro mia)
anterior, posterior slope evenly rounded but steep, convex.

ridge divides the portions, starting at the mucro pisei A
diagonally to the suture. Behind the mucro is another

edged, and are fluted or propped on the inside as in the
anterior valves, eaves distinct. de.

Median valves.—Uniformly smooth, glossy, diee
tured ; the anterior margin of the lateral area is slight d M dol
in some of the valves, especially in valve 2. e pns pori
barely distinguishable, but is slightly raised and flat A agentes
Under a low power ateral, wavy, longitudinal, a di ad
bands are easily seen; one valve has six of these ym
either side. When disarticulated and cleaned and — :
a high power some additional markings are reveale tici =
dorsal and pleural areas are very distinct from the

dove peciall
fo discover any rising in the shell. In some lights, especia iy

.. daylight, the white interspaces look like white spots wo
Olivaceous markings like interspaces. The we ru of
are large, produced to about half the width (longitu

te de n ‘rounded as in the anterior and posterior valves, and J can

69

valves vary in length, but are fully three times as wide as

long, i.e., the longitudinal measurement is one-third that of
l one.

; —Very narrow, and thickly clothed with minute,
irregular, flattened scales, which do not appear to imbricate.
Darkish blotches are noticeable opposite each suture.
easurements.—The shell in the dried specimen is 54 mm.
y 3 mm.; it is more than likely that a live specimen would
measure 6 by 34 mm.
Locality.—I am indebted to Dr. Torr for the specimen

"Tapley Shoal, living on Zostera.” This shoal is about 6 miles
from Troubridge lighthouse, south of Yorke Peninsula, in
South Australia.

General colour.—Serpentine green (Ridgway’s Colour
Standards, pl. xvi.). The valves 2 to 4 have the dorsal area

outlined with a broad V-shaped white mark. lor
and apical portions of anterior valve are white The sides
are broad] irregularly banded with white. The girdle

irregularly-spaced blotches in front of same valve. :
Shell.—The shell is more beaked than is the case with
. ‘he type, and there is a slight elevation of the dorsal area
near the beak in the first four valves. Starting at the posterior
Margin of the beak are a few shallow, circular elevations,
Which die away towards the middle of the anterior portion
of the lateral area. These elevations are only seen in some
lights with a high-power lens. The whole shell is highly
Polished and transparent. !

70

PLAXIPHORA MATTHEWSI, Iredale.
- (Proc. Mal. Soc. Lon., vol. ix., June, 1910, pp. 96-100.)
Frembleya matthewsi, Iredale (Dis. List. Austr. Polypla-
cophora, Ashby: Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., vol. xlii., 1918, p. 85).
> . I notice this season that each of the three small specimens
of the above shell that have fallen to my lot during this

f
a large number of slender processes, which for want o

pointed. The surface is highly polished and white, in some
lights, showing a few transverse lines; the stalk, bristle, or

Girdle spicules.—The species under discussion has three
forms of spicules—if these oar-headed processes can be term
spicules at all. There are the long, coarse, dark brown spicules
or bristles that take their rise in bunches at each suture; these
are taper-pointed, like a needle. Then there are a great many
short, transparent, rather blunt-pointed spicules that form
the fringe of the girdle. Lastly, there are these organs that

ve

_Comparisons.—While all the specimens I have collected .
exhibit oar-headed spicules, I have two, given me by Mr. W. :
May, of Tasmania, from Port Arthur in that State, tha

71

.80 that further investigation may not unlikely prove them
di M is endeavouring to obtain some

Family MOPALIIDAE, Pilsbry.
è KOPIONELLA, n. gen.
Differs from Plaxiphora, Gray—
(1) In having peculiar oar-headed girdle bristles or
spicules.
(2) In having an elevated, recurved tail valve with
terminal mucro.
(3) The minor differences detailed hereunder.
Differs from Frembleyana, H. Ad.
(1) In having peculiar oar-headed bristles or spicules.
(2) In the slits in the median valves being centrally
situated and sinus, especially in tail valve, being
much narrower.
(3) The minor characters detailed below.
l'ype.—Plaziphora matthewsi, Iredale. imen
described herein is being presented to the South Australian
Museum

Description and comparisons of further di

Purposes of this comparison Plaxiphora albida is used as
typical of the genus Plaxiphora. In P. matthewsi, Ire., the
Upper side of the tail valve is very distinct from P. albi.

fferences. —For
ida i

72

A ffinities.—It isa little difficult to know where the proposed
new genus should be placed. Dr. Pilsbry points out (Man.

review has the tail valve unslit, as in Plaxiphora, but has, on
the other hand, a striking character in its "peculiar girdle
bristles.”

I pointed out in my: paper on Loricella some points of
similarity between that genus and Placiphorella. Since

and May's remarks on this species in their valuable paper
(Proc. Mal. Soc., vol. xii., pts. ii. and iii., Noy., 17!
, “Receipt

species has no close relationship with Frembleya, the animal
being obviously different. This is now being investigated,
but in the meanwhile a nearer ally from a superficial
examination might be Loricella." :
The outward appearance of the tail valve certainly
suggests Loricella, and the strange girdle bristles do still more
so, but the unslit tail valve and the non-emarginate girdle
show a closer affinity with the Mopaliidae, Pils. For exi
present I think we must leave the suggested new genus under
Plisbry’s family Mopaliidae, but future research may necessi-
tate some revision of this family and that of the Liolophurinae.

a rather striking variant from the normal form. h
e program: sulci, edged with black, which traverse the
pleura i x

areas, are reduced in this specimen on e valves :
three, on others four on each side, and the similar blac
dashes on the dorsal area to two on each side

: penn, the sulci are hardly developed at all, and the black
P war me :

E is
* *

73

ANISORADSIA MAWLEI, I. and M., subspecies SAUNDERSI, Ashby.
(Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., vol. xlii., 1918.)

n my “Notes on South Australian Polyplacophora" I
gave a brief description of a new chiton, giving it the name
of saundersi, and placing it, with some doubt, as a subspecies of
Anisoradsia mawlei, I and M. Since my return from America
my friend Mr. W. L. May has supplied me with some splendid

the type to Mr. Iredale for his comments, as in 1917 I sent
him a second specimen collected at the same time and place.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XI.

Fig. 1. Portion of shell and girdle of Kopionella, n. gen.,
matthewsi, Iredale, x25, showing oar-headed spicules

e, p. 71. :
5, la. Girdle of same, x100, showing oar-headed spicules,
sutural spicules, and fringe spicules.
» 2. Shell of Zostericola, n. gen., pilsbryanus, Bednall, x9, p.
66

» 2a. Anterior valve of same.

» 2b. Median valve of same.

» 2c. Inside of median valve of same. det

» 3. Shell of Rhyssopplaz torrianus, H. and H., var. klemt,
n. var. 43, p. 72.

Nore.—The enlargements are only approximate.

74

A NEW SPECIES OF AGANIPPE FROM KANGAROO ISLAND
By R. H. PurrEiwE, M.B.
[Read July 11, 1919.]
PLATE XII.

AGANIPPE RAINBOWI, n. Sp.

9. Described from living specimen. Cephalo-thorax,
5 mm. long, 45 mm. broad.

Cephalo-thorax:—Obovate, nearly as broad as long,
black or very dark brown, shining, entirely devoid of hairs
except two or three stiff ones between the eyes.

Pars cephalica:— Elevated, arched, distinct segmental
groove. :

Ocular area:—Twice as broad as long, raised, arched,
and provided with bristles.

ypeus:—Narrow, sinuate, sloping forward, weakly
indented at middle. i

ars thoracica:—Broad, fully curved at sides, sloping
backwards, well-marked radial grooves.

P d Wen
Marginal band :—Hardly sinuate, bare of hairs.
Eyes:—Front row very slightly recurved, the ——

-

laterals, kie ne elevated, and are separated from each other
by one-half the diameter of a median eye. Posterior row
procurved. e laterals are the larger, nearly equal in oE
to the antero laterals. They also are raised o ted

*

y n eleva
bases, looking backwards and outwards. The medians are

corresponding postero lateral. The distance between Sun
. postero medians is exactly that of the extreme outward limi

of the antero medians.

Legs:—Similar in colour to thorax; relative lengths,

4, 1, 2, 3; the two anterior pairs armed with long enc
Spines, 5 metatarsi, and tarsi of 1 and 2 scopulate. tarsa

claws well developed. Two posterior pairs less robust, clothed
. with long stiff hairs and an occasional spine. m
dud ey Palpi :—Concolourous with legs, robust, clothed with s

. hairs and bristles, tarsal joint scopulate.

15

Falces :—Black, shining, well domed, forward. Teeth
of rastellum minute, shining, brown. Fang long, curved.
Mazillae:—Warm, yellowish-brown, furnished over
greater part with regularly-set short dark spines, and sparsi
thin black hairs. Inner-margin clothed with dense long
silky hairs or reddish-brown colour.
Labium :— About as broad as long, beset with about 20
short stout black spines in its central are

S e
than inferior pair and about half as broad at the base.
d. Described from dried specimen. Cephalo-thorax,
4 mm. broad, 4 mm. long; abdomen, 4 mm. long
Cephalo-thoraz :—More circular than in the female,
flatter, less elevated in front. d
Fovea :—Short, procurved, radial markings indistinct.
Eye:—Formula identical with that of female, but eye
area not bristled. Whole surface of thorax finely granular
instead of polished, well-marked sinuate marginal border.
egs:—More slender, lengths 4, 1, 2, 3; armature of
strong spines, clothing less marked, no tibial mypophysis.
Palpi :—Brownish-black, no tibial apophysis, tibial joint
large and inflated, unarmed, and sparsely clothed. Bulb
concolourous, highly polished, stigma narrow, twisted, termin-
ating in filiform style. ;
This is much the smallest species of Aganippe yet dis-
Covered. Several females and one male were collected in
May, 1919, at American River, Kangaroo Island, South
Australia. American River, so called, is really a deep bay
nearly dividing Kangaroo Island in two. _ :
e species was found close to the main settlement in
rubbly clay banks, just above high-water mark, and at high
tides the nests must be very close to, if not in actual contact,
the salt water. The nests are abundant and in p!

76

crowded i pad so that a few cubic inches of clay will con-
tain several nes
male, which unfortunately became dried, was in a
nest like the females
e largest nest taken is 6 cm. in total p h, straight,

a
species are the dense spiny oa of the anterior two pairs
of FRAN legs and the p

1 (male) and 2 Pal in Australian Museum,
oy 2 (female), co-type in South Australian Museum,
delaide. ;

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XII.
Aganippe kane n. sp.

Fig. 1. Female, dorsal view.
y 3 Female, sca pis
» w$ Male, pelpus, lateral © view.
» 4. Nest,
Hn Oe Nest, open.

77

NOTES ON THE OCCURRENCE OF ABORIGINAL REMAINS
BELOW MARINE DEPOSITS AT THE REEDBEDS,
FULHAM, NEAR ADELAIDE.

By S. A. Wuite, C.M.B.O.U.
[Read July 11, 1919.]

in 1893 Mr. William White, of the Reedbeds, conceived
the idea of forming a small lake as a sanctuary for water-fowl
d

Ft. In.

3. Alario sai I . 1 V xol I 5
2. Blue clay, very slimy and difficult to remove.
At the bottom of this clay there were pockets

6

A 0
bed 5... 06 MIS

peculiar formation of ‘‘swamp-stone,’’ occur-
ing in denticulated or stalactitic concretions,
IB yelow sna — a oo a nk 0

6. Pure white sand (not bottomed) .. .. ..10 0
_ As soon as the white sand was reached several clay-lined
basins were exposed. The clay was from half an inch in thick-
| NEM, the rim to 2 inches, or more, towards the bottom of the
depression. Close to one of these basins was a length of black

Sandy Soil
1 ft. 6 in.
———————
Blue Clay.
l ft. 6 in.

Estuarine Sand
and Shells.
3 ft.

lack Clay, with
Neteco spp
Varies from 10 in.

River Sand,
with Calcareous
Concretions
3 ft.
lamaan

19

I believe, to have been a dipping-place for water by the
aborigines.
. Close to these dipping-places, and but slightly embedded
in the surface of the white sand, were five cores of quartzite,
that gave evidence of having been flaked by human hands.
Four of these lay in pairs, quite close together, just as if the
owners had laid them down after using them, probably for
grinding their food.

e excavation was carried down another 10 feet, through
the white sand, but as this bed was of the nature of a
quicksand, great difficulties were met, with in its removal, for
when left for a few hours the sand would cave in and reach its
former level, so that after a depth of 10 feet was reached in
this bed the work was stopped without reaching its bottom.

It may be said that the benevolent intentions of the owner

o
P
e
o
B
~~
N
[v]
lare]
B
et
cg
e
o
i
o
lnc
c
E
la]
"d
m
o
B
E
et
td
o
lac]

almost circular in shape, the third being a little Mp on
the sides. The clay which composed these basins was dark in

80

sandy bottom, although sea-shells were met with in numbers
higher up. Te
In the early days, when the blacks were numerous on dd
Adelaide Plains, they pulled up the roots of flags and ten d
-them between stones prior to cooking. One ips de T Na

indi

cate the occupation of the ground by a tribe of blackfellows
that must have long since disappeared. : x

I have to thank Prof. Howchin, F.G.S., for his advice
and interest in this subject. The Professor was good per
to accompany me and view the site of the excavation, an á
am pleased that he will add his valuable scientific views upo
the subject. : s band

The section shown in the accompanying diagram is f. the
on particulars entered in my note-book at the time o
excavation, and is drawn to scale.

81

SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES ON THE OCCURRENCE OF
ABORIGINAL REMAINS DISCOVERED BY CAPTAIN S. A.
WHITE AT FULHAM (DESCRIBED IN THE PRECEDING
PAPER), WITH REMARKS ON THE GEOLOGICAL SECTION.

By Pror.. WALTER HowcHIN..
[Read July 11, 1919.]

REMARKS ON THE BEDS PASSED THROUGH IN THE SINKING.
The particulars supplied, by Capt. S. A. White relate to
e

or examination by the author of the paper, and the following
remarks have reference to their geological features. The num-
bers prefixed to the paragraphs correspond to the respective
beds in Capt. White's descriptions.

Vo. 2.—The blue tenaceous clay, underlying the

?

ed No. 3.—This bed, 3 feet in thickness, represents the
a which form

„ommon estuarine forms in the adjacent waters. e matrix
's a slightly-cemented, somewhat coarse sand, mottled with
P . This bed gives evidence that the estuary of the
atawalonga Creek formerly reached this far north, about
half a mile beyond its present limits. Its upper surface has
rucked by two channels of erosion subsequently to i
deposition.
, Bee 4.—Beneath the raised sea bed, as described
3bove, is an indurated black clay with its upper surface show-
ing a plane of erosion, varying in thickness from 10 inches to

oo: No pl )
he clay, but near the top of the deposit a somewhat lighter-

Placed in water it iid down to an impalpable black mud,
and after washin Pieft a residue of exceedingly fine white `
Sand, mixed with lack granules of a carbonaceous kind.

82

Bed No. 5.—-Only the stalactitic concretions were avail-
able for examination from this geological horizon. The
particular example shown me by Capt. White is 8 inches in
length and numerously branched, reticulated and denticu-

Torrens near Adelaide. They were also present in the alluvial
bed, exposed under marine deposits, i
o

probably laid down as river wash.

Bed No. 6.—The white sand which formed the lowest
bed in the section, and was not bottomed, has all the appear-
ance of a wind-blown sand. It contains no organic remains,
is of uniform grain, and is practically free from any cementing
agent. In the excavation it had the character of a running
sand which flowed in as fast as it was shovelled out and
stopped all further sinking. It was probably formed as an
pot sand dune, the base of which is below the present sea
evel.

THE Stone IuPLEMENTS.
. The stones showing aboriginal workmanship were of three
kinds: pounding-stones or cores, a hammer-stone, and à
fabricator.

of siliceous rocks. Four of these have been obtained uen
boulders of quartzite washed down from the hills in the vicinity
of Adelaide. The fifth is a silieeous rock, of coarser gram»
and t : four

... © Howchin : "Remarks on a Geological Section at the new
E iv. Glanville, i ien soa olérehico to a suppor
B Austr. ; vol. x. (1887), p. A. Sea Level" (Trans

83

Australia. One of the quartzite specimens, the smallest of the

our, shows conchoidal fracture in the flat face and has been

carefully chipped into an almost circular outline at the base.
Hammer-stone.—This is a very siliceous quartzite

small granules of kaolin that were interspersed with the quartz
grains, leaving the stone somewhat open. It is also bleached

3. Fabricator.—This tool is an oval-shaped, flattish
pebble, 22 inches in the greater diameter, the parent rock

stones were found where these implements occurred, but the

Presence of this fabricator proves that such definitely shaped

ones were in use at the time to which the remains belong.
Casual Stones.—Two stones of an indefinite character

o>
B
e
o
&
5°
D
5.
Bm
g
B
Qu
m
La]
[zl
z
W
33
m
B
g
S
e
BE
c
E
B
g
B
oq
e
®©

d are common as beach stones on the local shores; it gives
no signs of having been used in any way, but it could only have
occurred in the position in which it was found except by
human agency. :

THE AcE or THE ABORIGINAL REMAINS.
~ The mean level of the site on which the excavation was
ag according to official figures, is at or about high-water
evel. The situation is near the western margin of the flood
Waters of the River Torrens over the area known as the Reed-
beds, and about half or three-quarters of a mile to the

. . methods of manufacture, are identical with those adopted by
. the latest 3 of the race.

84

northward of the highest position of the Patawalonga Creek.
From Capt. White’s section it is seen that at present there 1s
three feet of blue-clay and alluvium at the site covering the
estuarine deposits. It is probable that the silt laid down by
th d waters of the Torrens is responsible for damming
back the tidal waters of the Patawalonga to the extent
mentioned above.

e position in which the aboriginal remains were found,
viz., 10 feet from the surface, places them either at or a little
below low-water mark, while immediately above them is à
fluviatile bed, 3 feet or more in thickness, capped by a fresh-
water lagoon deposit. Following these river and swamp

resulted in the laying down of 3 feet of estuarine sediments.
At the time of the human occupation of the site, neither
the river nor the sea had covered the locality, which was
occupied by sand drifts, and it was on these sand hills that
the aboriginals were camped. As the ground was excavated by
Mr. White, sen., in these blown sands to a depth of 10 feet
below present low-water mark, there seems very clear evidence
of a sinking of the land to the extent of several feet, at least,

since the aboriginal camp was occupied. ES
vidences of alternations of level on the coast are supplied

antiquity than any previously noted. The suggestive points

are:—/(a) The sand hills in which the aboriginals ormed

important changes in the physical condition of the neighbour

hood, the sand hills gave place to a river course, the sediments

of which have since developed stalactitic concretions; after

Which, the river stage passed into that of a swamp; big
an incursion from the sea; and, in more recent times,

of implements an
ad

me latest representatives of th

A. INTRODUCTION.

Ux Go pa ond Ec" ECT We EE :
SoS pur aes alae E

85

A CONTRIBUTION TO THE STUDY OF HABRONEMIASIS:
A CLINICAL, PATHOLOGICAL, AND EXPERIMENTAL IN-
VESTIGATION OF A GRANULOMATOUS CONDITION OF
THE HORSE—HABRONEMIC GRANULOMA.

By Lionet B. Butt, D.V.Sc.
S.A. Government Laboratory of Pathology and Bacteriology,
Adelaide Hospital.

[Read. August 15, 1919.]
Puates XIII. ro XV.
CONTENTS.

B. GRANULOMATA AS FOUND IN SOUTHERN AUSTRA
Clinical: —Distribution; Occurrence; Site: "Dor ation ;
Examination
Pathological 1— Microscopic examination; Macroscopic
duoc ut
The larv atode.
atoni « on the Life-histories of the Three Species
of Habronema:—Habronema muscae, H. megastoma,
ma.
Animal — mentation.
1. Habronema microstoma—
( M Feeding experiments with SBlomocys t Suet
(b) Larvae placed in the skin of the
n PNIS skin

(e) re plac
(d) L e placed m weed akin.
3. Habron xot megastoma—
(a) Larvae placed in the gc epe of the horse.
(b) ute added to the rx get oer sac.
(c) Larvae placed on scari
(d) Larvae placed on moistened d
4. Experiments with Embry
. Summary and Discussion y" Experiments.
c Discussion
; GRANULOMATA A S FOUND IN Nota AUSTRALIA.
General ; Pathological ; Discussio
SIMILAR GRANULOMATA AS FOUND, wars AUSTRALIA.
Ls "Summer Sores. 27
2. “Swamp Cancer" in the Solomon Islands.
. *Leeches" and ''Bursattee."

86

A.— INTRODUCTION. :

In 1916 the present writer recorded the occurrence in
Australia of a granuloma which, in his experience, was mos
frequently found affecting the external genitalia of the horse.

e condition was found to be of rather infrequent occurrence.
It was first observed in 1912, and from this time onwards an
occasional specimen was obtained. It was not until the early
part of 1914 that the granuloma was found to be due to a
larval Nematode. T

These preliminary observations were recorded, and up t
that time no record of the occurrence of the condition m
Australia had been made.

The condition was described under the name of "io
ronemic granuloma, and the opinion was expressed that 4
was none other than the granulomatous affection found et
monly in the horse and ass in various parts of the bier ;
and known usually as ‘‘summer sores," or "gra gum
dermatitis." An hypothesis was advanced that a mene 4
was in some way responsible for the introduction of the pir
into or beneath the skin of the animal, and as a larva
Habronema had been described as occurring in Stomoxys

d

The present

observations, and records further observations and. ¢ Pa
ments. After an investigation into the life-histories of
three species of Habronema found in the stomach of the horse;
and after an experimental investigation of the wee s
nature of the tumours, the original hypothesis has now
considerably modified. rom

ince the disease was first recorded as occurring in ones
tralia, Lewis and Seddon (1918) have recorded the occurren
of the condition in the region of the conjunctiva of epus
in Victoria

Place (1915) in a previous publication had attempted tè
prove that the occurrence of malignant neoplasms in the or :
of the horse was commonly associated with the presence ©
larval Nematodes in this situation, and although he incrim1p
ated a larval Habronema was no record of the wo

i , there
having been isolated and identified.

ol ations are outlined below. . 3
, The literature bearing on the subject of ‘‘summer sore?

LI

and other similar conditions is reviewed and discussed in the.

|
:
|
|
|
q

87

Macroscopic and microscopic examinations of a granuloma
end affecting horses in the Solomon Islands are also recorded
ow.

B.—GRANULOMATA AS FOUND IN SOUTHERN AUSTRALIA.

Distribution.—Up to the present these granulomata
have only been met with by the present writer in the northern
parts of Victoria and in South Australia (the only parts of
Australia in which the writer has worked).

On the whole they appear to be more common in South
Australia than Victoria. There is no reason to believe that
they do not occur elsewhere in Australia, but it is probable
that they are to be found more commonly in the warmer parts.

_Occurrence.—These tumours have only been met with

da
occurred in stable-fed animals, and a large proportion of the
cases have been stallions which have been kept in the stable

site.

. In February, 1917, through the courtesy of Mr. H. R.
ue Melbourne University Veterinary School, the writer
ad an opportunity of examining a specimen of similar char-

s
o

: se. Mr. Seddon was informed by the sender that
lesions were fairly frequently observed in this situation.
___Lewis and Seddon (1918) have recorded the occurrence of
Similar lesions in the conjunctiva of the horse.

re seems to be no doubt that, as the knowledge of

the characteristics of these granulomata becomes more wide-

Spread, they will be found to occur quite frequently in
Vic am other than the external genitalia. iP 3
uration.— irly suddenly, an

on.—The rs appear fairly rud this

wee
onward they gradually enlarge, and they usually show

88

duration under natural conditions. In one case, however, the
tumours persisted for several months, and, although decreas-
ing in size, did not completely disappear even during the
winter.

developed the characteristic yellowish points. Ulceration has

rarely occurred at this stage. A history of a more or less

sudden appearance, without any evidence of injury 9r
bacterial infection, may help one in making a diagnosis.

Macroscopic examination.—The tumours may be single

or multiple, and those of some weeks' duration are usually

ulcerated on the surface. | e from
en situated on the glans penis they vary in size irO

that of a pea to larger en that of a eleak The largest

it is seen that the tissue is tough, firm, and fibrous, decir
ep inkish In colour, and contains scattered throughout the
mass irregular, yellowish, caseous areas varying in size trom

. in length, or even larger. Int
caseous areas lie closer to

than the. external surface.
= erg caseous areas may contain some calcareous

h individual lesion they have much the same pon
r, but vary in form., Those from an ker
. in shape, yellow in colour, and hard,

ng a branchi ;
o < . whening appearance :
Points of caseous tissue seen (on a cross section arà
© parts of a larger area. No transition between

89

early, small, and an old, large caseous area is to be found,
nor is there any evidence of a young bud or extension.
n

our. On careful examination small, pale-yellowish, caseous
areas are seen scattered throughout. ese are much smaller,
paler, and softer than the areas seen in older lesions, and are
enucleated with difficulty.

ppearances of the lesion removed fro: ta-
carpal region of the case mentioned above vary somewhat from
th ound in lesions from the penis and s h. Beneath

Tue. Th on |
and in the skin of the lower lid and palpebral portion of the
conjunctiva.

„Microscopic examination.—The microscopic picture is
typical, but varies with the age of the lesion. In the older

p
ges, anastomising processes dipping deeply into the cutis
[Ha The rete cip ali at thia ae is usually slightly
ted with eosinophile leucocytes. The epithelium cover-
ing the tumour in the other situations sometimes shows gh
afpertrophic changes, but it is otherwise normal in appear-
m6. The cutis vera is normal in these situations, except for

90

cutis vera the eosinophilic infiltration is seen to be very
marked i i

areas, consisting of embryonic connective tissue cells with
some mononuclear leucocytes, but with few or no eosinophiles,
are seen. |
The caseous areas vary slightly in size; they have well-

á x ssue

defined margins acid stains intensely.

capsule. The nuclei of the cells within the areas show some
pyknosis, and the chromatim remains for some considerable

time. The protoplasm of the cells is apparently Ie
the 1in-

All tissues are included in this necrosis, and
distinct forms of blood vessels and connective tissue strands
can be detected. In some of the areas a calcerous deposit
may be seen. More or less in the centre of the necrotic areas
are seen either circular or ovoid spaces containing débris and

aces at one time

appropriately be termed ‘‘worm canals." Larvae or débris

the necrotic foci containing the larvae or to the complete
disintegration of larvae or débris. `

sur-

I urved.
n other parts of the section the worm is found d

by only a small necrotic area. Often oblique 4”

91

I e lesions examined many larvae have shown marked
degeneration with a well-developed necrosis of the surrounding
tissues, while other forms have n well preserved, and have
caused little or no necrosis of the tissues. This suggests that,

ently been dead, but the retrogressive processes vary markedly
In extent in different tumours.

In the older lesions it is not possible to determine the
exact nature of the material contained in the circular or
ovoid spaces in the necrotic areas, but in the light of the
knowledge gained from examining earlier lesions, there can
be no doubt that the material is the débris of a larval
Nematode.

It must be insisted here that in the older lesions one may
be unable to detect any degenerated larvae, or even the
spaces which they at one time occupied. This fact renders it
important that the histopathological picture in all its vari-
ations should be thoroughly studied and understood. If this
diagnosis can usually be made, in spite of the fact
that no casual organism can be demonstra

The foregoing descriptions of the microscopic appearances
apply equally to tumours from the penis and from the sheath,
except that in the latter situation the tissue reaction is far
oh marked and the necrotic areas more diffusely scattered

roughout the tumour. In both situations there may be
marked endothelial proliferation in the intima of the
oe. This is often seen in the deeper parts of the
mour. Sometimes there is thrombosis of the vessels. The
uecrotic areas, however, are in no way associated with the

These areas are

nfiltration of all the tissues with
. There is little formation of new tissue apart from

92

thickening of the dense su neous connective tissue
ollowing is description of the microscopic
appearances of the conjunctival lesions observed by Lewis and
om a stu the earliest lesions examined,

viz., those of Case I., the parasites appear to occur primarily
in lymph spaces. Only odd parasites or portions (in section)
are found apart from the necrotic material. e presence 0
the parasites gives rise to small-celled infiltration as a tissue

b
with giant cells. The tissue between the areas is composed
typical granulation tissue, with eosinophiles and proliferation

characteristics have been determined. ; A
: as been to separate the small necrotic eher!
from the tissues of an early lesion. These have been soften

alcohol By ently moving and pressing the cover-slip pla
over the DEG Sá of crushed tissue, one ha ul x
orcing the larva out of the canal it occ The larva

ers broken
Ive removed unbroken, but by piecing the bro
portions together the main external characteristics have beet
clearly defined.

. As far as can be judged the larva is approximately 3 mm.
to Th

ations of the cuticle, but in section
en. These longitudinal ridges 7?

93

only seen in transverse sections of the larva. The internal
anatomy of the larva has not been accurately determined.

e oesophagus is long, and the intestine occupies the main
part of the body cavity.

The description of the larva as found by Lewis and
Seddon agrees closely with the above. They do not mention
the occurrence of fine longitudinal ridges in the cuticle, but
. m the specimen shown the present writer by Mr. Seddon
these longitudinal ridges were plainly to be seen. Their
presence, as will be sho later, is of importance in the
identification of the larva. :

1 rom the foregoing it will be seen that the worm is an
immature Nematode, and that it closely resembles the sixth
(1913) stage of Habronema muscae as described by Ransom

There is little or no direct evidence as to the mode of
entry of the larvae. As Habronema muscae was the only
Species the life-history of which had. been determined, it

e necessary to determine the life-histories and morph-
ology of the other two species of Habronema before it was
possible to attempt to identify the species of larva responsible
for the production of the lesions. À

Observations on the life-histories of the three species of
Habronema were therefore made, and these will be outlined
before the mode of entry and specific identification of the larva
are discussed.

OBsRvATIONS ON THE LIFE-HISTORIES OF THE THREE SPECIES
or Habronema.
Since Carter first described the présence of a Nematode
Worm in the head of a house-fly in 1861, many other workers
— observed and a similar occurrence.

t w
tarvey Johnston (1912) recorded the finding =
resembling that of Z. muscae in Stomozys calcitrans, and à
Similar larva in Musca vetustissima. : "
eo expressed the opinion that the larvae found y
. Linstow and others in Stomozys calcitrans might possibly
: m the larva of Habronema microstoma.

94

At the time of starting these experiments nothing bei
than the aBove was known of the life-histories of the : S
species of Habronema found commonly in the stomach of the

gon :
artificial conditions both Zabronema muscae and H. sce
toma develop through their larval stages in .M wa se
At that time it was not possible to take the experimen y
further. in
Towards the end of 1917 the work was taken Kn
when it was found impossible to pass H. megastoma t "ges :
Stomozys calcitrans. The work was proceeding when 1

. calcitrans. Nothing further of Hill's work has bee

n
and up to the time of writing (March, 1919) ses

learned,

work has not been published. ; h
he experiments were continued during 1918 and the

early part of 1919.

TE stomachs
od.—For the purpose of obtaining embryos, :
taken from horses killed at the Zoological Gardens, Adelaide,
were exa n all considerably over one

ble of
‘same animal

used to supply the embryos. d
In the later iments sterilized dung was used, an

95

several hours, only the contents from the deeper portions of
the tumours being used.

For the purposes of the experiments both Musca domestica
and Stomoxys calcitrans were bred artificially and the cultures
kept going in the laboratory.

e culture of Stomozys calcitrans was kept going for
twelve months, when it was allowed to die out. The flies

Where contamination by ng was exclu
4 estica was fed on a mixture of horse serum,
= n ater, and was allowed to deposit its eggs on

rvae, a

Important to regulate the number of fly larvae developing
m a culture.

e stomachs were sometimes examined a few hours after

obtained of the number of species present. Only in one case
to

commonly present than was at first expected, and in most of
the stomachs examined could be found, although often only
Habronema muscae was

blood in the body of the worm. Chemical tests for blood were
3 obtained with extracts from these worms.

96

occurrence, and 1 nly met with than the other species
Sometimes one would obtain two or three stomachs consecu-
tively which containe megastoma, an any

was more rarely met with than H. microstoma, H.
being the most common, and usually found in each stomach
examined. UT
or the purposes of the subject under investigation it
was considered that any detailed study of the adult forms
was unlikely to give any useful information.
o detailed study of the development of the worm larvae
in the*fly larvae, pupae, and adults was made, as, oi neces-
sity, a limit had to be placed on the scope of the investigation.
The following is a brief outline of the observations made
on the embryos and larvae of the three species of Habronema
and examination of adult flies: —

THE LIFE-HISTORY OF Habronema muscae (Carter, 1861).
Ransom has already shown that embryos of Habronema
muscae, passed along with the faeces of the horse, gain entrance
to the larvae of Musca domestica, probably through being
swallowed by the fly larvae. The embryos gain the body

e
observed may have been larvae of Habronema megastoma.
i experiments undertaken in 1916 under artificial con-
ditions conti ansom's conclusions. i
|» Embryos of H. muscae.—Embryos that have been pas".
out from the female have been found to be enclosed in à thin

(o mensure from

97

light, temperature, and bacterial growth. They rarely show
any tendency to leave the shells. When placed in tap water
the majority of the embryos are found to be free in twenty-
four hours. ;

These larvae were found to resemble the sixth larval stage of
H. muscae, as described by Ransom. As many as eight larvae
were found in the head and proboscis of one fly. —

In the later experiments the examination of flies that had

to eighteen à : :
_ Flies bred in sterilized horse-dung, with which had been
mixed an emulsion of embryos in normal saline solution,

- . 2 i ; . 50
<T mm. The maximum width was found to vary from 9" P
to 66°6 u. The head was rounded and the body tapered slightly
INST |

98

from about the posterior part of the oesophagus. The tail was
pointed and possessed a small rounded tip furnished with
minute spines. The anus was open and situated 83:3 p from
the point of the tail. The pharynx was 43:3 p long; the nerve
ring 130 » from the anterior end of the body, and the
anterior portion of the oesophagus 133 p to 140 p long.

The larvae were embedded in paraffin and sectioned. On
transverse section the cuticle was found to be traversed by fine
longitudinal ridges. These numbered from forty to forty-
Wo, as near as could be determined; started immediately
behind the head and ended near the tail.

Experiments were undertaken to determine the power of

the larvae to leave the proboscis of the fly. Flies were placed
in an inverted wide-mouthed Florence flask. The mouth of the
flask was surrounded by gauze, which also surrounded the
mouth of a test tube situated several inches below and con-
taining sugar dissolved in water. This test tube was kept fille

with the solution, which was examined from time to time for
the presence of larvae. The flies drank freely of the solution,
but at no time were any larvae found to have escaped into the
solution. :

. In one case two flies kept overnight in a test tube contain-
ing a small amount of sugar solution were found to be ead

through the lips of the proboscis. This is probably due is
rupture of the proboscis during handling rendering it possible
ihe larvae to escape from their situation in the mu
portion into the food canal.
Experiments were made to determine whether larvae are
capable of P eia filter paper. A short test tube W^?

scular

ee RT uL ui Eam d M Wc i aL. d uM MG per ser

99

. Larvae were found to remain alive in the bodies of dead
flies for several days if loss of moisture was prevented.

Tue LIFE-HISTORY or Habronema megastoma
(Rudolphi, 1819).
The methods adopted in this investigation have alread
been mentioned. The embryos were sometimes obtained from
the contents of the submucous tumours and sometimes from the
gravid female.
Embryos of H. megastoma.—The embryos are enclosed in
a thin shell or membrane. They are doubled on themselves 1n
the shape of the letter U, the tail coming to lie close to the
head. The shell measures from 43:3 p to 53:3 p long by
ll6 p to 13:3 » wide. The widest portion of the embryo
measures 6'6 p. :
e embryos when placed in saline solution and tap water
behave in the same way as those of H. muscae. When they do
break away from the shell they remain bent in the shape of

encysted. From four to five days later these larvae had
developed into the final larval stage. The atmospheric

fly. The proboscides of many of the flies were seen

"alyz When these flies were examined some days later
the larvae were found to be less active than when first making
their appearance in the head and proboscis.
- been observed that if flies die when the larvae are
m an early stage of development these larvae quickly die, but
if the final larval stage has been reached the larvae live for

100
two or three days, provided that desiccation is prevented.
rvae in an earlier stage of development have at times
been found in the proboscis along with larvae in the final stage
of development. :
ailure to produce an infestation of flies occurred, in
exactly parallel circumstances as in the case of the experi-
ments with Habronema muscae.
All attempts to obtain any development of embryos of
Habronema megastoma in Stomozys calcitrans failed.
Larvae of H. megastoma.—Larvae obtained from the

number of 40 or 42, as near as could be determined.
Observations on the power of the larvae to leave the
proboscis of the fly gave the same results as those given in
the case of H. muscae.
periments made to determine the power of the larvae
to penetrate filter paper gave negative results.

Tur LIFE-HISTORY or Habronema microstoma
(Schneider, 1866).
The methods adopted at this, investigation have ier
been mentioned. The embryos were obtained from the gra‘
female. Fermenting lawn clippings were used as à breeding

Embryos of H. microstoma.—The embryos when taken
rom i ai . hey

in a thin shell or membrane. When plac 2d
and tap water, respectively, they behave in the same way
those of H. muscae.
when passed out
The faeces of a a

101

material. Flies hatching out from eighteen to nineteen days
later contained larvae.
ies.—The rate of development of the worm larvae
within the developing larvae and pupae of Stomozys calcitrans
appears to depend largely upon temperature. Flies bred at
to 22°

pi
b

ment situated usually in the abdomen. )
higher temperature, 25? to 26? C., develop more quickly, from

For the most part, newly-hatched flies showed larvae in

These larvae developed into the final stage in from five to
seven days, and migrated to the head and proboscis. Larvae

ttempts
Usually gave negative results,
an aberrant development of larvae of H. muicrostom
domestica, In thi of the flies examined showed
embryos and larvae in varying
development was distinctly aberrant, the la

Sia from
‘one of the embryos developed in
as seen in the normal development. The longer

*

Ld

102

all dead and degenerating. The measurements of some of
these longer forms were 151°5 p, 318 p, and 424 p long —
tively. Unfortunately, the preparations were lost throug E
accident before a more complete examination could be - :
The subject was not pursued an further, for at the yd
it was thought that it had little bearing on the matter unde
investigation. | i ds
arvae of H. microstoma.—Larvae obtained from

: on d
to the bulb. These were placed in saline solution in p
chambers. One set was left at room temperature, 2 boscis.
one hour, and when examined no larvae had left em d o

to contain extremely active larvae. . The proboscides FA

then examined, and only an occasional larvae was foun

have been unable to leave the proboscis. larvae
periments made to determine the power of the la

to penetrate filter paper gave negative results.

2 ! T
SUMMARY AND DISCUSSION OF THE SALIENT Ousmane
aoronema muscae was found to pass through its rage
es in Musca domestica, but showed no developmen
H ossess

| Stomozys calcitrans. . megastoma was found to p

similar life-history

toma was found to pass through its larval stages

x - micros di
in S. caleitrans, and show sometimes an aberrant developme

103

The larvae of H. muscae and H. megastoma were found
o possess very similar appearances. H. megastoma was
usually slightly shorter than H. muscae, possessed a longer
pharynx and a shorter anterior oesophagus, and the nerve ring
was situated nearer the anterior end than in H. muscae. Both
species of larvae possessed longitudinal ridges in the cuticle.
It is doubtful if these small differences in the appearances
of the two larvae would prove sufficient for the purpose of
differentiating larvae taken from granulomata, as in this case
the larvae usually show some retrogressive changes and exam-
mation is more difficult. i
e of H. microstoma were found to be shorter than

larvae, and the worms undergo their evolution in the pupae.
When the flies hatch out they are infested with adult parasıt
which cause paralysis of the proboscis on account of th
accumulation in this situation.
T rvae apparently do not possess the power of

i is of flies. Rupture

by the larvae, which pressure would be in direct proportion
to the number of larvae present and their activity. r
the larvae appear to be capable of penetrating other objects
Such as filter paper. : :
arvae do not appear to live in saline solution, horse
Serum, or water for longer than two or three , and rarely

a
as long as seven days. The longevity of the larvae outside the

104

body of the fly may depend to some extent on the period of
time elapsing between their development into the final stage
and their escape or removal from the proboscis.

Observations on the worm embryos suggest that these
normally do not leave the egg-membrane, and their róle.is a
passive one. ;

N
Preliminary experiments carried out in 1916 and 1917

heads and proboscides of flies, and placed in a sealed pipette
held vertically and filled with normal saline solution. When

hyperplasia of the fixed cells, and the formation of multi-

nucleated cells. No necrotic areas were produced. . :
It was conceivable that keeping the larvae in saline

prevented the occurrence of necrosis. In later experimen ®
larvae were either allowed to escape from the proboscis due
into the tissues of experimental animals, or a mixture of equ
parts of normal serum and saline was used as a medium 9
inoculation. The larvae were only allowed to remain in this
fluid for about thirty minutes before being used. f
The preliminary experiments made in the latter p id
1916 and the early part of 1917 were seven in number, 4?
animal .was the one designated as pony in the 7"
experiments outlined below. These preliminary experimen
. Were made as follows: —
_ Experiments with Habronéma muscae:—

2 i » D) Embryos of H. muscae were placed in moist sawdust and |

ss, Q1Be mass applied to the shaved skin of a horse. —
RU AM (2) = eee from the proboscis of a fly were placed on in
NIE HM s Ne of. scii itae the site being moisten

RSEN TESTE e tY

105

(8) Four larvae were placed in the conjunctival sa
(4) revit or pe larvae were placed beneath ihe skin af

(5) Henaint (4) repeated.
(6) Experiment (4) repeated on a rabbit.
Results.—No evidence was obtained serene > Meg the

embryos or larvae were capable of penetrating the ere
evi ny change in the tissues of the eiue

sac following the instillation of the larvae. slight induration
at the site of inoculation of the One

`s was removed, and the mioposonpie m revealed the
changes in the tissues mentioned a e was produced
in the tissues of the rabbit following “IDOA,

pores with date Sparen megastoma :—
In this Harat were placed
e tissue

In the following experiments two animals were used
throughout. For the purpose of identification one will be
called pony and the other mare.

d ily. After the feeding operations the site
f omewhiat swollen, which Pc ing had increased "lightly by =
pe morning, but rapidly disappea ared du

other. site was "eire tul and t the laien repeated on the

e experiment was PERESS. pe the pony with the same

x4, Some months later, eine get flies were placed in a cage

k h was placed over a shaved area of the skin of the mare and

*pt in apposition for two hours v bs means of dages. eas
iments.

experiment gave the same result as the Pura experim
Th mplete failure to pro-

It was observed that the roboscides of many of the flies bids

ir irsed; and that the flies had to a great exten nt lost their des

x ADEM to bite. They fed more readily on a rabbit, but vn
ily :

(5) Larvae placed in the skin of the horse—
It was observed that wh e pro roboscis was removed fion a
in Oa kalina lec kept at 37° C., the larvae
It was deciicd to Jotapatan sot — of the larvae to
incisions were the subcutaneous tissues O e iw se -—
Doi so made i EIU. e ee

106

about twenty hours later, he proben yere. removed and the

wound again protected by a covering of adhesive plaster. There

was a marked swelling Foai 4 eac nid aud d a quc of pus
w

i
4
€
e
E
ct
ore
o 9
dE
H
E
£o
e
[e]
ro)
S
—
au
S

seen assoc
und in any of the sections
made. e other area left for borike obier takini gradually
e experiment was repeated in m detail on the pony.
wm ates ie Pelultod. One removed twelve days after
Fi ect showed the same histologital piter as the one mon
the mare, but no BedPotio areas or larvae were detected in any 9
the MD h
experiments were carried out during September, when
the weather had become warmer ty
e leaving of the p roboscides in the wound for vba
hours Eres a iiri discharge, it was dec ided to co
siderably reduce this time in futur iments. xcd
About six weeks later four proboscides were placed ina ese
in - skin of the mare. These were removed from five to $
a

a
©
[o]
‘al
"m
(o.
la.
E.

tissue Lie eosino hiles

ne : x
ves were infiltrated with polymorphs and eosinophite
ere nt — distance from the site of inoculation

Micteihdod ule euc es.

The o pre was removed ten days after inoculation. mid
was present... a hard Penn about. the size of a Barcelona ction
Microscopic Slt pr nome accu e usual ar eP ory ren

se
s a
are TI m experiment gave

: es
"e e-
ut completely y negative re result, eher taking place without any tum

bust of E

107

been successfully inoculated, and as only a fleeting infiltration
the Ss occurred after inoculation, the me
oned.

2. Experiments with H. muscae :—
(a) Larvae placed in the skin of the horse—
X proboscides of Musca. domestica heavily uper with
s

relh were pla an incision in t of mare, and
emoved five to six hours later Tumefaction of the tissues was
produced, which increased d the twenty-four hours after

urin
inoculation, and then gradually xubelded. About a week later a
swelling about the size of a Barcelona nut was present. i
rapidly reduced in size and completely disappeared.

he day following the first inoculation another inoculation
was made with the same results as the first.

ome days later three more inoculations were made. After
^ rimar mefaction of the tissues had disappeared in from
wenty-four to forty-eight hours no abnormality could be detected.

: periments were repeated on the pony all, three
"sers ons were nly a slight primary tumefaction of
e tissues resulted which disappeared in ab thirty-six hours,

; T
leaving only a very slight thickening, which completely dis-
Ppeared in from fourteen to twenty-one Gays.
(b) Larvae added to the conjunctival sac—
bout the same time as the above experiments were made

A
ey were placed in a pipette containing a mixture of equal

E of mal horse serum nor e on e
taae were then along with a small quantity of the mix-
ure to the conjunctival sac (off side) of the mare. e conjunc-

tiva remained normal in appearance, and no excessive lacrymation
Was produced

wever,
conjunctiva remained normal in appearance.
(c) Larvae placed on a scarified area of skin—
the Am eres of the skin of the mare was lightly scdrified, and
sscides placed on the moist surface, and kept in place
i

is experiment was repeated with the same resu.
IM also repeated on the pony, and no reaction was

(d) Larvae placed on a moistened area of skin—
moistened with

Ls gge on this. The followin 7 th was th
s : g morning there

the f tion of an elevation in the skin, but it was not observed

Same ele evening. is experiment was repeated

the There was no reaction produced in the tissues to suggest that
larvae has penetrated the skin.

: 108

3. Experiments with H. megastoma:—
(a) Larvae placed in the skin of the horse—

Proboscides of Musca domestica heavily infested with larvae
were placed in three incisions in the skin of the mare and remov

lerosc

of the tissues with .annotbiley, hyperplasia of the fixed cells, the
formation of mult + sheen cells, the presence of necrotic
re

e other Seat aig pe arched: for about three weeks, when
i d.

e experiments were repeated on the p Prob eee
senis placed in three iih in the skin pesa hla from ba
s

* ena s
scopic examination showed that the larvae had made marii
nto the subcutaneous tissues, where they were surroun nd
ee es

The other two areas were left for further observation. tum
forty eight Harris after inoculation the swelling had alm ost a
in de vut our days’ time there was little or
okoia “of the tiss

(b) Larvae added to the conjunctival sac— j
ae were added to the conjunctival sac rien produced

a
a further three days the c conjunctiva was injected and nai

swollen. Small Laedewiah “tubercles” were to be seen on the
membrana ese persisted for over a week, but in a fortni eros

bod

s. De en experiment was repeated on ihe pony with exactly the

e had « ad entirely disappeared. Epiphora continued, however,

(c) Latva placed on a scarified area of skin— us
. Larvae were placed on three scarified areas of the skin of
mare. Larvae were added to one of the venie areas on
Ne days. In case was any reaction produc rade
: raat agi aw ted th n pe Scari
þe ! Mi AL on on "the pony,
( d) Tõm placed on a otesid area of skin— me
RUE Larvae,» P gs paret two moistened areas of the s&Im
: (the pos No reaction was p roduced. of the
'erim nk was repeated on two areas of the skin

109

4. Experiments with embryos:—

Embryos of the three species kept in saline and tap water
respectively, were added to sterilized horse-dung or sawdust and
placed on shaved areas of the skin of the two horses.

. In no case was any reaction produced in the skin of the
animals.

5. Summary and discussion of the experiments : —

a penetration was produced.

Larvae of H. muscae possessed the power of making er
way into the subcutaneous tissues, but only a very slight
tissue reaction was produced, and this quickly disappeared.
When they were added to the conjunctival sac they produced
no reaction. The larvae did not appear to be capable of
penetrating the lightly scarified skin, nor the moistened,
uninjured skin.

Larvae of H. megastoma produced a typical granuloma

‘occurring under natural conditions. Those larvae that were
not rapidly destroyed and removed produced typical necrotic
areas in which the degenerating larvae persisted for some

stoma and H. megastoma were comparatively small, and
Showed little aiy. Likewise, the conjunctivitis uced
by the larvae of H. megastoma was not of a very severe
Character The larvae of H. megastoma, when they produced
to be better preserved than those of

110

H. microstoma found in the granulomata produced by the
latter. .

Under the conditions of the experiment the embryos of
all three species appeared to be incapable of penetrating the
skin of the horse. :

In these later experiments the results obtained in the
preliminary experiments were confirmed, viz. ; larvae of H.
muscae produced no conjunctivitis and no typical granuloma
in the skin, and the larvae of H. megastoma produced no
typical granuloma in the skin of the pony.

The experiments have shown that the larvae of all three

Considering the number of larvae inoculated, is:
number of necrotic areas produced was small. This appea

larvae. Tissues removed from five to six hours after ne
tion with larvae have shown the larvae surrounded iN
neutrophile leucocytes, which attack and apparently quic e
remove them. Some of the larvae, ds

These neutrophile leucocytes are not found in the n:
removed from five to seven days after inoculation. The dd
that certain larvae of the same species appear to offer mo

Discussion. ,
That these larval Nematodes are the cause of the granu
lomatous reaction there appears to be no possible doubt. m
Micr oscopical examination demonstrates that the larv ;

od

he site. all
„cause a tumefaction of the tissues which later usua Y

111

be regarded as an epi-phenomenon. Added to this evidence
: is the failure to demonstrate by any conceivable met the
presence of any bacterium, mould, or protozoon, except a

e. ;
Experimentally it has been shown that larvae of

: to that found under natural conditions. This fact, taken with
|

seen about many of the caseous areas to be found commonly
in the internal organs of most herbiverous animals.

The fact that, although the larvae die out soon after the
first appearance of the lesion, the tumour goes on enlarging,
| and may exist for some considerable time, 1s of extreme
interest.

Production. There is no increase in the number of foci as,
for example, occurs in actinomycotic granulomata, except in
the case of re-infection or super-infection. im
g e growth of the tumour is due pun bs the jum
he subst. i ioi in the degenerating or à -
" ances which originate in g M A n Mis

8
E
a.
3
a
E
a.
8E
"d
3
g
$
e
3
È
E
E
e
$
a
B

of E
larva. The continued presence and enlargement of the

112

necrotic areas would produce a corresponding tissue reaction,
and so the tumour would continue to enlarge or grow.

The chronicity of the tumour is due mainly to three
factors, whilst in some cases there is a fourth. In the first
place the slow diffusion of the necrosis;producing substance,

i í : ing in
tinctly observed in tumours examined from cases occurring
d

ere se no doubt that the presence o cn
larvae in the subepithelial tissues is accidental. qs ar hd
apparently have no power of completing their life-history, Í
even in

anyth
granular débris.
However, soon after their introduction the larvae must

arva cannot correctly be called a parasite, des
parasite may be defined as a living organism which takes
its abode on or within other living organisms for the p

REL eem cep arama m cU EE
. ( That absorption of dead tissue depends mainly upon ‘hf
dala or incompleteness of the destruction of bus M
,.r enzymes is illustrated by the following experi
$t resh normal tissue, one heated to 100° C., a :
red, when placed in the abdominal cavity of the same
i ve iffe changes. The unheated tissue soon unde :
and is absorbed, whereas the heat Rr e
eS no autolytic changes, and is very

113

There seems to be little doubt that the larva present in
the lesions belongs to the genus Zabronema.

à In tracing the evolution of these tumours from the earliest

recognizable lesion, and taking into consideration their situa-

larvae are capab grating in the subcutaneous tissi
for some little distance from the point of entry, this migration
is very limited, an larvae are soon s unded by leuco-

All the larvae found in the tumours have presented the
same appearances, and must be regarded as being of the same
stage of development. There is nothing to suggest that the

vae have passed through any developmental stages in the
tissues of the horse.

mental conditions; H. megastoma has the same life-history as
useae ; 3 i

vetustissima in Queensland, so it seems possible that these
es may be capable of ing through their
Stages in other flies, particularly Muscids. Nothing, however,

114

to penetrate the mucous membrane should they desire to t
capable of so doing.

Larvae found in the lesions resemble those of Habronema
muscae and H. megastoma, the cuticle of both these Macs
possessing longitudinal ridges, but not those of H. mierostoma,
the cuticle of this form showing no longitudinal ridges. b

. megastoma is found in tumours situated in e o
mucosa of the stomach of the horse. It is generally Be
that it perforates the gastric mucous membrane, p obably

semi-digested material in the alimentary canal. It is, ey
fore, a parasite of tissues rather than of the contents o

g
loma than the larvae of the other two species. Experimental
evidence also suggests that the larva of H. megastoma m

E Z se

Although the experimental evidence suggests that ©
arva of H. muscae di not readily penetrate the conjunciv
. OF produce a granulomatous reaction in the subcuta

‘

115

tissues, it is not possible to say that it is never responsible for
the production of a habronemic granuloma.

linical and experimental observations suggest that the
production of a habronemic granuloma depends in some

the particular species present.
th Experimentally i& has been shown, for example, that
e presence of larvae of Z. microstoma in the subcutaneous

S

ik Dite ri possible, further, that certain tissues may react
citum a way as to produce a habronemic granuloma, while
Bie vem in the same animal show no such reaction. The
ix eo H . megastoma, for example, may set up a habronemic
a "en Mie but when present in the subcutaneous tissues
e same animal little or no reaction is produced ( vide

experiments). j
hs mete | that larvae of H. megastoma are responsible
e production of habronemic granulomata, it seems
likely s a ties o im deciles are more
Hiti pn uce these lesions than other varieties. Certain
“pemp or example, may possess more vigour 1n penetrating
ostes membranes: or moist surfaces, or they may possess
r powers of adaptation. The same may be true for the

Tt is possible that habronemic granulomata may be due
m orded species of Habronema,

M ame and that in the final larval stage the larvae of
Speci

Possible that S. calcitrans may be the intermediate host of
R other species of Habronema, the larva of which shows
longitudinal ridges in the cuticle; but there is probably no

116

necessity to fall back on such an hypothesis as this. It seems
possible that S. calcitrans infested with larvae of H. micro-
stoma may inoculate these larvae into the skin of a horse with

larvae.

As far as can be ascertained the granulomata observed
on the sheath and limbs have not resulted from infection of a
wound. In no case has there been a history of a previous
wound. It is possible that small wounds may have been over
looked, but it must be conceded that the sheath is a very

_ These granulomata appear about the sheath and limbs,
sites commonly attacked by Stomozys calcitrans. When one

wounds into the skin and subcutaneous tissues.
. Wounds would often present ideal conditions for contam-
ination by larvae and their subsequent penetration into the
deeper tissues. It is probable that this method of infection
does occur, but there seems to be no doubt that it is not the
only method of infection. _,
Habronemiasis is so common in horses that it is rare to
find a stomach free from one or other of the three species
so, it is remarkable that habronemic granulomata

and er temperate countries ere are sev Y
reasons for this: —(1) Z. megastoma is not as common the
species. It has been suggested that larvae of ge

the proboscis of flies is n
dans Tt would appear that the larvae may escape from

117

enough to produce marked activity in the larvae, then it
would appear that the escape of larvae from the proboscis is
nob very likely to occur. Experimental observations have
Shown that the escape of larvae from the proboscis is not
of frequent occurrence. (3) All animale do not ‘appear to be
susceptible. (4) It seems possible that certain strains or
varieties of the same species are more likely to produce lesions
than others.

n éach granuloma examined there have been a large
number of larvae or necrotic areas present. This indicates that

probably explained by the fact that the larger the number of
arvae present in the proboscis of a fly the more likelihood of

Skin coverin eg S
scs fact that the necrotic foci are found close to or involving

C. GnawNULOMATA AS FOUND IN NORTHERN AUSTRALIA.

General.—A granulomatous affection of horses, commo
3 " and descri y

Anown as “swamp cancer,
i an

or tropical portions of Australia. The condition has. bee
thoroughly described by Lewis, who studied it in the field,
aad also conducted some experimental work in an attempt to
artificially produce the disease. oe

The present. writer was imp with the great similarity
between this condition and the granulomata served in
Southern Australia. On request, specimens pp swamp

T18

cancer” were kindly supplied by Mr. J. F. McEchran and
Mr. C. G. Dickinson.

and soft, while in the older lesions they are larger, darker a
colour usually, and harder. It is evident that the growth 5
e tumour depends upon an enlargement of the necro y
areas and an increased tissue reaction, i.e., the number 0
necrotic areas does not increase as the tumour grows. 3
e necrotic areas when separated out from the surrounc-

e marked irregularities or “branchings. es
necrotic areas are typical of “swamp cancer” as of the gran
lomata described above. ; :
Ulceration of the surface is much more extensive 1n

cer’ than in the granulomata observed 1n

de

. The e Mp
epitheloid (endothelial) cell reaction with, at times, the fo jut
ion of many multinucleated cells. Necrotic areas 0c

or less encapsulated. When ulceration of the surface 18

lomata ing in Southern Australia. The only vere
is due to the earlier and more extensive ulceration a
Secondary infection of the superficial parts of the Hear
This gives rise to an infiltration of the tissues with neutrop^? l
leucocytes, which are found mainly in the more superficia
parts of the lesion, but are not seen attacking the Men
areas. The tissue reaction is very marked, being greater
larger the tumour. ce
The caseous areas have the same microscopic sppe n
as those already described, but calcification has not bee
cancer." i
lesion has been examined, so that ke p
en possible to demonstrate any larval Nematode. l.
ces resembling worm canals have been 09S

119

Possibly, however
: er, these are blood vascul
been included in the necrotic area. Bier apte B eco

Bonner 2 cm. and a depth of about 6 mm. It was
ad an ulcerated surface. Microscopically there

there ;
ware m no attempt at encapsulation. Multinucleated cells
The i several parts of the section.
e Sd ad ple lesion was examined in serial section and no
ak e Wer dude The lesion, although a very small
early as AE ably of several weeks' standing, and not as
the hype i s assumed from its size. A consideration of
Es ophic changes in the epithelium, which must have
ma weeks’ duration, led to this conclusion.
tniidition af rag atest here that there is a granulomatous
hale E ing horses in the Solomon Islands known under
Where, and pii mp This condition is discussed else-
st not be confused with the “ cer"
Northern Australia. 1 e “swamp cancer of
Th i DISCUSSION.
"nid is a great similarity between the macroscopic and
iu. pathology of “swamp cancer" an habronemic
a as observed in Southern Austral

o larvae have been found
at they have not been
i the result of

e invasi
vasion. At the same time there is no proof that larvae

are res >
responsible for the reaction.

_ Pass through their larval stages in Musca domestica,

120

ar
nucleated cells, is due to the reaction of the tissues against an
invasion by a larval or adult metazoan parasite, usually a
Nematode. There seems to be no reason to suggest that
“swamp cancer” offers an exception.

It is now known that these lesions in the skin and external
mucous membranes of the horse are most commonly due to à
larval Habronema, and there is strong presumptive evidence
that “swamp cancer" is due to a similar larva

large, chronic lesions. Their small size appears to depend
upon the few necrotic areas present and a resistance on the
part of the animal which is apparently absent in those animals
which develop large, chronic lesions. :
xperimentally it has been shown that larvae belonging

ally it has also been shown that apparently the tissues of some
animals offer a strong resistance to the presence of these es ai
and are capable of quickly destroying them before they are
able to produce much reaction. It will be seen, therefore, pre
the possibility is that “swamp cancer" may be due to any pus
of the three ies of Habronema. Evidence is not in free
however, of : tha probability ot “swamp cancer" being due ns
eA of either H. muscae or H. megastoma. These two "T
ble
mp
be

thi : an
5 fly 1s not usually to be found far afield, it seems proba
that it is iated with the occurrence of “swa

e

species
ns there is more
inoculated with these

121

M than with those of the other two species. It has been

suia experimentally that larvae of H. microstoma, although

eing able to set up a typical reaction with necrosis, quickly
AS a

of the reasons for the failure so far to demonstrate the pres-
Le of any larvae in the tissues. Also, as the presence in the
of larvae of H. microstoma would apparently depend upon

te.
It seems possible also that “swamp cancer" may be due to
y some other form of

mu ges ;
scid such as Musca vetustissima, which may be found

A neral eosinophilia may or may not be demonstrable, but
ko rud case the eosinophile leucocytes found in the lesion have
very Ene there by the circulating blood. Lewis is not

the nophile leucocytes in a tissue is not always indicative of
7^ Rtenenoe of a verminous parasite.

4

lomata are due to a larval Habronema, this result is not very

122

8: : :
Lewis concludes that the probability is that the virus
which causes the lesions “is normally a habitant of the
amps."

is necessary, or the appearance of the causative agent In th
horse is an accidental phenomenon. . . ." These conclu-
sions actively support the above hypothesis, for if the lesioni v
due to a larval //abronema, the presence of an intermedia

host or carrier is necessary, and, moreover, the appearance 0
the causative agent in the horse is, as far as we know, 4?

accidental phenomenon.

“Swamp cancer” occurs in horses in the field, but ues
these animals are brought in and placed on “hard food, adi
informs us, the tumours gradually disappear. If the gran"

surprising, for in this case there is present no virus or muc
organism capab ti

to transmit the disease from horse to 2°"
taken as very strong evidence against the probability

4

123

of the condition being due to some micro-organism or virus
capable of multiplication in the tissues.

[1j H . * E

Swamp cancer" certainly shows a variation in non-

vs Southern Australia, but this is possibly due to several
actors. In the first place, it is unlikely that “swamp cancer"
is due to am invasion of larvae of either Z uscae or

ed "vate C j n the third place, the climatic
ioa itions would have a decided effect on the nature of the
an invasion by a larval Habronema.

erred in Southern Australia. After a more extensive
E >” in the examination of s ecimens, and after certain
perimental studies, this opinion is still hel
In conclusion, it may be said that there is strong pre-
ncer” as observ

the northern parts of Australia is due to the invasion of the

D. SIMILAR GRANULOMATA AS FOUND OUTSIDE AUSTRALIA.
; 1. “Summer Sores.”
i affection was first described, in 1850, by Bouley.
F fa, In 1868, isolated a worm from the sores, and called it
h é summe
ave been published. The literature bearing on the subject

named "summer sores,"
1 " and

ompan
i ES
€s, but the. head and chest, and also the conjunctiva, are

de frequently the sites of lesions.

124

The condition has been described as occurring mainly in
India, Africa, and tropical America.

For the most part the descriptions both of the paiba
and the associated larvae have been neither very accura
nor full. p.

Railliet in his report deals extensively with the Yu.
of Descazeaux, who studied the condition in Brazil. fcis
cazeaux conducted some careful observations, and his Ws es
tion has considerably advanced our knowledge of the a deb X

The following is a brief summary of the descripti
given by Descazeaux : —

g mm 13

h `
$ 5 5 : ri
heal. If the sore is only in the first stage it will disappea
from four to six da

X pea | By. ughly
Microscopical.—The tumour in the first stage divi ROME

cocytes :
superior layer formed chiefly of thickened fibrous tissue. ue dr
middle, parasitic case area .. These, p gi by
found, measuring from 800 » to 900 mu in le
.300 x to 400 u in’ breadth. ; d vary from
. The worms are found in these necrotic areas, an ty which
. two to five in number. (me areas prese ft T
. stagb marily occupied by the parasite. In tumours of th
Stage it is difficult to find typical parasitic nec the
. ‘umours consist mainly of dense fibrous tissue. Som
débris of a parasite is seen. : is
= _,. Descazeaux also gives a description of the Pri a
Which as Railliet has shown, he wrongly consider inde
mature female. This parasite he calls the “constant parasite —

125

and describes it as being from 2'4 to 2:8 mm. long by 45 to 50 p
broad, body filiform, terminating posteriorly i blun
point furnished with bristles; cuticle striated longitudinally.
In one sore he found, on dissecting the superficial part, five
examples of a larva which he calls the “inconstant parasite.
This is described as being 900 p long by 25 p broad, cuticle
smooth, anus at the base of the tail, and vulva at the posterior
third of the body.

. Raillie& draws attention to the occurrence of cutaneous
lesions in which larvae have been found, but which differ from
the "constant parasite’ of Descazeaux. He recalls that Ercolani

et with embryos of a Nematode in a horse on w ich were
found “umbilicated crusts” about 1 cm. broad and very
t

et in
oedematous plaques which somewhat resembled the lesions of
dourine. These embryos measured 80 to 90 p long by 35
to 4 u broad. Buffard believed these to be the embryos of
Filaria papillosa (Setaria equina), but Railliet shows that he
was mistaken.
Railliet believes that the embryos found by Ercolani and
ard are embryos of Zabronema. E
Further, Railliet believes that the *inconstant parasite
: x i larval stage of Habronema, resem-
bling stage 2 of H. muscae, as described by Ransom.

‘summ

126

larval stage of Hubronema muscae, as observed by Ransom in
Musca domestica. '
ter discussing the findings of the various authors,
Railliet comes to the conclusion that the Nematode of “sum-
mer sores” is none other than a larva of Spiroptera of the
genus Habronema. His general conclusions are as follows : —
1. The parasite of verminous dermatitis is an embryo
or a larva of Habronema, which it is rational to
ascribe to one of the three species of the genus
living in the stomach of the horse. :
2. The clinical forms of the affection vary in a certain
measure with the stage of evolution of the parasite
and with the climate.
3. It is probable that the infection of the horse occurs
rom without inwards by contact with manure,
which harbours the embryos of Habronema rejected
with the excrements, and that these embryos evolve
in the skin as they do normally in the body of

the fly.
4. It is possible also that the larvae escape from the
proboscis of the fly in contact with the sores.

More recently van Saceghem (1917) published a summary
of some observations he had made on ^ lar dermatitis
as it occurs in equines at Zambi, Lower Congo. He found that
the condition occurs only in animals kept in stables. The
bedding was changed and the dung removed regularly from
these stables. i

disease is never localized in the hindquarters, but
always in the fore quarters, on the legs, and the inner canthus
of the eye. Lesions in other situations are rare. quines

e larvae
marked longitudinal striations. The lesions usually show P

says that there is thus a massive infection at a single poin sd
and it is not very probable that these larvae are all convey
curing one short period of time to the same point. P.
1n a later communication, van Saceghem (1918) sid
‘ts of some experiments, and concludes that flies :
ctors of the Habronema larvae, and that the larva foun

127

mortem examinations made at Zambi no specimens of H.
megastoma were found. His conclusion was that H. megastoma
was either absent or very rare at Zambi. In his experiment
he, therefore, deposited larvae of Musca domestica on a freshly
volded mass of dung from a horse "known to be infected with
H. muscae." When the adult flies hatched out they were found
to be infected with larvae in a proportion of 70 per cent.

became h
to bite itself. The wound became transformed into a char-
acteristic “summer sore."

Discussion.

i here can be no doubt that the etiology of the tumours
ound in Southern Australia and of those found elsewhere, and
larvae found

e same.
sores” appear to be identical with those found in

2M.

128

believes that the clinical form of the malady may be in agree-
ment with the stage of evolution of the parasite. xi
ere appears to be very little evidence to suppo
Railliet's theory, viz., that the lesions are due to the p
tion of the skin by embryos which develop as erratic PAM
in an abnormal situation in undergoing an analagous deve op
ment to that which they accomplish normally in the body ke
thefly. It has been shown experimentally that the final es
stage can produce a typical reaction, so, at least, this aberran
development does not a r to be necessary. :
3 is possible that eiecti may either penetrate the skin
or become lodged in sores, where they may set up a pose
reaction, but there is no experimental evidence to suppo
this assumption. p 4
Even if we assume the possibility of omiy D
Habronema setting up a certain type of lesion in the X
there appears to be little or no evidence to suggest that P
embryos are capable of developing through their larval peue
in this situation. Further, there is no proof that the em dud
found by Ercolani in the one case, and by Buffard in the other,
are embryos of Habronema. : fiac a
Embryos of Habronema are to be found 1n the faec :
all times of the year. If these embryos leave the oar pe
in penetrating the skin and their subsequent evolution t Zo:
up a typical “summer sore," it is difficult to explain ( ) fox
seasonal occurrence of the tumours and (2) the massive 1n
tion at one point. : is of
The life-history of the three species of H abror de
that type which involves a simple alternation betwee:

: al
inve te harbouring the larval stage. From 4 Ls wane
nsideration it seems reasonable to assume that 1t 1s 1 dii

able, should this alternation be broken, that the worm
able to carry on its development. To NATUS
Before Railliet’s theory can be accepted it will require
support of more clinical and experimental evid
The

Eer

ence. :
inconstant parasite" of Descazeaux, believes ie

ee KNEES Aw C

129

being a Habronema larva. A larval Habronema has a closed
anus with a very prominent anal operculum in the early stages,
and only in the final larval stage is the anus open. It seems
possible that the form may an aberrant larva of H
microstoma, as is sometimes seen in Musca domestica. It is
a possible that the larva does not belong to th

f his theory that embryos of Habronema are capable of
developing through their larval stages in the skin of the horse.
If the form is a larval Habronema it is certainly aberrant,
but there is no proof that it has developed from an embryo in

Tn all other respects their larva resembles that usually found
im “summer sores," and it is probable that they failed in

proboscis along with larvae in the final stage,

be p
the later s. Therefore, the finding of larvae of an earlier
Stage could not be taken as proof of development of the larvae

ct is.
i wed, further, that an open wound may develop into a.
JPical "summer sore" if the animal is placed in an environ-
ment where flies are heavily infested with larvae. |
the 1 presumptive evidence in support of his conclusion that
wh larvae in the wound escaped from the proboscis of the fly
en the latter came to feed upon the raw surface. :
. Larvae found by him in “summer sores" were 50 p in
i er, and showed marked longitudinal striations in the

| Men e, whereas those found in flies caught in a stable were
x Fa nag diameter and showed no longitudinal striations. H

*

. larvae of H. microstoma

130

does not mention what means were taken to determine the '

presence or absence of longitudinal striations. In sections x
a lesion a transverse section of the larva would clearly revea
the presence of the longitudinal striations in the bane
Unless transverse sections were made of the larvae isolate
from the flies longitudinal striations could not have been
demonstrated. If all means were taken to determine the
presence or absence of these striations then, one may asse
with confidence, that the larvae isolated from the flies by van
Saceghem were neither larvae of H. muscae nor H. ne
but the larvae of some other species probably not yet desc
although there is a possibility that they may have been the
There is no proof that the larvae used by van ei e
in his experiments were the larvae of H. muscae, as he c pue
His experiments are valuable in demonstrating that the ™ i
larval stage of Habronema is capable of producing a OA
lesion, but they do not help in the specific determination
the larva responsible.

It is Dore to note that Descazeaux records the im
that a typical “summer sore" may develop without any P a
existing wound or sore in the skin (“dans certains bem ie
observe des tumeurs parasitaires sans qu'il soit possib "ab
déceler la moindre lésion cutanée”). Railliet mentions t9
Li :

se mordant jusqu'au sang"). :
It is possible that these observations may show ler x
summer sore" does not always result from the infection. th
, i ady reached biu

regard to the probable mode of infection are, therefore, n

world. It seems probable that the larvae responsible w ip
production of a ‘‘summer sore” are either that of H a EE
megastoma or H. muscae, although there is a possibility
some unrecorded species may also be responsible.

2. "Swamp cancer" in the Solomon Islands. >
the courtesy of Mr. John Scott, the prest

-, Through - j
. Writer has had an opportunity of examining specimens of à

»

131

granuloma that is commonly found affecting horses in the
lomon Islands.

. The following information has also been kindly sup-
plied: —About 75 per cent. of horses in the Solomon Islands
suffer from a form of “swamp cancer,” which attacks the
pasterns only. The tumours vary in shape and size from those
showing a flat, raised surface with a diameter of about 1 inch

The

—
B
D
|:
o
[m
a
+
=
D
wm
D
B
©
5
E
Fy
S
= |
A
=
A
©
£5
4

paratively dry, but is subject to very heavy dews. e area
is threaded with tidal lagoons, usually closed at the mouth.
Horses having no access to swamps or waterholes are commonly
affected. The animals are never more distant than a mile
from habitations. `

he macroscopic appearance of the tumours is very similar
to that of habronemic granulomata. The surface is usually
ulcerated. The tumour is very dense and tough, and on section
15 seen to contain numerous yellowish, caseo-calcareous nodules,
not usually larger than a millet seed. e necrotic areas
are more numerous than seen in tumours occurring in Aus-

A verti r, with an are
approximately 10 sg. cm., contained approximately 140
d
cribed
iffer-

a
infiltrated with eosinophile leucocytes. Many of the necrotic
ag have been orbed and their place taken by fib
wue. T s is seen in various stages here is a

erg terial in the necrotic areas. Larvae showing a c
Lt longitudinal ridges are seen in various stages of
“generation,
It is apparent that the larvae present are not all of the
ata age. Many appear to be well preserved and of recent
th ent, while others have completely disappeared, leaving only
m canals in the necrotic areas. The necrotic areas
m Various stages of absorption. It appears, therefore, that

132

the pueneby of ii humpur depends upon a repeated invasion
of the tissue by lar

Poe of et have been obtained from lesions, and in
the better preserved specimens the characteristic spinous tip
at the caudal extremity has been observed. It appears, there-
fore, that the tumour is a habronemic granuloma.

DISCUSSION.
It is remarkable that such a large percentage of horses
becomes affected. As far as is known to the present writer

there is no previous record of animals emu affected to
anything approaching the extent of 75 per c

Another point of interest is the fact that. hee occur in
animals that are not at any time confined to the stable. This
is contrary to the usual experience. The animals, however,
are not at any time far distant from habitations, so that one
would = to find Musca domestica in numbers in their
surroundin

The fact that the tumours occur only in the one situation
is of extreme interest. It is not possible, at presen nt, to

A
e occurrence of lesions in one situation only does not
suggest nd biting flies are in any way responsible.
The larvae bear the came characteristics as those found in
PIT qe and elsewhere.
3. “Leeches” and Bursattee."
_ “Leeches.”—In North America there exists a co
tous umen of oe commonly known as ‘‘leeches.
cording to many writers the lesions are to be found on
the ets and ces parts of the body which are liable to come
in contact with water when animals are poer war in s swamps

OMS dene to be no doubt that the older uer
ver Ern in as t is condition as a malignant neoplasm

133

rather an insecure nature. No conclusive evidence has been
produced demonstrating the condition to be a mycosis. '
Fish (1897) came to the conclusion that the condition was

e describes
caseous areas with an irregular or bosselated surface. He
describes th e

eucocyte. He also mentions the finding of giant cells in many
of the sections. `

e granuloma Fish describes is similar in all essential
Characteristics $0 s p cer" and the more chronic

ja.
i wis has already agreed that ''leeches" and ‘‘swamp
Renee aro probably the same disease.
It seems reasonable to conclude, therefore, that under the
term *'leeches'' is described a granu closely resembling
poe I P cancer" in i acroscopic and microscopic appear-
; and that it is probably a habronemic granuloma.
—'*Bursattee," or “Bursati,” 1s the name

‘his condition is classified by Hutyra and Marek as 4
yp. h > e T . “ec eeches. »?

; 1 symptoms are said to consist in the appearance
very firm nodules under the skin of the lips, the nasal alae,

134

neck, the body and limbs, and, finally, also in the nasal
. cavities. The characteristic areas, or Kunkur, are present in
the granulation tissue. D t
It is extremely difficult to discuss the condition, for i"
of the descriptions were given in the early or middle part o
the nineteenth century, when any knowledge of pathology
was not general. i nd
De Haan and Hoogkamer (1903) have described a oen
disease occurring in the Sunda Islands. This article is refe >
to by Hutyra and Marek. Unfortunately the present writer
has had no opportunity of consulting the ori inal article.
These authors have claimed that the condition a E
a fungus, but appear to have produced no experimen
evidence in support of their conclusions. iS :
Several of the older writers have described lesions =
occurring on the mucous membrane of the mouth, but !

organs. Since caseo-caleareous masses are not uncommon ve
the internal organs of all herbiverous animals, there on o
be no justification in the conclusion of many writers that these
masses are "internal lesions" of ‘“Bursattee.” A

One is forced to the conclusion that under the ne
““Bursattee” lesions due to may causes have been descri v
Nevertheless, there appears to be no doubt that the majority
of the lesions described as occurring on the external surface

| od

feeding, and watering 37e

o n by Hayes also supports this interpretation s
Says, "Horses that have had this disease and remain IM
cond under which they have contracted it, are the
certain to suffer from its recurrence. . . .” This is also is
mano in occurrence of habronemic granulomata, 23D tial
RRE by the fact that the animal carries the pote?

, vtz., adult forms of Habronema.

nrc E aue riim p PERRA S

135

says that the fetlock joints (especially), n

| Hayes ;
Sheath, front of chest, face, lips, and tongue are the usua.

points of attack. :
In this connection it is interesting to note that the penis
and sheath are commonly affected, as is found to be the case

animals in Southern Australia examined by the present writer,

9 larvae have been found. In many of them it has been

difficult to demonstrate even any worm canals, but in a series

of tumours from early to late one can trace the gradual dis-

appearance of the larvae. Therefore, one is not justified in
ing t

©
o
E
A
ad
3
©
&
3
&
=
S.
3
cn
$
B
e
A
S
[z]
09
im
wm
E
aq
mac
e

e
n in

larvae of Z, microstoma, but te the same species as the larvae

i ae to the granulomatous condition produced in the exter

136

responsible for “summer sores” and the lesions found in
uthern Australia. 1
A review of the literature bearing upon these two diseases
reveals the fact that these granulomata possess characteristics
that are common to habronemic granulomata. They
such a striking resemblance to habronemic granulomata that
itis probable they possess a similar etiology.

E. NOMENCLATURE.
These granulomata have been known for many years
under various local names. The cause of the affection having

e
specific designation. Railliet introduced the term cutaneous
habronemiasis. He says, “Le parasite de la dermatite granu-

genre vivant dans l'estomac du cheval. L'affection mérite done
e és] é pA ,
être ésignée sous le nom d’habronémose cutanée.’

nature does not appear to occur, and certainly it does món

B

a issues be prov
doubtful even then that the designation cutaneous habron-
emiasis would be correct.

by the worm. en the larvae of these worms enter the skin

BUR : d ollowing the same lines of reasoning it does not appeal -
. to be corr give the designation cutaneous aen
larvae of the
uloma has been used poem ae
designation of the granuloma’ eo

137

condition arising after the invasion of the external mucous
membranes or cutaneous tissues by larvae of the genus
Habronema. It is believed that this term is more likely to
be correct than the term introduced by Railliet.

F. GENERAL SUMMARY.
ranulomatous condition found most frequently affect-
h

pied are to be seen. The larva is incapable of living in the
submucous, cutaneous, or subcutaneous tissues, and, therefore,

branes the larvae appear to be capable of pushing their way
through the membrane and of entering the submucosa. When
prons occur on parts other than the external mucous mem-
Room, the moisture necessary to prevent )
atvae appears to be most usually supplied by an exudation of

|
|
|
megastoma. When deposited on the external mucous mem-

peci Ha

the production of these lesions is most commonly that of H.
pe t Tt seems possible that the larvae of the other two
“es may also cause similar lesions. The res

TO to which larvae of H. microstoma had been added,

138

Habronema microstoma, which would probably be inoculated
y Stomozys calcitrans. : /
granulomatous condition found commonly in the horse
and ass in various parts of the world, and known as “summer
sores," or “granular dermatitis," has the same etiology as the
granulomata observed in Southern Australia. s
Examinations have been made of a granuloma which
affects the region of the pastern of the horse in the Solomon
Islands, and it has been found to be a habronemic granuloma.
Under the names ''Leeches" in North America and
"Bursattee'" in India are described granulomata affecting

common to habronemic granulomata. o larvae have been
found in the tumours, and the etiology still remains somewhat
obscure. They possess, nevertheless, such a striking resem-
blance to habronemic granulomata that it seems probable that
they possess a similar etiology.

G. PROPHYLAXIS AND TREATMENT. eee
Prophylaxis should be in the direction of (1) eve

Excision of the lesion will usually be found the best method
of treatment. Should the lesion be ulcerated and of sue
à size as to be inoperable it is advisable to keep the surface
covered by some application which will protect it again: s
and possible super-infection. The lesion may reduce 12 er"
under this treatment and become amenable to surgir?
treatment.

ADDENDUM. ses
Since thi T: unity has ar!
ince this paper was submitted an opportumty med BE

So far as they deal with the life-histories of H abrant
muscae, H. microstoma, and H. megastoma the m
writer’s pags in the main, agree with and cone” jc
il à :
Musca domestica * ‘occasionally (possibly only accidentally) [^
| as an interm lary'' host of H. microstoma (p. 44)
records of experiments 7 to 11, 13 and 14, em
Musca dome stica I allowed to develop in steri p that

139

196 adults examined, only two larvae were found to contain

develop in sterilized faeces to which larvae of both H. muscae
and H. microstoma had been added.

: In experiment 15, of 28 flies examined 15 were found
infested with worm larvae. In Table 5 particulars are given of
6 larvae obtained from these flies. Hill believes that 4 of
these larvae, specimens 3-6, are larvae of H. microstoma. The

Nevertheless, one does not doubt the possibility of M.
domestica acting as an intermedi fe) . microstoma,
— evidence is required before proof of such is estab-

In commenting on the present writer’s preliminary
observations, Hill (p. 62) casts doubts upon the results

certainty between the final larval stage of H. muscae and that
of H. megastoma

regard to the length of the oesophagus. His inference, there-
fore, that the present writer was not dealing with pure cultures
cannot be held to be correct.

The fact that Hill (p. 64) failed to satisfy himself as to
pum ed from conjunctival

hal o
sp ronemic granulomata than the larvae of the other two

140

Reference.
Hinr, G. F. ia reageare of Insects to the Parasitic
Diseases’ in . Roy. Soc. Vict., 31 (N.S.

part 1, 1918.

REFERENCES TO LITERATURE.

ae E. P. (1910)— “Some Notes of Equine Filariasis."

op. Vet. Sc., vol. v.,

Butt, L B. (1916) —*A rindiant ots Affection of the
Horse: Habronemic Granulomata." Jour. Comp. Path.
and Thera., vol. xxix., part 3, pp. 187- 199.

FIs, TUE A. (1897) —« "Leeches': A Histological Investi-

on of two cases of Equine Mycosis, with a Hist torical
cited of a supposed similar disease called Bursattee
occurring in India." 12th and 13th Ann. Reports Bureau
of Animal Industry.

HUTYRA AND MAREK (1913)—“‘ Bósartige Schimmelkrankheit
der Pferde (Hypomykosis destruens equi)." Pathologie
u. Therapie de Haustiere, Erster Band, Vierte Auflage,
p.

DE "nis AND TOR (1903)—Quoted by Hutyra and
Marek (7.e.) I

Haves, M. H. (1 006) Vinary Notes for Horse Owners,
Tth ed., revised, p. 145.

Hopexrns, T R. (1910) 4A bad case of Bursattee." Jour.
Trop. "Vet | Be. vel v. p. 357.

Hommes, J. D. (19 15)— “Conclusions on ‘Bursati.’ A ir
Jour., vol 71, No. 486, p. 591.
Jounston, T. Hanver (1912)—‘‘Notes on some Entozoa."
Proc. Roy. Soc. Q’land, vol. xxiv., pp. 63-91.
impe os C. (1914) — Equine rünulom ii the de
tory of Australia." Jour. Comp. Path. and Thera. 7
ge xxvii., No

tive J. C., AND SE DDON, HR. (1918)—' Habronemie © sel

faia. raed Comp. Path. and Thera., vol j/

| NOS, pp. 87-9 of
ME F. E. (1915) — Fo a Factor Phrase

Med in the Horse." Vet. Record, ad 28, No. 1418,

p.
z ATTON AND Crace (1913)—A Text-book of Medical Boe

M M, B H. (1913)—“The Life-history of Habronent

the Ho d a Parasite of the Horse transmitted

Bull. 163, Bureau of Animal Tnm :

141

RatLLIET, A. (1915)—Rapport de Comission. "Contribution
à l'étud de l' ‘esponja’ ou plaies d'été de eim pe
ar

T. xci., Nos. 19-20, pp. 468-
VAN Sacecuem, R. (1917) —*Contribution à letude de la
dermite granuleuse des Equidés." Bull. Soc. Path, Exot.,
vol. 10, No. 8, pp. 726-729.
VAN SAcromxw, R. (1918) — “Cause étiologique et traitment de
ermite granuleuse." Bull. Soc. Path. Exot., vol. 11,
No. 7, pp. 575-578.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES.

E XIII.

Fig. 1. Photo- -micrograph of a section from a Kä ion aient
under artificial conditi lons by larvae of Habronema megastom
typical necroti c area is seen with a worm canal in the desire a,
taining a “degenerating larva. Tumour removed nine days after
inoculatio ;

Fig 2 Photo-micrograph of another portion of the sectior

used for Fig. 1. The formation of multinucleated cells is well
illustrated.
Fig. 3. Photo-micrograph of another portion of the sec
for Fig. 1. A de egenerating larva with no ARE
necrosis of the tissues is illustrated.

Piratek XIV.
Fig. 4. Photii of another Doi e € section
Wed for Fig. 1. A tall mecrotio afea 40 seen &
degenerating larva with only slight necrosis of ‘he surrounding

Fig. 5. Photo-micrograph of.a section from a lesion sed
duced under artifi on conditions by larvae of Habron

microstoma, A necroti with a d. ting ares
| at its lower edge. Pasio removed ten days after inoculation.

Fig. 6— Poer naa of a section removed six hours
after inoculation w ith larvae of Habronema microstoma. Larva
are seen surrounded by eese

Prars XV.

Fig. 7. Photo-micrograph of a transverse section of the bulb
s p of St tomoxys caleitrans showing the situation of
` “Swamp cancer" in Se Solomon Islands. Lesions
9n boi fre dii Mun o£ opa pe well shown.
Photo by John Scott.

142

THE PHAESTOS DISK: ITS CYPRIOTE ORIGIN.

By A. Rowe,
Author of “An Ancient Egyptian Coffin in the
Australian Museum,”’ etc.

[Read August 15, 1919.]

Puates.XVI. ro XXII.

seventeenth century m.c. It is a disk of refined clay, e
1 in. in thickness and 64 in. in diameter, and is covered wit

_ impressed by means of specially engraved stamps, so that each
i oe hieroglyph is always exactly similar to others of its
th d in detail and appearance. Attention must be drawn to

: e important fact that the clay used is not Cretan ; this was

o een QoUUE- XXE. Meo. €. p. 94d hi has kindly
pe been sent to me by ite re eA - A copy of this paper

143

established beyond all doubt by Dr. McKenzie, the well-known
authority on remains of Minoan Crete. (2)

t has been generally postulated in the past that our
Disk text contains a language akin to Lykian, but Professor
Hemp] ©) thinks it contains a form of early Greek. At the
present stage of my investigations I am unable to prove whether
or not the script is in either of these languages; but however,
as we shall see presently, it seems more probable that the
speech it represents was that of the autochthones of Cyprus,
and that it may even possess a few Ionian or Assyrian words.

There is another point on which agreement has not been
reached, and that concerns the direction in which the inscrip-

irection in which the characters, such as men, animals, birds,
etc., face. There is nó evidence in the Disk to justify a
departure from this rule. :
1 accordance with the procedure adopted by previous
writers on the subject, I first tried to decipher the inscription
With the aid of some Anatolian language, but made no head-
ay. Knowing, of course, that the text was not Minoan, I

doubt that the home of the Phaestos Disk is in Cyprus, and
also that the pictographs on it are but archetypes of not a few
Characters of the later syllabary of the island.

ow as the object is said to have been found in the Cretan
Middle Minoan III.(9 strata, this means that if its date 1s the

(2 All remains of the pre-Homeric period of Crete (i.e., the era
before the advent of the nose ndo-Eur s im B.c. 1200)
are termed “Mingan.” 1
who is supposed to have once ruled in that island.

Age 1s really the Bronze Age of Crete, a |
Table i Early Minoan, Middle Minoan, and Late Minoan.

G) “The Solving of an Ancient Riddle—lonic Greek before
Homer" Ha Ps Monnia January, 1911.
(9 See Table A.

144

that it has always been regarded as being at least a thousand
years older than this era, my assertion might at first perhaps be
taken to be a rash one, but I feel confident that after the reader
has made a careful study of the comparisons given in this
brochure, he will agree with me both as to the dating of the
Disk and as to the country of its origin

How it came to Crete we shall probably never know.
Nor shall we know how it came to be interred among pottery
and other remains of the last era of the Middle Minoan period.
That the interment was not accidental is quite evident, but
the circumstance is really one that has been lost in the mists
of antiquity. In passing, it might be as well to mention that
the burial of objects of a given period in tombs, dwellings,
etc., of an older date was not unusual among various nations
of the past ; one calls to mind the vases of Chinese manufacture
found in the sepulchres of Ancient Egypt.

: r. M. Markides, the Curator of the Cyprus Museum, has
kindly forwarded me particulars of the earlier and later forms
of Cypriote scripts. The earlier form, termed Cypro-Minoan,
from the fact that it was imported into the island by t
Minoans of Crete, was in use in the Late Bronze Age (B.C.
to 1200). Shortly afterwards, probably in the Period of

*

o-Minoan signs, which had been adapted for writing the
new tongue, were used. This system of writing is known 4
Later Cy nd was in vogue, in the later centuries,

: ^ x Cypriote, a si -
by side with the Greek alphabet, down to the Middle Hellenic

us Ro far "eror era been recovered only about 32 all of
— "4n... a signs, and I must point out that by no means |
E them can be traced in the 60 linear characters of the Later

398

145

Graeco-Cypriote islanders of the eighth century before our era
had more than one source to draw from when compiling their
syllabary, and one of these sources must have been Assyria,
n certain aspects of its culture, as no inscription in the Later
Cypriote script can be dated, I suppose, earlier than about the
commencement of the period of Assyrian influence. I do not
mean to postulate, however, that some of the new signs actually
were taken from the cuneiform characters, but that the later

which the new script, of which that on our Disk is a typical
Copy, came to be evolved; but it evidently very quickly fell
into the debased style, which we know so well from the remains
of the later periods of the history of Cyprus, mainly, I suppose,
as a result of the more simple linear systems of writing which
were spreading over the Mediterranean basin at the time. We
May perhaps gather from the peculiarity that the Disk text
Was "printed" by means of specially engraved stamps, that
the use of the new hieroglyphical script was confined to objects

lote linear sign, “oi?

the Adelaide University, has sugges ag

represents either a dwelling of the terra-mare ype

or perhaps a treasure-house. The Greek language shows the

(9 “Archaeology of the Cuneiform Inscriptions,"
y P. 183.

146

“Si” of the Cypriote in such words as oipPdos (beehive), which
might be used metaphorically for ‘‘treasure-house’’ (?; and in
viros (corn), and its compounds, which could readily suggest
barn. As we have to consider the possibility of some of the
Disk signs being developed on the acrophonic principle from,
among others, lonian words, we must not, at this juncture,
altogether reject any help from Greek sources. In Assyrian
the word for treasure was ‘‘NISIRTU,” and that for treasure-
house "BIT-NISIRTI." The later linear sign is inscribed on a
thick, heavy slab of copper, ®) figured on p. 15 in “Excavations
in Cyprus” (Murray and others, Brit. Mus., 1900), so, as it
is in this case, evidently a kind of treasury or foundry mark,
the identification of the character with a treasure-house cannot
r wrong. On the other hand, however, it is certainly
possible that houses of the lake-village type were erected im
yprus in early times, in view of the fact that the island con-
tains many marshes, notably those formed by the waters of the
river Pedia.

crested head-dress similar in every respect re thar portrayed on

(? Compare the '"Treasuries" of Mycenae and Orchomenos- t
an aco pr: Murray says that its weight is 81 Ib. 10 oz., and the
pm analysis ma y fessor Church shows 98'05 per cen king
inns r. Cyprus, of course, was the home of the copper-work!
Industry in ancient times. all

B of my paper. It is evident that Mr. a
t ? ed., p. 66, note 3), in dooked
edes ie about three centuries before this time, has overlo
a fact the must belong to the Assyrian era.

147

the Disk. Dr. Murray says of him (op. cit., p. 13):—‘It is
noticeable that on our ivory the attendant wears a helmet
identical in shape with that worn by the enemies of the
Egyptians in the sea-fight figured by Rameses on the temple
at Medinet Abou.” These are, of course, the Philistines and
the Zakkala, and the resemblance between the crested helmets
of these races and the crested helmet on the Disk has led other
scholars to believe that there is a Philistine element in the
scription. With this, however, one cannot now agree.
Attention may also be directed to another relic of the Assyrian
period of the island, and this is the magnificent silver patera
from Amathus.(10) Here are seen warriors with crested
helmets like those of the Disk, and round shields, attacking
à fortress, one or two of the defenders of which also wear the
same sort of helmet. (00

more than once, we get ten individual words prefixed
by the hieroglyphs .in question. There is no doubt
‘these two si

and indicate that the characters following them

the sa word contain the proper name of a “Chief

of the Shield,” i.e. (probably), a commander-in-chief of

an army, whose office was something like that held by the

SHUPARSHAKU” (military commandant) appointed over

districts conquered by Assyria.’ In Assyrian cuneiform it was
o

2e scribes who made up the Phaestos Disk text seem then to
have followed the methods of their cuneiform-using colleagues,

Sargon II., King of Assyria, received tribute in s.c. 715
from the seven Ionian Kings of Cyprus, who set up in their
island a figure of the Assyrian king as an emblem of their
Vassalage ; and his grandson, Esarhaddon, had homage paid
to him in p.c. 673 by ten Cypriote princes, nine Greeks, and

0) Figured in "Cyprus," di Cesnola, London, 1877, pl. xix.
(1) See also the helmet worn by the sphinx on the ivory object
(No. 1126), illustrated in pl. ii., “Excavations in Cyprus.”

148
m Phoenician. The names of these latter rulers are as
nder : —

GREEK RULERS.‘

Assyrian form of Greek Form of City ruled
A Names. Names. over.

1. E-KI-IS-TU-SU AIGISTHOS IpaALION

2. PI-LA-GU-RA-A PYTHAGORAS CHYTROI

3. KI-I-SU KEISOS (or, KISSOS) SALAMIS

4. I-TU-U-AN-DA-AR ETEWANDROS PAPHOS

5. E-RE-E-SU . HERAIOS Soror

6. DA-MA-SU DAMASOS KovRION

7. AD-ME-ZU ADMETOS TAMASSOS

8. U-NA-SA-GU-SU ONESAGORAS LEDR.

9. PU-SU-ZU PYTHEAS NURE (APRRODISION)

PHOENICIAN RULER.
10. DAMUSI, of the city of KanrrkmapasrI (KrrioN).

The question now arises: Can we identify these ten princes
with the ten i iie of the Shield" zw names are given on
the Disk? It is quite possible that we can. We know for
certain that the former lived towards the Sad of the Assyrian
era on the island of C rus, and we have ever; reason Ior

whose names were important enough to be placed on reco
As the princes of C at this time were mostly Ionians,

it may well be that vede crested head-dress shown on the :

Phaestos Disk and other Cypriote remains of the Assyrian

period is a typically Ionian one. It does not oui seri

that n can decipher the names of the ten “ fs

Shields” we shall find them Greek ones. AS ws inscription

Don" ien sad the main, the indigenous speec we
it may just as m possess the native n h

must assume would be given to their rulers by t th
_ thones of the isha. NS in the same way as the Ptolenie
ets rra prenomens bestowed upon them by their Egyptian

: 5) There is no doubt whatever that eee sign
is "d equivalent of one of the symbols employed for the he
Cypriote tal "The haracter ae one epee B 24
T

r decia “Ancient History Near East," p. 496.

149

word 59 it ig that we are to read the first two signs as
"Chief Nm

R
8-pointed star- Sd d In words, 28 a nd 31 j it ie
associated with a Le m of an Pas tee head in

the figure being of the pistes period of the island.“ Are,
and is

ciated with the word for “votary”? On the lid of the ivory
casket already referred to there are several 8-petalled —
The Py is probably a direct importation from Assyri

Boa 9) This may be compared with the facials of
Cypriote boats figured in di Cesnola's work.

in.—(1 2) This is something like the coverings placed

Over the horses in the chariot illustrated on the casket.

Glove —(13) 8 ome scholars have called this sign a cestus,
but I behave it to be a glove. I communicated this sug-
gestion to Professor W. J. Woodhouse, of Sydney University,

TU.” It might be “of "erue to add that the scd Persian
E glove was ‘“KARBUL’’; the latter word occurs in the
Ms phon of Darius the Great at Nakshi Rustam, aérea
read of ‘‘Cimmerians who wear gloves on their hands.” Q9

p» id ^ L. Myres, Metropolitan Museum of Art, N.Y., 1914,
04 Myres, op. cit., p. 193, mentions that rosette Surya. Disk

in the n ge tury Ch. th e "Relief of Moltha AS from! "a oe
nacherib," son Lol ien ., who 705-682,
red in “The Civilizat tion | tUm the East," Dr. Bomal (Temple
Primers, J. M. Dent & Co.,

05) “Records of the E " ed v., pp. 151, 152.

150

Sheep’s Head.—(19) This is remarkably like the porcelain
rhyton in the form of a ram's head depicted on p. 33 and
pl. iii. of “Excavations in Cyprus." :

Lotus.—(26) This plant was quite commonly painted on
Cypriote objects, and seems to have had a religious signi-
ficance. Compare the sacred lotus tree shown on p. 95 of
“‘Handbook of Cesnola Collection."

Virama Mark (see pl. xxi.).—In words 1, 3, 15, 16, 19, :
22, 27, 34, 37, 49, 51, 52, 55, and 57 there will be oha
a scratch or mark placed against the last sign; this scratch,

attempt to decipher any of the words printed in the inscription
on the Disk; but if we can regard the signs in words 15 an 2

ae 9 “Cyprus Mus. Cat., p. 151 (Nos. 5305-5314). See also
^ Pubs nce on p. 86 (No. 1656) to the bearded man with long hair
[e CO TUR g in front of a cypress or large thyrsos, represented on va

, Attic red-figured lekythos of the Hellenic period of Cyprus-

(16) €

151

On looking at the “Catalogue of the Cyprus Museum," (17)
I was at once struck with the great resemblance which exists
between the arrangement of the Later Cypriote signs in
graffiti marked on two black-glazed vases (Nos. 1,952 and
1,954), and the arrangement of similar-shaped signs to be
found in words 14, 20, 53, and 60 on the Disk; the two
graffiti are figured in pl. xxii. of this paper. In these instances
the linear signs read from left to right, and must be trans-
literated, according to the details of Cypriote script forwarded
to me by Mr. Markides, as /NA-O-TE." No classical scholar
could fail to notice that this is like the Greek word vavrys
"sailor," or one cognate thereto. The last sign in the group
is the debased form of the "ship" hieroglyph.
: The chief drawback the present writer has had to suffer
rom is the lack, in the Commonwealth, of books bearing on or

(1) "Cyprus: its Ancient Cities, Tombs, and Temples."'

di Cesnola, London, 1877.

(2) A reference to Cypriote language in the article on
* Alphabet," im Encyclopaedia Britannica, llth
ed. (plate facing p. 729).

(3) “Handbook of the Cesnola Collection of Antiquities

us." Myres, Metropolitan

(4) *A Catalogue of the Cyprus Museum." J. L.
Myres, Oxford, 1899.

(5) “Formation of the Alphabet" (Petrie), British
School of Archaeology in Egypt, Studies Series,
vol. in., London, 1912.

(6) “Scripta Minoa," vol. l. A. J. Evans, Oxford,
1909.

G7) J. L. Myres, Oxford, 1899, p. 90. The graffiti figured in
pls. XVili., xix., xx., and xxi. of my paper are also taken from the
page referred to.

+

152

(7) “Excavations in Cyprus." Dr. Murray and others,
British Museum, London, 1900.

(8) “Annual Report of the Curator of Antiquities of
Cyprus, 1916." M. Markides, Nicosia, 1917.09

Some of the authorities mentioned are by no means in
agreement as to the values of certain Later Cypriote signs,
as will be quite evident from an examination of the examples
given in my plates, and it must be understood that so far as
the values given by di Cesnola are concerned, these are 1n-
orrect in a few cases, which is not surprising when we
remember that his work was compiled nearly half a century

copy of this Report was kindly sent to me by Mr.

153
APPENDIX.
CoNTENTS
TABLE A. ud Mn eris Ages at Crete, The Cyclades, and
TABLE B. The: Prehistoric and Early Historic Ages of Cyprus.
: TABLE A,
THE PREHISTORIC AGES OF CRETE, THE CYCLADES,
AND GREECE.

PERIOD OF NON-ARYAN CULTURE.

Dr ME
CRETE. | CYCLADES. GREECE.
EARLY Bronze AGE. South. | North.
(Central date c. B.c. 3000.) |
mary Minoan I. | Early Cycladic I. | |
i Minoan II. | Early Cycladic II. STONE ÅGE.
rly Minoan III. | Early Cycladie III.
Srani In Thessaly, Boe-
MIDDLE BRONZE AGE. ái gain have
EM C seas ee es Vote
RETE ees ryan - Speakers
oan IL|MiddleCycladie I. th f stone
Middle M Minen Il. | Middle Cycladic TE e e ec ry longer

BRONZE AGE. | +}, ít Hout
m hd cout III.| Mycenaean I. "rene P dcin.
Nor

Middle Minoan III.

a LATE BRONZE A era of ° Án
rom c. B.C. reece is chalco-
‘hee MS cem 1o00- 1200.) n lithie (i.e., bronze
moan I. | (Cycladic’ culture and stone were
now absorbed in that | meer ta hoe
beate and termed Mycenaean II. until ithe Baste
5 ron Age
ie Minoan IL accordingly.) “Aegean Arch.)
Minoan TII. Mycenaean III.
M i oooO PERIOD or ARYaN CULTURE.

: EARLY Iron AGE.
E Commencement c. B.C. ee 1
th the advent of the iron-using Indo-European speakers
y North the Bronze Age culture of Crete, ma Cyc €
Greece caiehiša, and the serie period commences.
k discovered amo Middle ai itl.

objects,
[This table, which is entirel d in form, is compiled
solely from particulars given in T deri ta Minoa," A. J. Evans,
Rae "^ M. R. Hall, London, 1915. For
itted the Stone Age t eiue

154

TABLE B.

PREHISTORIC AND EARLY HISTORIC AGES OF
CYPRUS. :

DATES, B.C.

P

3000-2000.
2000-1500.
1500-1200.

1200-1000.
1000- 750.

i
750- 500.

500-300.

300- 50.
50 B.c.-400 a.p.

400 a.p.-1200
A.D.
c

Handbook of

Phaestos Di

- [This table is com

STONE AGE.

(Left few traces in Cyprus.)

Bronze AGE.
Early Bronze Age.
Middle Bronze Age. i
Late Bronze Age. (Parallel to XVIII. Dyn. o
Egypt).

Iron AGE.
Early Iron Age. (Transitional from Bronze to
on

Middle Iron Age. (Geometrical, with iron

weapons, eG se

Late Iron Age. (Graeco-Phoenician. The eric
of Assyrian predominance, artistic and polit-
ical, was from c. 700-650 B.c.; but the influence
of Assyria “may have begun a little in

have lasted from 750-650 s.c." [Myres, *"Hand-
book of Cesnola Collection’’]).

HELLENIC AGE,

Early Hellenic Period.
Middle Hellenic Period.
Late, or Graeco-Roman Period.

BYZANTINE Agr.
(Under the Byzantine Emperors Cyprus became
the seat of an Archbishopric.) :
piled solely from particulars given 1m kr

the Cesnola Collection of Antiquities from o
J. L. Myres, Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York.

sk belongs, I believe, to the period of Assyrian
Predominance, }

os

155

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES.

; LATE XVI.
Tue Puarstos Disk—Face “A.” Date c. 700 B.c.
Provenance—Cyprus.

Puare XVII.
Tue Puarstos Disk—Face ‘‘B.’’

Pare XVIII.
haie: Cypriote Signs similar to Phaestos Disk Signs.
Puate XIX.
Later Cypriote Signs similar to Phaestos Disk Signs ( contin. ).
Prate XX.
Later Cypriote Signs similar to Phaestos Disk Signs ( contin. ).
Prate XXI.
(a) Later My em Signs similar. to Phaestos Disk Signs
( conc k
(b) iiis Disk Signs unlike Later Cypriote Signs.
: Prare XXII.
(a) Equations of miscellaneous Cypriote Drawings, etc., with
Phaest isk Signs

(b) A typical inscription in Later Cypriote Characters, with
transliteration, etc.

156

THE OCCURRENCE AND ORIGIN OF CERTAIN QUARTZ-
TOURMALINE NODULES IN THE GRANITE OF CAPE
WILLOUGHBY.

By C. E. Tizrey, B.Sc., A.I.C., Demonstrator in Geology and

Mineralogy, University of Sydney.

(Communieated by Professor Walter Howchin.)
[Read July 11, 1919.]
Piates XXIII. anp XXIV.

CONTENTS. Page.

I. INTRODUCTION : ee n iis see ta 6’

II. GENERAL DESCRIPTION s E GS
III. Tue Qvante-Toumsstase heme = uot ANN
IV. Sum i ; Ln c BE

I. INTRODUCTION.

The present paper is devoted to a short description of "s
essenti-

developed in a mass of aplite intrusive into the granitic
headland of Cape Willoughby, Kangaroo Island. The paper
really forms part of a more extensive study of the petrology
of the Cape Willo oughby granite "n its allied intrusions.
The publication of these data is reserved for a later date.

3 bios Willoughby consists of a large ss of granite
EN a series of quartzites, quartz-mica-schists, à"
mica-schists of probably Cambrian Age. The granite 1s an

*€ven-grained rock consisting of quartz, microcline, plagioclase
= (oligoclase-andesine), and biotite. Under the microscope the
on. pice! seen to be muscovite, apatite, and gen
ihe most feature of the rock is the rae
idiomorphic satis of quartz showing a baba Oe is
: orphan ioe This granite occupies an area of approximately
vo o ja eir re miles, and has a coastline length of about five

_ Into this pe mass are intruded a sa JOE meee
: and pegmatitic rocks which a :

LARGE TIN, s EI 9 RO

ELAR Pee «pet eee Y RES SSeS o TS n

ue ro ai LER ccu oe E

j

x

3
PES
Se

157

genetically related to wa mu The series comprises

microcline aplites and mber of albite pegmatites
(albitites), viz., quartz a dn albitites. These rocks
traverse the granite in the form of dykes, and also as irregular

masses, and Ri been the later stages of the crystallization
of the ‘granitic ma

The microcline Agit intrusive mass is the home of the
quartz-tourmaline nodules now under discussion. This aplite,
known as the ‘‘Pink Aplite," occurs as a large intrusive

rani ng m
variable texture throughout its ‘extent. The greater part is
of very fine grain, but in part this grades into a coarser
variety, in which are developed phenocrysts of blue quartz,
and the ferromagnesian mineral biotite also makes its
rance.

The aplite has been fissured, and along these fissures
quartz veins have been intruded. ssociated with these
veins occurs a zone of altered aplite consisting essentially of

quartz and a light-greenish mica. This is a greis

en.
further pneumatolytic Rd is the production along fissures
of white kaolin

At the south end of the mass there are developed, i in the
very fine- -grained variety, numerous patches, in cross section
roughly hexagonal to ellipt tical. On examination these
patches, or nodules, are seen to consist mainly of quartz and
tourmaline

are quartz,

much chloritized, and muscovi Kaolin .and secondary

te.
mica accompany the felspars as alteration products. "4 the
grained varieties of aplite, biotite and mu are
of

E m e coarser varieties.

sp ai in the coarser vari iioi. In de oi he ' finer-
Stained e fabric eee the type ''granulitic
plites

III. THE QvaRTZ-TOURMALINE NODULES.
These nodules, on account of their mineralogical com-

e , Position, resist the attack of the sonnel agents of weathering]

158

and, as a consequence, stand out in relief from the aplite in
which they are enclosed. They occur apparently quite
irregularly arranged in the mass, but appear with few excep-
tions to be confined to the finer-textured variety of the aplite.

In section, as seen on the rock face, they appear more
or less elliptical, although some are really hexagonal. e
form taken by the majority of the nodules is, however, an
ellipsoid. In size they are slightly variable, but the greater
number have diameters, approximately, of 2 in., or slightly
less.

A number of thin sections of these nodules was cut, and
microscopical examination showed them to consist, essenti-

abundant, and is characteristically developed in the act e
replacing the microcline and albite felspar. All stages 0

replacement. Minute arms of tourmaline stretch, at intervals,

ain. roportion of quartz in such enr
may increase at the centre, suggestive of silica being der
from the felspar interaction. : pus
. JNodules somewhat similar to those just described eee
been previously noted by investigators of the Tasman n
Geological Survey. "Waller(2 noted their occurrence 12
i More r

_, Cf. Mem. Geol. Surv. Eng. and Wales, 1909, p. b
M art Journ. Geol. Meg vol. lix., 1903, p. ne n.
m. V Waller: Re on the Tin Ore Deposits of Moun

kirk, Geol, Surv. ras, Sept., 1902, p. 4.

159

Stanley River District, and has examined in more detail
those occurring in the Mount Heemskirk acid intrusives.(?
The descriptions given by these two investigators agree, fairly
closely, with the nature of the occurrence at Cape Willoughby.

The presence of small amounts of cassiterite, the absence
of felspar from the centre, and the frequent presence of a
central cavity, seem to be the principal points of distinction
between the Tasmanian and Willoughby examples.

In discussing the origin of these nodules, both writers
reach the conclusion that the nodules represent segregations
of quartz and tourmaline. To quote Waterhouse, ©) *'The
are due to the operation of magmatic differentiation in the
orginal magma, the minerals now forming these nodules
ae gradually segregated and solidified as cooling pro-
e 3»

Apparently, similar nodules are developed in aplites
associated with the granitic batholith of the Elkhorn District,
ontana, as described by Barrell.ó Knopf also describes.
nodules from aplite in the same region, but south of Montana
city. These aplites are regarded as differentiates of the
Same batholith of quartz-monzonitic type, common to the

n
that they are segregation products of earlier crystallization
cept Mic

that the nodule has developed in situ. Ith n mentioned
above that the nodules are almost entirely relegated to the
M red variety of the main apli imilar circum-

urrences, where Water-
house, in referring to their occurrence, says, ''In the field
©) L. L. Waterhouse: Bull. No. 15, Geol. Surv. Tas., 1914,

a L. L. Waterhouse: Bull. No. 21, Geol. Surv. Tas., 1916,

p. 71.
(9 Loc. eit., p. 28.
(9 J. Barrell: 22nd Ann. Report U.S.G.S., 1901, pp. 542, 543.
(? A. Knopf: Bull. 527, U.S.G.S., 1913, pp. 34, 35, 53.
(9 Loc. cit., p. 99.

160

these nodules were not observed in the coarser-grained granite ;

granite and the white granite, and it is in the former that
they undoubtedly reach their maximum development.

The author, after consideration of the occurrence at
Cape Willoughby, suggests that the following processes have
rond piens in their production :— ;

stallization of the main mass of granite was

followed by the production of fissures and joints as a result

of contraction through cooling. Into these fissures was in-
ri

mineralizer, water, was present, Al as a gas, below its
critical Mie (10)
The increased magma "pico thus originating through
fissuring, Mie resultant effects are
1 reduction. of s uS to expansion of the
gas phase; concurrently a reduction of the hid
centration of the volatile components in the mu

ma.
(2) yox ended in the viscosity of the silicate liquid
T ue to reduction of the active mass of the minera

n the liquid. 2

(3) Gani the crystallization temperatures

reezing points of the silicates in solution.
; [It is to be noted here that a lowering of freezing po
s erally accompanies a reduction of pressure, but this efe

tle components. This latter effect apears hav Be piis
nored or den ea by some casa Cah; Scheele! gee

9) Loc. cit., No. Vs

b el re was
Below 370° O C.—the critical temperature’ for pure water. 2 ge
editibal tóm. : ure of aee soepen eo &

eleva cre rature t han i possesses the pure

& dg ‘of the 7 eal temi perature » analogous to- the a evation

Rien: Ne Neues Sehrbach. ui. B4. 17, 1903, p. pe

161

develops an hypothesis of differentiation of volcanic rocks in
la arge part based on the lowering of freezing point accom-
a

gmas.
e phenomenon of resorption, common in phenocrysts of
hypabyssal and volcanic rocks, has AES been attributed by
some writers to a reduction in pressure consequent on injec-
tion or eruption. There can be little doubt that this lowering,
which never exceeds a few degrees per 1,000 atmospheres, (12)
is enormously overweighed by the decreased fusibility conse-
vert on removal of volatile components. (15)

ing to the loss of volatile constituents and to a rare

d g temperature, equilibrium would

violently disturbed, and the residual magma conditions would
ecome ura Some of the components of the fluid pre-
viously near or at aen freezing point would then become

2) Uniform Passer of cour UM postulated here. The
diferential effects of uniform and non-uniform pressure are dis-
tU m detail by Jeluieton and Adams. Amer. Jour. Sci., 35,

>

03 G. Morey: Jour. Amer. seed Soe

$
[e]
o
a
z 2 mn
D.
e
S
©
21

: Se
&
^

physico-chemical E as appli a
temperatures and res. "There n be little doubt, therefore,
that vd melting lepression is dependent on the concentration oí
the y atile compon ent.

Which is. thus undercooled, with
— aa to ane silicate, although the
peratur has bui slightly
c" "The illustration is, of
neg ‘purely diagrammatic
: complete for the solution in |
_(water-silicate). A r M

LI

162

On account of the viscosity the actual size of the crystals
would be small, for diffusion currents would not move
sufficiently rapidly to supply the growing crystal.

e conditions above described probably represent the
“‘labile’’ state of undercooling, as described by Ostwald and
Miers.ü9 "The micropegmatite, on this view, represents the
composition of the hypertectic rather than the eutectic point.

ear thé summit of the fissure chamber, crystallization
would be initiated, as this is the point of maximum under-
cooling due to the combined effects of cooling and of

compounds of boron (boric acid) e would originate
throughout the depth of the fissure chamber and, viscosity
rmitting, would gradually rise in the magma c er,

ment and, possibly, by coalescence of two or more bubbles.
At this stage the magma chamber is pictured as filled with a

layers. _ With the removal of anhydrous minerals at t :
crystallization level, additional gases would probably be se i
free. The bubbles, in ascension, on reaching the network 0

o these in the form of bubbles. The gases released on
fluid
hich

sr pi
mass containing a network of crystal silicates, some of w
: t i6

fi i i
` fissure chamber. The volatile components present 1n the g r

phase are assumed to have been, predominantly, water an
boric acid

. With a further reduction in temperature these mineral- :
izers take up an active róle and enter u : teraction
stage. The felspar becomes unstable, and in an inte

^ . e
tourmaline is produced ?7. situ, th

Whe sion ron compounds :
: felspar being partially or completely. replaced, according t°

JR pase pee a E UI a AR :

_ O09 Vide the numerou. rs by Mi d his co-workers:

S o SENE papers by Miers and his istorY
eterences to these are quoted b A. Harker, Natural H

163

E the Psi gases would be dissolved or condensed.
e process would have initiated before final and complete
consolidation took place, and the accompanying excess of

For the Cape "Willoughby quartz-tourmaline nodules re
following data are in accord with the hypo outlined in
the previous pages for their manner of origin:—

(1) The pneumatolytic origin of the tourmaline: ;

(2) The development of the nodules in, and their
practical pectus to, the finer-grained variety
of the red aplit

(3) The doripés God: 'and texture of the nodule in
which the tourmaline is replacing the felspar is
identieal with that of the associated aplite.

(4) The general ellipsoidal character of the nodules.

As denoting their manner of origin, it is suggested that
the name ‘Pneumatolith” ds attached to such pseudo-
segregations occurring in ran dena ise owe their existence
primari my to pneumatolytic

previously noted, the exact siet of the tourmaline
to the orthoclase = associated with it is not haces. but

Scopical examination. A number of these have ds been
described ed by Waller and Hogg.)

The Se ades examined by the writer consist essentially
of quartz and Ke imperet felspar being absent. Macro-
Zr it has been recognized in one nodule, and is

represented by kaolin
ELI eo s esc i duit

06 Loc. cit., Sup., p. 543.

pp. Mise. and Hoge: Papers Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas., 1902,

i

164

On slicing the nodules a number of empty cavities occur
n the face and are distributed throughout the nodule.

seen to have crystallized in well-developed crystals.
Numerous sections are shown. as hexagonal or rhombic. This
idiomorphism of the quartz is the most striking characteristic
of the slides. avri akan the tourmaline is present as
grains moulded on the quartz. In some cases the moulding
is developed as to yield a rude type of poikilitic fabric.

to light- brown ye n any one ie 3 the dioi TE
tion may be canaidorable this variation is, usually, 1rregu-
larly developed im patches. The colour may also vary

zonally.
The origin of these Tasmanian nodules is not as clearly
demonstrable as of those already described

ro
Willoughby, in which the process of pneumatolysis is actually

in progress. The evidence so far revealed, however, 5.

that the Tasmanian nodules are essentially of miarole origin.
On this view come into line :—
(1) mee grin. idomorphism of the sonia qu
(2) The presence of a central cavity in many of
soda ya

(3) The prs general occurrence of canlara either

as a trace or in oe amount, and, in some
nodules, of fluori te
id The nodules are thus poran to a comparatively ren
E stage in the crystallization of the aplitic magma, ra her ks :
presenting early segregation prod e associatio ;
@) and (3), noted above, are regarded as strong eviden E

their late miarole-pneumatolytic origin. The o thus ou

Willoughby examples, is closely analogous to it.

SUMMARY. i
n
quartz- oan nodules are developed i

T e nodules i
P. n Mere microcline and alb nate
quomm replacing io. felspar, and is uate d pue

m^ The mode of origin of the nodules is discussed, and
x that they cannot represent segregati
from the inm itic magma.

ons of earliet — ir

165

IV. A mode of origin, in situ, is suggested which is in
harmony with the evident pneumatolytic replacement that
has oecurre

Y, As denoting their manner of origin, it is suggested
that the name ‘‘Pneumatolith” be attached to such pseudo-
segregations occurring in igneous rocks an which owe their
existence, primarily, to pneumatolytic processes.

. The evidence of the Tasmanian nodules, while not as
clearly delineated as in the Cape Willoughby examples, i
strongly suggestive of miarole origin. Their formation is
then referable to a late stage in the crystallization of the
magma. The origin is distinct from the hypothesis of "segre-
gation,” and is klagen related to the origin described for the
Cape Door nodules.

The author is indebted to Mr. W. R. Browne, B.Sc.,
for helpful | discussion during the preparation of this paper.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES.
Prare XXIII.

Fig. 1. Photograph of a typical quartz-tourmaline ghee
The piod ellipsoid shape of the nodule is apparent. A portion
of the aplite is attached to its upper rear surface. Natur 8L ei.

Fig. 2. Section of a er aire a nodule pritet ro
Sp aamont of feles by tourmaline. The tourmaline can be

a network through the fe — ieri sections of ihe d one
eters.

fiber from each pe om Magn 5 diame
Prate XXIV.
ng 1. pe section. The clear areas are quartz.

A
Magn gn. E 45 diameter
Fig. 2. rtion sige fig. 1 enlarged to show the replacement
of the Pos: by the strings of tourmaline. Magn. x 80 diameters.

166

NOTES ON SOME MISCELLANEOUS COLEOPTERA, WITH
i DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES.—PART V

By Artuur M. Lera, F.E.S., Museum Entomologist.
[Contribution from the South Australian Museum.]
[Read September, 12, 1919.]

PLATES XXV. ro XXVII.

Many interesting ants'-nest species are recorded in the
present part, this being especially due to the efforts of Mr. J

in Victoria ; others were also received from Messrs. W. an

F. du Boulay (sons of the late F. du Boulay), from New South

Wales and Western Australia; E. H. Zeck, New South Wales;
rown, Western Australia; R. J. Burton, A. H.

Elston, and B. A. Feuerheerdt, South Australia; and F. P.

Dodd and H. Hacker, Queensland.

r. Clark paid much attention to nests of the common
twig-mount ant, Iridomyrmez conifera, Forel, which builds
mounds of small leaves and twigs that may often be fired.
Shortly after he began the examination of the nests he wrote

p: p or © Name received from Prof. Wheeler.

167

holidays, and from two nests took 13 Chlamydopsis inquilina,
h not tried to count

recorded from Australia, were found in greater or less abund-

. J. Arrow, of the British Museum.

HYDROPHILIDAE.
PSEUDOHYDROBIUS FLAVUS, n. sp.
, some parts tinged with red. ^ Upper-surface

T I. 8214.

Much smaller and paler than floricola, but with similar
outlines ; and, like that species, it may be taken from flowers
(especially of the genus Leptospermum) producing nectar in
abundance. The seriate punctures on the elytra are close
together and moderately distinct, but not in striae, but there
is a distinct sutural stria from the middle to the apex.

PSELAPHIDAE.

LEANYMUS MIRUS, n. Sp.

i Pl. xxv., figs. :
d. Light castaneous, antennae (eleventh joint excepted)
Somewhat darker. Moderately clothed with short, pale
ence.

1 Head with three small foveae or large punctures triangu-
arly placed: two between eyes and one in front. Antennae

> first joint cylindrical, about as long as three following
combined, second —tenth subequal in length, the ninth and

168

tenth slightly increasing in width, eleventh about as long as
ninth and tenth combined and much wider. Palpi with two
Spiniform processes on apical joint, one on the pan

ones thin and with a deep apical notch. Length 18-2 mm.

e processes on the metasternum are joined together at
the base, at the apex each is obtusely bifid, although the cleft
1s very feeble on some specimens. From some directions the

on one side of the base. The figures of L. palpalis ? will give
a good general idea: of this remarkable insect, but it differs
from that species in being smaller, apical joint of antennae

and trochanters armed. The notched hind tibiae even more
clearly indicate the affinity of the genus with Palimbolus
"E Didimoprora), near which, despite the very different [ct
that
were

.. ARTICERUS SUBCYLINDRICORNIS, n. SP.

: p : : L xxv. fig. 4. :
Ue g: a, castaneous, dise of elytra paler. Moderate y
TURON short, pale pubescence, denser on metasternu

zs AE

a

Soc. N.S. Wales, 1900, pl. X., figs. 5 and r d : = $

-

169

than elsewhere; a few hairs on abdomen, and a conspicuous
fascicle on each side of base of its upper-surface, its excavated
portion glabrous.

Head rather stout and finely granulate, with a vague
median line; with a short subtriangular projection from
mouth. Antennae not much longer than head, feebly dilated

ne ex, circular in transverse section

i n o
upper-surface, the excavation widely and shallowly encroach-
ing on middle of convex portion; its under-surface incurved

ween apex and coxae. Metasternum unarmed. Femora

moderately stout, unarmed ; front trochanters feebly dentate ;

tibiae thickened at apex, the middle ones feebly produced at
inner apex. Length, 2-225 mm.

Differs in having slightly shorter antennae, under-

surface of abdomen evenly convex, the pygidium non-foveate,

from nests of Iridomyrmex conifera (J. S. Clark). Type,
I. 10626.

size and general appearance somewhat eU a A.

sternum of the male is flattened and somewhat depressed
posteriorly, its dense clothing causes the flat space to appear
conspicuously triangular, and at each corner of the base of
the triangle there is a feeble fascicle that has the appearance
a small tooth. The feeble armature of the legs (confined to
the middle tibiae and front trochanters) is very unusual in
the males of Articerus.

ARTICERUS WILSONI, n. Sp.
Pl. xxv., figs. 5 and 6.
d. Castaneous, some parts slightly darker than others,
basal half of antennae darker than apical half. Clothing as
€scribed in preceding species. :
Head very short, part in front of eyes slightly wider than

long, a shallow depression in middle between eyes, on each side

of which is a minute black elevation ; surface finely granulate.
Antennae ci "us sit -section, basal h ow and

i dew > circular in transverse

$
j
170 |

incurved from apex to base. Metasternum ridged along
middle, the ridge terminating near apex in a small acute
t Front tibiae with a feeble tooth near inner apex;

ey SIE TOY ore eee con en

narrow flange at the outer apex, inner apex with an acute
tooth almost in line with the flange; hind legs thinner than
the others and unarmed. Length 2-225 mm.
9. Differs in having the under-surface of abdomen
convex, and the metasternum and legs unarmed.
a6.—Victoria: Eltham, in nests of ants under stones,
July and August, 1918 (F. E. Wilson). Type, I. 10627.
x 3 Lt

the middle tibiae, but the armature is very different: on that

|
|
|

1ec10-basal fovea; granules as on head, but punctat
Elytra densely punctate; subsutural striae

[y TEPORE ase Sy are TRIE TN NS EIE Et

Uicctcal2 ke uud aes AL

QUT nl SOR S

171
Abdomen with a large deep excavation at base of upper-

surface, its middle semicircularly encroaching upon middle of

ase,
subtriangular fovea. Mesosternum with an acute subconical

ab.—Western Australia: Beverley, from a nest of a
"vm black Iridomyrmex (E. F. du Boulay). Type (unique),
. 10644

Somewhat like A. femoralis on an enlarged scale, or

sternum.
ees: there appears to be a feeble shining median line on the
ead.

ARTICERUS DUBOULAYI, Waterh.
P]. xxv., figs. 9 to 1X.
Mr. E. F. du Boulay has recently taken at Beverley
Specimens of a species that appears to be duboulayi; they
iffer in some respects, however, from the original description
and figure (it is to be noted also that the figure differs in some
ri apane

dentate, the middle ones are unarmed. The metasternum is

Surface of the abdomen has a depression on each side of the

172

and the upper-surface of the latter less conspicuously notched
at the sides, legs unarmed and middle femora no stouter than
the others. The strongly-inflated middle femora of the male
associates the species with tumidus in my table, but the two
species are otherwise very dissimilar.

ARTICERUS CONSTRICTIVENTRIS, Lea.
Specimens of this species have recently been taken by
Mr. R. J. Burton in South Australia (Murray River) and by
Mr. W. W. Froggatt in New South Wales (Hay). The male,
hitherto unknown, differs from the female in having the

the middle, the convexity abruptly declivous posteriorly, and
marked at its summit by a short process that is almost con-

ARTICERUS PASCOEUS, Sharp. :
Mr. E. F. du Boulay has taken several specimens of this
species in ants' nest at Beverley (Western Australia). In my
table the male is noted as having ''front tibiae conspicuously
armed at apex." This is the case when both tibiae and tarsi
may be seen clearly, but when the tarsi are pressed close to
the apical tooth the latter might easily be mistaken for the
former. Mr. Clark also took a specimen from the nest of à
species of Cremastogaster near the Swan River.

Specimens taken by Mr. F. P. Spry at Coburg and by p
H. W. Davey at Ararat (both in Victoria) differ from ii

clothing in general has also a more sericeous appearance
I ean find no positive characters of the legs tha
. Warrant their specific separation.

|
t

173

they are seen to be less than twice as long as the head; they

are also less conspicuously narrowed to the base than in

the figure; the head is of peculiar shape, but the figure
nt.

ced spur at ihd- inner apex. In my table it xe be
associated with fortn umi, ie ve is a much smaller and other-
wise very different speci

ARTICERUS NITIDICOLLIS, Raffr.

Mr. F. E. Wilson has taken two females of this species
in Victoria (Lorne) in October, in nests of Ectatomma metal-
licum; and of a small black species of Iridomyrmex.

: eee Hope. Hab.—Parachilna, Mount Lofty

a

Pe

nges.
DILATICORNIS, Westw. Hab.—Fern Tree Gully,

Coburg.
. DENTIPES, Lea. a ee
IRREGULARIS, Lea. Hab.—Cobur,
w knowing duboulayi, foveicollis, and the male of
contrictventris additions to my table® of males may
E as follow

ifs >

T. Pronotum hi 7 pernp nose 3$ nitidicollis
d e Pronotum subopaque n. ane ce. constrictiventris
8. Eyes on widest portion of head .. jfortnumi
ss. Eyes on deg west po ortion (excluding m
" neck) of head ... . foveicollis
t. m rg beda increasing in width ;
n .. hamatipes
tt. ipie Bali. of antennae suddenly b becom-
ing much thicker .. wilsoni
999.
Metasternum unarmed posteriorly. :
u. Mesosternum with - pees preitien :
between middle coxae =. -- .. mesosternalis
: MS Mesosternum not oa armed —. — — = S indricornis
: Aw Anten no longer th head s. tumidus
Beda Antennae as ne loca as eat and prothorax i
; combined .. duboulayi

a a a
© Ante, 1918, pp. 242, 243.

174

TRICHOPTERYGIDAE.
RODWAYIA INTERCOXALIS, n. sp.
PL xxv. fp. 15. :
castaneous, apical portion of elytra, abdomen,
antennae, and legs much paler. Length, ‘6 mm.
ab.—Queensland: Cairns district, from nests of ants
(E. Pp . Type, I. 10682.

cover the former, but the colour of the elytra, apart from

this, seems to gradually become paler from the base to the

apex. The intercoxal process of the prosternum, which at
Ls :

and at Brisbane (from a nest of C. aeneopilosus), ee
Junction (form a nest of Ectatomma metallicum), and Hs

bourine (from nests of E. metallicum and Polyrhach
ammon), in Queensland.

GL PESCE RENTEN Se RISQUE

175

Wales, Victoria, and Tasmania. I also took many specimens
of minuta from the nest of a small variety of Ectatomma:
metallicum, on Mount Tambourine in Queensland.

HISTERIDAE.
CHLAMYDOPSIS INQUILINA, Lewis.

tralia,” and taken by du Boulay. Liverpool was probably
hoted in error, for, so far as I am aware, the late Mr. F.
oulay was never there, whereas he did a lot of

. Mr. Elsto
this fine species; he obtained it.from a nest of Ectatomma .
metallicum (adjacent to a termite’s nest) on the Mount Lofty
Ranges.

CHLAMYDOPSIS EXCAVATA, Lea.
Mr. W. du Boulay took twó specimens of this species (now
first recorded from the mainland) from a nest of Ectatomma
at Hunter Hill (near Sydney) in October.

CHLAMYDOPSIS TUBERCULATA, Lea.

_ Three specimens of this species were taken at Lorne (Vic-
toria) by Mr. F. E. Wilson, from nests of a small black species
of Tridomyrmez ; one speci esented to the South
Australian Museum, and another to the National Museum.

CHLAMYDOPSIS AGILIS, Lea.
: A specimen of this species was taken at Nairne (South
Australia) by Mr. W. L. Parian, from a nest of Éctatomma
. metallicum,
©) Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., 1912, p. 72. <

176

CHLAMYDOPSIS LATIPES, n. Sp.
Pl. xxv., fig. 14.
Dark castaneous-brown, some parts (the metasternum and
abdomen quite) black ;
ead i in prothorax when at rest, face with
shallow reticulate punctures. Antennae moderately long;

scape curved at base, greatly dilated towards apex, outer .

with punctures as on face; funicle short, apparently
six-jointed ; club long and subcylindrical. Prothoraz strongly
» v (as

in middle; with dense reticulate punctures; a narrow sub-

marginal line at base. ELyft?»« about as wide as long; most of

surface shining and with minute (scarcely visible) punctures ;

epaulettes strongly raised and with punctures somewhat as

on prothorax, a strongly elevated process between each

epaulette and the suture, the process wide at the base, pointed
t e

with much d BRE
punctate, grooved on one side throughout their length ; tibiae
wide and compressed, grooved on lower edge to fit into femora,

-
iS
IJ
à
oo
T
B
o
loe |
Š
e.
c
5
$,

ds __ Hab.—Western Australia: Mount Henry, from a nest of
|. ants (Dolichoderes (Hypoclinea) scabridus, Mayr.(9), J. 8
ao he Type (unique), I. 10675. d
R _the reticulated pronotum and polished parts
> cand ee - oce excavata, to which it ie pun
sei to any other known species, but much larger, and Dé
parts of elytra, including the epaulettes and their clothing,
nt, tibiae even more dilated, etc. The tubercle on
n is quite distinct when viewed from the side,

177

ut is much smaller and otherwise different to that of
tuberculata. When the head is extracted from the prothorax
it may be seen that the latter has a large excavation or fovea,
partially invisible from above, for the reception of each

there is a shallow depression (representing them
side, to which the striae are directed. |

CHLAMYDOPSIS STRIATIPENNIS, n. Sp.
Pl. xxv., fig. 15.

Black; elevated front margins of prothorax, antennae
(club infuscated), and legs reddish-castaneous.

Head immersed in prothorax when at rest; face with
shallow reticulate punctures. Antennae not very long; scape
curved at base, thickened to apex, with punctures as on face ;
funicle short, apparently six-jointed ; club moderately long

d subcylindrical. Prothorar strongly transverse, front
margin narrowly elevated behind head, then more strongly
elevated and curved to margins, narrowest at base; with

: (in comparison with other
Species), its deepest part highly polished, not indicated on the
Sides; tips wi

s um, and
subreticulate punctures, elsewhere with small ones. Pygidium
and. propygidium with dense reticulate punctures, a

5S stout, and with the dentiform projection .
Obsolete; hind tibiae longer, still less stout (but with the
still fairly thick), and without a dentiform projec-
ztn, 42/0 mm.

Tia ab.—Victoria: Lorne, from a nest et s am es
ridomyrmex in October (F. E. Wilson). 41 unique),
I. 10676. T a

A strongly striated species, readily distinguished from
E all others of the genus by (in combination) great width across

178

many are oblique or sinuous, and a few near the ae
are transverse; on the outer walls they are not all direc
towards a central point.

CHLAMYDOPSIS CARINICOLLIS, n. Sp.
Black, antennae and legs castaneous.

tures as on face; funicle short, apparently six-jointed; club
long and subcylindrical. Prothorax strongly transverse,

to sides strongly elevated and curved, sides behind where pt
margins join almost parallel, a narrow carina from apex |

ith a' E iminishing to
with a'strong tooth in middle, thence rapidly diminis ws
each end, middle ones somewhat similar but the toot

middle, the space between it and base quite straight ete
other tibiae it is distinctly curved), tarsal grooves on oblique.
outer edge. Length, 2 mm. haeno-
|... Hab.—Victoria : Beaconsfield, from a nest of Ap’ ue

‘garter longiceps, in July (F. E. Wilson). Type (unique)

ee oe eek TM M mE MM Y IDEE US

179

A suboblong black species, with a median carina on the
pronotum as in serricollis and pygidialis, to which it is allied,
but from both of which it differs in many respects. Seen |
obliquely from behind the middle portion of the basal
depression appears to have some coarse punctures, the
beyond the membranes appear to be almost circular and

y
highly polished.

CHLAMYDOPSIS COMPRESSIPES, n. Sp.
Castaneous.
ead immersed in prothorax; face with shallow reticu-
late punetures. Antennae rather short; scape curved, i

shining and with small punctures, rest of under-surface,
Pygidium, and propygidium opaque and with punctures a
on pronotum. Legs long, thin, and compressed. Length,
225 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine, taken from
nest of ants in December (H. Hacker). Type (unique) in

-At first glance fairly close to epipleuralis, with which k
would be associated in my table of the genus, but readily
distinguished therefrom by the epaulettes and tibiae; on the

em : :

180

much and suddenly wider than the prothorax; the legs, and
especially the tibiae, are strongly compressed, so that although
fairly wide they are thin, with the outer part of each tibia
semi-transparent. From the species, atra, previously recorded
from Mount Tambourine, it is distinct by its pale colour, and
very different epaulettes and legs.

COLYDIIDAE.

: EUCLARKIA, n. g.
Head irregular, about as long as wide. Eyes small we
lateral. Antennae short, stout three-jointed, first oint smal

thence narrowed to apex. Metasternum elongate; episterna
osed of fiv

with sensitised pubescence as i 1 vedoté
mandibles are tightly clenched on all the specimens ;
me. Only four distinct tarsal joints are visible. The e hat

episterna and base of abdomen on each side are eee ^

~ depressed for the partial reception of the hind legs when
_ Test. Wings are present.

EUCLARKIA COSTATA, n. sp.
Tu . XXv., fig. 16. MES e
Rather narrow, depressed, opaque, with dense punctur® —

Head truncated in front, sides incurved from betwee?
e to « beyond each of these a subconical projeti

> ee ee

181

and then narrowed to base; ila with about eight small
gd anal Prothoraz with six narrow costae from base to
apex, the two median ones einai incurved at middle, the
outer one on each side margina al. Elytra with narrow costae
on prothorax; with geminate
rows of rather ond punctures.
Magan 3-37

wr mat Australia :
Swan a from nests of the
twig-mound ant, Iridomyrmex (J.
8. Clark). Type, I. 10651.
About „half of the specimens

half, the two shades of colour
being iquat rather sharply
defined. On the elytra (counting

g th
a slightly beyond the middle, the fifth is joined to the
third at the base, but its apex is free an MA fea the

one of the most interesting of the many curious : its recently
taken by him from nests of the twig-mound a

MYCETOPHAGIDAE.
Sealy BALTEATUS, Lec., Proc. Ac. Phil., 1856, p. 14.
Mr. Froggatt and I obtained numerous specimens of this
Species in some damp wheat bags at Enfield, near Sydney. I
am indebted to Mr. G. J. Arrow for the name of the species,
now first recorded as occurring in Australia.

SCARABAEIDAE.

BorsocERAS ana OAs n. sp.
LE xxv. ; ni xxvi
d. Castaneous, tips eh some processes black. Underparts
densely pilose
Head with a strong, erect, emis m punctate central horn ;
n face of clypeus semicircular and vertical, each side
owly carinate, and p idi Dekor the canthus appearing as

182

with punctures throughout. Scutellum* impunctate. Elytra
with small punctures in striae, of these the thirteenth and
fourteenth very close together near base. Front tibiae with
six teeth, hind pair with two wide carinae. Length,

20-21 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Chillagoe (J. S. Clark). Type
I. 10659.

The apex of the prothorax is bifoveate, the foveae,

second specimen is considerably darker than the type; its
head and prothorax being dark brown.

BOLBOCERAS BISPINICOLLE, n. Sp.
Pl. xxv., figs. 18 and 19; pl. xxvi., figs. 45 and 46. k
d. ale castaneous, tips of some projections hit
Under-parts densely pilose. b-
Head gently concave in middle, with two feeble p
nodular elevations near base, in front with two strong spines
Teese forwards and upwards, a narrow carina connecting

; © Spines, and another connectin each with the canthus;:
. mandibles gently incurved near apex, the right one notched:

:
:
|
:

183

Prothorax widely declivious but not excavated in front; about
one third from base with two strong curved spines or thin
horns, at the outer base of each a large fovea shallowly
connected with the small sublateral one; sides finely and

hind ones with two wide carinae. Length

unarmed, with
sublateral foveae smaller and the median ones absent, and
with a rather short (not the width of the head) transverse
bisinuate carina about one-third from apex.

Hab.—Western Australia: Geraldton (J. S. Clark).
Type, I. 10660.

Allied to frontale, and with the head of the male some-
what similarly armed, but the spines of the prothorax are
thinner and i :

BOLBOCERAS TRIUNUM, n. $
Pl xxv., fig. 20; pl. xxvi., fig. 47.
2 d. Pale castaneous, tips of some projections infuscated
r black. Under-parts densely pilose.
ostly flat, smooth near base, rather densely

Head m
chu elsewhere, front face of carina short, its middle
wned wi i i

ted; punctures crowded
lse

: dad ; € serra
cm rds sides, irregular in front and sparse elsewhere.

184

with two wide carinae. Length, 16-17 mm.
Hab.— Western Australia (J. S. Clark). Type, I. 10658.
Allied to trituberculatum, and with the head very
similar, but the three prothoracic elevations much smaller,
closer together, in line with each other (instead of the median
one considerably in advance of the others) and arising from a
common base.

RHOPAEA.
__ The species of this genus, although of large size, are very
difficult to separate on superficial examination, and this

is closely resembled by mussoni, rugulosa, and polita; Mr
by decipiens, etc. But the table given by Blackburn
readily permits of the genus being split up into distinct and
easily recognizable groups.

RHOPAEA NIGRICOLLIS, n. sp.
Pl. xxv., fig. 22; pl. xxvi., fig. 49.

a dingy and rather pale castaneous-brown,
of ] k head, prothorax, &"
egs darker, head, p Mur

« betw oming m l

oF g much larger a rse
Antennae ten-, flabellum seven-jointed, first joint of the latter
very little shorter than the ot rothorar apparenvy

about twice as wide as long, sides strongly rounded and

sely serrated, all angles rounded off, median line shallow
and incomplete; with crowded but not very large punctures,
3 and: ith some larger ones scattered about. Scutellum Me

: Y
ly confluent, and with numerous considerably large
Fones. Pygidium densely punctate and shag :
strongly tridentate, the second tooth much nearer
in third. Length, 18-20 mm.
Roy. Soc. S. Austr., 1911, p. 189.

185

Hab.—Western Australia: Beverley (E. F. du Boulay).
Type, I. 10792. :

The sides of the prothorax are obscurely diluted with
red. There is a rather dense fringe of hairs overlapping the
base of the scutellum. The prothorax measures 8x5 mm.,

wider than in pilosa, the smaller elytral punctures not more

but its
flabellum has one more joint than in that species. It 1s the

t true species of the genus to be recorded from Western
Australia.

oq
©
5
M
o
e
E
£5
m]
te
=]
e
oO
bee
A
m
un
e:
m
m
o
£e
ui
B
£g
ge
w
M
py
=
3
"c
E
8
er

l. xxv., fig. 21; pl. xxvi., fig. 48.
Of a uniform and rather pale castaneous, some mar-
and the tibial teeth darker. Clothed with fine,

one of the specimens the sides of the prothorax and
idium are is osiatod; but this appears to have been
by partial decomposition. There is a dense fringe

186

of hairs, similar to those on the sterna, overlapping the base of
the scutellum. e flabellum at first glance appears to be
but five-jointed, as the produced part of its basal joint 1s
much shorter than that of the following one, and from some
directions is concealed. To the naked eye the elytra appear

have vague remnants of discal costae, but these disappear
under a lens. ne of the specimens before me bears. lack-
burn's name label ‘‘Rhopaea hirtuosa, Blackb." and in fact
it strikingly resembles that species, but it belongs to a different
section of the genus, as the flabellum, including the first short
one, consists of but six joints, instead of seven. Of the males
of the group AAA, it is distinguished from verreauxi by the

PARALEPIDIOTA CAVIFRONS, n. sp.
PL xxvi., Bg. 50.
d. Pale flavo-castaneous, elytra and antennae paler,
tibial teeth blackish. Head, prothorax, and scutellum with

Clypeus bilobed, margins strongly elevated. Antennae rr^
flabellum seven-jointed, first joint of the latter about one-fift
shorter than the others. Apical joint of maxillary palpi wide,
with a wide shallow median depression. Prothorax strong si
convex, sides widely rounded and finely serrated, all angles

ront
E. 4 3 Y! .

tibiae strongly alata. hind tibiae with unequal spurs ks
àpex, the larger one dilated to beyond the middle, and the
, RMarrowed to apex. Length, 20-21 mm. í
orge Queensland: Chillagoe (J. S. Clark). Type, ^

187

.. Smaller and duller than lepidoptera and with two more
joints to the flabellum. The white scales are fairly dense, but

?

one-third of the median width, and about two-thirds of the
length, the flat part with larger but sparser punctures than on
the sloping ones.

LEPIDIOTA FROGGATTI, Macl.
PI

. xxvi., fig. 51.
Large specimens of this species are larger (up to 42 mm.)
than any other specimens I een of the allied genera,

thorax. Some specimens from the Coen River are smaller
(29-34 mm.), clothing of the upper-surface somewhat sparser
(not altogether due to abrasion), hairs of the metasternum of

rusty red, and with the antennae, palpi, and legs (tibial
teeth excepted), more or less reddish ; the setiferous punctures
of the hind femora are more numerous but no

var. STRADBROKENSIS, n. var.
PL cvi,

. SvsTELLOPUS ATER, n. Sp.
» Pl xxvi., fig. 99.
: lack and shining. Under-surface and legs with black
T g. nder-suria egs
œ blackish hairs.
on Head convex and almost impunctate at base, flat and
‘With crowd. punctures elsewhere. Clypeus semicircular in

188

front, with margins lightly upturned; hind suture con-

spicuous, outcurved in front, incurved at sides. Labrum on

, 25 :
Hab.— Australia (J. S. Clark). Type (unique), I. 10791.
e species has the robust build of many female

but the clypeus, labrum, tibiae, etc., are in exact agreement
with Systellopus obtusus; from which it differs in its high

HAPLONYCHA MARGINIPENNIS, n. sp.
xxvi. fig. 54.
. Dark castaneous-brown with an opalescent gloss; head
and parts of legs black. Head with fairly numerous long

hairs between eyes, an me on two basal joints
antennae, prothorax completely fringed with long hairs,
arrowly on sides a widely in front; sterna dense.

; clothed with dark hair, n parts almost sooty, pene
L5 vage d clothed and with a thin marginal fringe; elytra W!
o fringes. __

es "f hind tibiae subequal
15 Ha

189

strongly rounded, front angles produced and acute, hind ones
rounded off; punctures rather small and not very dense, but
nt and on parts of base. Seutellum
punctate on basal half. Hiytra slightly dilated to beyond the
middle; discal costae fairly well defined and bounded b
o

Front tibiae strongly tridentate. Length, 22 mm.
Hab.— Western Australia: Eradu (J. S. Clark). Type
(unique), I. 10787.
: mmencing near the base of each elytron there is a
fringe projecting downwards; from the base itself

?roup 2; in the table of that group it would be associated
with latebricola, from which, as from all others of the group,
lt may be distinguished by its clothing.

HAPLONYCHA SUAVIS, n. Sp.
PI. L4 fip.- 56.
Flavous and brightly iridescent, head, some marginal

me and teeth of front tibiae reddish. Sterna moderately
nsely clothed with whitish hair.

e ooth at extreme base, but with crowded punc-
tures elsewhere ypeus widely rounded and strongly up-
ed i nae nine-, club three-jointed ; fou

loriy; with rather small and not very dense punctures,
“minate rows and discal costae ill-defined; suture not
mucronate. Pygidium with fairly numerous punctures, exce
at apex. Front tibiae strongly bidentate; two basal joints

,,7F* (umque), T. 10789. ;
"the u SN at first appears to be glabrous, but on
Pronotum there is some very short evenly-distributed

190

e neglecta, or a very
small specimen of ruficeps (of Group 1), marginata (of Group
up 5).

HAPLONYCHA NIGRA, n. sp.

. XXvi., fig. 55. ipi
Black and shining, antennae (basal joint excepted), paip!

and parts of tarsi more or less reddish. Upper-surface

longer than the adjacent ones. Penultimate joint of maxi i
palpi slightly longer than the antepenultimate, but distinctly
shorter than the apical one. Prothorax widely tran
Sides strongly rounded, front angles strongly produced ant
; hind ones roun of; with dense and fairly large

ply defined punctures, becoming crowded in places

ier 3 a y in | | 2
Ses Flytra lightly dilated to beyond the middle, suture not o

AA E S TORRE r ESE EA a eun

x

191

defined. — Pygidium with dense subasperate punctures,
becoming crowded in corners, and spar ron
tibiae strongly tridentate ; basal joint of hind tarsi longer than
cond . Length, 185 mm.
Hab.— Western Australia: Kuminin (E. F. du Boulay).
Type te) 1. 10798.

from the species of that group he somewhat doubtfully

margining membrane; they have, however, an extremely short
nge projecting downwards that could be easily overlooked.

GLOSSOCHEILIFER BIDENTATUS, n. Sp.
i. xxvi., figs. 57 and 58.
dish-castaneous ; club of antennae and elytra flavous,

Red
Suture base and margins of the latter darker. Upper-surface

192

dense in places, not very large but more or less asperate.
Front tibiae very strongly and acutely bidentate; basal joint
of hind tarsi slightly shorter than second. Length 16-19 mm.
Hab.—Western Australia; Swan River and Geraldton

(J. S. Clark). Type, I. 10790
n the Swan River specimen, the larger of the two under
examination, there. are tufts on the front tarsal joints,

GLOSSOCHEILIFER ADDENDUS, Blackb.
Recorded by Blackburn as probably from Western
Australia. Mr. J. S. Clark has taken specimens at Geraldton,
and both of us from near the Swan River.

STETHASPIS SQUAMOSUS, n. sp.
Pl. xxvi., figs. 59 and 60. i
; Coppery-green or coppery-purple, elytra, antennae, pa!pr
and legs more or less reddish. Iv~egularly clothed with white
Scales; tip of pygidium and part: of under-surface and of legs
with long white hairs

.. small, second joint almost as long as three following combines;
.. fifth acutely produced on one side. Prothorax apparently

199 -

punctures; interstices regular, strongly convex and impunc-
tate; a fine marginal membrane not extending to base.
Pygidium and propygidium with small, dense, sublaminate
punctures. Mesosternum with a strong process produc
front of front coxae, flat on lower-surface, arcuate above, and
truncate at apex. Legs rather short, front tibiae strongly
bidentate. Length, 14-16 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district (F. P. Dodd, H. H.
D. Griffith, and A. M. Lea). Type, I. .
ü One specimen bears a note by the late Rev. T. Blackburn,
Not Xylonyehus,.probably female of gen. nov. very near

t»

Stethaspis (2 Xylonychus), from all the species of which they
may be distinguished by the dense scales at the sides of the

Surface they are sparser and subsetose in character; on the

4
g
4
i
z
©
8
B
th
5
ise]
[em
e
e
Bm
fa]
Uu
er
3
&
e
B
er
=e
p
"d
Sq
gg
pn
Q
mm
=
B
P
B
gu

the type there are seven punctures on the scutellum, but on
the other Specimens they are more numerous.

In a recent letter Mr. G. J. Arrow remarked, “It seems
to me quite unnecessary to make a new genus for S. squamosus;
we have four specimens of it, from Kuranda; they include
a h sexes, but the antennae of the male scarcely differ from
į those of the femaliz"

COLYMBOMORPHA SPLENDIDA, n. sp.

y
Surface, and legs (hind tibiae: and parts of tarsi excepted)
| flavous, with a coppery-green gloss. Upper-surface glabrous, -
i "nder-surface almost so.
f Head with sparse and small, but sharply-defined punc-
ires. Clypeus about twice as wide as long, front truncated,
dise rather strongly convex; punctures at apex and sides

lé as clypeus, narrow, apex gently incurved. Antennae
ibellum six-jointed, the rami each about as long as

194

the clypeus is wide. P ecu beh not twice as wide as long,
base much wider than apex, front angles produced and 1 alee
equilaterally triangular; hind ones strongly produced, bus
angular and slightly embracing shoulders, base strongly

bisinuate; punctures sparse and minute, ec desc
although still sparse, on sides. Scutellum highly polished and
impunctate. Elytra each obliquely truncated at apex, out-

eco
Merten s and hind coxae with rather large sparse punc-
tures; intercoxal process of mesosternum obtuse and vertical
in front. Front /ibiae tridentate, apical tooth acute te and
moderately long, ere small but acute, third very feeble.
Length (g, 9), 9-11

Q. Differs in hia slightly wider, abdomen more
convex, legs shorter, antennal rami much shorter, an nd w
fourth joint without one, so that the flabellum consists of bu
five joints, and the hind tibiae not entirely dar a

ab.—New South Wales: Dorrigo (W. Heron and H. J.

Carter from R. J. Tillyard). Type, I. 4851. d

Differs from lineata in colour, in the ewm we
glabrous surface (the only clothing consists of a few st
bristles on parts of the under-surface and legs) in the aye
etc. ; the intercoxal process of the mesosternum is strong an
well produced, but its front face is thick and rounded o

the front coxae. In Phyllococerus purpurascens, which wu
burn considered (8) should be referred to, Colymbomorpha, adis
intercoxal process is not produced with a kn ife-like eag
bet

them. In C. lineata the front of the clypeus is sheen ee
. and conspicuously upturned, so that, when wed from

behind, the labrum is Aint concea alad, but on "the Xr

the nde. in this agreem iin
Phyllotocus, although both genera differ in many particu
| from the members of that anomalous g group.

SERICESTHIS SUTURALIS, Macl., formerly SCITALA.
yu Scitala pruinosella, Bistake:
./ Blackburn (who also associated it with pruinos sella a) (it
commented upon the bad condition of the type of wart i
ross qu Roy. gc S. Austr., 1911, p. 175.

195

apical joints of the palpi,
ot much, but distinctly, longer than the second.

PHYLLOTOCUS RUFICOLLIS, Macl.
P. sericeus, Macl.

There are three specimens in the. Australian Museum
standing as types of sericeus, and all are of the species tabled
by Blackburn (0) as ruficollis, although he was dubious as to
his identification of that species; the type of 7 uficollis was
badly stained, but was partially cleaned for description. It
1$ certainly not the species Blackburn identified and tabled
as australis, D) and which he thought might be sericeus.

PHYLLOTOCUS VARIICOLLIS, Macl.
Correctly identified and tabled by Blackburn. (2)

PHYLLOTOCUS BIMACULATUS, Er.
On the typical form of this species each elytron has
h pale, completely-enclosed spot of variable size, on the i
alf; on Tasmanian specimens the spots are usually smaller
than on mainland ones.

var. NIGRIPENNIS, n. var.
T Mr. H. J. Carter and I recently obtained at Strahan
( asmania) numerous specimens that iffer from the typicai
orm in having the elytra entirely black; the paler parts are
also of a brighter red. :

var. BASALIS, n. var.

Mr. Aug. Simson obtained at Wentworth Falls (New
South Wales), in company with typical specimens, numerous
ca in which two-fifths of the base of the elytra are pale,

e dark part is usually, but not always, advanced along the
suture to the base. i

(0 Trans, Roy. Soc. S. Austr., 1898, p. 24.
é., 5

RM ^ pp. 23 and 24.

196

Var. INSULARIS, n. var.

three ce that more uly polished than siib
they have only the Apes two-fifths of the elytra infuscated
and ead ie dee so) and a edu infuscation about Mie

PuvriLorocus MACLEAYI, Fisch.

This species occurs in abundance on ye? os and other
blossoms in New South Wales, Victoria, and Tasmani la.

var. ASSIMILIS, Macl.
This was considered by Blackburn as a variety only of
macleayi, and such is my own opinion.

var. PALLIDUS, n. var.
Six specimens taken between Karoonda and Peebinga

(by Mr. G E. H Wright), one from Bu por (by

Mr. H. Griffith), and one from Lyndoch (by

G. io Tepper), differ from the ii form in being be

pa

PHYLLOTOCUS LURIDUS, Macl. ond asse]:

As the claws to the four hind legs of this species are ng
thin, Ad ea the species by elgg cub s gehen bras 0

antennal rami. The species occurs in Queensland C and al
and Blackall Range) as well as in New South Wales, and al
those before me are more or less brightly iridescent,
elytra are flavous with the suture, and a variable amount on
each side infuscated or black, each of the hind femora has
a wide tooth or subtriangular flange at the middle.

PHYLLorocus OCCIDENTALIS, Blackb.

197

var. APICIFUSCUS, n. var.
Two specimens from Karoonda to Peebinga (G. E. H.
Wright), and one from Mindarie (South Australia), have the

.

PHYLLOTOCUS, sp.
An entirely pale specimen (from Edithburgh in the
Blackburn collection) combines characters of two species, as
the hind angles of the prothorax are rectangular as in

macleayi, and the front tibiae bidentate as in occidentalis.

PHYLLOTOCUS MARGINATUS, Macl.

Specimens of this species taken on Stradbroke ‘Island
(Queensland) by Mr. Hacker are smaller (5 mm.), than usual,
with „Part of the apex of the elytra black, and the pale
marking es the sides of the prothorax of the female smaller

n usual.

. tha

PHYLLOTOCUS AUSTRALIS, Boi.

vata, and elytra (except for a slight infuscation of the
atero apical margins of the latter) entirely pale. .

PHyYLLoTocus vsTULATUS, Blanch.

_ The prothorax of this common Western Australian species
Varies from entirely black (as on the type) to entirely reddish ;
several specimens before me have the prothorax reddish, with
three infuscated spots: a moderately long median one and a

lone towards each side.

PnuvrLorocus wAvicULARis, Blanch.

In his table of the species of this genus Blackburn placed
“navicularis in the first section “A. Elytra glabrous (or
nearly so) except along their lateral margin.” But on many
Specimens before me the hairs are quite as numerous about

and
The typical form has the head, prothorax, and a large
i on each elytron black, the spots frequently have a

« base as
AA. Elytra clothed with hairs (at any rate along the suture

reenish or bluish iridescence, on the sides they occupy
| about half the length; along the suture they are conjoined for
About half their own length, being divided in front by a

198

sutural extension of the reddish basal portion. The species is
common in parts of Queensland. and of northern New South
Wales; in addition to the varieties noted below there are
others in the Museum.

var. RUFIBASIS, n. var.

Four specimens from Cape York (H. Elgner), differ from
the typical form in having only about one-fourth of the elytra
reddish, the black being widely subtriangularly advanced in
front, so that it almost extends to the scutellum.

var. ERYTHRODERES, n. var.

i hree specimens from the Coen River (W. D. Dodd),
differ in having the prothorax entirely reddish; on two of
them the apical half of the elytra is dark, but the suture 1$
pale for portion of the distance; on the third specimen the
spots are as on the typical form.

var. APICALIS, Macl. :
Three specimens from the Coen and Stewart. Rivers
(W. D. Dodd), and Cairns (E. Allen), differ in having the
prothorax and four basal segments of abdomen reddish, but

. PHYLLOTOCUS LATEROFUSCUS, n. sp- Dou
i Flavous; an infuscate vitta occupying about onekin
the length of each elytron near the side, abdomen sligh
s

setae on sides of prothorax and of elytra, and on the legs.
attened, and with scarcely visible punctures.

combined ength about two-thirds of the basal w1 we
Antennae nine-, club three-jointed, the lamellae rather short.
Prothorar about once and one-half as wide as long, sides

coe front tibiae bidentate; front claws uneven, the larger 0P?
. moderately thick, d

199

Hab.—Queensland: Endeavour River (Dr. A. R.
Pulleine, and National Museum from C. French). Type,
I. 10775.

n Blackburn's table of the genus this species would be
placed beside occidentalis, from which it differs in the elytra
ing more strongly striated, with larger punctures in the
striae, and by the dark lateral markings; it is not very close
to any other species before me. The elytral vittae are rather

SU ef = a Pete C

PHYLLOTOCUS BASICOLLIS, n. Sp.

e
=]
Qu
5.
=
$
v
= &
5
4
Qu
[uw
n
d
th
e
4
o
g
^
E
nt
v
c
—
D
6
pr
go
5
Qu
a
ae
Q
Ss
e
pa
cd

Clypeus not quite the length of an eye, an
thrice as wide as long; labrum slightly more than half the
length of clypeus, its margins lightly upcurved and the front
one gently incurved to middle. Antennae nine-, club three-
o

ter embracing shoulders; without punctures
ini seta

he hind angles of the prothorax embracing the shoulders
are without parallel in the genus; the claws are all thin,

200

other before me. The comparatively large, evenly-convex
abdomen, with simple front claws, are indicative that the
specimens taken by Mr. Hacker are females; one of them
has beautiful golden depressed pubescence margining the base
of the prothorax, of the elytra and scutellum, and forming
a patch on each side of the pygidium; it is absent from the
other, probably due to abrasion. The elytral striae are
almost absent posteriorly and about the shoulders.

PHYLLOTOCUS DECIPIENS, n. sp.

angular; punctures as between eyes. Elytra with well-
defined but not even striae, mostly containing distinct but not
very large punctures; interstices gently convex, narrower
towards sides than towards suture, with small but fairly dis-

claws unequal. Length (¢, Q), 5-65 mm.
Lope

In general appearance strikingly like meyricki, from
Australia, with which I had it confused, bu
a

a wide

rently-coloure? —

of LS ES Og, eR ee c

201

or less reddish. Parts of the upper-surface and of the sterna
have a pruinose bloom. From above the basal angles of the
prothorax appear to be quite right angles, but from the sides
they are seen to be slightly obtuse; most of the specimens
have a vague median line. The front claws of the male are
of even length, but the larger one increases much in thickness
to the base, although it is not appendiculate.

PHYLLOTOCUS CRIBRICEPS, n. sp.

parts of the other legs obscurely diluted with red. Prothorax
and elytra fringed with long and mostly pale setae, a few on
ead and many on under-surface and legs.

at sides, the front one throughout; labrum short, sharply
defined, rounded and gently elevated in front. Antennae
eight-, club three-jointed. Prothoraz about once and one-

as wide as long, sides evenly rounded, apex evenly

strong striae containing rather large punctures, except
p osteriorly ; interstices rather strongly convex, narrower
awards sides than suture. Hind cozae at sides scarcely longer

Q nsland : Mapleton, in October. Typ

ab.— Quee er. e, in
Queensland Museum ; cotype, I. 10837, in South Australian
Museum,

_ As the antennal lamellae are long, the abdomen curved
to its tip, and the front claws unequal, on each of the eight
‘specimens from Mapleton, they are evidently all males. In
general appearance the species is close to luridus, but is
smaller, narrower, hind femora unarmed, ånd a smaller

202

amount of elytra pale. The basal half of the elytra (except
the suture and margins) is more or less obscurely flavous or
reddish, but the markings, although usually distinct to the

ke specimen has the

seen except under a compound power.

PHYLLOTOCUS ANTENNALIS, n. Sp.

d. Flavo-testaceous, some parts more or less deeply
. infuseated. Prothorax and elytra fringed with white or
brownish hairs; similar hairs on under-surface and legs.

uplifted. Antennae nine-, club five-jointed, each lamella as
long as the four basal joints combined. Prothorax about once
and two-thirds as wide as long, sides moderately rounded,
front rather strongly incurved to middle, front angles acute,
the hind ones rounded off; punctures not very dense, and
small but sharply defined. Elytra comparatively short; striae
strong and containing well-defined punctures, inte
gently convex and with minute punctures. Sides of hin
corae slightly longer than metasternum; hind femora stout
and edentate; front tibiae acutely tridentate; front claw"
unequal, the larger one with a large isosceles-triangle-like
basal appendix. Length, 5-525 mm.

De ee South Wales: Dorrigo (W. Heron). Type

The three specimens taken by Mr. Heron are males, and
as the middle claws are without long quill-like appendages
the species cannot be referred to Phyllotocidium, to ve
at first it appears to belong. The front of the head is mut

203

times the whole under-surface), and parts of legs are more
or less deeply infuscated, and there are two large but vague
discal blotches on the prothorax.

CHEIRRHAMPHICA.
. Blackburn proposed this genus for species possessing the
enormous front claws of the males of Cheiragra, but with the

Dra Eis Pn LT LUE E T

CHEIRRHAMPHICA PUBESCENS, Blackb.
common form of the male was the one described by

|
i
1
;
4
:
j
;
a

CHEIRRHAMPHICA INSULARIS, n. Sp.

Black; front femora and tibiae, and antennae, except
Stub, flavous. Upper-surface with numerous more or tess
ht pale hairs or setae, parts of under-surface and of
egs with somewhat longer ones.

H ead smooth and with minute punctures about base, and
crowded, with some larger ones between eyes. eus semi-
Greular, with crowded punctures, its sides gently upturned ;
i ed

gt
- 8 68 produced and acute, the hind ones iue rounded off ;
erates fairly dense and sharply defined.

204

a few basal punctures. Z/ytra rather narrow, basal half

about the width of prothorax, thence strongly narrowed to

apex, where each is almost pointed; with rows of rather large,

asperate punctures, in shallow striae; odd interstices very
n

longer than metasternum; hind femora and tibiae stout;
front tibiae unidentate; front claws unequal, the others very
long and thin. Length, 5-55 mm. ;
Hab.—Queensland: Stradbroke Island (H. Hacker and
7

than in the females of pubescens and tuberculata, and the

front claws are decidedly uneven, one being quite small, and

belong to that sex of interstitialis. The upper-surface 1s shn-

ing, but that is not always a feminine character in the allied

ud CHEIRRHAMPHICA COXALIS, n. Sp. Ug
Flavous, some parts deeply infuscated or blaci

ie E except that on the disk of the : 7

205

Head with very small punctures at base, dense and of
moderate size between eyes. Clypeus semicircular, front

as on preceding species, except that the punctures are some-
what smaller. Abdomen small, curved to its tip. Hind
corae very large, their sides fully twice the length of the
metasternum ; hind femora and tibiae stout; front tibiae
unidentate; front tarsi stout, fourth joint not passing tibiae,
claw joint stout, claws very unequal, other claws very long
and thin. Length, 5-525 nim.

the prothorax and elytra. The hind coxae seem to project
almost as the drums of many species of cicadas; the longer
claw of the front tarsus is almost as long as those of the others,
but is irregularly widened towards its base, the smaller claw
1s scarcely half its length, and is much thinner, the middle
claws although both long and thin are unequal, one being
- distinctly shorter, thinner, and less curved than the other.

he elytra are black, or almost so, except for a transverse
Space on each side of the base, each space sometimes continued
for a short distance near the suture, the hind tibiae are deeply
i and the head slightly infuscated; the
abdomen is usually darker than the metasternum ; the
antennae are entirely pale. On one specimen the scuteilum
is rather dark, and there are two large smoky blotches on the
prothorax. Four of the specimens have the prothorax and
elytra entirely opaque, but the fifth is shining, evidently owing
to abrasion, as many of its hairs are missing, its punctures In
consequence are much more distinct, especially on the
prothorax.

CHEIRRHAMPHICA TUBERCULATA, n. Sp.

moderately long hairs. 2
_ Head with fairly dense and small punctures, but inter-
d with some fairly large ones between the eyes.

206

Clypeus semicircular, sides moderately uplifted; punctures,
except that there are no large ones, as between the eyes;

‘ arro
front, and with more distinct punctures, elytra less parallel-
sided, with more distinct striae and punctures, and a con-

than half its length and very thin; the claws on the middle
legs are both long and thin, but one is distinctly longer Ren
thicker than the other, on the hind legs the claws are alm

CHEIRAGRA.
nus was proposed by Macleay to receive à oe

genus was propc nber
"me es allied to Phyllotocus, but with a membran"

207

appendage to each claw, the front claws of uneven size, and

the larger one enormously developed. To it he referred
Phyllotocus pusillus, Blanch., and six species which he sup-
posed new—ruficollis, pallida, aphodioides, atra,
pygnaea, and lurida, but the last-named species it is neces-
sary to transfer to Phyllotocus. Subsequently he described
another species, vittatus, referring it, however, to Phyllotocus.
Blackburn also referred a new species, macleayi, to the genus,
us subsequently made it the type of a new one, Phylloto-
cidium.

CHEIRAGRA PUSILLA, Blanch. (not Macl.).
C. pygmaea, Macl., d.
C. aphodioides, Macl., 9.
examination of the named specimens in

tures on the prothorax, and the front claws not enormously
developed. :

The species is the smallest of the genus; in the n
form of the male the head and prothorax are black and the
elytra pale, but with the sides widely infuscated or black

208

CHEIRAGRA RUFICOLLIS, Macl.
C. pusilla, Macl., in error.
C. pallida, Macl., 9.

type
obscure reddish-brown, the elytra testaceous with he eec
i

The species is the most variable of the genus, but Ew
females may be at once distinguished by the sides of -
elytra, as near the apex of each there is a conspicuous note:
(pl. xxv., fig. 23); the female, as in others of the genus,

also differs from the male in having the prothorax shining and

with conspicuous punctures.
The specimens described by Macleay as pusilla belong o

a : this species, whilst the types of pallida (Macleay) also belong
pt to it. The following colour forms may be noted :—

. Form 1. Head and prothorax of a clear reddish-flavou®
entire elytra and parts of ot 3 ,

of under-surface and egs blackish

ad

l
]

209

r at least blackish-brown. The typical and fairly common
orm.

orm 3. As 1, but with a pale oblique fascia on each
elytron. A fairly common form, but the vittae vary in ex-

Form 4. Coloured as described for the second male of
the original specimens, one of which was identified by Macleay
as pusilla. A rare form.

Form 5. As 1, but with two infuscated blotches on the
prothorax; the head is also sometimes infuscated. A rather
rare form.

Females.
. Form 6. As 1, except that the abdomen is paler than
tlie metasternum. A rather rare form, one of which is a

cotype female belongs to this form, which is variable and not

as belonging to it; one of the females identified by Macleay
as pusilla could also be referred to it, although its head and
prothorax are dark, but not black. |
Form 8. Entirely pale, except that the tips of some of
the tarsal joints and the club of the antennae are more or
less infuscated. This is the most common form of the female,
and includes the type female of pallida. A rather dark speci-
men of it was in error labelled as aphodioides in the Black-
burn collection.
There is also a female from the Blackburn collection that
i ins infuscated: nar-
rowly at the base, rather widely at the apex; much as on
Form 2; but as there is but one specimen before me it has
r

CHEIRAGRA ATRA, Macl.
ae In describing this species Macleay said he had only seen
. @ male of it; but two specimens were pinned through the
. name label in the Macleay Museum; the type male, and a

.

210

type; one is from Sydney, the other, from the Blackburn
collection, is without locality, but labelled ''atra." They
all have the prothorax with a somewhat sericeous appearance,
but also with sharply-defined punctures; the elytra also have
sharply-defined punctures, and by the punctures alone the
species may be distinguished from black males of other
species. The female is at present unknown.

CHEIRAGRA VITTATA, Macl. (formerly PHyLLorocus).
This species, as yet known only from the Cairns district,
was referred by Macleay to Phyllotocus, but the generic table
y Blackburn indicates that it belongs to Chevragra, ls
sly

e

conspicuous membranous appendage. The sharply-defined
pale vitta on each elytron of the male usually passes the
middle, and occasionally includes the preapical callus, but it

upper-surface entirely. red. Lengths: gs, 4-65 mm. ;
E. 55-1 mm.

.. d. Colours variable. Prothorax, elytra, sterna, | and
abdomen opaque, owing to a conspicuous sericeous or pruinos?
bloom. Prothorax and elytra with a thin fringe of pale her

= long setae, similar hairs on under-surface and legs.

_ Head shining; with fairly dense and sharply-defined
iren, .Clypeus with slightly coarser punctures tha

á

211

between the eyes, hind suture moderately distinct, not
distinctly separated from labrum, sides and apex slightly
elevated. Antennae eight-, club three-jointed, lamellae small.
Prothorar not
much wider

ones somewhat
rounded off;

pun s
vaguely defined.
Elytra rather
strongly separ-
ately rounded
at apex, sides

gently rounded ; striae and their contained punctures obscured
m; odd interstices slightly raised abọve and wider

than the even ones. Abdomen small and curved to apex.
Sides of hind corae about one-third shorter than meta-
sternum; tibiae stout, the front ones each with two large
acute teeth and a very small one; front tarsi with four basal
joints rather wide, the claw joint strongly notched near apex,

i l

Cheiragra variabilis, Lea.

curved, an ce &
large basal appendix,
he small one
slightly larger than

n other

nd with its
basal appendage simi-

quill. Lencth d i
375-45 om (3; 9)
à 9. Differs in hav-
ing the upper-surface
and part of the meta-

Cheiragra variabilis, Lea.

thorax slightly shorter,

its punctures sharply defined, elytra with striae and their con-
tained punctures sharply defined, and the interstices with
distinct punctures; abdomen larger and more evenly convex,

212

legs shorter, the front claws even and no larger than the
others, the basal appendix and quill as on the others.
Hab.—Queensland: Wide Bay (Macleay Museum),
Brisbane (Queensland Museum from H. Hacker). Type
36.

A very variable species, of which there are at least two
specimens of each colour form described below before me,
and of which five forms have been taken in company by Mr.
Hacker in October; they all have the basal joints of the
antennae pale and the club dark.

Form 1, d- ack, head and scutellum somewhat paler,
claws and front tibial teeth reddish. A specimen of this form
has been made the type of the species. :

d. Ofa dingy flavous or testaceous, head with
base infuscated, prothorax with infuscated blotches, elytra
with suture narrowly and sides and apex more or less ely

.
2

there are some vague infuscations on the prothorax. d

Form 4, 9. Head, prothorax, scutellum, front legs, a?
parts of the others of a bright flavous, elsewhere black. On
this form the elytra are usually of a deep polished black, but
ve one small specimen parts near the suture are obscurely
paler.

thorax with
ddle and of
One Brisbane

in the
-surface

213

distinguished by the tips of the elytra (pl. xxv., figs. 23 and
25), these not being notched on the present one. ack males

land, and the others mentioned to New South Wales and
Victoria. On fig. 24 the apical portion of the larger front claw
of the male is shown as long and thin, as it appears from one
direction, but from another it is seen to be strongly dilated to
its base; and in fact the claw varies in appearance from every
point of view.

CHEIRAGRA SERICEIPENNIS, n. sp.
Pl. xxv., figs. 26 to 31.
Colours variable. Prothorax, elytra, and parts of

H

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district (Macleay Museum
and F. P. Dodd), South Johnstone River (H. W. Brown),
Stradbroke Island (J. H. Boreham). Type, I. 4288.

A small species with the sericeous appearance of the elytra
of the males very pronounced. The female may be distin-
guished from females of other species by the sides of the elytra,
each of these near the apex has a somewhat convex flange,

than that of pusilla, sud distinctly less than that of ruficollis.
On the male the fringe on each side consists of a few

214

widely-separated hairs or setae, on the female they are more
numerous, but by no means dense. The front claw-joint of the
male is deeply notched twice on the inner-side, leaving a thin
truncated projection between the notches; the larger claw is
strongly curved, from some directions appearing thin and ,
acutely pointed, from others triangular and from others four-
sided; its basal appendix is large, and also varies with the
point of view; the smaller claw is very much smaller than the
other, but its basal appendix is much as those on the other
tarsi. "The antennae usually have the club distinctly darker
than the basal joints. There are at least five specimens of each
of the following colour forms before me.

Form d. Flavo-testaceous; elytra black, with
sericeous bloom very conspicuous and almost golden, an

Form 3, g. Flavo-testaceous; elytra of a lurid redd
brown, abdomen and parts of four hind legs black or deeply

times partly extended on to the prothorax. Three males y
the elytra of the same shade as in this form, except that

rsi; two have the upper-surface entirely pale, but on
the third the elytra are black.

TELURA.
. „In Blackburn’s table of the subtribe Sericoides 0? Teluré
is distinguished by ''femora glabrous and very slender ray
elongate.” But the femora of the only then known speci?
vitticollis,
Some bristl

bs >) 09 Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., 1897, p. 32.

Tees E eS Se ee

215

TELURA VITTICOLLIS, Er.

_ This species is fairly common at night on eucalyptus
foliage in Tasmania, and it occurs also in New Sout ales
(Mount Kosciusko), Victoria (Mounts Buffalo and Hotham),
and South Australia (Mount Lofty). Specimens vary from
having the upper-surface entirely flavous, to the prothorax
bivittate, and the elytra quadrivittate. Erichson described the
club of the antennae as three-jointed, but this is true only of
the female, and Waterhouse has already pointed out that in
the male it is five-jointed.

. TELURA CLYPEALIS, n. sp.

Flavous, basal two-thirds of head deeply infuscated
(almost black), prothorax narrowly infuscated in middle of
apex, and obscurely along middle to base, elytra with a
sharply-defined and almost black vitta from base to near apex.
Prothorax with four long hairs on each side, rest of upper-
surface glabrous; under-surface and legs sparsely clothed,
our segments of abdomen each with a transverse row o
setiferous granules.

u
larger about base. P. ygidium with minute and rather dense

*

asperate punctures. Legs long and thin; front tibiae

E
_ Strongly tridentate; basal joint of hind tarsi slightly shorter

than second. Len th, 11 mm.
ab.—Western Australia: Beverley (E. F. du Boulay).
Type (unique), T. 4835..

extends across four interstices on each, but it rapidly narrows
un it only covers two, thence being parallel-sided almost

216
its apex ; on the prothorax the markings are obscurely defined ;
but it is probable that they are not constant. The three-.

jointed club may be indicative that the type is a female; each
ramus is about the length of the apical spur of the front tibiae.

Distinguished from brunneipennis by being more robust,
the prothorax and elytra black, apical tooth of front tibiae
. more curved, the second larger, and the third smaller (alm

distinguishing Odontotonyz from Nosphisthis) is rather large

IS | un
sparse, irregularly distributed, golden

MAD. Y

|
|
1
|

217

: sixth, and eighth interstices slightly
wider than the others, and with more numerous punctures.

ANODONTONYX INSULARIS, n. sp.

_ Of a pale dingy red, some parts darker. Upper-surface
With some long hairs scattered about, and forming a fringe
9n each side of prothorax and elytra, a row of setiferous
Sranules across most abdominal segments.

1 d with dense punctures of moderate size, and a few
arger ones scattered about. Clypeus with front margin
rounded and rather strongly upturned. i
club three-jointed, second joint globular and distinctly wider
"ew second, club small. Prothorar not twice as wide as
dnb sides subparallel on basal half, front angles lightly pro-
uced and subacute, hind ones rectangular and flat; punctures
‘parser and shallower than on head, but scarcely smaller;
median line absent or ve ‘vague. Scutellum impunctate ex-

y and
rather smal] punctures. Basal joint of hind tarsi slightly
ans seco Le

nd. neth, mm.
Hab.—Queensland: Stradbroke Island, October, 1911

(H. Hacker). Type, I. 4687.

218

times a feeble third tooth is indicated towards the base, but

n. sp

. Dark piceous-brown obscurely mottled with red, but

brilliantly opalescent. A few long hairs between eyes and

across apex of prothorax, sides of prothorax and pet

fringed, rest of upper-surface glabrous; under-surface an
ed

219

head but sparser. Elytra rather long and thin, vaguely
striated; with fairly large punctures. Pygidium with fairly

large, the other small; basal joint of hind tarsi slightly shorter
and,thicker than second. gth, 6:5-8 mm.
Hab.—New South Wales: Barrington Tops, January,

1916 (H. J. Carter). Type, I. 10779.
e hind angles of the prothorax are not so flattened as
in nigrolineata, but as the head has some long hairs it possibly
would have been associated with that species by Blackburn;
|t is certainly allied to it, differing in being much smaller
and narrower, hind angles of prothorax sharper, etc. From
some directions most of the upper-surface appears to be black,
but from others much of the elytra of a dingy red, it is diffi-
cult, however, to see their true colours on account of the
brilliant opalescence (this obscures the margins -of the punc-
tures, so that it is not easy to be sure of their exact size);
from some directions even this changes to ‘a pruinose gloss.
One specimen, with much the same opalescence, has the elytra
of a rather dingy red, with obscure darker lines.

. Three specimens from Kurrajong (C. T. Musson) and
Mittagong (H. J. Carter and A. M. Lea) possibly belong

this species, and are probably females; they differ in being
much paler (almost uniformly castaneous), without opalescent
| gloss, with denser and larger punctures, especially on the
! elytra, where they are rather crowded and moderately large,
and shorter legs. '

ANODONTONYX NIGER, n. Sp.
Black, shining; antennae, palpi, and legs dull red, pro-
: sternum and front of clypeus sometimes obscurely diluted
: With red. Prothorax and elytra with a thin fringe of red-
dish hairs, and a few hairs across apex of prothorax, rest of
upper-surface glabrous; under-surface and legs sparsely
clothed

Head with fairly dense punctures at sides, but somewhat

ackwards to le; punctures near base more crowded

| . base lightly produced, hind suture rather strongly drawn
| midd
than between eyes, but becoming sparser in front. Anten

as song, front angles produced and subacute, = i d uem d

220

numerous punctures. P s deser with fairly dense punc-
tures, a depression in each basal angle. Front tibiae
wide and strongly bidentate basal joint of hind tarsi, longer
and Pre than second. Le orange 8-9 mm
—Tasmania: Kempton, Parattah, Hobart (A. M.
Les), Brighton (Aug. Simson’s N o. 2850). Type, I. 819.
he male has longer and thicker legs than the female,
and i sexes differ to a slight extent in the prothorax, its
greatest width in the male being postmedian, in the fem ale
antemedian, in the male also it is less transverse than in the
female, hence the characters used in Blackburn’s table“ are
unsatisfactory ; but of the species known to Blackburn it
seems closest to tetricus, from which it differs in its smaller
size, much smaller elytral punctures, less convex elytral inter-
stices and red legs; it is without the metallic gloss of micans,
and differs in other respects from that species. The median

specimens of this species are some etimes washed up on the
beaches near Hobart, after sultry nights.

PsEUDOHETERONYX SETICOLLIS, n. sp.
PI xxvi; fig. 01.

: Black; antennae, palpi, and parts of tarsi obscure ely red-
dish. Head and prothorax with dense and extremely short
suberect setae; abdomen and pygidium with longer and

xoig setae, parts of Heg front wall of clypeus, a angles

He ic smooth and impunctate at base, liontach with
crowded (but not confluent) and rather shallow pi of
moderate size. ypeus with punctures as on of head,

; Elytra with sides gently and apex widely: rounded; Wi
_ rather feeble relics of striation; punctures slightly larger
: gener and more sharply defined than Ad prothors-
siet M with irregularly distributed, asperate punctures:
Tont nd Hem d tridentate; basal joint of hind a
onger than second, each claw with a strong basal
x Length, 11-5- 15 mm.

19 Trans, Hoy. Soc, odi. 1907, p. 258.

221

Hab.—New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko (B. Ingleby,
— Lucas, and — Guerand, 7,000 ft., in Howitt's collection).
Type, I. 589.

A strongly-convex dull species, but with shining elytra.
Specimens vary somewhat in the punctures of the elytra and
one has a few fairly well-defined striae, but all agree in having
the prothorax with very dense punctures, with a minute
seta arising from each ; on many of them the setae have caused
mud to adhere uniformly to the surface, giving it a curious

are

with baldiensis and creber, from which it may be readily
distinguished by the prothoracic clothing.

-PSEUDOHETERONYX BASICOLLIS, n. sp.
Pl. xxv., figs. 32 and 33; pl. xxvi., fig. 62.

Black ; parts of antennae, of palpi, and of tarsi obscurely
reddish. Upper-surface sparsely clothed with short, depressed
setae, more numerous (but still not very dense) on head than
elsewhere; prothorax and elytra fringed with stiff blackish
Setae, similar setae on parts of under-surface and of legs.

ead with numerous, but not very dense or large, and
rather shallow punctures, ming crowded on cl ;
ront margin of the latter gently incurved to middle, hind

sp 1i
with numerous punctures. Klytra with sides gently rounded

Hab.— Australia: (Blackburn’s collection) ; Queensland :
Museum); New

(Hamlyn Harris
South Wales (National Museum). Type, I. 4847

222

The majority of the punctures on the Upper pao ME
so impressed that there appears to be a minute granule (o M
semicircular) at the back of each, but the granules are invisible
from in front, they are decidedly coarser on some specimens

: preceding or following species.

PSEUDOHETERONYX PUNCTICOLLIS, n. Sp.
Pl xxvi., fig. 63. ; ; iut
lack; antennae, palpi, and parts of tarsi more or a
reddish. Upper-surface almost glabrous ; under-surface 4
legs sparsely setose.

sides strongly rounded, base very feebly bisinuate, front ae
rather strongly produced and acute, hind ones slightly roun ni
oli ; median line absent; with large deep punctures, becom!

h ie
rather large punctures, in wide, shallow striae. 4 yg
with very shallow punctures. Front tibiae strongly triden rales
basal joint of hind tarsi slightly longer than second ; all c!
acutely appendiculate. Length, 11 mm. : in
Hab.—Queensland: Camooweal. Type (unique),
Queensland Museum. tely
_ The head and prothorax are opaque, the elytra ape are
he

PEEPLES OA a IAE Rn e — AE

ee PAL SE iDEN ta APE, Vip ndo sues

NIRE ee EE Ee eee ee oe

223.

to have a small basal granule. The nine-jointed antennae
associate this species with laticollis and helaeoides, in Black-

type) of that species before me have the basal joint decidedly
shorter and thicker than the second.

ByRRHOMORPHA RUDIS, n. Sp.

Black; antennae, palpi, and parts of tarsi reddish.
Metasternum with fairly numerous blackish hairs, rest of
under-surface and legs sparsely clothed.

ead with crowded but sharply-defined punctures of
moderatesize. Clypeus widely excavated in front, sides rather

produced and acute, hind ones somewhat obtuse; median line
rather feeble at base, but rather wide and deep in front;
punetures much as on head, but becoming smaller (although
not sparser) towards all margins. Seutellum with dense
punctures, but tip polished and impunctate. Elytra feebly
dilated to beyond the middle, each obliquely truncate at apex ;
striae deep and wide, with coarse, irregular punctures, the
mterstices irregular, and with sharply-defined punctures.
P ygidium with crowded asperate punctures, and a distinc
median line. Front tibiae strongly tridentate. Length,

_ Hab. — Western Australia: King George Sound
ber Museum), Warren River (W. D. Dodd). Type,

A rough-looking species close to verres, but club with
only three joints, prothorax with more crowded punctures,

224

and with a conspicuous enlargement of the median line; the
largest is less than the length noted for ponderosa. The
coarse punctures are often confluent on the sides near the
shoulders. The elytra of this and of the following species
(except for marginal fringes) at first glance appear to
glabrous, but they have sparse and exceedingly short pubes-
cence, that even under a strong lens appears hardly more than
dust.

Variety. One specimen has the front tibiae bidentate;
but agrees in other respects with the type and seven other

Specimens.
BYRRHOMORPHA BASICOLLIS, n. sp.

Black; most of under-surface, and of legs, labrum, and
sides of clypeus, obscurely reddish-brown, antennae poles
Parts of under-surface and of legs with rather long, yellowis
hairs or bristles,

the other very small. Length, 9-10 mm.
NU conte hope, Lucindale (B. A. duyra" 7s
and F. Secker), Sandy Creek (J. G. O. Tepper). Type, I dicke
e under-surface is sometimes uniformly dull red if d
brown; on two specimens the abdomen is almost black, een
darker than the sterna, on another it is considerably pa `
than the sterna. On the head of one specimen there 1s í

a to be due to less of its back part being pes
cealed by the apex of the prothorax than in the others ks
utural and sublateral striae of the elytra are

There is an enlargement of the median line of the pronotum,

.. clypeus (except that its punctures are smaller), nih
‘mentum, outlines of prothorax and of elytra, and the: sc uv
ae lum are as described in that speci F

225

of the elytra is also much finer, and the subgeminate arrange-
ment of punctures, although feeble, is more regular.

FRENCHELLA GAGATINA, n. Sp.
PL xxvi, hg. 04.

hairs on the prothorax and elytra; under-surface and legs

with blackish hairs, denser on metasternum than elsewhere.
Head with dense (but not crowded) and sharply-defined

punctures of moderate size between eyes. Clypeus with suture

numerous punctures, these of varying sizes but mostly fairly
large; interstices with a few distinct punctures. Pygidium
in parts with sharply-defined punctures. Front tibiae
tridentate, the two front teeth large, the other very small.
Length, 125 mm.

` Hab.—Western Australia: Cue (H. W. Brown). Type
(unique), I. 4780.

As the club is rather small the type is probably a female;
the median line of its pronotum is vaguely impressed on the
apical third, and represented by an impunctate line from there
to the base. The hind angles of the prothorax are sharply
defined, although they are rather more than right angles, but

his is the case with other species that Blackburn referred to
B of his table, “Hind angles of prothorax sharply defined,"

some directions, however, they appear to be quite sharply
acute; by that table. the species would be associated with

Pony first glance, the third tooth being very feeble and nearer the
: JU tan in other species. . |

226

FRENCHELLA FIMBRIATA, n. sp. 2
ve SPEO xri; figs 05.
Dark reddish-castaneous and highly polished; under-
surface, legs, an nnae, and palpi paler. Upper-surface
. glabrous, except for fringes of reddish bristles on the pro-.
thorax and elytra, a similar fringe on pygidium; under-
es

ead with sharply defined but not very large punc-
tures, sparser between eyes than elsewhere. Clypeus convex
in middle, its hind suture almost straight; punctures crowded
and slightly larger than those behind suture. Antennae
nine-, club three-jointed. Prothorax not twice as wide as
long, sides moderately rounded in middle, oblique to apex,
with front angles produced and acute; feebly decreasing to

i ; base feebly bisinuate;
punctures sharply defined and nowhere dense. Scutellum

small, and the third is very small; the basal joint of io
hind tarsi is thick, and its full length is greater than tha

: uch denser punctures, including many on
. elytral interstices, and differs in other particulars.
- FRENCHELLA CRIBRICEPS, n. Sp.
i i ?
; J ly
of front legs more or less reddish. Upper-surface sparse
ed, but with distinct reddish fringes, pygidium badly

. XXvi., fig. 66. »
; id 2x and highly polished; palpi and parts of anten»? —

THERME oe EO TREE

a>
ai

Diner long pubescence and a distinct fringe, sterna densely
pilose

Head rather convex, and with rather large, crowded
punctures. Clypeus with margins rather strongly upturned,
hind suture curved backwards to middle; punctures much as
between eyes, becoming smaller in front. ntennae
eight-, club three-jointed. Prothorax distinctly less than

evenly distributed, sparser, and smaller than o d.
Scutellum with rather sparse punctures. Elytra almost
parallel-sided to near apex, which is almost truncate; striae
well defined, but with irregular punctures; interstices with
rather large, irregularly-distributed punctures. Pygidium
with dense, subasperate punctures about base, becoming
sparser elsewhere. Front tibiae strongly tridentate; basal
Joint of hind tarsi shorter than second. Length, 11:5 mm.

_Hab.—South Australia: Lucindale (F. Secker). Type
(unique), I. 4700. |

As the club is small the type is probably a female. There

lubrica, but that species has denser prothoracic and elytral
Punctures, antennae nine-jointed, etc. ;

ENGYOPS FLAVUS, n. sp.

defined punctures. Clypeus with semicircular and rather
strongly upturned margins, middle rather strongly convex
and wi n eyes;

apex, front angles produced and acute, hind ones almost
Tectangular; punctures somewhat larger and denser than
12

228

between eyes. Seufelluyn with punctures as on prothorax.
Elytra slightly dilated to beyond the middle, and then nar-
rowed to apex, where each is obliquely truncated but with a

membrane; with regular impunctate striae, interstices

smaller on parts of abdomen than elsewhere. Front tibiae
tridentate, the two apical teeth large, the other feeble ; basal
joint of hind tarsi as long as the second and third combined.
Length, 8°5-9 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: South Johnstone River (H. be:
Brown), Innisfail (Mrs. McArthur), Mackay (Nationa
Museum, from R. E. Turner). Type, I. 10781.

the front tibiae. The four specimens under examination
appear to be all males.

HAPLOPSIS SERRICOLLIS, n. Sp. b)

Black with a slight bronzy gloss, antennae (except hum of

and palpi red, tips and part of sides of elytra and pa with
legs obscurely diluted with red. Rather densely clothed :

te; the interspaces with dense small punctures.

Nac ay d X

229

| punctures. Pygidium with crowded punctures. Front tibiae

| tridentate, the two first teeth large and acute, the third small,

acute, and subbasal; basal joint of hind tarsi much shorter
| than second. Length, 6-6:25 mm.

Hab.—Weste Australia: Cunderdin, July-August,

n (Western Australian Museum, No. 7813). Type, I.

797.

In size and structure close to ollifi, with which it would
be associated in Blackburn's table, but the elytra have much

of the elytra are obscurely reddish as in grisea, but the cloth-

scarcely be regarded as striae; on each elytron there are three

very finely shagreened.

MAECHIDIUS HACKERI, n. Sp.
Castaneous, some marginal parts darker, club paler.
Moderately densely clothed with long, erect, golden or light-

rown hairs; parts of under-surface with rather sparse, sub-
ubescence.

g :
conspicuous basal quill. Length, smm H
Hab.—Queensland: Buderim Mountain, in April (H.

230

The hairs are more conspicuously golden and denser on
the pygidium than elsewhere. In Blackburn’s table the

close to variolosus.

MAECHIDIUS STRADBROKENSIS, n. sp. :

Blackish, some parts obscurely paler, antennae and p

reddish. Head and prothorax with rather long, stiff, erect,

rusty-red bristles, somewhat similar but shorter and paler eV

on pygidium, elytra with subdepressed whitish setae, an ir

few suberect bristles; under-surface and legs with moderately
dense, short, curved setae.

rge median f Front tibiae strongly tridentate ; each
claw with a conspicuous basal quill. Length, 9-115 d
Hab.—Queensland : Stradbroke Island, in Mec ina
Hacker) Type, in Queensland Museum ; cotype, I. 1 ,
in South Australian Museum. Wen
neral appearance somewhat close to a species s ^
fully identifed by Blackburn as emarginatus, with n :
woul associated in his table, but readily distinguishe a)
the stiff bristles of the head and prothorax; on excisicollis >
prothorax has much thinner setae, and the basal aar
and elytral sculpture are different ; insularis is much sma

and otherwise very different

MAECHIDIUS HOPEANUS, Westw.

M. obscurus, Macl. : Pe
The types of obscurus agree with specimens gx
(correctly I think) by Blackburn as Aopeanus. Mac End
descri the prothorax as "shallowly bifoveate me de
sides with the median line lightly marked." One o Lo
specimens certainly appears to be bifoveate, but the esse of

vague depressions only (much as on typical specimen

231
hopeanus); the lightly-marked specimen is also without a
median line.
MAECHIDINUS, n. g.
Head rather small. Eyes small and lateral. Clypeus

Maxillary palpi small, the labial ones very sma Antennae
mmne-, clu ree-jointed and rather small not
much wider than greatest length; hind angles semicircularly
excised. Scutellum semicircular. Elytra not c g the

close to the base; claws long, thin, and simple.
is genus appears to be allied to Caulobtus, and its front

Side of the base of the prothorax is often present in
Maechidius, near which the genus should be placed in cata-
logues; but it is readily distinguished therefrom by the entire
clypeus, exposed propygidium, and great distance between the
second and third teeth of the front tibiae.

MAECHIDINUS LATERICOLLIS, n. Sp.

.. Head with dense, partially concealed punctures. Clypeus
widely transverse, front truncate, sides gently rounded, hind
n

. Produced and acutely triangular; median line shallow ; punc-

tures crowded and moderately large. Elytra with irregular

nd.
Hab.—Western Australia: Beverley (E. F. du Boulay).
583.

Deris

232

To see the W-shaped excavation of the prosternum clearly
it is necessary to remove the head; from most directions it 1s
difficult to see the line dividing the front face of the clypeus
from the labrum. The clothing is remarkable, especially on
the elytra, where the setae or scales on perfect specimens seem
to be in geminate rows, with the white ones stouter than the
black ones, and either lanceolate in shape, or elongate-elliptic ;
on the upper-surface even where dense the derm may usually
be seen from an oblique direction, but on the hind-parts and
the under-surface the scales are so dense and flat that most of
the derm is hidden.

MAECHIDINUS MARGINALIS, n. sp., or var.

Ten
thorax wider, its clothing longer and more upright, the pale

are longitudinally ribbed) and the hairs on the legs longer and
denser. Length, 8-9 mm

ab. — Western ustralia: King George Sound
(Macleay Museum). Type, I. 10796.

There are ten specimens of the present form before me,
all from King George Sound; and six of latericollis, all from
Beverley, so that the differences noted are unlikely to ee
sexual; the curious, front tibiae and lateral notches 3
prothorax are exactly alike on the two forms, but the Weg
wider prothorax of the present form is unlikely to be of bees
importance only. A specimen of this form was standing 1n the
Blackburn collection at the end of Automolus, but it was

d and the head was so mouldy that the antennae Tn
concealed, hence he probably regarded them as broken 0#,
and so refrained from describing it.

CRYPTODUS.
It is difficult and in many instances impossible, wea
they are dissected out, to count the joints of the anuman n
species of this genus, owing to the greatly dilated basal, ag
concealing some of the following ones, and to the brevity s
_ the joint preceding the club, the latter I have presumed in.
every i to be three-jointed. Probably Pain
_ dissected them out to make certain of them, as I have ha
. do in many instances, thus making certain that his counts ^
the antennae of variolosus and piceus as being nine-joim

: 233

were correct. Of the species described by him the following
comments are offered : —

grossipes. A very distinct species, with the base of the
mentum much as in caviceps, but the two speciés otherwise
very different.

creberrimus. I cannot find that Blackburn has anywhere
published a note as to creberrimus being a synonym o

variable species.
fraternus. Although placed in A, species noted as having

€ Y i,
antennae novem-articulatae. entum emarginatum," this

g
©
ge
©
B
Qu
o
iz]
et
e
5
et
EU
©
T.
o
5
B
o
lnc
ct
fr: .
c i
B
®
B
or
g
B
H
co
E
rs
ge
=
g
[on
©
gS
B
un
Eh
©

Crypropus parapoxus, W. S. Macl.
C. subcostatus, Macl.
C. obscurus, Macl. :
The types of subcostatus are quite ordinary specimens of
paradoxus; the types of obscurus differ from those o

their gloss; the antennae of our specimens are almost
or quite buried within their cavities, but appear to be quite as
In paradorus.

| bsence of cephalic
tubercles (they are, however, often very feeble on paradoxus),
the deci

234

CRYPTODUS VARIOLOSUS, White.
Mr. Clark and I have taken specimens of this species in
abundance,from nests of Iridomyrmex conifera, in many parts
of Western Australia.

CRYPTODUS PASSALOIDES, Germ.
Mr. Clark and I have taken specimens of this species from
nests of several species of ants in Western Australia, including
Ponefa lutea, and a small black Iridomyrmez.

CRYPTODUS FOVEATUS, n. Sp.
Pl. xxvii. fig. 85.

than on the adjacent surface. #/ytra with rather large Qe

or round punctures, each with an elevated median line,

Hab.—Northern Territory (Blackburn's collection), =
| nsliand,

was dissected, without an aedeagus being found); the quadri-
dentate front tibiae is also a useful, but not al
distinguishing feature. The five specimens before me have à

CRYPTODUS ANTENNALIS, n. sp.
oos oo PL xxv., figs. 34 and 35; pl. xxvii., fig. 86. ;
|. Dark brown and moderately shining. Upper-surface with
Sparse and very minute setae.

235

1 becoming smaller, denser, and rounder on
Sides; costae well defined. Pygidiwm with numerous ring
punctures, each with a central pit, becoming crowded in
corners, and almost simple at apex. Front tibiae strongly
tridentate. Length, 16-21 mm.

ab.—New South Wales: Mulwala, Coonabarabran
(Blackburn's collection from T. G. Sloane); Queensland:
Bowen (Aug. Simson’s No. 4294). Type, I. 2266

The general sculpture is somewhat as in paradozus, but

CRYPTODUS ANGUSTUS, n. Sp.
Pl. xxvii., fig. 87.

a

*

236

with more or less crowded ring punctures. Front tibiae
quadridentate, the subbasal tooth small, the others strong.
Length, 16-22 mm. A
Hab.—Northern Territory: Darwin (Sir E. C. Stirling,
N. Davies, W. K. Hunt, and Blackburn's collection) ; Queens-
land: Stewart River (W. D. Dodd) pe,
An oblong, flat species, decidedly narrower than usual.

It is a Vovapus, and structurally is extremely close to the
Western Australian simplex, but differs in the apex of clypeus:

237

general appearance is much like the females of laticollis and.
adelaidae, but differs from them by the tip of the clypeus
being bituberculate as in the male.

e removal of this species from Oryctes that genus
must now be expunged from Australian lists, as barbarossa
has been transferred to Maploscapanes, and mullerianus to
Pseudoryctes. :

NovaPUS RUGOSICOLLIS, Blackb.
Pl. xxvii., figs. 88 and 89.

There are numerous specimens of this species in the
National Museum from the King River, Northern Territory,
all marked as taken from termite mounds. The male, hitherto
undescribed (the type was noted as a male, but this was
subsequently corrected) in general appearance is very close to
the male of N. bifidus (the types of which were also taken
from termite mounds) but differs in having the cephalic horn

was only a varietal form ; but the females are very distinct, on
is distinctly bifid: on rugosicollis it is

ANEURYSTYPUS CARINATICEPS, n. Sp.
. xxvi, fig. 82.

: d. Bright castaneous, some marginal parts narrowly
infuseated, Under-surface, legs, base of antennae, and ocular

EUN o icta:
: Elytra with a rather deep subsutural stria, elsewhere striation
. Very ill-defined, but the punctures in subgeminate rows.

E a

238

Pygidium with fairly dense punctures about base, but sparse
elsewhere. Front tibiae strongly tridentate; claws long, thin,
and equal. Length, 14-15 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Capella (Relton collection). Type
in Queensland Museum, cotype, I. 10768, in South Australian
Museum.

In general appearance like inermicollis, but the clypeus
is more semicircular, and the transverse carina is subangularly
elevated in the middle; pachypus has the clypeus transverse,

other species of the genus. Both specimens appear to have
feeble remnants of a wide median line on the prothorax, but
these are possibly due to irregular contraction.

CORYNOPHYLLUS CURVICORNIS, n. sp.
PL xxyn; Bp. 81.

Bright castaneous, parts of head and tibiae, and

margins of prothorax of scutellum and of elytra more or less

. angles acutely produced, the hind ones widely obtuse; with
Father small and sparse but sharply-defined punctures, becom-

an

Subgeminate, but more or less irregular rows of e px

ring punctures, usually in very feeble striae. Pygidium wi
ar: e but distinct P becoming crowded and shallow

*

239

in corners. Front tibiae strongly tridentate ; claws long, thin,
and equal. Length, 16 mm.
Hab.—Queensland: Maryborough (H. J. Carter from
6

t n on. C. moc o
which is probably C. metallicola, with which it would be
associated by the simple cephalic horn, but the horn is much
longer than on either of those species, and the prothoracic
excavation is much larger ; the club of the antennae is as long
as in modestus or fortnumi, but not so wide, although less
parallel-sided than on the species of 4neurystypus. The horn

METANASTES BICORNIS, n. Sp.

Pl. xxvii., figs. 83 and 84. --
d. Black, highly polished; parts of appendages
obscurely diluted with red.

crowned with reddish bristles, behind coxae. Front tibiae
with three strong, and two or three small teeth; front claws
unequal. Length, 21-22 mm.

. Differs in having the excavation on the head much
smaller, the horns reduced to feeble elevations, the small

cesses to
regarded as setae) but as they are detachable no doubt the
hind margin may be regarded as ciliate; this being the case

240

line very faintly indicated on the pronotum, two have it just
traceable about the base, and from the other it is absent. The
front claws of the female are simple; on the male one claw is
much thicker than the other and much more curved ; on the

has on it a conspicuous transverse ridge that is barely indicated
on the male. The horns on the head of the male are rather
more than half the length of the front tibiae on two specimens,
but are rather less on the type.

CHLOROBAPTA FRONTALIS, Don.

. Xxvii., fig. 90.
There are in the National Museum two males from
Kookynie and Norseman, and one in the South Australian
from Ankertell, that I cannot satisfy myself are

pygidium more conspicuous. The markings are of a clear
sulphur-yellow, not the dingy shade of yellow that the green
markings often turn to with age or improper treatment, and

of living specimens ; frontalis, however, is such an extremely
variable species, that it does not appear desirable to describe

hese specimens as representing a new species, or even to give
them a varietal name.

DraPHoNi4 EUvCLENSIS, Blackb.
specimen of this species in which

| r. W. du Bou a
the prothoracic blotch is reduced to a slight infuscation at the
. apical third. - |

i) Js ANOPLOGNATHUS PRASINUS, Cast., formerly Paranonca. 9
D e ae Pt XXvii., fig. 68. d t

. The history of this species is somewhat complicated ; a
one time it was regarded as a New Zealand species, and à

—————

ii., 1835-40, p. 143.

241

synonym of Stethaspis (now Chlorochiton) suturalis of the
Melolonthides, but Lansberge, followed by Arrow and Ohaus,
referred it to the Rutelides. There are specimens of it in the
useum from the Richmond River (New South Wales) and
Caloundra (Queensland); in general appearance it is like a
: short thick-bodied female of Stethaspis eucalypti (Xylonychus ),
but it differs in many details of sculpture, and particularly in
the metasternum and claws.
, ANOPLOGNATHUS SMARAGDINUS, Ohaus.
? Calloodes prasinus, Macl.
Pl. xxvii., figs. 69 and 70. ^
. .. As the front tibiae of Calloodes prasinus, Macl., are not
unidentate, Ohaus referred the species to Anoplognathus,
and there being already a prasinus in that genus he altered the
name to smaragdinus. 00 :

ANOPLOGNATHUS MULTISERIATUS, n. Sp.
Pl. xxv., fig. 36; pl. xxvii., fig. 67.
_ Of a rather dark olive-green and highly polished ; legs
reddish with a co loss, tarsi darker, antennae, palpi,

hj
n a :
cr
e.
ee
S

e tridentate, apical tooth long and acute, second .

langular and rather large, the other obtuse, claws uneven,

Mis larger front one conspicuously bifid at apex. Length,
mm

, Hab.— Queensland : Bribie Island (H. Hacker) Type
.. (unique), in Queensland Museum
Ee A rather

\

i

242

interstices between the rows; they are coarser than on ee
other species, except velutinus, but are not interspersed wi
foveae as on porosus and olivieri.

CALLOODES NITIDISSIMUS, n. sp.
Pl. xxvii., figs. 71 and 72.

243

smaller, and there is a very slight projection on the smaller
front claw

Hab.—Queensland: Coen River (Blackburn collection
B D. Dodd), Claudie River (J. A. Kershaw). Type,

The unidentate front tibiae renders it certain that this
species should be referred to Calloodes, instea to
Anoplognathus; the size and shape are much as those of

REPSIMUS MANICATUS, Sw.
The form with red prothorax, and hind tibiae in the male
greatly dilated to the apex, and more than twice the width of

_ workers, and here I regard that form as manicatus.

var. MONTANUS, n. Var.

ScHIZOGNATHUS VIRIDIAENEUS, Ohaus.

Pl. xxvii., figs. 74 and 75.

The female of this species was unknown to Ohaus. Two
Specimens (sexes) were received from Bryon Bay (New South
sia niere Mu e

Eun 1 cM
a8 Stett. Ent. Zeit., 1904, p. 70, pl. i., fig. 8.

|... Brown). Type, I. 10769.

244

Wales) ; of these the male agrees perfectly with a male bearing
Mr. Arrow’s identification label as viridiaeneus, and wit. the
position assigned to it in the table by Ohaus; the basal joint
of its front tarsi is but slightly longer than the second joint
(from above it appears to be no longer). The female differs in
being more robust, its clypeus red, with its sides almost evenly
decreasing in width to apex, which is upturned with the
corners rounded off ; the front tarsi are thinner, with the basal
joint more than twice the length of the second, and the larger
claw-joint cleft. By Ohaus's table it would be referred to
lucidus, of which the female is unknown to me, but the male 1s
very distinct from the male of viridiaeneus.

SCHIZOGNATHUS BURMEISTERI, Ohaus.
Pl. xxvii., fig. 73. :
This species occurs in Victoria (Gippsland) as well as 1n
New South Wales (Galston) and Queensland. ,

MIMADORETUS NIVEOSQUAMOSUS, n. sp.
PL xxvn, fig. 76.
. 9. Dark piceous-brown, with a metallic-green gloss;
elytra, antennae, palpi, and most of legs more or less

moderately upcurved; with crowded, asperate punctures.

submarginal punctures. Ælytra gently dilated to beyond y"
middle, each widely separately rounded at apex; each wi
thirteen well-defined striae, containing distinct punctures,
interstices smooth and almost impunctate. Pygidium wi
dense but normally concealed punctures. Prosternum with jr
conspicuous elevation at base, produced to between mid
front coxae : i

_ combined, larger claw-joint cleft at apex. Length, 12-14 A.
; —Queensland: South Johnstone River (H. VW:

The greenish gloss is very- conspict the scutellum
ae gilós mspicuous on
of prothorax. The scales on the elytra are almost

245
confined to the sides of the striae, on the prothorax of one
specimen they are fairly evenly distributed, but they are
almost absent (no doubt from abrasion) from the median third
of another. I have not been able to see the front of the lower

MIMADORETUS LEUCOTHYREUS, n. sp.
PL xxu, Bg. i.
d. Of a rather dark castaneous; antennae, palpi, and
a of legs paler. Somewhat irregularly clothed with white
airs.

Head rather convex; with dense and moderately large
bas

in front of, as behind the suture. Antennae ten-, club three-
Jointed; club as long as clypeus is wide. Prothorax rather
strongly convex, abo ce and one-ha ide as

Seutellu th dense, concealed punctures. Elytra slightly
Wider than prothorax, apex almost tru ; eac
thirteen rather deep and regular striae containing punctures,

d acute, seco
triangular and rather large, third feeble; basal joint of front
and

g ] mm.
y 4g Lab. Queensland : Cairns district (A. M. Lea). Type,
Two specimens were obtained, on one of which there is a
vague greenish gloss on part of the prothorax. The uppe
Portion of the head is almost glabrous; on the prothorax there-
~ . àre numerous subdepressed hairs on the sides, but the median
~ . third is almost glabrous, the scutellum is densely clothed, on

246
i

ADORETUS, Cast., Hist. Nat. Col., ii., p. 142;
Lacord., iii, p. 380.

ADORETUS MELVILLENSIS, n. sp.
eh Seve, fig. 78.

d. Smoky-brown, head darker between eyes, parts of
elytra, and most of legs and antennae somewhat flavous.
Evenly but not very densely clothed with depressed whitish :
pubescence, becoming longer on pygidium, parts of under-

— and legs; a dense and somewhat golden fringe on
clypeus

Head wide and moderately convex; with rather dense,
shallow, and frequently transversely-confluent punctures.

lypeus semic i

7. Koun and finely serrated; punctures much :
|... between eyes. Elytra very little wider than prothorax, each
. with four discal costae, the fi from

247

almost regular close to the- costae, irregular elsewhere.
Pygidium with dense asperate punctures. Front tibiae

SAULOSTOMUS MIMICUS, n. Sp.
. PL xxvu., figs. 79 and 80.

d. Bright castaneous, tibial teeth and some marginal
parts darker. Under-surface, legs, base of antennae, and
ocular canthi, with. long, rusty-red hair, pygidi i
depressed but long pubescence, and with long straggling hairs,
e fringed with reddish setae, directed outwards, and
wit :

Pygidium with dense and rather shallow transverse punctures.
Front tibiae strongly and acutely tridentate; claws unequal
but simple. Length (g, Q), 13-16 mm.

248

Q. Differs in being more robust, head with crowded
punctures except at extreme base, where only are they
individually distinct, clypeus more transverse, club of
antennae less parallel-sided and only about two-thirds of the
length of front tibiae, prothorax with larger and more numer-
ous punctures, and the larger claw of the front tarsi
conspicuously cleft at apex.

but only one female.
DASCILLIDAE.
MACROHELODES. i; |
The species of this genus are usually very variable m
colour, and to a certain extent in size; Tasmanian spoon
are also usually larger, and frequently darker than mainlan
ones of the same species. ?
MACROHELODES LUCIDUS, Blackb.
The type of this species was described as having the
upper-surface black, except for the narrowly reddish suture
of elytra. Of two cotypes in the Museum one is of a very

two co
dark brown, with a slight bluish gloss, and the suture some-

249

MACROHELODES PRINCEPS, Blackb.

I have seen no specimen agreeing with the description
of this species, the type of which is now in the British
Museum; should it prove to belong to the same species as

crassus, it has precedence over that name.

MACROHELODES CRASSUS, Blackb.

var. intricatus, Blackb.

var. gravis, ckb.

var. tasmanicus, Blackb.

var. niger, Lea.

This appears to be the most variable Australian species

of the family, as it ranges from specimens having the upper-
surface entirely pale, to those having it entirely black, and

TE

^ B

Y

Cc

G
SD MM Mi Li e c

H

i E

where markings are present these are often asymmetrical ;
in size it ranges from 6'5 to 10 mm., the average of New South
i i 9.

Spot broken up into two. A small specimen
(fg. E) has the humeral spot greatly reduced in size, and one
( F) from N Wales, and another from the

250

one) absent. Tasmanian specimens frequently have the dark
elytral markings, except the humeral ones, all conjoined (as in

. G), or even extended (as in fig. H), with all conjoined, only
rarely are they as in fig. 1; in fig. J is shown a form in which
the markings are irregularly broken up but black, on many
specimens, however, the markings are broken up into inde-
terminate brown specks and blotches, which gradually become
fainter til the elytra are entirely pale. In fig K the
markings are reduced to three clusters, and there are many

e
antennae gummed to the card,
apparent differences may be seen, this being partly due to
matting of pubescence.

miger, Lea. This is the extreme form on the dark side,
as gravis is on the pale side. The type was from King Island,
but there are specimens in the Museum frorn Flinders Island

o MACROHELODES MONTANUS, n. Sp. :
pu m Head black ; prothorax reddish, lateral and apical
„margins paler, base narrowly infuscated; elytra of a dingy

251

flavo-testaceous, sides paler, shoulders and suture black or
infuscated ; mesosternum, metasternum, and part of abdomen
black or blackish, rest of abdomen of a dingy red ; legs reddish,
parts of tarsi infuscated. Under-surface and legs densely and
finely pubescent, upper-surface glabrous.

ead with crowded and sharply-defined punctures, a
shallow depression near each eye. Antennae extending to
hind coxae, second joint shorter than third, their combined
length about equal to fourth. Prothoraz more than thrice

Hab.—Tasmania: Mount Wellington, including the

summit (Aug. Simson and A. M. Lea), Cra le Mountain

(H. J. Carter and Lea), Devonport (Simson), Magnet (O. L.
1

or more infuscated spots, the scutellum is usually black, the
dark spot on each shoulder may be sharply defined and small,
or less defined and continued as a vague stripe to well beyond
the middle, on such specimens the pale sides are very con

ScLERocYPHON MACULATUS, Blackb. i
The markings of this species (which occurs from the

(0) i
s rothorax the sides are usually flavous, wit
median third blackish.

252

SCLEROCYPHON BASICOLLIS, Lea.
specimens from North Queensland (Blackburn

black. The Toowoomba specimen has the elytra of a ding
red, irregularly mottled with brown.

SCLEROCYPHON AQUATICUS, n. sp.

base than at apex, front rather deeply emarginate for
reception of head, median line feebly defined in front, distinct

. Hab.—Tasmania: Waratah (H. J. Carter and A. M.
. Lea). Type, I. 10687.

In searching for Parnidae at Waratah Mr. Carter pulled
out a log from the water and obtained a specimen of this

ra of having a feeble median fascia, on a second specimen
(returned to Mr. Carter) this appearance is less defined; on

a reddish, there being quite a conspicuous angular spot about
Mhe middle of each elytron. The general outlines are briefly
elliptic; the junction of the prothorax with the scutellum a
ytra is very finely serrated; the elytra in parts about the —
Bre very finely transversely wrinkled. ^

253

Two specimens from Hobart (A. M. Lea) agree in
structure with the type, but have the elytra reddish, with

and for three black spots on each of the second to fourth
segments of abdomen. A specimen from Brighton (Simson's

prothorax is less distinct than on the type, and the two
small submedian transverse impressions are just traceable
specimen from the Tasmanian Lakes (Blackburn's collection)

thin and more or less vague pale fasciae: one a out the
middle, the other half-way between the first and the apex.

MALACODERMIDAE.
CARPHURUS MYRMECOPHILUS, n. SP.

d. Red; elytra (suture excepted), mesosternum, metas-
ternum, and parts of abdomen and of legs more or less deeply
infuseated. With numerous long, straggling, dark hairs,
more numerous on elytra and abdomen than elsewhere.

Head with two feeble longitudinal depressions between

second subglolular but slightly wider than long, third slightly
third-tenth subequal in length, fourth-
ider joined to the

than long, sides evenly rounded, base dep
impunctate. Elytra not much longer than their greatest
"Width, which is just beyond the middle; wi h numerous
shallow punctures and feeble granules. Legs oderately long,
asal joint of front tarsi with a narrow black rim at outer

, 450-5 mm. :
A _ Hab.—South Australia: Lucindale, several specimens
. From a nest of Iridomyrmex detectus (B. A. Feuerheerdt)..

_ Type, I. 10680.

254

sufficiently distinct. The female (not taken by Mr. Feuer-

PTINIDAE.

ENASIBA TRISTIS, Oll.
PL xxv. figs. 37 and 38. s
Mr. Clark has taken, néar the Swan River, several speci-
mens of this species from nests of the twig-mound ant
(Iridomyrmex conifera). They
vary in length from 35 to

$
H 4

short yellow fasciae on ES sub-
. f

basal impression of
rki

3. fig. 38) agree with Olhff's
ETT * description, but from above they
Enasiba tristis, Oll. look very different (fig. 37).

PorvPLocorEs CARINATICEPS, n. Sp.
PL xxv. fip. 90. mee
aneous, elytra, abdomen, and tip of antennae $0

s

d - Cast
D what paler than other parts. Glabrous.

255
Head opaque, and with dense punctures; with a narrow

median line from antennae to base, from antennae to lip with
a strongly elevated narrow ridge. Antennae rather short,

Hab. —Western Australia: Swan River, eight specimens

from nests of ants, € ‘remastogaster conifera (J. S. Clark).
The strong frontal crest has a rounded outline; the lower

cheeks are eac greatly expanded as a thin flange. he

as many genera as there are species.

POLYPLOCOTES SCABRICOLLIS, Lea.

_ By the favour of Mr. G. F. Hill the type and only known
Specimen of this species is now in the South Australian
Museum.

256

DIPHOBIA LONGICORNIS, n. sp.
Pl. xxv; fig. 40
Castaneous, head and prothorax somewhat darker than
other parts. Upper-surface with sparse and short, semierect
setae

Head with small dense punctures; with a shallow median
line. Antennae long and thin, first joint rather stout, second
with its base curved under apex of first, third distinctly longer
than fourth, fifth-tenth moniliform, eleventh cylindrical,
about as long as three preceding combined. Prothorar
distinctly longer than wide, with a deep post-median transverse
impression, marked at its middle by a deep fovea and towards
each side by a smaller one; densely strigose. Llytra ovate,
strongly convex, base truncate, not much wider than pro-
thorax, and with six small deep foveae; with rows of small
punctures, the interstices also punctate. Metasternum

shining, and with fairly large, asperate punctures. Abdomew

with small punctures in middle of two basal segments,
becoming larger and asperate at sides, and on the whole of
the third segment. Legs long and thin. Length,

Hab.—Western Australia: Swan River, five specimens
from nests of the twig-mound ant, Iridomyrmex sp. (J. 8.
"Clark). Type, I. 10653. :

Readily distinguished from all other species of the genus
by the long terminal joint of the antennae. The sterna and
abdomen are glabrous. The femora are grooved throughout
bee length, on the under-surface, for the reception of the
ibiae.

ECTREPHES FORMICARUM, Pasc.-
XXv., figs. 4l and 42.

Mr. Clark has taken this species, about the ni Kes :

in abundance from nests of Iridomyrmex conifera, and

kreusleri ) says "sub lente setosus.” The clothing seems to
particularly liable to abrasion as most of the specimens before

specimen there were numerous fairly long hairs on the Pro”
` rax and elytra, but on floating it off for examination most
of 1e hairs were ;; on three specimens there are still a
hairs left on the upper-surface. The antennae look very
t from different points of view. :

257

DIPLOCOTES FOVEICOLLIS, Oll.

Mr. Clark has taken four specimens of this species, about
the Swan River, associated with the preceding species. Two
of them have the elytra considerably darker than in Victorian
specimens.

TENEBRIONIDAE.
ALPHITOPHAGUS BIFASCIATUS, Say.
A. pictus, Menetr.
A. populi, Redt.
A. quadripustulatus, Steph.

This species has been seen in countless thousands in wheat
stacks at North Geelong, although it has apparently not been
previously recorded from Australia. For references, etc., see
Junk, Col., Cat., Pars. 28, p. 382; where it is recorded as
from Europe and North America; but it is probably almost
world-wide in distribution.

LATHETICUS ORYZAE, Waterh.
This species has been taken at wheat stacks in New South
Wales (Barellan and Enfield); it does not appear to have
een previously recorded as Australia. For references see
Junk, l.c., p. 393.
THORICTOSOMA, n.g.
ad wide, bilobed in front, the lobes partially over-
n Mandibles
short, stout, notched at tips. Mentum large, convex, con-
cealing labial palpi. Two joints of maxillary palpi exposed,
: : t

s
abdomen ; episterna rather wide, but with indistinct sutures.
Abdomen with first segment once and one-half the length of
Second, and the length of fifth, third slightly shorter than
Second and longer than fourth. Legs short; front coxae
lightly separated, the middle ones more widely, the hind ones
Still more widely; femora unarmed, tibiae spinose near base,
the front pair dilated, with a strong tooth near base separated
from one near apex by a deep notch; tarsi thin, hind ones
four-jointed, the others five-jointed ; claws small and simple.
Apterous.

no.

258

In general appearance the two species described below are

convex with oblong-elliptic outlines. The parts of the p
inquilines are usually so greatly modified from "oE 1
normal lives, that I do not regard the great modificatio
these as excluding the genus from the Tench nome) Pus
catalogues it may be placed near Typhluloma, the only kom
known blind genus of the family, but it differs from it n ed
particulars of the head, antennae, and legs, in some Ph
it appears to approach Brachycilibe and Platycilibe, an T
the fossorial front legs of Caedius, Caediomorpha, etc. +YP®
of genus, ectatommae.

i=]

un
pul
BS

" THORICTOSOMA ECTATOMMAE, n. Sp. ok

... Dark castaneous-brown, legs and antennae somew

paler. Glabrous. E
Head gently convex, with two vague oblique depre
_ in front; punctures dense and sharply defined but ee
_ small. Prothorax about once and one-third as wide e ek
_ front angles lightly produced but not clasping sides o ee
ones not quite rec ular; punctures much as on Sdth :
oming more crowded on sides. Elytra about the witt® —

259

of prothorax, with a deep marginal stria from base almost to

more crowded on parts of prosternum. Front tibiae with a
subtriangular tooth near base, separated by a semicircular
notch from a larger and more obtuse one at apex; apex with
three processes: an acute and rather short spine at inner
apex, an obtuse somewhat curved one close to and almost the
length of tarsi, and a subacute and somewhat shorter one
between it and the short one. Length, 1'9 mm.

4b5.— Western Australia: Swan River, from a nest of
i nm dark species of Zctatomma (J. S. Clark). Type,

. One of the most interesting of the many interesting
mquilines recently taken by Mr. Clark.

THORICTOSOMA TIBIALE, n. Sp.
FL xxv, Bg. 43,

Castaneous-brown. Glabrous.

Head much as in preceding species. Prothorar about
once and one-half as wide as long, almost semicircularly
emarginate in front for reception of head, with a distinct
stria from base to apex on each side; punctures small, sharply
defined, and almost uniform throughout. Elytra about twice
the median length of prothorax, and almost its exact width at

Se; with a narrow deep stria on each side from base to apex,

-2'25 mm.
Hab.— Western Australia: Geraldton (A. M. Lea).

additional process at apex. Of the processes on the front
tibiae one is short and acute, one is about the length of the
three basal joints of tarsi, one is slightly longer, and the other
ìs longer than the four basal joints combined, somewhat
rurved and rather blunt. Two specimens, one of which is now
i^ » were taken in 1896, probably from a nest of ants.

260

CERAMBYCIDAE.
PaRANDRA FRENCHI, Blackb.
PL xxvii, figs. 91 and 92.
Several specimens of this species have been taken in the
Dorrigo district by Mr. W. Heron, and on the Tweed River by
Mr. Horace W. Brown. The male differs from the female 1n

base, with the hind angles more acute and the elytra much
shorter (only about two-thirds the length) and less parallel-
sided. The reference given by Blackburn was misprinted
1885, instead of 1855. d usa
Photographs of Plates XXVI. and XXVII. by H. M. Hale.
Photomicrographs in text by H. Hacker.

. EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

PLATE i
Fg L.. Leanymus mirus, Lea, front leg.
nu Nu y »i » hind leg.
uo eyes x 5 „ armature of metasternum
e e Articerus subcylindricornis, Lea, antenna
bp No : vilsoni, Lea, antenna.
a? 6. gas 2 3 » middle leg.
pd. » mesosternalis, Lea, antenna.
55 8. wae eee m » ” mi l g-
» 9 to ll. » duboulayi, Waterh., views of antenna.
An IN ux i 3 Bs middle leg. of
» 13... .. Rodwayia intercoxalis, Lea, intercoxal process
rosternum,
s d- A DA Min pats latipes, Lea.
y. 15. e. n striatipennis, Lea.
» 16... ... Fuclarkia costata, Lea, antenna. s of
» M... .. Bolboceras quadrifoveatum, Lea, front view
elypeus. :
B iB a on D bispinicolle, Lea, front view of clypeus
ale.
Da = T „ front view of clypeus
of female. ü
» 20... —.. » triunum, Lea, front view of clypeus.
» 2H... .. Rhopaca decipiens, Lea, antenna
"m EI p nigricollis, Lea, antenna.
23... .. Cheiragra ruficollis, Macl., apex of elytra.
toc s variabilis, k ron
PE M eres » » ,». Apex or e i
iai -o Srictipennis, Lea, apex of elytro jpw-
JE 3 » views, of frotit n
m joint and claws:

n...
38

261

Pseudoheteronyx basicollis, ns front claw.
hind claw.
Cryptodus antennalis, "Lea, antenna as seen when
res
under-surface of deu
i of antenn
Anoplognathus multiseriatus, gr front Slaw
joint and claws.
Enasiba tristis, OIl, plenos Wd above.
om hc side.

9 a) a8

Polyplocotes NR. Tuis

Diphobia longicornis, Lea, antenna

Ectrephes social pre Z views of antenna.
Thorictosoma tibiale

Pra E
pi be ies quadrifoneatum, Lea.
bispinicolle,
"5 api
Rhopaea decipiens, Lea.
nigricollis, Le
Paralepidi ota cav vifrons, ‘Lea.
Lepidiota froggatti, Macl.
, var. stradbrokensis, Lea.
Systellopus ate er, Lea.
Haplonycha marginipennis, Lea.
— , Lea

35

Lea
Glossocheitifer bidentatus, Lea.

Steth s squ Lea.
pad heb seticoltis, Lea.
collis, Lea

: pus icollis, Lo.
Frenchella QUAM. Lea.
» fimbri Lea.
pin Sees Lea.
Prate XXVII.
Anoplognathus side etr Lea.
i phá nus,
maragdinus, Dine.
Calloodes delen Lea. *
Schizognathus erneuern. Ohaus.
viridiaeneus, Ohaus.
Mimadoretus niveosquamosus, Lea.
eucothyreus, Lea.
Ldorefus melvillensis,

Com ECU
^t
S
- wi
<
a“
cM
u
2

ova o ;
Chlorobapta frontalis, Don., var.
Parandra frenchi, Blackb.

AUSTRALIAN FUNGI: NOTES AND DESCRIPTIONS.
No. 3.

By J. Burton Chetan, M.D., and Epwin Cnurzr, Botanical
Assistant, Botanic Gardens, Sydney.

[Read September 11, 1919.]

Prates XXVIII. anp XXIX.

in Henri Dauthenay's ''Répertoire de Couleurs . . ->
unless Ridgway's ''Colour Standards and Colour Nomen-
clature" is specifically mentioned.

would once more emphasize the difficulty attendant on
the identification of the fleshy agarics. When referring these

n species, we have in most cases given our description
of the Australian plants so determined, so that if we are m
error, the mistake can later be rectified. ; bled

Ve would again express our gratitude for being ena ns

to reproduce coloured plates of most of the new speci t
described, and would offer our congratulations to our n
Miss Phyllis Clarke, of Chatswood, Sydney, for her admira :
delineations of these. e also owe much to the kindness o
Mr. C. G. Lloyd, of Cincinatti, for identifying for us so many
polypores and other more permanent species. Without

ance is acknowledged in the text, for a number of specimens.

= SUMMARY OF CONTENTS.
WHITE-SPORED AGARICACEAE
Amanita: 90—A ssa, Berk.

. gv
AwaNrTOPSIS: 91— A. punctata, n. sp. : 7
ARM HA: 9 I Mies Vahl. Y 93—4. mucida, Schrad
. Var. exannulata, var. nov.
TRICHOLOMA: 94. T. muculenta, Berk. 95—T. colossa, Fr.
HTOCYBE: 96—C, media, Peck’ 97—C. pinophile, Ped yar
~ C. dealbata, var. minor, Cooke. 99—C. cyathiformis,
. emerascens, Fr, 100”, paraditopa, n. sp.

263

CANTHARELLUS: 101—C. lilacinus, n. sp. 102—C. imperatae,
Sp. migripedes, n. sp. 104—C. corrugatus,
alch.

. Sp.

Lactarius: 106—D. stenophyllus, Berk. 107—L. subtomen-
tosus, B. and Rav. 108—Z. serifluus, Fr

po 109—R. adusta, Fr. 110 —R. Fio cktonae, n. sp.

Vrat Mariae, Peck. 112—R. xerampelina, Fr. pk:
urea, Bres. . granulosa, Cooke
tinatoides, , Peck. eo emetica, Fr. 1 —R. pram Tir.
. erumpens, n.

CorLvBia: 1196. adio t. Relh. 120—C. velutipes, Fr.

121—C. confluens, Pers. 122—C. ingrata, Schum. 123-—
stipitaria, Fr. .
HyeRornorvs : 194 —H. miniatus, Fr. 125—H. conicus, Fr.
. psittacinus, Schaeff.

Marasmivs: 127—M. porreus, Fr. 128—M. au ae co
199 —M. calopus, Fr. 130—M. equi-crinis, F.

Mycena: 131—M. banksiae, n. sp. 132—M. ee n. Sp.
133—M. sanguinolenta, Alb. and Schw

Prevrotus: 134— P. lampas, Berk. 135— P. d prd Jacq.
186—P. subostreatus, n. sp. 137—P. Cheelii, 138—
P. striatulus, : :

Lentinus: 139. L. tuber-regium, Rumph. 140—L. salir, o ui
Fr. 141—L. dealbatus, Fr. 142 ee fasciatus, 143—

5;

L. radicatus, Cooke and Mass. 144—L. ursinu
Panus: 145— P. stypticus, Fr. 146—P. E AEA B pu Br.

Lenarres: 148—L. abietina, Fr. 149—L. ungulaformis. Berk.
150—L. striata, Bente 51—L. saepiaria, 159—L.

Beckleri, Berk. 153—L. repanda, Mont. "151—L. Muelleri,
Berk. 155—L. AE
POLYPORACEAE.
Botetus: 156— B. romanus, Ottav. 157—B. scarlatimus, n. sp.
PINUUTLOMYCN 158—S. pallescens, ks and Mass. 159—%S.
occopus, Rost.

Potystictus: 160—P. elongatus, Berk. 161— P. meleagris, Berk.

162—P, badius, : ochraceo-stwppeus Lloy
P. occidentalis, Klotzse iM Trametes) Per-

soonii, Mont P. subfulvus uA
Klot 168—P. versicolor, L. piter L
70—P. cinnabarinus, Jacq. 171—P. cervino-gilvus ungh

Potyrorus: 172— Clemensiae, 7

-P. need. teni Men 19—P. gilvus, Schw
P. gilvus, var. ser , Fr. 181—P. (Trametes) gi ipit
Fr. 182—P, Pa toviltardii, Rick. 183 P. fruticum, Berk.

rr.
Fowzs: 185—F. robi dt Karsten. 186—F. conchatus, Pers.

187—F. Posi. gee son. 188—F. roburneus, Fr. 189—
i k. 191—F. "pseudo-

Porra: 193. P. callosa, Fr. 194—P. vaporaria, Fr.
n 195— T. lactinea, Berk. 196— E protea, Berk.
mr semitosta, Berk.

-

264
HYDNACEAE.

Hypnum: 198—H. rufescens, Pers. 199—H. coralloides, Boris
200—H. ochraceum, Pers. 201—H. Muelleri, Berk.
onatum, Batsch. 203—H. alutaceum

erk. ; à
consors, Berk. 207—1. cingulatum, Lloyd.
208—T. saepiaria, Lio yd.

THELEPHORACEAE.
HELEPHORA: 209— T. terrestris, Ehrenb. 210—T. myriomera,

Dici: 211—S. caperatum, Berk. E M. 212-8. Willd.
Fr. 213—S. semilugens, Kalchb. 214—8S. hirsutum, M
215—S. zonariwm, Lloyd. ned i a ri Berk. 217—8.
lobatum, Fr. o md illudens, Berk. Ld nen
branaceum, Fr. 0—S. nae cinerascens, be

1—S. Hanab adust Ms Lev

ConTICIUM : . coeruleum, Per

GASTEROMYCETES.

HLAMYDOPUS: 223—C. Meyenianus, Ber |
BarTAREA: 294— B. phalloides, var. Steveni Vitt.
GzasrER: 2250. Qietandii, Lloyd. 9266. floriformis, Nit
oM o. lans, Lloyd. 298—@. Berkeleyi. 999
ini 23

LvcoPERDoN: 239. L. gemmatum, Batsch.
CaLvaTia: 233— 0. lance (Berk.).

ASCOMYCETALES.
“secant 24 HM. aiig Lloyd. ;
MoncnHELLA: 235 M. e , L. 236—M. conica, Pers.
Leorra: VE MR
G

Grociossum : 938—G. Muelleri Cooke. 230—G@. glabrum, Pers.
ILLIPSIA: 240— P. polyporoides, Berk.

URNULA: 9241—U. campylospora, Berk.

] bie pas 242—H. aurantius, Tul

XYLARIA: 243 — X. anisopleura, Mont. 244—X. phosphorea,
Berk. ge 245 —X. myo surus, Mont. (3) 246—X. faveolis.
247— Apetlon; |

Sher ta Ra nti ae ennings ).

Poronta: 249-—P, punctata, L. DP, ea Mont.

— D. concentrica, Bolt.

WHITE-SPORED AGARICACEAE.
AMANITA. )
90. manita grossa, Berk. Agaricus 6 A manitopse)
grossus, puis Fl. Tam. ii, 242; Baco.: Syll, 29;
Cooke: Handb. Austr. Fungi, No. 10 (Tasm.). Agaric
rn) ananaeceps, Berk. (?): Hook, Lond. Journ ;
572; Sacc.: Syll, 36 ; and Cooke: Handb. Austr. Fung:
No. 8 (Tasm. ).—We sent specimens of our plants to in. She
* - e at Kew, "ur if they were A. — aria.

265

warts which have a broad base of puckered membrane an
a projecting ragged apex as if a piece of tissue paper had
been twisted round with the fingers, with large soft ragged

TRECE NT SEN M. EUR

veins forming elongated cells. Narrabeen, March, 1916;

Kendall, December, 1917.

AMANITOPSIS. .
Acus manitopsis punctata, n. sp.—Pileus up to 34 inches
im diameter, at first glo , then convex, sometimes gibbous,

ar
very dark grey, greyish-brown or smoky-grey, darker in tl
centre. Gills just free, showing lines on the adjacent part

1 ly serrate.
stout, } inch thick below, slightly attenuated upwards, finely
striate, hollow below with pith, finely spotted with greyish

Spores spherical, thick-walled, 10'4 to 14, occasionally 17 or
18 p. r heavy.rain, Bradley Head, Sydney, March to
_ May; Mosman, April (D. I. C., Watercolour 62; Herb.,
oR: 6. ) :

.

r

266

Colour tints noted :—Pileus smoke-grey (pl. 313, Ton 4).
Stem flecked with smoke-grey (pl. 313, Ton 4). Gills very
pale smoke-grey or greyish-white.

Pileus ad 8&7 cm. latus, primo globosus, deinde convexus,
interdum gibbosus, deinde planus aut depressus, glaber,
margine striata, fumoso-cinereus. ^ Lamellae subdis-
junctae, confe rtae, cinereo-albidae, marginibus percinereo-
albidis et subserratis. Stipes 10 ad 13 cm. we crassus,

sursum subattenuatus, substriatus, deorsum cavus,
fumoso-cinereus et punctatus. Volva vaginata, ampla,
fumoso-cinerea. Sporae sphericae, 10°4-18 p

This eae is clearly closely related to, se quite dis-
tinct from, A. vaginata, Roze, which we have also collected.

er
the gills, punctate grey stem, and size and shape of the spores
are distinctive features. We have designated it '*punctata"
from the appearance of the stem. (Pl. xxviii.)

ARMILLARIA.
Armillaria mellea, Vahl; Cooke: Illustrs., pl. 32;
Cooke: Handb. Austr. Fungi, No. 47; Clel. and, Cheel:

S. Austr., April and June, 1917; Kendall, N.S. Wales, May,

Pod teri banana (Musa, sp.), Botanic Gardens, Sydney;
uly, 1

In Ma ay, 1917, an interesting form was found at Mosman,

Sydney, growing in a dense caespitose mass at the base of à

The cap was almost black with dense short fibres.

There. were definite remains of a pale-brownish ring $ inch

' white, 15°5 to 24 p, basidia and
| ion. On rotting fallen trunk, Mum
ush, near Casino, December, .1916.

in young specimens we can find no "ze nd a ringe
: Gre PISSA like a Tei ringless 4 millara. 2

|
|
:

267

mucida, and on comparison with dried English specimens

received Wem Miss Wakefield, the spores of the latter are
found to be similar to those of our doi stg smaller (15°5

sentatives, and, in spite of the Pane absence of a ring,

we place them under A. mucida as a variety rather than

transfer them as a new species to another genus, and so
lose their obvious affinit ty.

Pileus ad 10 cm. latus, subconvexus, deinde planus, glutinosus,
substriatus, albidus ad subfus co-albidus, cuticulo decor-
ticante. Lamellae subsinuatae, subventricosae, subdis-
tantes ad distantes, albae. Stipes ad 8 cm. altus, tenuis

ad basem bulbosus, albus ad Peet

solidus. Sporae sphericae, granulatae, 155-2

TRICHOLOMA.

94. Tricholoma muculenta, Berk.: Hook. J., 1845, p. 43
Cooke: Handb. Austr. Fungi, No. 50 (W.A.). —The following

distant, aut adnexed. Ste. white, tied solid, faintly
stri ate ( 1 2 Caespitose on ‘bare. round. Taste dry speci-

>

This 1S ipie with the original description, save that the
6 p in Berk

?

species of Tricholoma agrees with our specimen. There is
some resemblance between our fungus and the description of
Russula virginica, Cooke and Massee. The spores pais

ede. Pricholosnà aie, Er: Byicr., p. 38 ; Cooke:
Illustrs., p. 87; Massee: Brit. me Flora, iii., p. 182.—

r Sydney, seems rofarablé to this species. The ebrii
of Tricholoma coarctata pe 7 Cooke and Massee (Cooke:
Handb. Austr. Fungi, No. also seems like that of our

— on ae but fig. 5, given a ‘Cooke, is quite different.

figure is one reconstructed from a rough med and not

268

a true representation of the original, then it may still happen -

that our species is that given by Cooke, but until this is

reddish-brown, white above. Flesh showing pink at the base
of the stem and under the cap. Spores pear-shaped, white,

specimens apparently of this species 7 to 85x52 to T p.
Narrabeen, April; Sydney, April and May; Hawkesbury
River, April.
CLITOCYBE.
SECT. I.—DISCIFORMES.

96. Clitocybe media, Peck.—Peck’s description (N. York
s:—‘‘Pileus

interspaces often venose; stem equal or nearly so, solid, elastic.
coloured like or a little paler than the pileus; spores ellip-
soid, 8x5 y. Pileus 5 to 19 cm. broad; stem 2:5 to 5 cm.
long, 8 to 16 mm. thick. Gregarious or scattered. Mossy
ground in woods.” s:
We have not had access to his plates of the species. - The
following South Australian plants approximate to the desct1p-

I €.0-, the
pallid-whitish stem. They differ from C. nebularis, Batsch,
in their larger spores, and from C. clavipes, Pers., 1n the

ieus up to 6 inches across, convex, then plane or a

inc out (up
ther attenuated in the middle, slightly fibrillose or fibro"

v. Ste
i pe 1$ inch high, slender to stou to ł inch thi

269

streaked, solid, pallid whitish. Hardly any smell. Spores
85 to 104x5 n a garden amongst grass, Beaumont,
Adelaide, and on the Mount Lofty Range above Beaumont
amongst grass under a tree, June, 1917. (Miss Rennie,
Watercolour No. 3.)

97. Clitocybe pinophila, Peck.—Peck’s description (N.
York State Mus., Mus. Bull. 157, p. 63) is as follows: —

dry, odour and taste farinaceous; lamellae moderately close,
subarcuate, adnate or slightly decurrent, whitish ; stem equal,
glabrous or slightly pruinose, colour like the pileus; spores
broadly ellipsoid or subglobose, 5 to 6x4 to 5 p. Pileus

slight fragrant mealy odour. Spores 5/2 to 7x25 to 3 p.
Amongst grass, apparently usually (always[?]) under Pinus.
Beaumont, near Adelaide, and National Park, S. Austr.,
June, 1917; amongst pine needles under Pinus, Craigie,
Ararat (E. J. Semmens, No. 146).

98. Clitocybe dealbata, var. minor, Cooke : Handb., p. 50;
Cooke: Illustrs., pl. 173.—Small plants, growing on the
ground or attached to grass or fern roots at Milson Island,

i ril e

with a yellowish tinge when old, convex and somewhat
irregular, with moderately distant gills. Occasional specimens
were truncate above, descending conically with deeply
decurrent gills. Spores elliptical, 5:5 to 66x 34 p.

SECT. IV.—CYATHIFORMES. »
: 99. Clitocybe cyathiformis, var. cinerascens, Fr. — We
have collected specimens of this variety at Mosman, Sydney,

270

in March, May, and June, and at Lisarow in May. Reticu-
lations have not been noted on the stems. The description of
our plants is as follows:—Pileus up to 14 inch in diameter,
very thin, translucent, pale greyish-brown, striate, sometimes
somewhat rugose, umbilicate to infundibuliform. Gills moder-
ately crowded, deeply decurrent, branching and anastomosing.
Stem up to 21 inches high, tubular, and the hollow centre
sometimes apparently communicating with the funnel-shaped
cap, base slightly bulbous, of the same colour as the cap but
browner below. Spores pear-shaped with a large vesicle,
7 to 85x42to5 p. Under trees, sometimes on rotten wood.
(D. I. C., Watercolour 38.)

SECT. V.—ORBIFORMES.

100. Clitocybe paraditopa, n. sp.—We have met with
the following species of Clitocybe on several occasions in New
South Wales and South Australia. It has usually been
found on or in the neighbourhood of cow-dung, and, if this

habit is a necessity, is evidently an introdu cies. Fro
the descriptions and from Cooke’s illustrations of C ditopa,
FR, 1 ms clo this species but, from comparison with

u
infundibuliform, sometimes obscurely gibbous, smooth, when
moist shining moist-looking pallid stony-grey to brownish,
rying from the centre, which become pallid fawn, and finally
pallid white and shining, sometimes when dry dingy greyish-
in

white, edge rved when young. Gills mo derately crow ded
to moderately distant, adnate, sometimes somew i den
French grey, dark grey or Mies

nc

stout or slender, often com ressed and
reaked, rigid, usually markedly

nearly stuffed, whitish.

on bare rich soil or
etc., in or near cow-dung or in pas

arke, Watercolour

271

Pileus 3-7 ad 6:2 cm. latus, subconvexus et irregularis, mcdo
depressus, modo subgibbosus, glaber, hygrophanus,
pallido-cinereo-fuscus, siccatus pallidus et nitidus.
Lamellae adnatae, interdum subdecurrentes, angustae,
pallido-cinereae aut violaceo-cinereae, deinde cinereo-
fuscae. Stipes 3-7 ad 5 cm. latus, saepe distortus, cavus,
albidus. Habitus 5 caespitosus. Odor fragrans.
Spores 5:2-6:8 x 276-36 p
Coloured figures of this new dae were prepared by the
ivebinicnt Printer of New South Wales several years ago
for publication in the Agricultural Gazette of N.S. Wales.
wing to the war such publication has had to be postponed,
but it is hoped that the plate may meer in that journal
during 1920.
CANTHARELLUS.

a lilac tint. Stem up to 14 inch long, 3/160s inch thick,
moderately stout, Cnt lilae above, - ges dull-yellow below.
Flesh thick, Jila above, that of the stem white, Spores
pear-shape ed, to 85x45 to 55 p. "Under Kunzea bushes,
eo Spans. June, 1916. (Miss Clarke, Watercolour

Pileus ad 2:5 cm. latus, convexus, deinde subconvexus aut
depressus, saepe distortus, subfloc cosus, rosaceo-lilacinus.
Lamellae decurrentes, distantes, saepe fu urcatae, margin-
ibus crassis, albae vel sahurda: albae. Stipes ad 37

, em. tus, 5 cm. crassus, ^d cmi sursum lilacinus,
deorsum pallido-croce eus. Car crassa, sursum lilacina,
in stipite alba. Sporae pei areen 7-85 x 45-55 p
(Pl. xxix. mee

: 102. Syed be imperatae, sp.—The following

species, which we refer to the genus ontharel us, though it

: on

to the
up to 3 inch or more in diameter, convex, subgibbous, then
plane or a € depressed, os aeg edge turned
1n especially when young, su tt, pale fawny-white in
centre with the pete ene or | naksls pure white, later

,

à

: 272

connectantibus, albae. Stipes ad 2 cm. altus, deorsum
attenuatus, subcavum, sursum albus et subfarinaceus,
deorsum sub-viride-glaucus et farinaceus. Sporae
obliquae, pyriformes, 9-13°8 x 5:2-7 p

Lamellae adnatae, albae, subdistantes, interdum venis
irr rib d nu ipes ad

the
Gills

273

distant, many short, sometimes forked and connected by
numerous transverse wrinkles, white. Stem 21 inches high,
a little wavy, becoming attenuated at the base, hollow, rather
cartilaginous, white with a slight brown tint below. Spores
T to 85x38 Subcaespitose amongst dead wood at the
base of a log. Kendall, May, 1917. (Miss Clarke, Water-
colour 159; Herb., J. B. C., Form. Sp. 282.)
Pileus 2-5 em. latus, irregulariter convexus, deinde expansus,
margine incurvato, substriatus, semitranslucidus
et vest pir siccatus albus. Lamellae distantes,

albae. Stipes 6:2 cm. altus, deorsum attenuatus, cavus,

albus, deorsum subfusco-albidus. Sporae 7-8°5 x 3°

Plantae subcaespitosae.

We have given the specific name “corrugatus? to the
Species on account of the wrinkled appearance presented by
the intercommunicating veins. (Pl. xxix., fig. 2.

105. Cantharellus foliolum, Kalch.: Grev., ix., 134;

414 (Q.).— We have specimens, apparently of this species,
taken on fallen sticks and twigs at Mosman, Sydney, in April
and November. The plants are small and pure white, show-
ing a greyish tinge in drying. The gills are very irregular.
Spores pear-shaped, 12 to 13:8x 72 p. (Herb C.,
Form Sp. 88.)
LACTARIUS.
SUBGENUS I.—PIPERITES.

106. Lactarius (Piperites) stenophyllus, Pork.: FI.
Tasm., H, p 248, t IBL, hg. 5. Cooke: Handb. Austr.

Before
referring to Berkeley's description, we had no
semblance to L. insulsus. Our plants we describe as follows : —
Pileus up to 3 inches across, convex, often irregular, usually
markedly infundibuliform, pale yellowish-brown, often some-

Stem. Instant] pe Spor herical, 5 p.
: ; y pores warty, sp 3 T p
Under trees, Be Siir May, 1916. (Miss Clarke,
Watercolour 105.)

274

SUBGENUS III.—RUSSULARIA.
107. Lactarius (Russularia) subtomentosus, B. and Rav.:
Ann. Nat. Hist., Oct., 1869; Cooke: Handb. Austr. Fungi,

decurrent. Milk abundant, white, mild. Stem up to
2 inches long, usually rather eccentric, double in one spect-

men, matt, pale brownish to brown, becoming hollow. Spores -

spherical, warted, 7 to 9 p. Under trees. i
108. Lactarius ( Russularia) serifluus, Fr.: Epier., P-
i u

Fung. Flora, 111.,

base, finally hollow. Slightly caespitose under trees. Spores
very rough, spherical to oval, 65 to 7, 8x65 p. Neu
Bay, Sydney, May, June, November; Lane Cove River,
June; Bulli Pass, November.

RUSSULA.
109. Russula adusta, Fr.: Epicr., p. 350; C

collections, the spores are spherical to irregular,

7 to 9 p). specimens collec at Lane © River,
Sydney, in May, fine woolly scales were noted on the cap.

F : : 4 inches

us
ae d depressed, p l
fawn, e er on, dull reddish-orange or bril eh
" buff-orange. Gills adnate, moderately to wid
occasionally bifurcating, interspersed with sh

LÀ

ent TT - -

CE ET eR s ER AY

215

ones, pure white, becoming darker and pruinose from the

Spores. Stem 1 to 14 inch high, stout, sometimes attenu-

ated downwards, solid, reddish-brown to pinkish-buff. Sub-

Stance white. te mild, occasionally slightly peppery.

Spores elliptical, warty, 8°5 to 10'8x 7 to 85 p, occasionally

more spherical. Elongated cystidia, 26 w long, seen in two

collections. On the ground under trees, Ryde, Sydney, May;
e Spit and Bradley Head, Sydney, June; Lane Cove River,

Sydney, May; Hawkesbury River, April, June; Terrigal,

June. (Miss Margaret L. Flockton, Watercolour A.)

We have been unable to find any figure or description
agreeing with this. species, and so describe it as new. We
have named it in honour of Miss Flockton, who has admirably
delineated it, and who for many years has taken a special
interest in fungi.

Pileus ad 10 cm. latus, irregulariter convexus, deinde
depressus, pallido-rosaceo-cervinus ad luteo-aurantiacus.
Lamellae adnatae, subdistantes ad distantes, interdum
bifurcatae, albae deinde pallidae et pruinosae. Stipes
25 ad 4 cm. altus, robustus, interdum deorsum attenu-
atus, solidus, rubro-subfuscus ad rosaceo-cervinus. Caro
alba. Insipidus, interdum subpiperatus. Sporae ellip-
ticae, verrucosae, 85-108 x 7-8°5 p. Interdum cystidiis.

; _ As indicated under Clitocybe paraditopa (No. 100), it

18 hoped that coloured plates of this species, with others,

eA bud published in the Agricultural Gazette of N.S. Wales

in

111. Russula Mariae, Peck.—Peck’s description (N. York
State Mus., Bull. 75, 1903 (1904), p. 29, pl. 85, figs. 1-8) of

common mild-tasted purple-capped Russula with a rosy-pink
stem found in the Sydney district is R. Mariae. Perhaps the
Specimens of R. purpurea, Gill. (R. Queletii, va . purpurea,
"ide Massee), recorded by Cooke (No. 395) for Victoria are
also this species, but 7e. purpurea is an acrid species.

276

We describe our specimens as follows:—Pileus up to
2t inches in diameter, convex, centre depressed, edge some-
times turned up, of various tints of dark purple, purplish- -red,
rosy-purple, or pallid yellow, the general tone being purplish,
edge slightly striate, cuticle occasionally apparently slightly
sticky when moist. Flesh white, perhaps faintly purple under
the thick cuticle. Gills moderately close, white, becoming
pale yellowish, fading away at the stem to adnate. Stem
Arg nd stout, a little swollen below or sometimes attenu-

Mount Lofty, S. Austr., July (g eills yellow). Portions fed

to a pig and to a rabbit produced no ill-effects. (Miss Clarke, |

Watercolour 65. |
The following are in the National Collection at the

Botanic Gardens, Sydney:—Helensburgh (W. DES

DUE aie Fr.: Epicr., p. 356; Cooke:
Illustrs., pls. 1053 and 1074; Massee: Brit. Fung. Flora,
iii., p. 60.—We refer the following to this species. It wp t
well with the erc given by Cooke:—Pileus up

r ownish vermilion. Gills adnate, poene close, ipu
times forking, occasionally in deformed specimens forming
irregular pores near the stem, pale buffy-white. Sens
24 inches bigh, 14 inch thick above, stout, attenuated down
wards, root rather conical, fibrously striate, white with a
of pinkish. Flesh solid, white. Slight smell. Rather
Taste mild. Spores pale-tinted microscopically, warty, 8 bs
105 p. Partly buried in the ground. Mount Lotty,
S. Austr., April, 1917. 24;
| . Russula azurea, Bres.: Fungi Trident., t. 4^
Cooke: Illustrs., pl. 1088; Mibi" Brit. Fung. Flora, Pr
p. 57.—The following resembles Cooke's illustrations O

sual be May purplish with yer Kat between, someti
with < : s greenish tinges; tending to crack into small

271

purplish-brown scales or to become blotchy bluish-green

Buh yellow in the centre, when old a “embeds ore
S ades of dull bluish-green, cuticle separable. Gulls adnate
close, all equal, sometimes forked, sometimes slightly anas-
tomosing at the stem, diminishing towards the stem and
rounded externally, white or creamy. Stem up to 1} inch

spores white, spherical, warty, 7 to 8'5 N

, , i p: eutral Bay,
Aydnoy, March and May, 1917; Narrabeen, March, 1916:
orth Bridge, Sydney, July, 1916. (Miss Clarke, Water-

April, 1917 (spores 6 to 7 p).
114. Russula granulosa, Cooke: Handb., p. 332; Cooke:
Th 038; Massee: Brit. Fung. Flora, nup tas
e punctate brown spots on the stem, the cystidia, and the
acrid taste seem to indicate with reasonable certainty that

1} to 2) inches high, attenuated downwards, mealy-white
with a tinge of ochre or with fine scattered punctate brown
spots. Taste intensely peppery and somewhat bitter. Spores
warty, 7 to 9 p; a few projecting acuminate cystidia,

York State Mus., Bull. 116, p. 90) of this species is as fol-
lows :—‘‘Pileus thin, broadly convex, becoming nearly plane
: isci moist, widely tuberculose
striate on the margin, dingy straw colour, brownish, yellowish-
i i darker in the centre,

tem equal or nearly so, even, glabrous,
whitish, subglobose ; 00025-0003

278

warty, 7 to 10 p. Under trees, Neutral Bay, Sydney, Ma
April, May, June; Bulli Pass, April; Hawkesbury River,
June; Manly, April. ks:

1 ussula emetica, Fr.: Epicr., p. 357; d
Illustrs., pl. 1030; Massee: Brit. Fung. Flora, iii., P Vie.
Cooke: Handb. Austr. Fungi, No. 399 (N.S. Wales, | a
toria, Tasm.).—An acrid species with a red cap and a ting

fragilis, we believe be emetica, as the er 1S -
stated t ess a pink tinge to the stem. Other acrid ge
mens, very similar but with pure white stems, ma

a purplish to purplish-pink cap. Spores warty,
104x52 to 85 p. Sydney, June. ke:
117. Russula fragilis, Fr.: Epicr., p. 359; poco
Illustrs., pl. 1091; Massee: Brit. Fung. Flora, iii., Pob.
Cooke: Handb. Austr. Fungi, No. 400 (Q'land, Vic"

Stem
aste ac

219

excentric, white or slightly brown-tinted below, stout, dress
solid, dull, not polished. Spores pale rusty, spherical to
slightly oval, verrucose; 7 p, 8'Dx 7 p. Taste mild. Emerg-

across; spores 8 5 to 10:4 x 7 to 78 p, n. appar-

ently white). (Miss Clarke, Watercolour 63.)

Pileus ad 7:5 cm. latus, depressus ad infundibuliformis, albus
vel subfusco- albidus, non nitidus. Caro alba. Lamellae
adnatae, confertae, subluteo-albidae, deinde subochraceae.
Stipes 3 to 5 cm. altus, 1:25 ad 1'8 cm. crassus, interdum
subexcentricus, crassus, solidus, non epic albus. de

non piperatus. Sporae subochrac , spheric ae ad su

ellipticae, pra a T p, 9bx nE *

At one time we thought our species might be Russula
periglypta, B. and Br., of Ceylon. Through the kindness of
Mr. T. Petch, of Peradeniya a Ceylon, we have
received coloured drawings an specimens of the Ceylon
ERNU which show that the ark are clearly distinct

indicated under ict dec paraditopa (No. 100), it is
ped ‘that a coloured figure of this species, the plate of which
repared for several years, will be published in the

M potus Gazette bs N.S. Wales in 1920.

COLLYBIA.
SECT. I.—STRIAEPEDES

119. Coliybia radicata, Relh. (Syn. C. eradicata, Kalch.;
ba, Cke. and Mass.).—The typical form is

that it may be possibly only an accidental cities r^ the
atter, and so sink C. eradicata as a synonym. C. olivaceo-
alba is recorded in Cooke (No. 82), and for Kogarah, New
South Wales, by R. T. Baker (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales,
xxiv, (1899), p. "a ior Victoria and South Australia. From

280

the description and from Cooke’s plate, it is apparent that
C. olivaceo-alba closely resembles C. radicata, the chief point
of différence being the black base of the stem of the former.
In May, 1915, we found specimens of C. radicata in the

breeding true, whilst a form is a departure from type not
necessarily breeding true, sometimes being merely a recog-

nizable or an extreme variation in a variable species, some-

s
pauperate examples n these grounds we sink C. olivaceo-

SECT. II.—-VESTIPEDES.

121. Collybia confluens, Pers. Massee: Brit. Fung.
Flora, iii., p. 130.— Plants collected by E. J. Semmens (No.
40) amongst pine needles ut Craigie, near Ararat, Victoria,
in June, 1917, seem indistinguishable from dried English
specimens of this species received from Miss E. M. Wakefield.
Spores 5 to 7 x3 p. ,

Lael ec S e pR s
tup T ee TE

281

end more pointed, 7 to, 9 x 3:4 to 4 p. Under bushes, Mos-

man, Sydney, April, May.

.. 123. Collybia stipitaria, Fr. Massee: Brit. Fung. Flora,

ui., p. 129.—We have collected this species on one occasion

on Milson Island, Hawkesbury River, in March. As men-

tioned by C. G. Lloyd (Mycolog. Notes, No. 100), it revives
e

l
slightly decurrent. Stem up to ł inch high, base slightly
swollen, hollow, villous, dark brown. Spores elliptical,
44 to 52x25 to 34 p. Attached to the bases of living
grass stems. (D. I. C., Watercolour 33.)

HYGROPHORUS.
SUBGENUS HYGROCYBE.

124. Hygrophorus miniatus, Fr. Cooke: Handb. Austr.
Fungi, No. 383 (Q'land, Vict.).—Our specimens approach

pileus or with a decurrent tooth. Stem 1} to 21 inches high,
dilated upwards, solid, sometimes hollow, crimson, with base |

October; Tuggerah, October; H iver, November
ygrophorus conicus, Fr ke: Joc. cit., No
(Vict.).—Our collections of this species escribed as
follows :—Pileus 2 inch in diameter, elongated globular, then
convex with an acute umbo, fibrillosely streaked, yellowish-

green or dark greyish-brown, turning black with black fibrils.
Gills just free or just sinuately adnexed, triangular; yellowish

uing grey or dark grey. Stem 24 to 3j inches high,
rather fibrillose and twisted, the fibrils later becoming

i

282

blackish, pallid brownish, with scattered black cobweb-like
lines, or yellowish-green, ecoming hollow Spores ellip-
tical, almost colourless, often with apparently a watery
blackish tint, 9 to 104 x 6 to 7 u. Under shrubs. Lisarow,
May; Neutral Bay, Sydney, May; Mosman, Sydney, June;
Mount Lofty Ranges, S. Austr., June, 1917.

dark green, browner on top, later pale olive-green, not appar-
ently viscid, silky shining, rigid. Gills sinuate, thick,
moderately distant, greyish flesh in colour. Stem inch
igh, attenuated upwards, reddish-brown, becoming paler,
hollow. Spores pear-shaped, 7'2 to 85x52 p. On t
ground, Blue Mountains, May, 1914.

MARASMIUS.
SECT. I.—COLLYBIARII.
127. Marasmius porreus, Fr. Massee: Brit. Fung. Flora,
li., p. 155.—Pileus 3 inch in .liameter, plane or slightly

dirty white. Stem slightly striate, base downy, brown.
Slight foetid smell. Complete revival in water. Spores
02x25, 44x2 n, one end more pointed. Amongst leaves,
Manly, April, 1915. (Herb., J. B. C., Form. Sp. 50.
Though our plants resemble more Cooke's illustrations of
M. erythropus than those of M. porreus, on account of the
smell we place them provisionally under the latter.

128. Marasmius alliatus, (Schaeff.) Schrot. (M. scoro-
donius, Fr. Cooke: Handb. Austr. Fungi, No. 424; M ;

rit. Fung. iii i i

. (spores 104 i
S R SL Ef thie species, stem finely mealy, pallid brown, spores
OL p e ,

.. 129. Marasmius calopus, Fr. Massee : Brit. Fung. Flora,
ii., p. 163; Cooke: Illustrs,, 1125B, and Handb. Austr.

collection). Spores rather elongated, one end more pointed,
5'2 to 7x 2°5 to 34 p. (Miss Clarke, Watercolour 56; Herb.,
J. B. C., Form. Sps. 49 and unnumbered.)

Alectoria australiensis, Knight. Records in Ann. Rep. Bot.
Gdns., Sydney, 1909 (1910), 10).—The sterile horse-hair-like
mycelium is common in the Big Scrub on the Richmond River

d
Alectoria australiensis, Knight, in Bailey’s and Shirley’s works,
i . Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.

The following we believe to be a pileate specimen : —

Pileus 5, to 4 inch in diameter, convex, with about 8 coarse

free from the stem, distant, about 9 or 10 in number, palli
Stem up to 4 or 5 inches long, smooth, hair-like, dark brown or

y ac eats ETE TR a Petr e MATTB a EE Qd ib

(Herb., J. B. C., Formalin Sp. i Extensive hair-like
light-brownish mycelial threads, found covering fallen leaves,

the sterile mycelium o this species, though the colour was
not the dark rani or black of the stems of the cap-bearing
portions

8.

284

MyceEna.
SECT. II.—BASIPEDES. |
131. Mycena banksiae, n. sp.—Pileus up to À inch in

4 :
shining, smooth, not definitely viscid, whitish with a slight

widely separate, greyish-white; stem, swollen below); Neutral
Bay, April, May; National Park, N.S. Wales, July, 1916;
Bradley Head, Sydney, May, 1917. (Miss Clarke, Water-
colour 52; Herb., J. B. C., Form. Sps. 55 and 63.)

fertae, marginibus non serratis, cubcinereo-albidae. Stipes
brevis, 1°25 (minus) cm, altus, nitidus, glaber, subcinereo-
albidus, disco parvo. Sporae subsphericae, 68-8, 85 x T,
6x5 p.

We have named the species banksiae from having
frequently found it growin he trunks of various
Banksias. (Pl. xxix., fig. 3.)

SECT. III.—GLUTINIPEDES. a

92. Mycena coccineus, n. sp.—The following beautifu
little species seems referable to the genus Mycena. Speci-
o

dt in Mycena

MIA AE

P NE ES Por

=
E
:
E

285

of a dark b ood-red or Yacht reddish-crimson colour. Gills

Ton 4); old blood-red (pl. 103, Ton 2
Pileus ad 1 cm. latus, hemisphericus ad convexus, interdum
sumbilicatus vel subgibbosus, substriatus, viscidus,
i mel inde

25 cm. altus, tenuis, cavus, glutinosus, sanguineo-
coccineus, ad basem disco. Sporae elongatae, 7-85 x
25-95 p. (Pl xxix, fig. 4.)

SECT. IV.—LACTIPEDES.

. 133. Mycena sanguinolenta, Alb. and Schw. Massee:
Brit. Fung. Flora, iii., p. 89; Cooke: Handb. Austr. Fungi,
No. 116 (Vict.).—Cooke has recorded this species for Victoria
and Baker (Proc. Linn. Soc. SS. Wales, xxxi., p. 720
[1906]) for New South Wales. On several occasions in New
South Wales and South Australia we have met with a
Mycena which combines some of the characters of M.
sanguinolenta with some of those of M. haematopa, Pers.
agrees with the latter in the margin of the pileus being
minutely toothed and the juice being prune coloured. It

finely toothed. The colour of the juice is darker than that
of M. sanguinolenta given in ooke's illustration. At pre-

the description of our specimens is as follows :—Pileus
up to § inch broad and } inch high, submembranaceous
conico-campanulate, sometimes finally irregularly upturned,

286

PLEUROTUS.

134. Pleurotus lampas, Berk.— Agaricus (Pleurotus)
lampas, Berk.: Hook. J., iv., 1845, p. 44; Cooke: Handb.
Austr. Fungi, No. 155. Synonyms : —4 garicus noctilucus,
Berk. (vide Cooke, No. 155). Agaricus ( Ple
phoreus, Berk.: Hook. J., vii., 1848, p. 572; Cooke 9
Agaricus (Pleurotus ) illuminans, Muell: Linn. J., xu.
873, p. 157; Cooke: No. 150. A garicus (Pleurotus)
candescens, Muell. : Linn. J., xiii., 1873, p. 157; Cooke: No.
158; McAlpine: Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1900, p. 553, pls-
xxxi. and xxxii. Panus incandescens, B. and Br.: Linn.
Trans., ii., p. 5; Cooke: No. 498; Bailey: Comp. Cat. Q'land
Plants, p. 725 (=A. Gardneri). | Agaricus (Pleurotus)
Gardneri, as identified by Berk. and Br.: Linn. Trans., 1878,
pP. 399; Cooke: No. 149. (9) Agaricus (Pleurotus nidi-
formis, Berk.: Hook. J., iii., 1844, p. 185; Cooke: No. 154.

In our opinion all of the above supposed species recorded
for Australia represent examples of but one variable and very
common form, of which by priority the name should be
lampas (or P. nidiformis, if this also is the same species).

ırotus) phos-
: No. 157.

: pecies
SC) bed so accurately by McAlpine (Joc. cit.).

Our: reasons for considering that there are so many
ay the specimens: we have

atery. dhe colour of the cap varies from a creamy”
im shaded examples to purplish-black and occasionally i

287

fungi—none of the authors quoted had, apparently, access

l by Berkeley a -
in fact definitely stated that all the species recorded by them
were “‘unaccompanied by notes or sketches of any kind." In

g Tr
the fungus growing on ''petioles and half-putrid fronds of
palms," which obviously is taken by Cooke from the original
description of the species from: Brazil. There is no reference

P. nidijormis, which is also phosphorescent. The gills in the
latter are described as ‘‘ochraceous,’’ whi i

. Taking everything together
Justified in this apparent ‘‘lumping,
original descriptions will show how imperfect these are for

"Specimens exist only of Pleurotus lampas
and Panus incandescens. o a person
Pme it might be possible to make a comparison, but the
Tl i i

cens (type), 7 to T5 x 4 p; (Melbourne specimen) T

to 6 ps Po a - rivi ener

the spores obtained by scraping the gills, so that young

ones would probably be included amongst them." This reply

ly supports our attitude. As regards P. nidiformis,

Miss Wakefield, in answer to a later enquiry, said that no
Specimens of this species were in Kew Herbarium.

288

T a an i pe a He

New South Wales.—We have a number of collections ~
from the Sydney district, April to November; also specimens
from Mount Wilson and Kendall, May. Spore mass
sometimes pale ochraceous. Edge of pileus sometimes in-
curved. Spores oval, with a large ‘‘nucleus,’’ 7 9x5
to 6 p, usually 75x55 p. In one collection made at

Y Milson Island, Hawkesbury River, in April, the pileus was
of a brilliant rufous-brown, the gills being also rufous
coloured.

We have collected this */bronzed" form also at Mosman

' chocolate-brown (pl. 342, Ton 3), buff (pl. 309, Ton 4), mostly
th

brown (pl. 339, Ton 2), the centre darker than Ton 4; Kaiser

. Pleurotus ostreatus, Jacq. Cooke: Illustrs., pls.
M it. Fung. Flora, ii, p. TLS
refer the following to this species:—Pileus up to 6 inches

n the mass with a slight pinkish tinge, 85 to 10:5 x35 p-
Attached one above the other at the base of a stem of sassafras
(Doryphora sassafras, Endl.). Hawkesbury River, Novem-
ber, 1916. The following is probably also this species, gie

the stem, of a pallid stone-colour or greyish-brown, smoe
but finely-punctate looking,

; : : ; - — mpky. Gills moderately
_ Stem, where they reti

289

tough, not phosphorescent. Spore elongated, 8'5 to 88 x 34 p,
no cystidia. On upper surface of M trunk. Hawkesbury
River, December, 1914. (Herb., C., Form. Sp. 18.)
136. Pleurotus subostreatus, n. ek Pie up to 7 eas
broad and 4 inches from before backwards, convex, becoming
depressed towards its attachment, pallid whitish, matt. Gills
thick, creamy-white, anastomosing near the base to form a
network. Laterally attached by a short broad pallid to
-brown matt "ES. 3 inch long and § inch thick. Spores pear-
shaped, 4 x 2 "On a fallen log, Wauchope, N.S. Wales,
February, S A i hát species seems to approach Panus in
texture. It differs from P. PN iei in the definite brownish
stem and in the small spores.
Pileus ad 17:5 x10 em., convexus, albidus, E
amellae crassae, subflavo-albidae, ad basem anastomosae.
Stipes ad 2 cm. longus, lateralis, brevis, crassus, pallidus
ad fuscus, subtomentosus. Sporae pyriformes, 4x
‘137. Pleurotus Cheelii, Mass.: Kew Bull., 1907, p. 122;
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxxii. (1907), p. 202. — Small,
white. Pileus thickly hairy, attached by the vertex. Gi ls
radiating from the centre, moderately close, rather thick.
Spores thick-walled, subspherical, 6 to 8, 75x58, 85x7 p.
On branches, Eden, Twofold pay. Magd of the in.
National Park, N.S. Wales, July, 1
38. Pleurotus striatulus, Pr PR t 89, IT D. Dec:

imi slightly striate, powdery looking. Gills ModerMeuy sh

* living cultivated ia de ( Morus alba, rà H pra Island,
eh Wkesbury River, June, 1913 (spores 5'5 x3 6 p); on a

Bey,
son, Pond all the latter with subepherical spores, 4'8 to
55 p (hence some pte exists as to there being two species,
with oval and subspherical spores respectively).

LENTINUS.:
139. Lentinus tuber-regium, Rumph. Lloyd: Mycol.
Notes, No. 47, 1917, p. 666, fig. 959 (this collection).—
i: Pileus up to 6 inches across, deeply infundibuliform, slightly

290

light ess s bro Gills close, nd decurrent, white then
with a brownish “tint. Total height up to 9 inches; stem
alone, above ground, 4 inches. Stem more or less equal,

$ inch thick, sande with darker fibrillose scales. Sclero-.

tium on seotión pure ‘white; 2 inches in diameter. Spores
pear-shaped, 5 to 6x25 to 3 p. On the ground amongst
fallen branches of duis "Cunningham, Ait.

iM

gum Brush, near Casino, December, 1916. Identified by C..

G. Lloyd. We have recently received from Mr. C. T. White,
Government Botanist, Queensland, some undevel oped sporo-
ais obtained by Mr. Munr o Hull at Eumundi in Novem-
ber, 1918, on an old hickory y Tarrietia) stump in a banana
plantation
140. Lentinus strigosus, Fr. Co oke: Handb. Austr.
5

Fungi, No. 454.— ave made several lecta in New
South Wales, two of which have been identified by Lloyd
The pileus is up | inches in diameter, moderately

hairy. Soe 4'5 to 5x 22 to 25 i eystidia thick- walled,
blunt to club-shaped or irregular, 26 to 52x85 to 13° p-
New South Wales, locality not noted; Mummulgum, near
November, 1916; Com-
boyne, September, 1918. See Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales
xxxii., p. 202 (1907), for previous records.
141. ose dealbatus, Fr. Cooke: loc. cit., 45s
i Austr.).—We have specimens, obtained at Manildra,
Wales, on a ilies Callitris log in October, 1916, which
fa been identified by C. G. Lloyd: The gills when young
were purple-violet, bnt when old id yellowish without
voilet. A few spores, 5 to 7 x 34 p, see
142. Lentimis fasciatus, Berk.: Hook. J., 1840, p. d
ooke: H Í

Sace. : d |
(Q'and, N.S. Wales, W. Austr., Tasm.); Lloyd: Myo!
Notes, No. 55, August, 1918, p. 796.—Our specimens, bie

EA

c M S AT nips ee CMR

hu Pal adu Ue t SU as a ees OS See a ue ee ip

291

dark brown); Stockton, October, 1915, bleached specimens
(identified by Lloyd).
143. Lentinus radicatus, Cooke and Mass.: Grev., xiv.,

but mostly buried, the lower 2} inches rooting and attenu-
ated with a slightly bulbous hollow base, the rest solid, soil
aggregated round the root. Spores elongated, oblique, 10:4
io 12x 52 y.

144. Lentinus ursinus, Fr.—Our specimens, kindly iden-
tified by €. G. Lloyd, are 1 inch or more laterally and about
i inch from behind forwards, the pileus fan-shaped, convex,
densely pilose, dark brown. The gills are close, with the

. edges denticulate, pallid whitish. Laterally attached by a
contracted base, sometimes developing into a short stem which
is coloured and pilose like the pileus. On fallen trunks, often
overlapping. Spores subspherical, 4:2x3:4, 38 p, etc., no
cystidia. Mount Wilson, June; Lisarow, December.

Panus.

tasted lack entirely any hot or pungent taste. Spores 42 to
55x18 to 25 p. Mount Wilson, June; Leura, June;
Lisarow, June; between Bowral and Robertson, August;
Macquarie Pass, August.

46. Panus viseidulus, B. and Br.: Linn. Trans., ii.,
55; Sacc.: Syll 2568; à

less, 6 to 72x 34 to 4 p. On fallen trunks amongst moisture,
Mount Wilson, June, 1915. The weak formalin in which a
K2

292

specimen was preserved has become dark grey and clouded,

as does a solution of silver nitrate when exposed to light. |

XEROTUS.

147. Xerotus fuliginosus, Lloyd: Letter 60, Note 338.—
This species.has been identified for us by C. G. Lloyd, who
in his letter states that it is probably also X. tener, of B. and
Br.; X. Berterii, of Mont. ; X. lateritius, of B. and C.; X.
papyraceus, of Berk.; and X. Drummondii, of Berk., men-
tioned in Cooke's Handb. of Austr. Fungi. The pileus 1s

osman, December, 1916.
LENZITES.

+148. Lenzites abietina, Fr.: Epicr., p

M
ber, 1914 (spores 85 x 4:2 p); National Park, July, 1916;
M | ;

293
ies,” described By Berkeley from the Southern United

‘spec
Ps in is not a hg e species, but an aberrant form of L..
betulina. He says, ‘‘The context is white, the gills typically

those of the common Lenzites betulina, but the upper surface
is different. It is ipe not pubescent, nor zoned, but
glabrous and rugulos We have also collected a specimen
at Lorne, near Kendall, September, 1918.

50. Lenzites striata, Swartz. Fr.:.Epicr., i., p. 406;
Sacc. : de 2653 ; Cooke: Handb. Austr. Fungi, No. 531
(Q'land, Vict.).—On fallen Callitris log, Na rrabri, Novem-
ber, 1916 (identified by Lloyd, No. 266). Lloyd says of these
specimens that they are not exactly the common plant of
the-American tropics, but close to it. “The colour, gills, and
general shape are the same, but the surface is harder and
more zonate.

151. Lianti saepiaria, Fr.: Hym. Eur., 494; Cooke :
Illustrs., pl. 11464; Sacc.: Syll, 2636 ; Cooke: Handb.
Austr. Fungi, No. 528 (Vict. ).—Specimens identified by Lloyd
(No. 219) from Manildra, October, 1916, on old Callitris
stump.

152. Lenzites Beckleri, Berk.: Linn. Journ., xin., 161;
Sacc.: Syll., 2664; Cooke: Handb. Austr. Fungi, No. 536

repa dida. “The gills of L. Beckleri are more
lamellate, his those of L. betulina, but I put more stress on
the Content nature and ait of this group of plants than
on the hymenial configur In na ature of context an
surface it approaches mpi lactinea."
153. Lenzites repanda, Mont. Fr.: Epicr., 404; Sacc
Syll., 2688: Cooke: Handb.. Austr. Fungi, Ha 542
(Q'land, N.S. Wales).—Eumundi, Q'land, January, 1911 (J.

>

nes xix E Cooke a poe eda No. 868

294

be confused with Trametes Muelleri, which may also be a
variant, but has small round pores and is more frequent
and constant. me

155. Lenzites bicolor.—On a dead stump of Callitris

undeveloped. ie upper surface view is the same as that
of Polystictus Friesii. Lloyd mentions that this is the only
Lenzites he has seen where the context-colour and surface
layer are not uniform.

POLYPORACEAE.

BoLETUS.

156. Boletus romanus, Ottav.—The following species, of
which we have had prepared a coloured drawing, resembles so
closely the figure of ‘‘Boletus Romanus, Ottav.,”’ given on
pl. xv. of Badham’s work ‘‘On the Esculent Funguses of Eng-
land," that we consider, for the present at least, that we vus
justified in calling it by this name. Unfortunately all tha
Badham says of the species is as follows: —‘‘The B. Romant
was first described by Ottaviani, who obligingly sent a colour

the name in Fries. Our plants were described when gathered

=
d
E
B
B
cà

- Flesh showing a tinge of blue in places. Spores.
greenish, 104x34 p. Under Casuarma,

T. Boletus scarlatinus, n. sp.—Pileus usually 1$ Ms
2 inches in diameter, but after heavy rains occasionally reac
ing 3? inches across, convex to nearly plane, irregular,
som i when moist (leaves may adhe

North |

295

irregular, rarely somewhat sinuous or gill-ike near the stem,

pale yellowish flesh or dingy yellow, becoming browner when
0. Stem usually about 14 to 14 inch is in large speci-
ens 3 inches high, slender or stout inch thick),

Spores conde not 'fmumm -sha ed"), pale yellowish,

to 11) x 34 to 42 p. Neutral Bay aad Nie February
to May (Mis iss Clarke, Watercolour 202); North Bridge,
April (Miss Clarke, Watercolour 95); National Park, N.S.
Wales, May.

Colour tints noted : —Pileus fiery red (pl. 80, Ton 4) when,
wet, dull and more crimson when dry, to reddish chrome (pl.
51, Ton 4) at edge; orange cadmium (pl. 85, Ton 4); deep-

orange ca l A on 1); scarlet (pl. 49, 4);
dull madder-red (pl. 97, Ton 4); carrot red fiam lake)
(pl. 55, Ton 2); blood-red brown (faint) , Ton
cherry red (cerise) (pl. 91, Ton 4); nearly taa Hind (p
310, Ton 1); yellowish-white (pl. 13, Ton 4); yolk yellow
(pl. 24, To ores, in one specimen, a little greyer than
purplish-white (pl. 6, Ton Stem, E yellow ( in

85, Ton 2) ; yellowish- white (pl. 13, Ton 4) at the top; a little
brighter than honey m (pl. 35, Ton 1) tipo with faint
brown lake He 336, Ton 1).

Pileus 3 ad. liii: interdum ad 9'3 cm. latus, convexus
ad pallens irregularis, subviscidus, scarla tinus,
coccineus aut aurantiaco-scarlatinus. Tubi adnati,
9-7 mm., flavido-albidi. Stipes 3 ad 375 cm. altus,
interdum ad 7:5 cm. altus, subtenuis aut crassus (12-1:9
cm. latus), colore flavo, flavo-pallido aut aurantiaco-
scarlatino tinctus. Sporae ellipticae, 55-85 x 34-42 p,
interdum 8:5-11 x 338-42 y.

This species resembles Boletus Ballouii, pie (N. York

State Pf Mus. Bull. 157, 1911, p. 22, pl. v gs.

but the colour i is much more brilliant than in his an eT ea

ral description and spore shape anc ws measure-
The species les

296

STROBILOMYCES.
158. Strobilomyces pallescens, Cooke and Mass.: Grev.,
xvi iii., " Cooke: Handb. Austr. Fungi, No. 515, fg. 51.

colour No. 148); yim Nisi: Milson Island, Hawkes-
bury River, March ; Kendall, December

159. Strobildmuces floccopus, Rost. Vahl: Ic.’ Pl. Fh.
Dan., t. 1252; Sace.: Syll, 4835; Cooke: Handb. Austr.
Fungi, No. 579 (Q'land). —The following, from the only
gutsy! available to us, that in Cooke's Handbook, seems
to be this species. We have not noticed, however, that the

Pileus up to 3 inches in diameter, almost hemi-
spherical, then convex, edge turned in and extending slightly
beyond the pores and sometimes showing fragments of the
veil, soft to the iain covered with a cotton-wool-like

periphery. Pores adnate or slightly ro unded near the —
and gradually separating from it or tending t D be t finch
dec ecurrent, so eee irreg lar, medium- sized,

‘surface, p flesh and tokid s at once turning zai | then epe
when cut. Stem up to 4 inches high and 2 inch thick, I
or sometimes attenuated upwards or eds wia

297

April, 1919; "m May, 1918 (Miss Clarke, Water-
colour 70; Herb., J. B. C., Form. Sp. 98); Krambach, near
Gloucester, Januar ii 18.

Colour tints noted :—Pileus reddish-black (pl. 344, Tons
l and 2).

PorvsTicTUS.

160. Polystictus elongatus, Berk.: Hook. J., 1842, p.
149; Sacc.: Syll, vi., 5640; Cooke: Handb. Austr. Fungi,

x2 p)—all in New South Wales. Specimens have been
identified by Lloyd.
161. Polystictus meleagris, Berk. Lloyd: Letter 65, Note
577. i ie ies collec in Mummulgum rush, near
Ino, in pe ember, 1916, have been identified by C. G
257).

666. ~ Specimens, ni to us by Dr. Lachia Jones from

Loalyeliofus ochraceo-stuppeus, Lloyd: Letter 63,

1916, Note 464.—Petersham, Sydney, April, 1912 (T. Steel).
Identified by C. G. Lloyd in the above reference, who thus
describes it :——''Pileus erect, confluent, somewhat rosette form.
Surface ochraceous, soft tomentose, not zoned. Context dry,
— pinky, ochraceous.’ Pores minute, adustous. Cystidia
gad res not known to me. In general colour much like
7 "oliriictus ay raceus, but context not of the same nature. The

enen, rather than to enl be aoa us. We would put

is probably nos t
. 164. Pol RAPI peche ng pum Cooke: Grev.,
xiv., 85 E d Handb. Austr. gor No. 794; Sacc. :

Lloyd -k “piles deor of a brighter colour. Por

6 what i some

298

166. Polystictus subfulvus, Berk.—In identifying speci-
mens for us, — gi à thinks they are the same as the

167 Pieria PreK Klotz.. Lloyd: Mycol. Notes, iii.,
450 (1911-12), and Letter $5. sete 680.— Specimens col-
eid on a fallen sE near Nattai River, via Hill in

same context colour and microscopic structure (hyaline

168. Polystictus versicolor, L.—Cooke: Handb. Austr.
Fungi, No. 774 (Vict, N.S. Wales, Q'land, Tas.).—New
South Wales: Mount Wilson, June, 1915; The Rock, July,

destroying a telegraph post, aes May.

Tasmania: Wilmot (A. M. Lea), January, 1918.

Victoria: C. Brittlebank (No. 1), 1919.

169. Polystictus sanguineus. L.. Cooke, loc. cit., No.
746; Clel. and Cheel: Jour. Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales, Ie

1917, p. 485, No. 30.—Comboyne, ‘August, 1915; Mango

l Island, Suva, Fiji, 1919 (Mrs. Lucas). e

170. Polystictus cinnabarinus, Jacq. Cooke: loc. e)
No. 770; Clel. and Cheel: Joc. cit., p. 486, No. 31.—New Sou
Wales: Barellan, deg 1918; The Rock, July, 1917; Dun
gog, November, 1916; Bellinger River (Mr. Smithers), June;
1919; Narrabri, November, 1916; Myall Lakes (Mr. Gross),
Ma

ay

Victoria: Ararat (E. J. Semmens, No. 6).

Queensland (on Acacia aulalocarpa, A. Cunn. Ub Her
1918 (E. G on scrub-box (Eucalyptus, sp-)> ,
June, 1918 (E. Swain).

South Jura Port Elliot, August, 1918 (D. I. CJ

'estern Australia: Guildford, December, 1918 (E. Be

Aft, Polystictus cervino-gilvus, Jungh.; reco ed d
Australia in Cooke, loe. cit., MoE: porade
Berk. and Br, which Lloyd states is a synonym.— ge
. ganee, 25 miles west of Casino, August, .1917, identified PY
: loa. Pe 388 and 418). |

;
`
D:
Ly
if
iG

*

299

PorvPonvus.

172. Polyporus ( Petaloides) Clemensiae, Murr. Lloyd:
Letter 65, Note 574, and Letter 68, Note 734; place after
Polyporus rubidus, No. 12, Sect. 15, in Clel. and ‘Cheel, Jour.
Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales, li., p. 481.—Specimens obtain
at Barron Falls, Kuranda, Queens sland (Mrs. Fraser), in Sep
tember, 1917, have been identified by Lloyd (No. 429), who
refers to them in Note 734. He says the species is close
P. rubidus, and is perhaps the basis of the record of the Tattar
species in Cooke's Handbcok (No. 640).

Polyporus | ( Merismus) anthracophilus, oe
Cooke : "Handb. Austr. Fungi, No. 622; Clel. a Chee
Ht cit., p. 488, No. 39. —Pileus pallid to dark smoky- brown,

? near t
UE Macquarie Pass; August, 1917; identified by Lloyd
o. 410).
175. Polyporus ( iG rosettus, Lloyd: Mycol.
Notes, No. 43, 1916, p. 601; Cleland and Cheel : loc. cit.,

(S. Austr. Me bea 1917, spores 42x25 p; identified by
Lloyd (No. 3 :
176. Paid ( S pongiosus ) DE s, Pers. Cooke:.

loc. cit., No. 600; Clel. and Cheel : loc. cit., P: 490, No.,48.—
At the base of a latd olive, numero s white spores,
5x34, Beaumont, near Adelaide, April, 1917; identified by
Hen (Nos. 300 and 44

177. Polyporus ( Spongiosus ) Albertini, Mueller. Lloyd :
iuis eligo uus p. 160, and Letter 67, Note 662; pns
after P. to espe: 491, No. 51, in Clel. and Cheel, loc
cit.—This ds closely resembles P. decies die in appear-
ance, but microatopieally has brown spores. Lloyd has iden-
tified specimens for us. Taree district (H. Lyne), numerous
brown, slightly irregular spores 85x55 p, LHe ary, 191

BP ;
No. 656; Clel. and Cheel: Joc. cit., p. 522, No. 120.—On

ae 85 to 104 x 68 p.—colour "tints noted, pores

300

yellowish-white (Dauthenay, pi. 13, Ton 4), ap tinted with
pale otter brown, n than pie ef (pl. 354, Ton 1);

ay, 1918; on underside of dead fallen trunk, Berrima,

July, 1919, spores 8:5 x 6 p—colour tint noted, pores near

‘massicot yellow (Ridgway, pl. xvi.).

79. Polyporus gilvus, Schw. Cooke: Handb. Austr.
d o!

Wales, li., 1917, p. 533, Sect. 91, No. 143.—Near Wauchope,
February, 1917, identified by Lloyd ; Bulli Pass, November,
1917; Myall Lakes (Mr. Gross), May.
. Polyporus gilvus, var. seruposus, Fr. Cooke:
loc. cit., No. 643; Clel. and Cheel: Joc. cit., p. 534, Sect. 91,
No. 1434.— Barron Falls, Kuranda, Queensland, September,
raser

181. Poly yporus pertusus, Fr. (as Trametes). Llloyd:
Mycol. Notes, No. 58, 1917, p. 827.—Barron Falls, Kuranda,

yellow-brown, 5 x 3°4 p, no setae—Lloyd in determining this
(No. Ad adds "this (determination) does not seem exactly
Tut. M me"; Warren, N.S. Wales, on decaying trunk of à
large specimen of Acacia salicina, var. varians, Benth., spores
12x6 p—-confirmed by Lloyd; Malanganee, n ar Casino,
August, 1917, spores aan. 48x34 p, n t tae identified
Lloyd (No. 415), Lloyd i in the do. tote now thinks
that the species grades into P. dryadeus, Fr., the Australian
plants being midway between the two with dark spores but
no setae-like hyphae
183. Roue Ta cum, Berk. Cooke: /oc. cit., No.
649; Ciel. and Cheel: Joc. cit., ENS 96, No. 155.—On
'shrubs, about 1 foot or so pui he gro , Malanganee, near
Casino, August, 1917—identified by de (No. 397); Barron |
alls, Kuranda, Queensland Mee Fraser), September, 1917
—identified by Llo oyd (No.
i 184. Polyporus a aei a. in Clel. and Cheel: loc.

T. cit., under. — Barron Falls, Kuranda, Queensland,

et September, 1917 | Os er Lloyd in quib rds these - "s

301

eie 469) adds that this is really a sessile P. lucidus. We
have also specimens from Mango Island, Suva, des ean
Alte 1918, spores brown, very slightly rough, 12 x65 p

Fomes.
185. Fomes robustus, Karsten, Lloyd: Beon. Genus
eq p. 242, fig. 589; Clel. and Cheel: Jour. Proc. Roy.

Fomes aptos Murrill, and F. squarrosus, Wilson;
Clel. and Cheel: Touch: Proc. Roy. Soc. N:S. ales, li.,
1918, p- 514 (No. 106); F. fefto . Peteh (form with
abundant setae), Clel. and Cheel: /oc. cit., p. 511 (No. 102).—
Llo oyd has now come to Tie conclusion (Mycol. Notes, 50,

i rm of P.

convenient to retain the name F. setulosus for the latter.
, Queensland: Darling Downs, 20 miles from Room bs
(Miss MAD, December, 1917.

South Wales: re a smooth-barked - eucalypt,
probably E. Ed Sm., near Robertson, August, 1917: at
ase of Angophora QUA ON. as Meet Sydney,
Spores T Yee tae subspherical, la not seen, August
ànd November; on Eucalyptus panaan Sm., Bradley
Head, Sydney, spores subspherical, 6:8 " setae not seen,
April, 1918; on Casuarina suberosa, Ott. et Dietr., Manly,

ry, 8; n
T. Baker, Pilliga Serub, Narrabri (identified by C. G. Lloyd,
pus 303), November, 1916: on dead Banksia, Berrima, July,

Sout th Australia: On Eucalyptus viminalis, Lab.,
National Park (identified by Lloyd, No. 424), spores colour-
ess, subspherical, 5 to 7 p, a few scattered brown acuminate
setae Th. » road bases

86. mes conchatus, Pers. Lloy Fom
p. 244; yg and Cheel: doc. cit., p. m T der "Kendall.
Aug gust, uo near Wauchope, February, 1917 (identified
305).

T. didi densus, Oleson. Lloyd: pcm Gen. Fomes,
D in Clel. and Cheel, loc. cit., zy Be after F. conchatus,
o. 103, p. 512.— This Lloyd describes as a thick heavy form

7

. apparently 8:5 x 5 y.
; I

302

of F. conchatus. He has identified specimens for us (No.
448) found destroying telegraph posts at Cremorne, Sydney,
in February and June, 1918; small brown setae present, the
context suggesting a Fomes form of Polyporus gilvus.

88. Fomes roburneus, Fr. Lloyd: Syn. Gen. Fomes,
p. 246; in Clel. and Cheel, loc. cit., place after F. igmarius,
No. 105, p. 514.—Lloyd considers this species as a form of
F. igniarius with abundant setae and a hard, black crust. He
has identified a specimen for us (No. 428) found on a fallen
log at Kendall, with very numerous brown setae projecting
174 p, December, 1917. ;

189. Fomes rimosus, Berk. Lloyd: Syn. Gen. Fomes,
p. 248; Clel. and Cheel: Joc. cit., p. 515 (No. 107).—
Queensland: Well-camp, Toowoomba (Miss I. H. Cameron),
identified by Lloyd (No. 489), spores brown, 7x55 p
August, 1918; Bribie Island, Moretón Bay, spores 5'2 x 34 p,
September, 1918; on ironbark ( Eucalyptus paniculata, Sm.),
Redbank, Brisbane, spores yellow-brown, 6°8x5°5 p, Sep-
tember, 1918.

918.
omes pseudosenex, Murr.(?). Lloyd: Syn. Gen.
Fomes, p. 255; in Clel. and Cheel, Joc. cit., place after P.
pullus, No. 110, p. 516; Lloyd: Letter 65, Note 546.—We

posteriorly. The other specimen was larger, weighing 5 n
2 oz., and measuring 10 inches laterally, 7 inches high, and

an
. 8 inches antero-posteriorly ; it showed the presence of brown

setae and occasional brown spores, 5'5 to 6:5x3:8 p, one

omes gucatensis, Murr. Lloyd: Syn. Gen

- 257; Clel. and Cheel: Joc. cit., p. 516 (No. 112)
go. identified by Lloyd (No. 446), spores brown, sub-
rical, 4 to 5 p, numerous dark-brown setae, acuminate,
ted bases, 34 to 50 x 8:5 p; on Acacia aulalocarpa,

—

303

A. Cunn.(?), Gympie, Queensland (E. Swain), spores brown,
6 to 7 p, a few acuminate setae. :

Portia.
193. Poria callosa, Fr.: Syst. Myc., i., p. 382; Sace. :
Syll., 5964; Cooke: Handb. Austr. Fungi, No. 820 (Q'land).
—Mr. C. White, Government Botanist, Queensland, has

Species for F. M. Bailey, and referred to in ooke under No.
820. It bears a note, ‘‘Bailey’s No. 430, on rafters of a

can specimen kindly sent to us oyd. On dying
trunk, Neutral Bay, Sydney, August, 1912; Moss Vale,
November, 1918; Ararat (A. mens, No. W

TRAMETES.
. Trametes lactinea, Berk.: Ann. Nat. Hist., x., 371;
Sace.: Syll., ooke: Handb. Austr. Fungi, No. 849
(Q’land, N.S ales, S. Austr.).—Specimens have n

bark, Gympie, Queensland, June, red marks from ruising
when fresh (E. Swain). See also Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.

304

736.—In identifying Appa (No. 432) for us, found o
fallen trunk at Kendall in December, 1917, iege eila
68, Note 736) at as follows:—‘‘In my Fom s Synopsis as

a Fomes, but really a Prarintess, The type is a thin plant,
hardly 4 cm. thick, but this specimen is : cm. thick. The
surface is not of as dark a colour as the type, but no doubt
will be when it gets to be as old as the Md "Half- toasted' is
a good name for it now, but not for the type now.'

HYDNACEAE.
HyvpNuw.

198. Hydnum rufescens, Pers.: Sym., p. 555; Massee :
Brit. Fung. Flora, i. 52. A colour form of H. repandum,
L. (Lloyd). —Lloyd has identified specimens for us under this
designation. The fl the Australian species turns reddish-
brown when n curn Neutral Bay, Sydney, June, 1912 and
1916; Newington, S dney, June, 1914; ilson Island,

Hawkesbury River, July, 1912; National Park, New South
Wales, July, 1916, Spores 3:5 to 5°5 p, spherical to oval.

. Hydnum coralloides, Scop.: Carn:, 2, p. 472;
Massee: Brit. Fung. Flora, i., p. 156; Cooke: Handb. Austr.
Fungi, No. 925 ua — The identification has been con-
firr rmed for us sed C. Lloyd. Mount seed Blue Moun-

2 i

. Hydnum ochraceum, Pers. w is 6725 ;
Cooke: Handb. Austr. Fungi, No. 928 (Vict., and).—
Specimens, wee by, Lloyd (No. 391), were pss at
Lismore in August, 1917.

1. Hie Se Berk.: Linn. J., xvi., 167;
Sacc. :' Syll., 6727; Cooke: Handb. Austr. Fungi, No. 929
CAN. d

(N.S. Wales, Q'lan pecimens collected at Lisarow 1n
June, 1916, were sent. to C. G. Lloyd, who, in referrring to
aug diesen ad judge from my photograph of the

de trim tified by Lloyd (No. 352). We have also
s at North Ba Sydney, in June, 1916,
me cm. iind, gibbous, rugose, slightly
to reddish-brown; flesh dark brown; teeth
ular, more or Neo central, browni

joo ML qu DR a NS

305

03. Hydnum alutaceum, Fr.: Syst. Myc., i, 417;

2
Sacc.: Syll, 6761; Cooke: Handb. Austr. Fungi, No. 934 .

(Vict.).—Narrabeen, New South Wales (E. C. Craigie,
Victoria, June, 1917, on living bark of Eucalyptus melliodora,
A. Cunn. (E. J. Semmens, No. 54).

TREMELLODON.

204. Tremelloden gelatinosum, Scop.: Fr. Hym. Eur.,
618; Sacc.: Syll., ; ke: Handb. Austr. Fungi, No.
942, fig. 68 (Q'land).—Mount Wilson, June, 1915, spores sub-
spherical, 7 to 10:4 p; National Park, New South Wales, July,
1917, spores 85x 7 p, 7

RADULUM.

205. Radulum ( Lopharia, Thwaitesiella) Neilgherrense,
Berk. (R. mirabile of Ceylon, R. lirellosa of Africa,
,an
Lloyd as probably this species; also Sistotrema irpicinum,
Berk. and Br., Linn. Trans., ii., 63, t. 13, f. 23
Handb. Austr. Fungi, No. 943 (Q'land), and Irpez hesa-
gonoides, Kalchb., Grev. ix., p. 1, and Cooke, Handb. Austr.
Fungi, No. 944 (N.S. Wales).—Lioyd has identified specimens
for us (Nos. 64, 65, and 113). Milson Island, Hawkesbury
River, June and July, 1912; Narrabeen, December, spores
pear-shaped, 5 to 6 x 2°5 p.

; IRPEX.

h gr
I. brevis, Berk.; I. decurrens, Berk.; and probably Hynum
i i, 69, L xi, f. 4, an
Cooke, Handb. Austr. Fungi, No. 926 (Q'land), as all this

Species. Sydney district, January, April, June, October

Macquarie Pass, August (Lloyd, No. 393); Mount Wilson,
June (spores 4 x 2:5 u; Lloyd, No. 354, who says "'the original
matches this exactly—largely resupineate with a few pilei";
Victoria, October (C. Brittleba

306

identification by him of a specimen from Australia from J. T.
Paul as J. zonatus was probably a mistake. New South
Wales, spores oval, white, 5°2 x 3:2 p

Irpex saepiaria, Lloyd: Mycol Notes, 48, 1917, p.
682, Ag. 1019. — considers that the record of J.

brown (Brussels), smooth. Context concolorous. Teeth
dense to 3 mm. long, concolorous, irregular. Hymenium
white. Setae densely covering the teeth, projecting 20 to
30 p. Spores globose, 5 u, smooth." He points out that this

species belongs to a section of Jrpex corresponding to
'"Hymenochaete," and at one time described generically as
' “Hydnochaete.’’

THELEPHORACEAE.

j THELEPHORA.
209. Thelephora terrestris, Ehrenb. Cooke: Handb.

T. laciniata, Pers. (according to Lloyd); Cooke: No. 982.—

Always under or near Pinus. Mount Lofty, April, and Ade-

laide, June, 1917; Ararat, Victoria, June, 1917 (E. J-

Semmens) ; Blayney, December, 1917, when young whitish

and ide then frondose. Spores nodular, 7, 85,
5x6 p

210. Thelephora myriomera, Fr.: PI. Preiss., 137 ; Sacc.:
Syll., 7129; Cooke: Handb. Austr. Fungi, No. 978 (W
Aust. y SN aper Bay, Sydney, April, 1915; epiek by
C. G. Lloyd from the description of this species, no type
existing.

STEREUM.

211. Stereum caperatum, zaa and M. Cooke: loc. cit.,
No. 992 (Vict., Q’land); Clel. and Cheel: loc. cit., p. 860.—
Lisarow, New South Wales, Dace. 1916.

212. Stereum elegans, ooke: loc. cit., No. 994;

the upper surface very light brown or damp-looking dark tan;
spores 42 to 5x 34 p—identified by C. G. Lloyd; Ararat,
1

Victoria, spores 5 x p (E. J. Semmens, No.
13. Stereum semilugens, Kalchb.: Grev. pci
Syll Peas Cooke: Joc. cit., No. 1010 (Q'land). Mount Wil-

Ws colores with "ed rotast; in be brown. The hymenium

|
|
i
an

307

is cinereous, reminding one of Polyporus adustus. Cystidia
none. . . . It is a good species, different from anything
in Europe or America."

214. Stereum hirsutum, Willd. Cooke: Handb. Austr.
Fungi, No. 1014; Clel. and Cheel: Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.
Wales, xli., 1916, p. 862.—On Hucalyptus tereticornis, 8m.,
Bumberry, September, 1916; on Æ. Stuartiana, F. v. 4
Orange, October, 1916; Taree (H. Lyne), April, 1917; Kew
(N.S. Wales), October, 1915; The Rock, July, 1917 ; Arara
(Vict.), (E. J. Semmens, No. 7). ; :

loyd has identified.specimens for us as being pale forms
approaching S. vellerewm, Berk. The following belong to
this group:— Mount Lofty, on Eucalyptus trunks, and

5. Notes, No.
1917, p. 664, fig. 95.—Lloyd has kindly identified New South
Wales specimens (locality not noted) for us. His description
of these in the above Notes is as follows: —‘‘Pileus sessile to
a reduced base, thin, rigid. Surface smooth, reddish-brown

surface. Basidia clavate, forming a palisade layer. Cystidia
h." He adds

so strong as in those specimens he has heretofore referred to
this species, but still he believes our specimens belong to it.

_ 217. Stereum lobatum, Fr.: Epicr., 547; Cooke: loc.
cit., No. 1008 (all the States except S. Austr. and W.
Austr.).—Lloyd has kindly identified specimens for us. When
moist, zoned with grey and brown or dark browny-chestnut
passing to chestnut, yellowish at the periphery; hymenial
surface reddish-orange to yellowish-brown and yellow; spores
T to 72x32 p. Bulli Pass, April, 1912; National Park,
New South Wales, July, 1916; Lisarow, April, June, and

mber; Mummulgum, near Casino, ecember; Malan-
ganee, near Casino, August; Barron Falls, Kuranda, Queens-
land (Mrs. Fraser).

218. Stereum illudens, Berk.: Hook. J., iv., 59; Cooke:
loc. cit., No. 1015 (all the States); Clel. and Cheel: Proc.

308

Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xli., 1916, p. 863. "cartes June,
1916; National Park, New South Wales, July, 1916.

219. Stereum membranaceum, Fr. Clel. and dub loc.
cit., p. 863 (N.S. Wales, Q’land). —Kurrajong Heights,
August, 1912; Sydney, September ; Milson Island, August;
Lisarow, June; near Wangan, Pilliga Scrub, October, 1918—
dark-brown setae, 50 to 70x8°5 p at the ‘base, sci)
points acute or blunt

220. Stereum rifeydella) cinerascens, Schw.—Both of
our collections have been identified by Lloyd. Bulli Pass,
November, 1917, spores 9 to 10 x 6 to 6'8 metuloids
87 x 25 y, ‘rough, club-shaped ; on dead leaves of Teas macro-
phylla, Desf., Desin; Sydney, May, 1917
221. Stereum 3 adire e oid adustum, Lev. (5.
Moi C Lev.)—''The ; s Stereum villosum,

, but weathered specimen, ihe dark colour due to ex-
mass (S. nigricans, Lev.; S. strigosum, Berk.; S. phaeum,
Berk.; S. spadiceum, Berk., are all synonyms ‘for me)."—
Lloyd, in identifying specimens for us found on a fallen log at
Lisarow in June, 1916 (brown acuminate setae, 42 x s.
(H.) phaeum is recorded in Cooke, No. 1034, for Victoria,

ra]

Corticium.
B. Corticium coeruleum, Pers. Mass Brit. Fung.
i., p. 127.—Dorrigo, January, 1918, identified by
Lard. (No. 475).
GASTEROMYCETES.
CHLAMYDOPUS.

223. PP Meyenianus, Berk. Lloyd: LycoP-
of Austr., 1905, P. 9, fig. 6; Clel. and Cheel: Jour. Proc.
Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales, P 1916, p. 109; as Tylostoma mazima,
Cke. and Mass. in Cooke, Handb. Austr. Fungi, No. 1237,

ridi
im attened x A in ER the apex irregular’
torn with an aperture about 4 inch x1 inch; s

ca T ME ape a
: ae, 4 inch thick above, recs ih attenuated e Aar

Striate, pallid; volva as a definite cup, } inch high, widely
arated from the stem above; gleba light rusty in colour ;
68 p.

309

BATTAREA.

224. Battarea phalloides, var. Stevenii; Lloyd: Joe. vua
P. 11, pl. 28, figs. 2 and 3; Clel. and Cheel: loc. cit., p.11
Cooke : Handb. Austr. Fungi, No. 1243 (W. A ustr.), dida as
B. Muelleri, No. 1244 (S. Austr., and B. Tepperiana, No.
1245 (Vict. ). —Baan Baa, New South Wales, stem up 12
inches Me Mates upwards, very shaggy ; volva buried
in the gro

GEASTER.

225. Geaster ates Lloyd: Mycol. Notes, No. 55,
1918, p. 794, fig. 1196. —The type and cotype were found by
Mrs. A. F. Cleland at Kalgoorlie in June, 1917. rh
describes the species as follows: —‘‘Exoperidium rigid, in-
curved when dry, cut into eight (in this specimen, also in the
cotype) rather narrow lobes. Endoperidium scurfy, with a
Age thick pedicel. Mouth protruding, strongly furrowed."

add — "The single specimen of this plant presents a char-
qa to separate it from others of the section (Rigida, Cfr.
Myc. Notes, p. 317) to which it belongs. It has a
pedicellate endoperidium. The colour is decidedly red-
dish, but it grew in red soil, which no doubt has
something to do with the colour. Geasters are best defined
in terms of others. This is Geaster Schmidelii as to size,
pedicel, and mouth, but the exoperidium puts it in a different
Section. Tt is Geaster striatulus EEE the endoperidium,
which is pedicellate. As a matter of fact, it is probably the
original of Geaster atrotulus. which was from Australia and
not authentically known (Cfr. e Notes, p. 312), and which

Was described as endoperidiu ‘subsessile.’ But it is
entirely different from Ss Som striatulus in the sense of
Hollés, E we have adopted and illustrated several times
(Cfr. Myc. Notes, p. 71, and Lycop. Austr., p. 16).

226. S cid iron: Vitt. Lloyd Uo Dyeop.. of
Austr., 1905, p. 10; Cooke: Handb. Austr. Fungi,
No. 1964 (Viet., "dud Clel. and Cheel: Journ. Proc.
Hoy. Soc. N.S. Wales xlix., 1915, p. 221.—Manildra, New
South Wales, "po 1916, identified by C. G. Lloyd—spores
finely rough, 3:4 to 4 p.

227. Geaster vim Do Lycop. of aen r

Chee à

P 17, fig. 11; "ciis loc. ctt., p. 220; as
hygrometricus, P. M bue Handb. Austr. Fungi, N
1268 (W. Au ur s poe —Manildra, October, 1916, iden

iv by Llo ays —eporee nearly smooth, 5'2 u; Dubbo, October,
915—spores rough, 5'8 p; Mount t Lofty, South Australia,
Say, 1914—spores rough, 4 to 6 p

310

228. eer Berkeleyi, Lloyd: Lycop. of Austr., p.
19.—Mummulgum, near Casino, December, 1916, spores
rough, 3:5

.. Geaster minimus, Schwein. Lloyd: Lycop. of
Austr., p. 21—Narrabri, November, 1916, spores finely
rough, 3:5 to 4:5 u; Baan ‘Ba aa, January, 1917, spores rough,
5 n kindly identified for us by C. l

. Geaster saccatus, Fr. pachy Lycop. of Austr., p.
22; Ciel. and aed Jour. Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales, xlix.,
1915, p. 225.—Bumberry and Manildra, September and
October, 1916, ree! by Lloyd, who says ''larger than
our (?.e., the American) plant and tending towards rufescens"
—spores. distinctly rough, 5'8 to 6'8 p; Manildra, October,
1916, C PA ctn as a small form—spores finely

rough, 3°5 rbes, August, 1915, spores ee
31; harsiliin bak, April, 1916, spores rough, 3°8 to D p.
MYCENASTRUM.

231. M
Cheel: Jour. Proc. Roy. Soe N.S. Wales. F, 1916, p- 116.—

Beaumont, near Ad elaide, June, 1917, spores shaggy, 85 to
9 u; Kalgoorlie, June, 1917, spores rough, 10:4 to 12 p.

LcoPERDON.
232. Lycoperdon gemmatum, Batsch. Clel. and Cheel:
Jour. Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1., 1916, p. 122, No. 30.—

wood

July, 1916, spores finely rough, 3°6 to 4 p; New South Wales,

spores eee) very finely warted under oil-immersion lens,
4p

ALVATIA.
233. Calvatia S (Berk.). Clel. and Cheel: Joc. cit.,
vut —Baan Baa, January, 1917, identification con-

firm by E oyd (Nos. 287 and 288), spores appease 5 p,
capillitium ONEAN : f these

ASCOMYCETALES.
Fam. ae
En

de f Endogone ib ccthaties. Daya Mycol. Notes, N
Re 56, 0 Octobe Tu —The

er, 1918, P e specimens were a

311

by one of us (J. B. C.) at The Rock, New South Wales, in
July, 1917. Mr. Lloyd's description of the species is as fol-

culate. Peridium indistinct. Gleba convolute, lacunose,
yellow. Vesicle imbedded in the context tissue, globose,
50-60 mic., with thick, hyaline walls and granular, yellow
contents." Lloyd adds that, possessing the characteristic

DISCOMYCETIINEAE.
Fam. HELVELLIINEAE.
MORCHELLA.

2 Pers.: Syn., 618; Sacc.:
Syll., viii., 8; Cooke: Handb. Austr. Fungi, No. 1353 (no
locality).— Victoria, September, 1913 (asci cylindrical, occa-
sionally slightly wavy, 243x174 p, spores oval, 19 to
20:7 x 11:2 y).

236. Morchella comica, Pers. Cooke: Myco., t. 8l, f.
315; Sacc.: Syll, viii., 10; Cooke: Handb. Austr. Fungi,

Cheel: Jour. Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales, xlviii., 1914, p.
443 (N.S. Wales). — Victoria, September, 1913 (asci
210 x 21 p; spores 24 to 26 x 16 y).

LEOTIA.

ing an
which expands in the pileus as a thin dise. The spore-bearing
part of the ascus about 60x105 p, the whole ascus about
140 p long. Spores overlapping in the ascus, 175 to

312

21 x 6 p, ends rather pointed, usually with four large globules.
Under trees, Lane Cove River, Sydney, June, 1916; Dr.

GEOGLOSsSUM.

238. Geoglossum Muélleri, Cooke: Meo, t. Lo 5
Sacc.: SylL, 138; Cooke: Handb. Austr. Fungi, No. 1362
(Vict.).—12 inch high. Club slightly viscid when moist, a
little shorter than the stem, black. ^ Stem shining. Asci
fusiform. Sporidia 3-septate, 58 to 66 x 5 p. Under bushes,
Parramatta, July, 1912

. Geoglossum glabrum, Pers. : Syn., p. 608; Sace.:
Syll, 141; Cooke: Handb. Austr. Fungi, No. 1363 (Vict.,
Q’land).—Club $ inch high, } inch wide, flattened, slightly
sulcate, matt, almost black. $

6 x . On
the ground, Neutral Bay, June, 1913 (identified by Lloyd,
Ww :

Fam. PEZIZACEAE.

PHILLIPSIA.
240. Phillipsia polyporoides, Berk. : Linn. J., xviii., 386;
Sacc.: Syll, CO ndb. Austr. Fungi, No 1399

G

J
g
=
E
(p
6 &
in
di
5
0g
et
E.
B
[om
z
Pr
S
d
E
=
S

and cup-shaped, with larg , hyaline, arcuate, smooth spores,
(12x36 y, and numerous dark, filiform paraphyses, slightly
. enlarged at the apices. Our measurements show slightly
€urved spores, 27 to 29:5 x 10:14 to 19 p. We have also speci-
Mur ebHected by Prof 8. J. Johnston at Kendall in June,
.,"ood—asci cylindrical, 313 to 340x12 to 14 p,

curved, 25 to 28 x 10°5 p.

313

URNULA.
241. U pee campylospora, (Berk.) Cooke ; Peziza cam pylo-
spora, Berk.: Fl. N. Zeal., 200; Geopyzis cinereo- -mgra, B.
and Br. ; P Peria einereo-nigra, B. and Br.: Linn. Trans., i.,

404, t. 46, f. 16-18; Lloyd also mentions as synonyms

695, f. 1037. —Lloyd has identified two collections for us. On
wood, Lisarow, August, 1916 (asci 350 x 17 p, sporidia curved,
26 x 85 5 p). On fallen wood, National Park, New South

Wales, July, 1916 (under-surface and stalk black, finely
ed,

rough ; cup dark. brown, then blackish; sporidia curv
sausage-shaped, 27:5 to 31 x 10°4 to 12 ab

PYRENOMYCETIINEAE.
Fam. HYPOCREACEAE.
Hypomyces.

242. Hypom ide aurantius, Tul. : Carp., iii., 43; Plow. :
Grev., iii, 44, t. 150; Cooke: Handb. Austr. Fungi, No.
1508 (Q land).— Lloyd hu identified a specimen for us, found
on old Polyporus Berkeleyi at Lisarow in June, 1916. He
eser this is probably die H. rosellus (Cooke, No. 1506,

Au ustr.). Asci about 100 x5 p; Sporidia constricted in Bs
centre, pointed at the ends, 1775 x 3:4 p (Lloyd found them
to be 20 to 24 x 5 to 6 p, hyaline, Booth, septate).

Fam. XYLARIACEAE.
XYLARIA.
- Xylaria anisopleura, Mont.: Syll., 688; Cooke:
E ad Austr. Fungi, No. 1535 (Q'land) ; as X: tuberiformis,
Berk., in Lloyd, Mcyol. Notes, No. 48, 1917, p. 678, Ha.

ims were gathered o on a fallen trunk at hen eow in
une, 1915—asci about 100 » long; spores black, often

t »7
. Xylaria Pigs pl Berk.(?): Linn. J., xiii., 177;
ut xi., t. 168, f. 75; Cooke: Handb. Austr. Fun ngi, No.
1537 (Vict.)—Specimens collected by Dr. Darnell Smith at
Mount Irvine in January, 1915, were yao by Lloyd
ieu, 239), ers vede leer as ies—asci about

Ple oval, surrou

314

245. Xylaria myosurus, Mont.(?)—Lloyd has identified
sg et (No. 269), collected on a rotten trunk at Katoomba
n December, 1916, as probably immature examples of this
"eun Conidiospores 7 to 104 x 3-5 to 4 p, dagger-shaped.
246. aria faveolis.—Lloyd, Xylaria Notes, i., 1918,
p. 9, figs. nu 1216.—Lloyd has identified specimens for us
(No. 440), referred to and figured in "e above Notes. The
plants were collected at Dorrigo in Janu 1918—asci about
10 x 6 p, spores 10:4 x 4 p, blackish, one side a little Ware:
247. Xylaria hypoxylon, Grev.: Fl. Edin., 355;
Syll., 1260; Cooke: Handb. Austr. Fungi, No. 1547 (Q'land).
—Lloyd has identified as probably the conidial form of this
species | peii (No. 268) found at the base of a dead tree-
fern at Katoomba in December, 1916—conidiospores 8:5 x 2 p,
elongated, one end more pointed.

SARCOXYLON.
248. Sarcorylon Le Rati Kinase ud Lloyd : "a
Notes, 1917, No. 47, p. 668, fig. 960; Sylar gigas ( A

ooke : Handb. Austr. Fungi, No. 1539 (N.S. Wales),
thought by Lloyd to be per this species.— Lloyd places
this genus close to Xylaria. He has ide entified for us as
n

a
December, 1916. The plants when fresh were in shape some-
what like large examples of one of the forms of Polysaccum
pisocarpium, i.e. » broadly club-shaped. They were empero
to large irregular white mycelial masses in the grou e
surface was covered with a yellow efflorescence pet

yellowish layer, whilst outside this was a black line covered
with the yellow efflorescence. Smell unpleasant.

Poronta.

249. Poronia punctata, L. Cooke :Handb. Austr. Fungi,
No. 1548 (Vict., Tas., W. Austr. ).—Specimens collected on
dung at Orange in October, 1916, were identified by Lloyd
(No. 227)—asci 156 p. long, spores black, 26 to 27 x 15-5 p- —
250. onia S ner Mont.: Ann. Sci. Nat. , 1855;
teda Handb. Austr. Fungi, No. 1549 (Vict., N.S. Wales,
—We have two New South Wales collections, both
identifi tiea by Ll vid (Nos. 225 and 226)—asci 121 x 17 p, spores

by mucus, 19 x 85 p (immature).

315

BeBe
251. Nummularia Bailey and Br. Cooke
Hand. Austr. Fungi, No. 1554 Caria SINUS South Wales
specimens have been identified for us as probably this ce
by Lloyd (No. 223)—spores blackish, 17 x 8&5 to 12 p,
E aume pointed.

DALDINIA.
252. Daldinia concentrica, Bolt. Cooke: T erre
Fungi, No. 1561, fig. 202 (all the States except S. Austr.).—

Mosman, Sydney, New South Wales (spores Fine peer
13°8 to 1555 x 7 p, asci 85 p in diameter); Malanganee, New

South Wales, August (spores oval, 10:4 to 13:8 x 6 to 8-5 p);
Kendall, August; Flinders Island, Bass Straits, November
(spores black, obliquely elongated, pae pointed, 13'8 to
155 x7 to T2 p). See also Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales,
xxxvii., p. 236 (1912), for previous mand

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES.

Prare XXVIII.
Amanitopsis punctata, n. sp., with section, volva, and spores.

Puate XXIX.
Fig. 1. Cantharellus Wigotese; n. fepe with spore
» 2. gatus, n. sp., with spore.
p. Mycena banks, a sp., with spore.
». 4. cineus, n. sp., with spore.
RU Boletus wireline: n. sp.
» 6. is IM small form with spore.

316

THE PETROLOGY OF THE GRANITIC ee aor CAPE
WILLOUGHBY, KANGAROO ISLAND:—PA

By C. E. Tinizy, B.Sc., ATIC.

Demonstrator in Geology and Mineralogy, University of
Sydney. Deas-Thomson Scholar in Geology, 1919.

(Communicated by Professor Walter Howchin.)
[Read September 11, 1919.]
PLATES XXX. AND XXXI. anp 2 Mars.

CONTENTS.
I. Introduction.
II. Generd] Description.
III. Characters of the Rock Types—
(a) The Main Granite.
(b) The Minor Intrusions.
IV. The Pink Aplite and its Products of Pneumatolysis.
V. The Nature and Composition of the White Pegmatite.
I. The Relations of the Roc Types.
VII. General Discussion.

I. INTRODUCTION.

E granite headland of Cape _ Willoughby
: om

attention, and e previous literature dealing with this
area brief reference. only is made to the intrusion. This
literature is:

(a. ) Head, W.: Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., vol.
xxvil. 1903, pp. 80-83.
(".) Wade, k. Bull. No. 4, Geol. Surv. S. Austr.,
and 21.
s In addition the writer "ed «gains s certain quartz
tourmaline Mn from this a

$ PR A ce ALIE
ns, LE Soe. 8. Austr., 1919, p. 156.

x Be P

317

associated quartzites, and both investigators note the remark-
able blue opalescence of the quartz grains present in the

granite.

À (
%

Ls
%

:
:
=
3

a
- 3
te £
^ S
te i 3
2o 3
8
3
5
m a
E à
E eo
^
Ei
LI
eo
E id
Pe ML LIT

As far as the writer is aware, no further data are avail-
in :

able of this intrusion.

*

318

II. GENERAL DESCRIPTION.
ranite mass occupies an area of approximately 2
les.

In

seen to cut across and intersect it. These intrusions bear a
close relationship to the granite, and form a highly interestmg
series.

The main occurrences are listed below :—
(i.) A large elliptical (in cross section) mass of grey
__ 8plite is developed behind Barn Bluff.
(".) A smaller mass occurs on the sea coast, south of
.. Cannon Hill. This is a pink aplite.

(1i.) Minor dykes of a white pegmatite occur at the
northern side of Barn Bluff at the head of the first
gully south of the lighthouse, and veins both north

and south of Pink Bay. These latter veins have
= the trend for the most part of the joint planes of
the granite. i
m : In the in mass of granite segregations are sporadical y
mas distributed. TI are pire m nen and finer-textured
E patches (cognate xenoliths). Some show a slightly darker
: colour than the general colour of the normal granite. |

'

319

n the ne^ ed Me map, the extent of the granite mass
is kd. and its contact with the quartzite-schist country
Th

i rock shown. The inland junction is only approximate.

LEGEND,

Ln

(1).Grantite.

(2).Grey Aplite.
(Porphyritic)

(3).Pink Aplite.
(4).Quartz Albitite.

(5).Muscovite Aibitite.
(6) .Quartzite.

MAD OF CAPE WILLOUGHBY,

Scale. 2.1nchss s l.mile.

Deca BREL REM MERE

more important dykes or intrusive masses are shown in
addition.

No teh bercerephic study has been made of the
Country rocks, which sist of quartzites, quartz-mica

320

schists, and mica schists. The whole region has suffered consid-
erable regional metamorphism, in common with the metamor-
phism shown by the eastern beds of the Mount Lofty Ranges
on the mainland. The differentiation of contact and regional
metamorphism for e ea 1 consideration would
demand much careful field and petrographic study.

III. CHARACTERS or THE Rock Tyres.
(a) THE MAIN GRANITE.

iron pyrites can be detected in some specimens. Under the
microscope the minerals developed are seen to be quartz,

Quartz occurs, firstly, as subidiomorphic grains with well-
developed cracks, and showing undulose extinction. These
represent the grains seen in hand specimens. Minute

, gain, some of the quartzes when carefully examined
.... Show zones of alternate clear and opalescent layers in reflected
. . ight, and, in transmitted light, these show up as colourless
. and yellowish areas respectively. zones appear to
follow the outlines of the growing crystal. D5^—2650. It
ot proposed to consider this question in the present paper»
the subje b is reserved for a subsequent communication.

321
In some sections it would appear that, as an accompani-

grain, for the grain is not optically continuous throughout.
b. these cracks the quartz may show higher polarization
co

Quartz is also present in the slides in allotrimorphic
grains, or as a constituent of a graphic intergrowth with
microcline. This intergrowth may develop around the large
quartz or microcline crystals, and is obviously of later
crystallization

Microcline is present in ahida crystals, which

Z

sca on (010) sections has a maximum value of 6°-7°
from the basal cleavage. Some sections show a very fine
perthitic TE with plagioclase. The layers traverse
the microcline, and are optically continuous; optically they
have the properties sti albite. This is the typical microcline
Limb ed structu
oclase occurs in more or less tabular crystals of well-
developed form, and shows the characteristic albite lamellae.
Zon ning is characteristic. The refractive oaa ig => C
Balsam, and most sections show R.I. a
In zoned sections showing no ali. twinning the
extinction from the (001) PO read as maxima :
Outer zone : +9
Intermediate zone ... v 2i a
Central zone
This ser regrets ee a ae , from ‘Oligo (Ab, An,) to
Andesine (Ab,
uc ie in (010) in —— light show EE
emergence of a bisectrix to be practically normal to
cti ion This is ins obtuse hbri, and the iati

Some sections of the loko pe the presence of a
more acid plagioclase than the above. This has the pro-
perties of oligoclase albite. It estt a later stage of
crystallization, but is of minor developme
Biotite.—This mineral is developed in m of flakes

= d section showing m strong basal cleavage. The

322

colour is dark brown to greenish-yellow. The pleochroism
is intense, showing practically complete absorption.
biotite encloses such minerals of earlier formation as apatite,
zircon, and ilmenite.

Chlorite and epidote are developed as secondary pro-
ducts. The small amount of muscovite occurs in association
with thé biotite, and is of later crystallization. It remains
clear and unaltered.

patite occurs in slender needles and small hexagonal
prisms. It is most abundant as inclusions in the biotite.

[^
[er]
H
c
e
=j
e
®©
[2»
c
*ed
v
<
m
c
=
ie")
©
3
*
c
i
LJ
Q
=
e
o
B
oO
o
E
=
9
B
"d
n
G

ircon, like apatite, is enclosed in biotite, and occurs

in short prisms. It is usually surrounded by faint pleochroic
haloes. ;
Epidote is present, associated with biotite and plagio-
clase; it probably results from the interaction of biotite
and plagioclase, and is obviously of secondary origin. Calcite
may be developed in addition.

Kaolin occurs as a dust accompanying both felspars.

The cores of some sections of the plagioclase show plen-
tiful sericite, occurring in small flakes, sometimes to the
complete exclusion of the felspar, from which it has developed.
It is probably paragonitic in composition. :

The order of crystallization of the constituent minerals

may be subdivided as :—

lopment is then referable to an early stage. The order o
cessation of crystallization is more truly represented by the
above arrangement.

earing the completion of crystallization, the sodic
character of the plagioclase had become marked, in pec
sections oligoclase-albite being developed independently, an

Adamellite group. - a
eu Cognate Xenoliths.—These occur as ellipsoidal or ovoi
jatches 1n the main granite. In hand specimens they appear

323

secondary product. In some cases the remains of biotite are
now only represented by chlorite and epidote together.

Ilmenite is sparingly present with its leucoxenic
decomposition product.

Phenocrysts of quartz and oligoclase-andesine or andesine
are present, and the remaining mass consists of a,fine-grained
assemblage of allotrimorphic quartz and microcline, mostly
untwinned.(2

more usual. There is a minor amount of graphic intergrowth
of quartz and felspar (microcline).
e specific gravity of one of these ovoid segregations
Was determined as 2655 (16? C). The specific gravity of
the main granite is 2:668 (16° C). Die) = 27668.
The segregations show a variable amount of biotite, the
one in question being, if anything, freer from this mineral
than the average. In some cases their slightly darker colour,

(6) THE MINOR INTRUSIONS.
For the purpose of later discussion these minor intrusions

can be separated into three distinct groups:—(a) The grey
aplite; (5) the pink aplite; (c) the white pegmatite.
will be treated seriatim.

. (a) The Grey Aplite.—This occurs as an intrusive mass,
elliptica] in plan, behind Barn Bluff (vide map).
Specimens it is a fine-grained light-grey rock with development

The absence of microcline twinning in some sections of
the potassic felspar is not considered sufficient evidence to
rp oc si i i

. 24
of occasional phenocrysts of the characteristic opalescent
quartz, bunches of biotite, and ver sparingly an ewe $
Taa of felspar. A few scattered grains of pyrites
also pres
The spei ipn of this rock is 2625. D!5-—270625.

uartz and microcline are developed, showing allotri-
morphic boundaries. The microcline shows Carlsbad twin-
ning, but the grating structure may be absent or represented
only by Mc RAP ag lines of light and shade

Som me Haspon is present, and has the properties of
dlipodlucs albite

Secondary mica and kaolin are developed as alterations
of the felspar. In a phenocryst of microcline the micasation
may be well developed.

A primary micrographic intergrowth of quartz and
microcline is often present round the borders of a large
quartz grain. A a scene of alkalies in this rock gave
K,0=5°58%, Na,O=2

The rock is a cepts Mierocline Aplite. parts
fas a distinct granite-porphyry facies, but its relationship
to eg associated intrusions is better indicated in the nam

"n The Pink A plite.—This aplité occurs as a distinctly
intrusive mass along the coast immediately south of Cannon
Hil. Its g a ied the granite is in most piaces
mar dy sha ass shows a somewhat variable

r
with vague REN in part of a distinct granite-porphyry facies.
It is this rock that occur the quartz tourmaline
nodules already « ater eet in detail in a previous paper.“
A number of quartz veins occupy fissures in the aplite,
and associated with these veins occurs a gor Se altered aplite
which. appears to be of the nature of a
further alteration of the aplite is e production along
"m fissures x a white Soina product. A number of quartz
i e also developed. Solara arer of this
1 ` n page 325.
e White spect (Aplite).—There are a number
of this type all of which are not noted o

325

map. Some occur as veins in the main granite. The first
occurrence noted is in the first gully south of the Cape
Willoughby Lighthouse. The dyke outcrops at the head of
the gully, and has a width of eight yards. Its boundaries

apparently not graphically intergrown.
_ A second pegmatite with predominant felspar and show-
ing strings of quartz is well developed on the northern side

masses.

The remaining occurrences of this rock are in the form
of veins, which outcrop on both sides of Pink Bay, along
the coast. They vary in width from 2 ft. downwards, and
ary in composition from an aggregate of blue quartz and
white felspar to veins of pure felspar. For the most part
these veins run parallel to the trend of the joint planes in
the granite.

. The three types of minor intrusion occur as separate and
distinct masses. In no case have they been observed in asso-
ciation, to enable their order of intrusion to be determined.

ese, too, were the only types of intrusions seen exposed in
the granite mass.

Minor intrusions into the neighbouring quartzites were

not observed; about seven miles from Cape Willoughby a

pegmatite dyke is developed in schist. Gem tourmaline has

been derived from this area, and the dyke is most probably

an offshoot from the Willoughby mass. The writer had not

: ose fashion. Some of the
albite shows twinning after both albite and pericline laws.
r t the fabric approaches the type

plites. . :
Bay, related to this series,
magnetite appear, and in addition

326

there are present a few scattered grains of blue strongly
pleochroic tourmaline. The albite in this rock is more
abundant than in the aplite described above.
e specific gravities of the rocks of this series are

indicated below :—

(i.) Fine-grained red aplite, D'8}=2°590.

(?.) Medium-grained red aplite, D*5— 2:602.

(?".) Coarse-grained red aplite, D5— 2:605.

(wv.) Aplite from near Pink Bay, D; — 2625.

e pink colour of this series is due to the presence of
a fine film of haematite dusting the cleavages and cracks of
the alkali felspars.

IV. PRODUCTS or PxEeUMATOLYSIS OF THE PINK APLITE.

. These may sted as follows:—(ía) The quartz-tour-
maline nodules (Pneumatoliths); (5) the greisen; (c) the
kaolin. .

quartz-tourmaline nodules have already been
described in the paper cited above. They were developed
anteriorly to the greisen, which will now be discusse
)

tities of greisen developed as an alteration of the aplite.

proves to be a greisen, and this grades into an u

aplite. :

: In hand specimens the greisen has a porous, fine-grained,

: light-greenish appearance, and with the aid of a lens qu

Us ouk and a lightish-green mica are easily recognized. The porous
~ Character of the rock is well marked.

327

Under the microscope the minerals seen to be present
are quartz and muscovite, the latter being slightly greenish

ment of felspar has been complete. A gradational alteration
of the aplite occurs, however, and some sections show the
incipient greisenization of the felspar.

The quartz of the original aplite is unchanged, but some
secondary quartz has been introduced.

c) The Kaolin.—At a still later stage in pneumatolysis
kaolinization of the aplite has occurred. ne kaolin is deve-
loped in bands along minute fissures, which may contain
thin quartz veins, and may be ascribed essentially to the
action ‘of superheated water at a lower temperature than
that of greisenization. :

e evidence of pneumatolysis of the aplite is clearly
) 1 h

out for other fields.(?
The formation of muscovite from microcline is doubtless
represented by the well-known equation :—
(.) 3 K AISi,0,+H,O —> H, K Al, (Si0,), +K,
SiO, +5 SiO,, and the development of kaolin by
(i) 2 K AÍSiO,42 H,O —- ALO, 2 SiO,
2 H,O«K, SiO, -3 SiO,, or if CO, is regarded
as an active agent by
(iii) 2 K AISi,O,+2 H,0+CO, —> ALO, 2 SiO,
2 H,O+K,CO, +4 SiO,.

porous nature of the greisen can be explained as due to the
weathering out of kaolin from the rock. Even so, it is possible

on greisenization, as shown by the preceding equatio
difficult to understand, however, if this be correct,

" () Cf. Flett, J. S.: Memoir of Geol. Surv. Eng. and Wales,
1909, Geology of Bodmin and St. Austell, p. 118.

328

quartz solutions in the associated vein did not completely
infill the cavities.

V. Tue NATURE AND Composition oF THE WHITE PEGMATITE.
he mode of occurrence of these dykes and veins has

already been described, including a brief macroscopic descrip-
tion of the various types

When these rocks were examined microscopically the pre-
dominant felspar was found to be albite, and the rock types
can now be classed as albitites. The varieties present are
quartz-albitites, muscovite-albitites, and an almost pure
albitite consisting practically of albite. This rock occurs in
veins associated with a quartz-albitite. ;

(a) Albitite.—D 5, —2622:— Under the microscope this
rock is seen to consist essentially of albite. Accessories are
apatite, in hexagona crystals; zircon; in idiomorphic prisms,
showing high polarization colours; and rutile, usually in
prismatic forms. :

Muscovite is present in small tufts and is usually associated
with apatite, zircon, and rutile. The albite is usually sub-
idiomorphic to allotriomorphie. A curious mottled twinning
shows up in some ions. This has been described as
“‘chequer albite.’’ 9 In other sections only well-defined albite
lamellae are present. : :

A very small quantity of interstitial quartz is present 1n
the slide. mr

The chequer structure is due to the presence of irregular
interpenetrating twin lamellae. No traces of a mottled char-
acter, however, are present on sections parallel to (010). This
structure was first described by Becke.(9 Flett and sa
have noted its development. in phenocrysts of volcanic rocks
associated with albite of the usual kind.

Dx _ © Vide Flett, J. S.; Mem. Geol. Surv. Eng. and Wales,
~ 7 Geology of Newton Abbot, 1913, p. 60. E. W. Hughes: Geol

^

vol Ixxv., p. 29

329

` The descriptions by Jack (? and Ransome (9 of the albite
present in albitite rocks, described by them, strongly suggest
the presence of chequer albite in these rocks.

* (b) Quartz Albitite.—D'$, =2°640. This forms the most
abundant type, and it is with this rock that the albite is
associated. Here the quartz is present as blue opalescent
grains as in the main granite. Microscopically, the minerals
present are quartz, albite, and as accessories apatite, zircon,

prismatic crystals a and, also, as geniculate twins (twinning
plane LL01p, giving a sagenite networ

The albite has a refractive index less than Canada Balsam.
In asana perpendicular to the albite lamellae, the
symmetrical extinction is 16° and on sections showing as
untwinned the maximum extinction is 19° from the | 092)

material. Muscovite is recognizable. Under the microscope,
the minerals present are albite, muscovite, and accessorily,
quartz, apatite, zircon, and rutile.

e albite possesses the same charac teristics as in the
other occurrences, and the peculiar chequer twinning is
observed.

Some of the mica is associated with quartz in little tufts
and bilis Both mica and quartz are probably apte des
Some muscovite, however, is undoubtedly pipe The
has apparently suffered some change, due to the ehe pr
mineralizers, but the results are not as clearly demarcated as
in other examples

A study of the literature of albite, aplites, or pt
indicates = this type of rock is comparatively ra

Rocks of this type were first described under the name
albitite by Turner (9) from Plumas Co., Sierra Nevada. These
aplites occur as dykes, and consist essentially of albite in
granular aggregates. Quartz is occasionally War nan ape
but may occur plentifully in the same dyke.
or may not be present. Iron ores and as are sparingly
distributed, and garnet is an occasional accessory. Dupare

san L. Jack: Geol. aed S. Austr., Bull. No. 3, 1914, p. 16.

9 F. L. Ransome: Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci., vol i., No. 4,
i, ee. 114-118.

(9 H. W. Turner: 17th Ann, Rep. U.S.G.S., pp. ne et seq.

’

ae for the Miltalie albitite

pp.

330

and Pearce (0) describe albitites from the Northern Urals,
where they are associated with gabbro. In ber. rocks the
albite is Cave aped intergrown with a little quart
Tt is to be noted that both per occurrences are associated
with more or less basic rocks, e.g., in the Sierra Nevada with
serpentine, and in the Northern Urals with gabbroid masses.
Australia rocks of this nature have been found in
Western and South Australia. Maitland) described a
pegmatite from the Pilbarra region. The constituents appear
to be albite, quartz, garnet, and cassiterite. rom Eyre
i L.

being eed in long prismatic c

association of the Western poerah an albitite is with
granite, whilst the Eyre Peninsula rock is intrusive into
Mss dup ue sedimentary beds, but granites are developed
at hand

A partial analysis of an albitite from Cape Willoughby
has been made. This is tabulated below, and for comparison :
the Apress is of a number of other aibitite rocks are listed
with it

m er KEW, Unde. HL Pitera. IV. Wyre Pub. oraiiio

Sid, 66°54 “36 13 68:39
TiO n.d. 0°23 0:07 0°31 n.d.

1,0, n.d. 18°85 18:74 19:92 n.d.
Fe,0, n.d. 0:91 s 0°60 n.d.
FeO n.d. os 115 0-19 n.d.
MnO n.d. ad 0°45 n.d.
MeO 0-77 153 0°54 u.d.
CaO 0°43 1:09 0:39 0°57 0°65
Na,O 10°28 10°84 10°22 10°83 11°22
K.Ó R9 048 0°07 0:21
H,O nd. 117 0°03 0°44 0'45
FO u.d. a ye 0°09 n.d.

I. H. W. Turner: 17th Ann. Report U.S.G.S., 1895-6, p. it
II. Dupare et Pearce: Compt. Rendu., 140, 1905, 1614.
IIT. A. Gibb Maitland: Bull. 40, Geol. Surv. W. Austr., p. 100-
IV. R, L. Jack3): Bull. 3, Geol. Surv. S. Austr., p. 16.

V. C. Willoughby albitite.

10 Dupare et Pearce: Com mpt. Rendu. - 140, 1905, 1
en An Gibb Maitland: Bull. No. 40, Geol Surv. W. vue n

do R L. Jack: Bull. No. 3, Geol. Surv. S. Austr., pp. 15, 16.
(13 The abnormally high content of Na,O (13485) report
casts suspicion on its reliability.

331

VI. Tue RELATIONS or THE Rock Ty»rs.
In the Sep d table the mineral constitution of

the rock types

sign is iididbtén the presence of di mineral as a
constant feature, and often in relative abundance.
The sign — indicates that the mineral is irira pre-

sent.
two combined, +, indicate that varieties of the one
rock type may show the variation indicated : —

$| isi i ;
n . [4 eo a : . €
Rock Type. | S | $ gees 3 | 3 $ 2151313
a B zb MH 2 e E B E & E
alae S ato « Sis | <4] a
Granite + | "S + +| +
Microcline T
aum. | oS + | * (Calcio)
Albitites .. " Pto. D p Tto

and with a transition into a coarser
pegmatites.

Pe egmatites appe
they are typically coarser graine
range of accessory minerals,
generally assignable to the grea
izers during their crystallization. :

These rocks represent the residual magma obtained by
fractional diyatallisaón, whether by sinking of cr als,

g

ar to differ from aplites only in this, ced
d, and often contain a wl

these characteristics bung
ter concentration of mineral-

the cooling of the crystalline mass, is in
joints so formed. Where differentiation of the granitic magma
followed different lines, we have aplites socia with
lamprophyric rocks in complementary relationship.
A review of the literature on granite € indicates that
these are dominantly potassic, or sodi-potassi
Of ^y in associated with basic rocks our E awid has
uring the last few years. Such aplites may occur

332

as salic interstitial masses or segregations within the associated
rock, and are often characterized by a micrographic fabric, or
they may occur as distinct dykes cutting the igneous mass.

Orthoclase may be absent. Such aplites are therefore often

Examples of this type have been described by Elsden,
Bowen,09 Collins,@6 and others.

To be correlated here also are the albite— rich dyke foc
described by Turner, Duparc and Pearce, and Ransome.
The former are associated, as has been noted, with serpentine
and gabbro masses respectively. The albite rocks described by
Ransome are associated with diorite.

e micropegmatite of the Purcell Sills,“ orthoclase
is associated with the sodic-plagioclase, and the potassic felspar
plays the dominant part in the pegmatites of the Duluth
gabbro. (19) : :

In all these examples the dominant process of differentia-
tion has probably been one of fractional crystallization.

efore discussing the mechanism of the differentiation 2
the Willoughby aplites and pegmatites, the characteristics 0
the types will be shortly reviewed. They may be divided into
two groups :—

(i). Those characterized by dominant microcline.

(ii). Those characterized by dominant albite ;

e microcline aplites consist essentially of fine-grained

of quartz, biotite, and more rarely | acid plagioclase m
present. Granophyric phenocrysts of microcline and quartz
so occur.

The albite pegmatites (albitites) are composed essentially
` of albite with quartz (quartz albitite), of dominant albite Asi

accessory muscovite (muscovite albitite), and are comparatively
coarse grained, sufficiently so to texturally determine them as
. Pegmatites. Microcline appears to be absent.

09J. V. Elsden: Q.J.G.S., 1908, vol. 64, p. 273.
09 N. L. Bowen: Journ. Geol, 1910, vol. 18, p. 658
; 49 W. H: Collins: Mem. 33, Geol. Surv. Can., 1913, p. We
191 52 F. L. Ransome: Journ. Wash. Acad. Sei., vol. i, No. 4
1911, pp. 114118. .
, (9S. J. Schofield: Mus, Bull. 2, Geol. Surv. Can., 1914,
709 F. F. Grout: Econ. Geol., vol. 13, No. 3, 1918, p. 185.

333

The mode of differentiation of ie teo rocks can be con-
sidered azs the e folowing heads :

A. THE ORIGIN OF THE MICROCLINE—ALBITE APLITES.

e microcline-aplites and albite-pegmatites are the only
intrusions within the confines of the granite as exposed. No
basic dyke-rocks were seen by the writer. In the country rock,
some miles from the granite contact, Prof. aes vak 2) has
reported, a basic dyke of diabasic compositio . The writer,
X Mp was unable to visit the locality Ee his visit.
spite the abundance of aplite associated with the
panite, there appears to be a scarcity of other satellitic types
of intrusion, such as those of lamprophyric type, which, if

ht
field evidence must be taken as it stands, for we have no
Warrant to assume that such lamprophyric types are present
but still uncovered.

s evidence is therefore suggestive that the microcline
imr: are direct VAS cd of the granite magma by a process
of fractional crystalliza

he aplites as now BARS in the granite came into
their position during the cooling and contraction of the

crac d fissures. In this respect, therefore, the aplitic
intrusions resemble those characteristic of so many granitic
masses.

The origin of the albite rich pegmatites which are
developed in minor amount within the granite remains to be
treated.

B. THE ORIGIN OF THE ALBITITES.

It has been noted in the previous discussion that aplites
associated with basic rocks were often highly sodic, but not
invariably so. In the case of the Willoughby pegmatites, the
Sodic type is associated only with granite. eir sodic nature
—in some cases they consist almost wholly of albite—is, how-
ever, no reason for genetically connecting them with Ver

rocks. Here again field evidence warrants no such assertion.

Their mode of occurrence is esse ntially as sm du
cutting the granite. Their possible modes of differentiation

can be considered under three heads :—

(a) Aey represent an immiscible Tos phase separating

rom the residual magma

20) W, p onekin Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., 1903, vol.
: xxvii. pt. 1., p. 82. i

334

(5) They are of secondary origin, and represent the
albitization of original microcline dyke-rocks, this
albitization being accomplished by magmatic soda-
rich solutions.

(c) They represent the ‘‘end product" and final differ-
entiate of the residual magma, and are therefore
directly related to the potassic-aplites.

a) Am immiscible phase of the liquid residual magma.—

Daly,@) Grout,(22) and others have resorted to liquid immis-
cibility to explain certain types of differentiation.

mechanism is untenable, for homoge ock masses aboun
in which all minerals herein concerned, viz., quartz, micro-
cline, and albite, are associated in a wide ran f mixtures

ed in a e
t is to be noted here, however, that the objection raised by
Bowen (233) that the formation of a monomineralic rock is
generally impossible by liquid immiscibility, owing to the fact
that this would necessitate its crystallization at its true melt-
ing point——Á.e., far above the temperature of the magma, Sa
for albite, 1100? C.—ienores the possibility, theoretically,
of albite and a volatile mineralizer (e.g., water) separating
as a liquid phase, in which case the reductio ad absurdum
argument fails. ico
(b) Albitization of original potassic rocks.—This ber
immediately admits the albitites to beof secondary origin an
the process of albitization to have been produced by magmatic

.

soda-rich solutions.

suggest such a replacement. Both occurrence and texture are
strongly against their derivation from original potassic-aplites.

(c) The albitites represent the final differentiate or end
product of the residual magma.—The writer is of the opinion
that the albitites represent the final differentiate of the residual
magma.

. The intimate relationship of the potassic-aplites and the
_ albite-pegmatites is indicated by the presence, in each, of the

Ge . @)R. A. Daly: Igneous Rocks and their Origin, p. 226.
-. @)¥. F. Grout: Econ. Geol, 1918, p. 185.
uc Bowen: Journ. Geol, Dec., 1915 (Supplement),

Í

335
blue opalescent quartz so characteristic a feature of the

albite, which, while the subordinate CPA in the potassic-
aplite, is the dominant felspar in the albitites. -
The albite- “Pegmatites are to be rus from the
potassic-aplites
G.) By their prb minor developmeni—being limited
or pipe-like
ue ) By their coarse- Pris unge: potassic aplites
being predominantly fine grained.
(üi). =. bacs presence of accessory minerals as apatite,
and rutile in relative abundance. Such
uen te are practically absent from the
microcline apli
(iv.) By the absence of biotite.
(v). By the absence of microcline.

Varieties of Albitites.—The predominant type is a coarse-
graiped quartz-albitite, which may pass into veins of pure
albite. The quartz occurs in blue opalescent grains and the
albite in ee twins—also twinned on the albite a

e remaining t is a muscovite-albitite, in which mus-
covite is associated with albite. The accessory minerals are
developed in all types.

eM echanism of Differentiation.—The residual magma,

bers (24) within the granitic mass. Consequent on such fractional
dietis the residual liquid was enriched in mineralizers,
chie wate

e main granite the crystallization of plagioclasé was
early iulaled, and occurred with marked zoning, the varying
composition being from andesine to oligoclase. The residual
magma was thus enriched in albite molecules relatively to

(29 In granitic masses the evidences of the existence w such
Magma pools, as stipulated, are principally provided the
occurrence of aplitie or pegmatitic phases with distinctly blended
; rega to ite mass. ion, in
situ, is therefore demanded. Where contacts between the aplitic
or pegmatitic phase and the granite are sharp and well defined
crystallization occurred after intrusion from such a magma p
any nea masses show the evidences of two such types of
satellitic phas

336

anorthite, these latter being selectively locked up in the inner
zones of plagioclase.

The non-volatile constituents of the residual magma thus
consisted essentially of'quartz and microcline and subordin-
ately slightly calcic albite..

With the renewal of crystallization in the residual magma
quartz and microcline were early precipitated, the magma
being thus constantly depleted in these constituents. That
some albite crystallized during this period is also evidenced by
the presence of subordinate albite, associated with the micro-
cline and quartz. This albite was still slightly calcic and with
erystallization its composition approached pure albite. The

Nearing the completion of crystallization of such a magma
pool, the residual liquid would have markedly changed in
composition through such selective crystallization. This
residual liquid depleted in potassic constituents would there-
fore have become highly sodic. r

By the opening of fissures in the surrounding rock this
residual liquid, derived by fractional crystallization from the
dominant potassic magma, was strained off from the crystalline
mass and solidified in the occupied fissures. :

__ Derived by such a process of fractional crystallization this
residual liquid would be:—(i. Predominantly sodic; (ü.)
characterized by an increased concentration of mineralizers.

This process of differentiation receives considerable sup-
port from a study of the albitites.

muscovite-albitites appears to be secondary. This is prin-
i iden

ers 1s pneumatolytic pr is intimately
ntration of mineralizers d
lization of t hattering of albite plates

TORN allization. The muscovite, indeed,
ent the hydrolysis of potential microcline-felspar.

337

The Shere. oF of differentiation can be summarized in the
appended chart
Residual Magma=——Albite Pegmatites.
(dominantly sodic).

us Microcline Albite Aplites
Chonolitic (differentiation may cease
. a re).
Differentiation
in
situ. :
Residual Magma
(dominantly potassic).

Granite [Adamellite].
.. Salic
differentiate
from

: a wr
batholitic Granitic Magma.
Magma.

this relation be preserved at doy it follows that the com-
Position of the residual magma lies very close to that of the
potassic-a aplites.

In this connection the writer would point out that the
differentiation of the residual magma may be controlled by a
ctor. W

forced into fissures and caused to rapidly cool, further
differentiation may be inhibited and the magma solidify as a
e aggregate of quartz, microcline, and subordinate
a
. , On the other hand, the filtering of the residual magma
into a subsidiary pool without rapid change of temperature
and its slow crystallization undisturbed, then fractional
eration may take Jae with the production of a small

ount of residual liquid, enriched in mineralizers and of
composition markedly different. from that of the original
residual m magma.
Movement at this stage would result in the straining off
of the small amount of yours liquid, giving rise
sions Td es em E

e potassic-aplites so derived would

difor 1 but sl t slightly ia that representing the composition of
the residual magma.

338

We have here in miniature the outlines of à process
whi a grander scale, Smyth (©) has suggested for the
differentiation of alkaline from subalkaline magmas. ;

Review of differentiation.—The predominant potassic-
aplites with the minor sodic-pegmatites, plus the volatile
mineralizers, represent, approximately, m
derived from the fractional crystallization of the granitic
magma.

n the
have been one of straining off: of a residual liquid from a
crystalline mass.

turbed by external agencies for sufficiently long periods s
allow of delicate adjustment of equilibrium in the presence o
volatile mineralizers. :
With the crystallization of the albite-pegmatites eni
entiation appears to have closed. At a late stage in the
consolidation of the microcline-aplite, the pneumatolytic action
of mineralizers is represented by the parta toun
pneumatoliths, and at a still later stage greisenization an
kaolinization were developed

.

surrounding schists and quartzites. The seaward extension
the granite is not known. Some evidence of the undergr cere
extension of the granite, in an horizontal direction, is afforde

. @)C. H. Smyth, jr.: Amer. Jour. Sci., 1913, 36, p. 42.

—. 414-442.

339

by the occurrence of a pegmatite dyke 8 miles from the granite
headland. This is genetically related to the Cape Willoughby
massif, and carries gem tourmalines. With the crystallization
of the granite and associated dyke rocks, the igneous cycle
appears to have closed.

The foregoing data admittedly are insufficient to deter-
mine the form of the intrusion, yet the writer ventures to place

(c) composed of magma, either passively squeezed into a
subterranean or orogenic chamber, or actively forcing apart
the country rocks.

The :chonolite type, therefore, covers a wide range of
intrusions whose form cannot be considered well characterized.
lt is thought that, for the Willoughby massif, the evidences
of underground extension, horizontally, and the apparent
rapid closing of the igneous cycle are not favourable to a
batholitic nature.

s
emphasized by the fact that the late Tertiary fault scarps
are developed parallel to the strike of the Palaeozoic folding.

The structure of the Mount Lofty Ranges has been shown
to consist of a central geological axis of Pre-Cambrian schists
and intrusive rocks with a north-east-south-west strike, (2) and
developed, anticlinorially, a series of sediments dipping
easterly and westerly from this axis. These sediments on
the western side are only slightly altered, whilst their eastern
representatives are markedly metamorphosed, being repre-
sented by quartzites, schists, and marbles.

. 05 W. Howchin: Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., vol. xxviii.,
1904, pp. 253.280. W. Howchin: Ibid, vol. xxx., 1906, pp. 227-
NS W. Howchin: Au. Ae, Adv. Boi, 1907, Beck ©, pp.

340

The easternmost beds have been invaded by igneous
intrusions which are comparatively absent from the western
side of the axis. (27)

These sedimentary beds contain an interstratified glacial
tilite. They have been designa as Lower Cambrian by
Prof Howchin, but the possibility of their being
Proterozoic must not be denied. ;

Age of the Intrusion.—The granitic mass of Ca Wil-
loughby is intrusive into the eastern representatives of this
series. Howchin has shown that the late Palaeozoic (Permo-
Carboniferous) glacial deposits overlie the old metamorphic

ocks of eastern Kangaroo Island, and are represented near

i On further analysis, however, it would appear that these
limits can be somewhat narrowed. It is clear that in Permo-
Carboniferous times the granite was exposed at the surface.
The v

Cambrian time, for the Proterozoic age of these beds 1s
dependent on a disconformity between their western repre-
sentatives and the Cambrian Archaeocyathinae, limestones.
. The absence of Ordovician beds at the edges of the Cam-
brian geosyncline points to the folding of this geosyncline at
., the close of the Cambrian or in Ordovician time.

turbed this area to the present day. vid :
inclusions of country rock in the granite indicates that partial
Med lu I M

This view of the structure of the Mount Lofty Ranges
miden

o , particularl G. Woolnough.
anticlinorial character of the
Valley, e an easterly

£ with the great angular unconformity of
to Victor H ore com-

. town-Mount msg ‘Barossa. The possible Proterozoic
age of the westernmost beds affects € esa c umm not at all '

t

341

simple type.

The mass of Cape Willoughby is to be correlated—based
on the observations of Mr. W. R. Browne, B.Sc., detailed in
a forthcoming paper—with the granite masses of Victor
Harbour and Port Elliot, both on field and petrological
evidence.

CONCLUSION.

In conclusion the writer would suggest that :—

(i.) The masses of Cape Willoughby, Victor Harbour,
and Port Elliot represent chonolitic masses of
limited surface extent, which are connected at
depth to a single batholitic chamber. —

(ii.) These chonolites are arranged along a zone parallel
to the strike direction of the older Palaeozoic
folding.

(ii.) These chonolitic intrusions, whilst related to the
orogenic movements, were developed only at the
close of the folding epoch, when movements were

of a comparatively broad and simple type.

The writer is indebted to Mr. W. R. Browne, B.Sc., for
much help and advice during the preparation of this paper.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES.

Prare XXX.
View of granite outcrop forming part of the Cape Willoughby
headland.
Prare XXXI.

.. _Fig. l. Sagenite web of rutile in quartz albitite. Magn.,
50 diams. 4

.Fig. 2. A typical section of chequer structure in albite of the
albitites. Magn., 53 diams.+nicols.

342
AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA —PART 1.
By ArBERT H. Ersrow, F.E.S.
[Read September 11, 1919.]

PAUSSIDAE.
ARTHROPTERUS ARTICULARIS, n. sp. (fig. 1).
Dark castaneous, elytra slightly paler. With very short
and sparse setae, except on sides and legs where they are more
er

clearly-defined but somewhat irregular punctures; sides

more rounded than base. Prothorax slightly narrower than
head, apex somewhat wider than base ; disk flattened, median

what irregular and small punctures. Scutellum subtriangular.
Elytra about thrice as long as prothorax, with irregular sub-
seriate punctures, smaller thari those on prothorax and almost

a 2 is ype,
cotype, I. 10842, in South Australian Museum.
—South Australia: Quorn (A. H. Elston), Lake
Z

m front tibiae the apical spur is much larger than the free
. Spur, but on the others the free spur is the more conspicuous

k

343

of the two, and the second and third joints of the tarsi are
strongly dilated. ;

CLERIDAE.

LEMIDIA BASIFLAVA, n. S
Glossy black ; front of head, antennae, base of elytra, and
parts of front and middle legs flavous, hind legs black, the
knees all more or less pale. Sparsely clothed with moderately

l, Arthropterus articularis, n. sp. 2, Lemidia variabilis,
D. sp. 3, Diethusa insignita, n. sp. 4, Front leg, D. insignita,
n. Sp, Q. 5, Front leg, D. mollis, Lea, Q. 6, Hind leg, Edusa
pulchra, n. Sp., gd. 7, Hind leg, E. pulchra, n. sp., 9.

long straggling hairs, becoming shorter, more or less erect and
seriate on elytra.

ead wide, almost impunctate with a few subrugose
punctures at sides near ocular suture, inter-ocular impressions
distinct. Prothorax about as long as wide, sides rather
Suddenly inflated at the middle, distinctly narrower than

/ 344

head, constricted slightly more towards apex than near base,
ith à transve i i

punctures. Hlytra about as wide as head, s
parallel, but becoming gradually dilated behind the middle
then rounded at apex, with rows of rather large clearly-
defined punctures becoming smaller posteriorly and disappear-
ing at apex. Length, 4 mm.

Hab.—South Australia: Mount Lofty Ranges (R. J.
Burton, S. H. Curnow, J. G. O. Tepper, A. H. Elston),
Kangaroo Island (A. M. Lea). Type, I. 10833, in South

m

more conspicuous, and the post-median fascia absent.

L. BASIFLAVA, var. FASCIATA, n. var.

sented by two semi-detached spots, and on two the apical
joints of the antennae are infuscate, one specimen has a tinge
of red near the apex of the prothorax. Length, 4 mm.

Hab.—South Australia: Kangaroo Island (A. M. Lea),
Mount Lofty Ranges (A. H. Elston).

L. AURICOMA, n. sp. ;

i Pi -brown, head and prothorax black with a slight
metallic gloss; mandibles, antennae, palpi, and legs flavous,
the hind tarsi more or less infuscate; elytra with a pale

L aurfüce with. los n a d
. Surface with long, straggling, pale hairs becoming shorter and

|. MA B E. Bag., 1907, p. 334.

345

Head wide with rather sparse punctures, interocular
impressions feeble. Prothorax about as long as wide, narrower
than head with sparse punctures more or less concealed, but
in places subconfluent, sides dilated near the middle, with
transverse impressions subapical and subbasal. Z/ytra wider
than prothorax, sides parallel but becoming slightly dilated
towards the apex, with numerous well-defined punctures
becoming smaller posteriorly and disappearing at apex.
Length, 3 mm.

Hab.— Queensland: Cairns district (F. P. Dodd). Type,
I. 10832, in South Australian Museum.

touching the median fascia. In Lea's table the typical form
would be referred to /// and there associated with flavifrons,
from which it differs in being smaller and háving the front

L. AURICOMA, var. FLAVIVENTRIS, n. var.
Differs from the previous species in having front of head
ànd abdomen flavous.

L. VARIABILIS, n. sp. (fig. 2).

346

parallel near base and becoming dilated posteriorly, with
moderately large and rather dense punctures becoming smaller
posteriorly. Length, 4-5 mm.

Hab.—Queensland : Cairns district (F. P. Dodd). Type,
I. 10831, in South Australian Museum.

This appears to be a rather variable species; there are
four specimens in front of me and they all differ as regards
the shape and size of the spots. In two the median spots are
situated about midway between the suture and the margin,
whilst in the others they are entirely absent. The subapical
spots are fairly regular, and are placed quite close to the
suture but do not touch it. On the head the interocular
depression varies, the two shallow foveae being more conspicu-
ous on some specimens than on others. In Lea’s table of
Lemidia this species would be inserted after flavifrons as HU.
Elytra with pale markings submedian and apical or subapical.

L. FLAVICOLLIS, n. sp.

Shining black; prothorax, antennae, palpi, and legs
flavous, hind tarsi infuscate. Clothed with rather long,
straggling, and mostly black hairs, becoming shorter and more
or less erect on elytra.

impression. Elytra at base about as wide as head, sides near —
base parallel becoming dilated towards apex, with irregular
rows of shallow punctures becoming smaller and disappearing
posteriorly. Length, 3-4 mm.

Hab.—Queensland : Cairns district (F. P. Dodd). Type
I. 10830, in South Australian Museum. ;

In Lea's table this species would be associated with L.
pictipes, Blackb., from which it differs in being somewhat
Shorter, antennae entirely pale, elytra with sparser n
darker clothing, and with smaller and fewer punctures not
extending so far towards apex, the size of the elytral es

CURCULIONIDAE.
DrigTRUSA INSIGNITA, n. sp. (fig. 3).
|»... 4 S- Dark brown with apical part of rostrum, antennae,
. and parts of legs paler. Densely clothed with soft scales on

347

distorted. Length (g, 9), 4-5 mm.
Differs in being lighter in colour; rostrum longer,
d

x.
b.—GSouth Australia: Quorn (A. H. Elston). Type,

. This species is the most distinct in the genus and is easily
distingushed by the fasciculate processes on the rostrum and

etasternum of the m e only other species in the allied
genera that has fascicles on the metasternum 1s elanterius
pectoralis, Lea ale has only a slight depression,

whereas in the present species the depression is deep and the
fascicles are bent over at their apices, which are nearly touch-
ing, and so forming an arch. The strongly dilated femora
and distorted tibiae of the middle legs are also characteristic.

348

rather less variegated, and on the under-surface the scales are

uch the same as on the upper-surface; but on the present
species the scales on the under-surface are decidedly smaller
than those on the upper, and the spur on the front and middle
tibiae is inserted at the top of the apex and continuing to its
length, diverging from it at an angle of nearly thirty-five
degrees (fig. 4).

CHRYSOMELIDAE.

EDUSA PULCHRA, n. sp.

: de
and lightly clothed with pale pubescence, sparse in middle

apical segment has a shallow transverse depression. The hind
f!biae are suddenly dilated near apex (fig. 6). Length
(d, 9), 5-6 mm.

9. Differs in being more robust, the hind tibiae not
suddenly dilated near apex (fig. 7), first joint of front tarsi
smaller, the abdomen more convex and without the subapical

.. depression, and more pubescent.
.. Hab.—South Australia: Quorn (A. H. Elston). Type,
in author’s collection, cot , I. 10834, in South Australian
Museum. :

' Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., 1915, p. 194.

349
ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA.
NO

By J. M. Brack.
[Read October 9, 1919.]
PrarE XX XII.

GRAMINEAE.
... Dactyloctenium aegyptiacum, Willd. (Eleusine aegypt-
iaca, Pers.) Mount Deputy, near Mount Eba H.S. (Dist. W;
G. Taylor). '
*Lamarckia aurea, Moench. Nuccaleena Mine, near
Moolooloo (E. H. Ising). The most northerly record for this
grass. hi

CYPERACEAE.
Scirpus littoralis, Schrad. Billakalina Well, 20 miles west
of Coward Springs (Dist. C; Dr. G. Taylor, May, 1919).
Cyperus distachyus, All. (Plate xxxii) Coward Springe
(Dr. G. Taylor, May, 1919); Nilpena (R. Helms, May 2,
The la

plant'as that collected at Coward Springs, but some of the ~
spikelets are twin, whereas they are always solitary in Dr.
Taylor's specimen. Helms’ plant was listed by Mueller and
Tate (these Trans., xvi., part 2, 379, ann
C. laevigatus, L., a slender form

olitary.’’ C. distachyus, All. (C. junciformis, Cav.), is some-
times treated as a variety of C i

eo
e
[7

da
only one-third (instead of one-half) shorter than the glume.
ur plant agrees with the description in all particulars

published, neither species had been recorded for South
Australia. (€. distachyus is a Mediterranean plant, but it is
doubtless native here. |

350

CASUARINACEAE.
Casuarina stricta, Ait., and C. distyla, Vent. (Plate
xxxii) The difference between the male flowers of these 2

exteriores" of Labillardiére (Nov. Holl. pl. spec. ii., 67, t.
218), and the perianth-segments are his ‘‘valvulae binae
interiores," from which he named the species C. quadrivalvis
(=C. stricta).

It is probable than an examination of the male flowers of
Casuarina, which has only been attempted in one or two
instances, would help materially in the satisfactory determina-
tion of species. It is essentially a task for those who can
examine living specimens, because the delicacy of the organs
renders the investigation of dried material very difficult, a
fact which is noted by Bentham in his great work.

PROTEACEAE.

Hakea ulicina, R. Br., var. flexilis, F. v. M. Yurgo, near
Karoonda (Dist. M; H. W. Andrew).

. SANTALACEAE.
Choretrum glomeratum, R. Br. Yurgo, near Karoonda
(Dist. M; H. W. Andrew).
POLYGONACEAE.

Muehlenbeckia ( unninghamii, F. v. M. Miller Creek
(Dist. W: G. Taylor).

CHENOPODIACEAE. ‘
Atriplex rhagodioides, F. v. M. Walebing, near Kin-
Sonys (Dist. W ; G. Taylor). P

LI

lodged REP ecc a Sa ys ricos QU PEEL TR

351

Bassia longicuspis, F. v. M. Nuccaleena Mine, near
Moolooloo (E. Ising). This long-spined species is the
“Bindy-eye” of Vw Far Northern settlers.

POoRTULACACEAE.
„ Anacampseros australiana, J. M. Black. Moolooloo,
growing in a rocky gully" (E. H. Ising).

CARYOPHYLLACEAE.
d gesti tetraphyllum, L. Moolooloo (Dist. S; E. H.
sin
PAPAVERACEAE.

Papaver aculeatum, ese Robe (Dist. T or G;
Black) ; Moolooloo (Dist. S ; E. H. Ising). Apparently a very
rare plant. The e specimen is E em. high, that from
Moolooloo only 4 c

CRASSULACEAE.
Crassula colorata, (Nees) Ostenf. (Tillaea acuminata,
F. M. Reader). Moolooloo (E. H. Ising).

l LEGUMINOSAE.

Glycyrrhiza acanthocarpa, (Lindl.), combin. nov. Ren-
ue River Murray. Flowers December-April; fruits April-

posterior one in all the anthers, of which 5 are smaller and on

shorter filaments. —Indigofera acanthocarpa, Lindl., in Mitch.
iL, 17 (1839); Krapi psoraleoides, ;

Br, App. Sturt rt Exped. Centr: Aust., i., 73 (1849) ; Psoralea

acanthocarpa, F. v. M., Fragm., iii., "45 ins Glycyrrhiza

E Boni WA, au, 11, 296 (18

Acacia stenophylla, A. bom: rd d (Dist. W;
Toyo) also Yankee Gunyah, 10 miles west of Coward

a tarculensis, J. M. Black. Pera Rockhole (near Lake

| Labyrinth); Tomato Rocks (red felspar porphyries 15 miles

south of Kingoonya; G. Taylor).
Aotus vilis, Sm. Karoonda (Dist. M; H. W. Andrew).
*Medicago minima, Grufb., var. brachyodon, Reichb.
(M. brachyacantha, A. Kern .). A specimen of this short-
spined form which has established itself at Millicent, and
which has already been referred to in these Trans., xlii., 174

352

1918), was submitted to the botanists of the Muséum

d'histoire naturelle, Paris, and determined as above.

RUTACEAE.

Microcybe multiflora, Turez. Yurgo, near Karoonda

(H. W. Andrew).
EUPHORBIACEAE.

Phyllanthus lacunarius, F. v. M. Walebing Swamp, near
Kingoonya (Dist. W; G. Taylor).
edu Wheeleri, Baill. Moolooloo (Dist. S; E. H.
g)-

DILLENIACEAE.

Hibbertia crispula, J. M. Black. Ooldea Soak (May,
1919; G. Taylor). This specimen contains 2 fruiting carpels;
pericarp dehiscing down the inner angle; hairlike segments of
the arillus extending beyond the seed. :

FRANKENIACEAE.

Frankenia serpyllifolia, Lindl. Murrayville, Vict. (H. B.
Williamson). The broad-leaved form. This is by far the
most southerly locality recorded for this species, and points to
the probability of its being found in our trans-Murray
country.

F. fruticulosa, DC. Murrayville, Vict. (H. B. William-
son). This species has hitherto been collected only along our
coastline.

MYRTACEAE. | i
Eucalyptus fasciculosa, F. v. M. Ashbourne (H. do
Andrew). Mr. Andrew says:—‘Erect tree about 20 m. hig

Range (6-10 m.), where it grows mostly in poor soil and m
m. The height and straight grow
ring it near E. paniculata, Sm.

1919), Mr. J. H. Maiden has
ific rank, in accordance wit
ing

353

t

Australian forms, are very distinct. E. «umosa includes var.
conglobata, Benth., which is common at Port Lincoln and has
clustered, sessile flowers.

| RUBIACEAE.

Galium Gaudichaudii, DC. Parachilna Gap (Dist $8;
E. H. Ising).
> GOODENIACEAE.

Goodenia vernicosa, J. M. Black. Parachilna Gap (E. H.
Ising).

COMPOSITAE.
. Helichrysum ambiguum, Turcz. If all the forms with
solitary termin werheads on woolly peduncles, ciliate or

summit, and female flowers usually devoid of pappus are to

appressed leaves only 4-8 mm. long, female flowers 4-toothed,

without pappus (in the heads examined). Probably these
represent H. semicalvum, F. v. M. (var. semicalvum, Benth).

toothed in their upper ‘part, those ‘on the barren branchlets
linear-cuneate and often 4-5 cm. long, the midrib prominent
M

354

below; style-branches with lutbpifta egere tips as long as
the stigmatic part; peirar obtuse at bas

Siegesbeckia orientali Owinnd in Gap, near
Moolooloo (E. H. Ising). à remarkable instance of dwarfing,
the specimen being only 3 cm. high, with a single terminal
flowerhead.

*Erigeron canadensis, L. Port Pirie (H. W. Andrew).

Growing in marshy ground.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXXII.
Cyperus TEA Al. 1, a spikelet. 2, glume spread
and

open. 3, glum nut. 4, pistil and stamen
Casuarina dicis. Ait. 5, two whorls of ine aif spike. 6,
w of 8 male flowers, the 2 ciliate bracteoles of each flower

or
facing outwards. 7, inner face of the stamen (i.e., that which is
turned towards the axis of the whorl) the bracteoles and the
2 connate perianth-segments having been broken away from the
base and lifted upwards by the anther, p> which they still cling
in the form of a hood. 8, side view of the same stamen

gt :
anther. 10, the 2 connate perianth-segments. az, axis; anth,
anther; br, bracteole; per. s, perianth-segment.
Casuarina distyla, Vent. 11, two whorls of the male spike.
outer face of young male flower, still enclosed in the 2

per have fallen and only the persistant
Ce Lacs sabre. ‘the filament.

355
A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN SALICORNIEAE.
By J. M. Brack.
[Read October 9, 1919.]
Pirates XXXIII. ro XXXVII.

. A tribe of Chenopodiaceae, popularly called ‘‘samphire’’
in Australia; low shrubs composed of imbricate articles more

articles, but in Salicornia australis 1 or 2 pairs of flowers are
added at each side of the triad, so that we have a row of 5 or 7
flowers, instead of 3, or a whorl of 10 or 14 flowers, instead
of one of 6. In Tecticornia cinerea, on the other hand, the
triad is doubled and there are 6 flowers under each scale, or a
whorl of 12 in all. The flowers are more or less protected by
the margin of the article just below them. The article is
usually regarded as consisting of 2 opposite rudimentary
leaves, united by a sheath and combined with a succulent base
which surrounds the whole internode.

n all the genera except Tecticornia the articles are
practically of one form and there is so little difference between
barren and fertile articles that in Arthrocnemum halocnem-
odes and Pachycornia tenuis one sometimes finds new shoots
springing from the summit of the flowering spike, or the
lower articles of the spike are barren. In Tecticornia the
barren articles resemble those of other genera, but the fertile
ones are split to the axis into 2 spreading opposite scales, and
the stout Spike consists of these scales decussately arranged
along the axis.

The flowers are either bisexual or male only. In most

* Species they are bisexual, but in Arthrocnemum
arbuscula and in Pachycornia the central flower is bisexu
and the 2 lateral ar e. is usually one stamen to

s . The stamens ripen and protrude while the pistil is
still very young, and this fact may easily lead to error in the
examination of relaxed specimens, because the stamen is con-
| eem. while the pistil is very difficult to find, and a flower

L

356

some cases there appears to be a tendency for the upper flowers
of the spike to be male only. Much further work is required
in the examination of living specimens. ;

The lobes or teeth of the perianth have been described by

cr
Qu
z
®
ct
o
e

of the testa in the rough-seeded species seems to be f
shortening and contraction of the cells towards the back o
he seed.

membranous to thick and spon y he pericarp varies still

hardened rhachis (Pachycornia). In Arthrocnemum and
Salicornia both perianth and ricarp usually open at the
base before they fall from the spike, and the seed escapes 12

this manner. In Tecticornia the perianth splits into 2

base of the delicate pericarp. In Pachycornia the spike doubt-

__ les falls to the ground, and sun and moisture in time split

pr open the bony axis and release the seed.

357

Much confusion has been caused in this difficult tribe by
the description of specimens which had only reached the
flowering stage. To prevent an increase of this confusion in
the future it would seem desirable that botanists should refrain
from naming new species unless they are in a position to
_describe the fruiting perianth, the pericarp, and the ripe seed.
t serious work in this tribe was done by Moquin

Australian genera :—Pachycornia and Tecticorma.

No. 8, 56-66, ann. 1918) with several illustrations. Two

der Tribus Salicornieae, ann. 1866; Salicorniearum Synopsis
in Atti del Congresso internaz. botan. in Firenze, 259-343,
ann. 1876) are not accessible here.

The specimens from the localities named below have, all
been examined by me.

I have to thank the Government Botanists of Victoria
(Prof. A. J. Ewart), N. S. Wales (Mr. J. H. Maiden), Queens-
land (Mr. C. T. White), and South Australia (Prof. T. G. B
Osborn) for permitting me to examine many valuable
specimens from the National Herbaria.
Fertile articles slightly lobed at summit or

enure. >
Seeds with copious albumen.

Fruit free and usually falling off with
Ms sorana se eee
Fruit embedded in the enlarged, bony
KW. S out. uuo d. o M EAORTOUNIEE

eds without albumen... . o9 SALICORNIA
Fertile articles divided to the base into 2

spreading segments or scales . 4. TECTICORNIA `

distinct, the cuter crustaceous and bear-
ing granules arranged in more or less
concentric rows, the inner coat mem-

Peridnth spongy, without distinct lobes; :
pericarp hyaline, inconspicuous — ...- 1. A. halocnemoides
Perianth herbaceous, with 3 broad lobes;
pericarp hardened at summit and con- i-o
Eo us a ee a M DNA

358

Section 2. SOMME: Pericarp horny;
seed odora coats very thin
and coherent, du ii to present the
puse ep of l membranous, smooth

coat.

Spikes ns branchlets stout; flowers all
is 3. A. leiostachyum

Spikes i branchlets slender, the spikes

very short; central flower | bisexual,

the 2 lateral male ... .. 4. A. arbuscula

. halocnemoides, Nees in Pl. Pre iss., 1., 632, ann

inconspicuous: spikes terminal and lateral 10-50 mm. long,

3 thick) ; flowers i n 3's, all Sdk fruiting Saraik
white, spongy , dilated at ee: pericarp hyaline, at length
almost disa seed co ompressed if oblong, 1-1j mm

l
Mighty curved, the cotyledons one- -third as long as the radicle.
icornia arbuscula, Benth. Fl. Aust., v., 203 (1870), ex
parte; S. tenuis, Benth., l.c., 204, ex parte Ct). s ad ea

à (H. ay,
pM ‘salt soil round T in Tate Herb, as S. tanai
N.

of Melbourne as S. tenis » Mura t ay M. a
Noveubir. io Port Wakefield (J. M. B., November,
1919).

W. Australia. Fremantle (Preiss. , Jan., 1839, No.
1910, “in .turfosis DE. marina subinde inundatis prope
oppidulum Fremantle"); Burswood Island, near Pert
(F. W. Wakefield, Jan., 1914, per D. A. d rbert); "West
Australia" (Drummon d, no poce locality or date, in.

: This species was united by vi eben with Salicornia

_ arbuscula, R. Br., although he gives the number of fertile

(articles y in the latter as 2 to 6, whereas Nees gives
vs meni as 8 to E for his cdm In reality they are much more

359

numerous; the specimen from Burswood Island, W.A. has
as many as 20, and in our South Australian coastal specimens
e

are quite different in the two species. In Nees' type specimen
Preis, No. 1910) the seeds, although not quite ripe, show
distinctly the characteristic markings of the testa.

an explanation of what I believe is the confusion of
two species in eg Salicornia tenuis see below under
Pachycornia ten

Var. pergranulatum, n. var. (Tab. xxxii.) A typo
variat semine orbiculari-reniformi circiter 1 mm. diametro,
testa brunneo-rubrá omnino subconcentrice granulata.

Australia. Salt lands near the Grange and at
ahead | (Port Adelaide River, J. M. B., Jan.-May, 1919) ;
Noarlun nga (J. M. B., Jan., 1905) ; River Frome, near Marree
J. M. eae 1917); dee Port Elliot and Victor
aboar, (H. W Andrew, Feb., 1919); Mann Crossing, er
Murray (H. W. And rew, Nov., 1915); Lake Hart (Dr. G.
Taylor, May, 1919) ; Cootanoorinna (near Warrina, R. Helms
in Tate Herbarium as Salicornia leiostachya, May, 1891).

Queensland. Port Alma, C.Q. (L. Hassell, in Gand

: : 17).

ariety differs from the type in its seed, which is
orbicular-reniform, reddish-brown and Rande all over. It
is usually a lower shrub, more spreading, and 30-50 em. high.

du the specimens from Frome River and Port Alma the
sea of the pericarp in the perianth is oorr: arog ay

e seed
Silene, Calandrinia, aia Mesembryanthemum.

2. A. Lylei, (Ewart et An combin. nov. (Tab.
Xxxiv.) Haec species distat ab 4. Aalo cnemoidi pericarpio
mamilliformi apice crustaceo horizontaliter prominente atque
perianthio distincte et late trilobo herbaceo non spongioso.—
Salicornia Lylei, Ewart et White in Jour. Roy. Soc., N.S.
Wales, xlii., 195, to 34 (1908).

ve ct species by reason of its ovoid pericarp,

_ Which is har sian. except near the summit, where it
" becomes crustaceous and is produced in a nipple-like point
(the possint style) beyond the 3 broad lobes of the perianth ;

360

barren articles 3-5 mm. long, 2 mm. thick, the lobes rather
acute and keeled; spikes 8-22 mm. long, terminating short,
opposite branches; fertile articles 5-15, 2 mm. long, 3 mm.
thick ; flowers in 3's, all bisexual, but (at least in the specimens
examined) very few of them ripening fruit; seed compressed,
ovate, 1 . long; testa reddish-brown, granular on the
back, smooth in front; endopleura membranous; albumen
lateral; embryo slightly curved, the cotyledons one-third as
long as the radicle. :
. Australia. Cowcowing, near salt lakes (type collected
by Max Koch, Sept., 1904, No. 1051); Lake Lefroy (R.
Helms, Nov., 1891, “1-3 feet high, in sand on margin of lake,
in the Tate Herb. as Salicornia bidens).
3. A. leiostachyum, (Benth.) Paulsen in Dansk Bot.
Ark. (1918), ii., No. 8, 61, fig. 24 et tab. 5, fig. 2. (Pl. xxxv.)

T T. G. B.
Osborn, October, 1912); salt and rather swampy land behind
l (J.M. B, 4a

Creek :
, 1881; in National

361

of Stuart Range (G. F. Hill, June, 1911; in National Herb.
of Victoria as S. leiostachya); between Crown Point and
Horseshoe Bend, Finke River (S. A. White, Aug. 1913).

W. Australia. No locality (Drummond, in National
Herb. of Victoria as S. leiostachya). This is one of Drum-
mond's specimens, on the strength of which Bentham included

lestern Australia (l.c. 204). It strongly resembles the
eastern specimens, but it has no fruit.

he coastal form is a stouter plant with thicker articles

than those of the form found in the interior of the continent.

4. A. arbuscula, (R. Br.) Moq. Chenop. enum., 113,
ann. 1840. (Pl. xxxv.) Shrub 30-80 cm high; branches
often erect and rather slender; barren articles dark green,
3-4 mm. thick, contracted at summit, lobes obtuse and
inconspicuous; spikes terminal and lateral, 6-10 mm. long,
often reddish and spreading; fertile articles 2-6, 3-4 mm.
thick, almost globular (with the exception of the obconical
part concealed in the inferior article); flowers in 3's, he
central one bisexual, the 2 lateral male; perianth at first

pericarp, contracted towards summit, persistant; fruit rather
erect, triangular in outline, the style protruding beyond the
perianth; pericarp horny; seed slightly compressed, obovoid,
13-2 mm. long, smooth, straw coloured ; seedcoats membranous,
coherent; embryo reaching summit of seed; albumen lateral;
cotyledons half as long as the radicle.—Salicornia arbuscula,

R. Br., Prodr., 411 (1810).

Victoria. Point Lonsdale (ann. 1867 ; in National Herb.

N.S. Wales as S. arbusculd); Wimmera (Dallachy; in
National Herb. of Victoria as S. arbuscula ).

asmania. I have seen a specimen from W. H. Archer's

Herb. of Tasmanian plants, in the National Herb. of N.S.

Wales, without locality or date.
have here treated the East-Australian specimens as the
ro ives ^M D" as his localities,

romontory,
the Western Australian specimens quoted by Bentham I have
only examined one of Drummond's from Swan River, which

362

l.
A. arbuscula, where, if 2 pistils are found in the triad, it is
quite an abnormal occurrence. The only specimens mentioned

- (2) pruinosum, Paulsen, l.c. 63, from Carnarvon, W.
Aust., is described without fruit. The spike has 8-17 articles,
and judging by the photograph, plate vi., fig. 3, it is 4.
halocnemoides.

_ A. brachystachyum, Paulsen, l.c. 64, fig. 26; tab. vi.,
fig. 4, is described as having 4-8 fertile articles, perianth
exserted, pericarp brown and hard; seedcoat not mentioned.
Also from Carnarvon, W. Aust., and possibly a poor specimen
of A. leiostachyum.

A. bidens, Nees in Pl. Preiss., i., 632 (1844-5). I have

bidens, agrees very well with A. halocnemoides as regards
a

Te

Doo ae this. acute-lobed plant on tlie banks of the Swan

and then traces it to the fruiting stage.

363

2. PacuyvconN1iA, Hook.f.
Branches stout; articles long-lobed ; embryo almost
Amiar o 54 0l 5-4 vod decal Hos du dri ADEM
Branches slender; articles short-lobed; embryo
almost straight cE ce ut wA LIA Vue i m, n
l. P. robusta, (F. v. M.) Hook. f. in Benth. et Hook,
Gen. pl. iii., 65, ann. 1883. (Plate xxxvi) A low shrub
9:

prominent, acute, spreading lobes, distinctly keeled, about
10 mm. broad at summit, the sterile ones 10-20 mm. long, the

.S. _ Lake Victoria (S. A. White, Sept., 1917).
N. Territory. Alice Creek (Horn Expedition, in Tate
Herb.) j
2. P. tenuis, (Benth.) combin. nov. (Tab. xxxvi.
Fruiticulus erectus, ramis ramulisque tenuibus, sterilibus
articulis 5-15 mm. longis 2-3 mm. crassis, lobis late scarioso-
m

ramulos oppositos terminantibus, fertilibus articulis 48
Iructiferis subglobosis 4-5 mm. ongis, fl

oribu
inferiore occultis, centrali bisexuali, duobus lateralibus
masculis, perianthio membranaceo, pericarpio primum corneo

induratae recondito (saepius per quadrantem
um semen alteri non

Aust., v., 204 (1870) ex parte (quantum ad specimina q
it); S. Donaldsoni, Ewart et White
Wales, xlii., 194, t. 33 (1908).

364

Creek (R. Tate, Sept., 1883, in Tate Herb.); Marree
J.

N. Territory. Henbury Station, Finke River (G. F. Hill,
March, 1911, in National Herb. of Victoria as Salicornia
cinerea ).

Queensland. Georgina River (E. W. Bick, Sept., 1910,
in Queensland Herb. as Tecticornia cinerea).

W. Australia. Lake Cowcowing (Max Koch, No. 1147,
Sept., 1904, in National Herb. of Victoria as Salicornia
Donaldsoni ).

The Howitt specimen is one of those on which Bentham
founded his Salicornia tenuis, conceiving them to be the male

plant of a dioecious species. He says:— The specimens are
very few and I do not feel certain that the male and the
fruiting ones are correctly matched." He was doubtless

365
; 3. SALICORNIA, L.
l. S. australis, Banks et Sol. (MSS. et ic.) ex Hook. f.
Fl. N. Zel., i., 216, ann. 1853 (nomen pro synonymo S.
indicae, Willd. perperam citatum, sed cum descriptione S.

acute, keeled ; spike 10-45 mm. long, when ripe 4-7 mm. thick
and often bright red; fertile articles 5-20, subglobular ;
flowers in 5’s or 7’s, rarely in 3’s near summit of spike, all

| Port Victoria the plant grows in low, cushion-like
tufts and has a strong tendency towards dioecism, the spikes
in one tuft having flowers with 2 stamens, and a pistil (perhaps
abortive) with very short style-branches; the spikes of another
tuft have pistils with long style-branches and no apparent
stamens.

Australia. In salt soil at Patawalonga Creek, near

Australian States and also New Zealand.
Banks and Solander’s MSS. and illustration of this
species, mentioned by Hooker, as above, have not been re-
produced by J. Britten in Illustrations of the botany of

specimen. In Benth. et Hook. Gen. pl. iii., 65, it is
be Salicornia quinqueflora, e (—S. australis). If it
is really that species it is strange that Moquin sh have
t in Halocnem nus which he

um,
ing ‘‘albumen basilare et laterale, parcum, carnosum."'

^

306
Tecticornta, Hook. f.

l. T. cinerea, (F. v. M.) Hook. f. in Benth et Hook,
Gen. pl. iii., 65, ann. 1883. (Pl. xxxvii) A low plant, j

which I have only seen one rooted specimen (from Darwin
This has procumbent, woody stems and erect or ascending

. long,
the summit, which is dilated and rather acutely lobed, the
scarious margin prominent; spikes usually terminal and
solitary 10 to 25 mm. long, 6 to 8 mm. thick, obtuse; fertile
articles 15-30, each article divided to the axis and thus trans-
formed into 2 scarious spreading scales, the outer margin of
which is thickened and herbaceous below, scarious above, and
flattened vertically (i.e. at right angles to the scale), so that
the scarious portion shelters the flowers of the scale next above
it; flowers in 6's (not in 3's, as stated by Bentham), usually
bisexual, horizontal, at first attached to the lower face of the

1j mm. long, much resembling that of Arthrocnemum
halocnemoides, but the granules or papillae along the centre
of the back ar

cle.
i., 140 (1859);
(1868) ; Benth.

3
Halocnemum cinereum, F. v. . Fragm.,
Salicornia cinerea, F. v. M. Fragm., vi., 251
Fl.

ueensland. Townsville (Rev. N. Michael, June, 1918);
Archer River (Rev. N. Hay; both in Queensland Herb.).

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES.

Pram XXXIII.
Arthrocnemum haloenemoides, Nees. The central figure
shows fruiting 6, 3 iting perianths, seen from above,
e River). 7, seed (Drummond’s Western
8, embryo. 9, perianth with :
uart’s specimen). 10, seed (the same). :

367

per granulatum, The ce R figure shows
flowering spikes. 1, vertical section of an article in fruit (Grange).
2, fruiting perianth and s eed (Lake Hart). 3, the same (Coota-

noorinna). 4, ort pod E ion of perianth and fruit (Coota-
noorina). 5, seed (Gra
Abbr iiA Miona for "all "lated: a, article; alb, albumen; anth,
nther; az, axis; cof, cotyledons; e, em ryo : 'epl, endop leura ;
fil, em nt; p, perianth; pc, pericarp; ps, pistil; rad, Pidicis

Puate XXXIV.
Arthrocnemum Lylei, (Ewart et White) comb. nov. "o l
re a fruiting spike. 1, 3 perianths seen from —— fro 2,
central perianth and pericarp. 3, pisti and stam pue
(all Dg the type, Cowcowing, except No. 4, which is ates Lake

“bidens, Nees. $ flowering spike and part of the branch
(from the ost Swan River).

Prate XXXV
rthrocnemum ar busculla, (R. Br. 2 Moq. Pilas figure a
flowering branch. 1, transverse section of a flowering article.
2, flowering article from the front. 3, “pistils (all from Ethelton).
4, posip (fruit). 5, vertical section seed (bo rom
Noarlunga). 6, fruiting article, from the E (Tasmania). 7,

begin section of fruiting article (Ethelton
KI E (Benth.) Paulsen. Cen dra] ed sar girar

branch (from the Grange). 8, 3 fruiting articles, the lowest one
showing the cavity from which 3 fruiting periant e been
taken ( ge , vertical section of fruiting perianth (Port
Adelaide River). 10, seed (Finke River). 11, transverse section

of fruiting perianth (Stuart Range). 12, vertical section of seed

(Stuart Range).
į PLATE EON

Pachycornia robusta, (F. v. M.) Hoo f. 1, 3 perianths

, after the anthers have fallen. "à. vertical panes of pistil with

ovule somewhat advanced. 3, ‘transverse section of fruiting

P. tenuis, (Benth.) comb. n 6, flow woring branch (Howi
Expedition)" 7, fruiting spike Toana River). 8,3 deuda
unt Pa ericarp and young seed (Mount Parry and

/owcowing l 1
tion of fruiting article and axis (Marree and Georgina River).
12, vertical section of fruiting prions and axis, showing 2 cavities
"en which seeds have bee oved (same localities). 13,

ertical section of seed (same atid and Mount Parry).

Prare XXXVII.
cee cinerea, (F. v. M.) Hook. f. Central figure

represents ike.
of spike, siren 4 scales of them supporting flowers in an
advan ced stage. 2, fruiting perianth spread open and fruit. 3,
; e rola esie: anth. 4, seed (all from Townsville and Darwin
eci
Salicornia Kae Ho Banks et Sol. 5, flowering peri anth.
6, pistil and 2 7, seed. 8, vertical section Asoc ge
transverse section seer Fane’.

368

NoTES ON THREE SPECIES OF MELALEUCA

By Epwin Cueet, Botanical Assistant, Botanic Gardens,
Sydney.
(Communicated by J. M. Black.)

[Read October 9, 1919.]
PrarTE XXXVIII.

Meluleuca pustulata, Hook. f., in Hook. Lond. Jour.
Bot., vi., 476 (1847). The original description 1s as
follows : —

breviter villoso, calycibus glaberrimis, lobis subherbaceis,
phalangibus staminum 5.

“Hab. Campbell Town and Oyster Bay; Gun

“Rami graciles, lineis e basi petiolorum tee albidis
striati, ramulis puberulis. Folia }-4 unc. longa, sub 1 lin.
lata, in petiolum pa angustata. Capitula vix } unc.
diam. Flores par :

en we (eis, a further description in Hooker's Fl.

Tasm., i., 129 (1860).

Bentham (Fl. Aast., iii., 160, ann. 1866) quotes both the
above works d gives a lengthy Babes dons with M. halma-
turorum, F. v. M., adduced as a synonym, but as the latter
is a a Bonth ote plant, and has distinctly oppone pup
and not alternate, as in M. pustulata, it would s
to belong to subseries i. , Oppositifoliae, having d pens "ud
M. cymbifolia and M. cuticularis rather than with M. pustu-
lata, which is in subseries v., Pauciflorae, all of which species
have apparently alternate leaves.

In the National erben. Sydney, we have the in
specimen ris the east Mete f Tasmania, namely, Ñ. C.
Gunn's No. 1069. There is also a specimen from Tasmania
without specific locality iata, collected by W. H. a.
which was reign with Gunn's specim A specum
. , labelled “‘Darling River, New South Wales, » without the
ic collector's name or date, seems: to very closely res emble the

a x emen, t we require further fresh i material

369

to definitely decide if the New South Wales plants are iden-
tical with those from Tasmania. Bentham also quotes Wim-
mera, Victoria, as a locality for this species, which he says
“has much shorter stamens,” but as I have not seen the

Melaleuca halmaturorum, F. v. M., et Miq., in Ned.
Kruidk. Arch., iv., 122 (1856). The following is a copy of
the original description :—

“Melaleuca halmaturorum, Ferd. Müll, MSS. Foliis
oppositis densis hinc nunc sub uaternis patule erectis sub-
imbricatis linearibus antice planis, acutis vel obtusiusculis, non
mucronatis, 13-2 lin. longis, 1-3 latis enerviis, glaucis, glabris,
petiolis adpressis, bracteis spicarum ovatis acutiusculis tubum
calycis aequantibus; capsulis calycis tubo ovoideo-truncato
connatis trilocularibus.

Ad flumen Three- Wells River insulae Halmaturorum
(H. Heuzenroeder). ere.
“Habitus M. curvifoliae, differt foliorum situ, usque

Val Y tubePoulifera (M. tuberculifera, F Müll.,
Herb.), foliis ramorum majoribus fere semipollicaribus, 3 lin.
latis, acutiusculis vel obtusis. In Nova Holl australi ad

ül.)."

t

It will be seen from Mueller's description that he had

from “Gmina”? Bay and Holdfast Bay. Through the kindness
of Professor Ewart I have examined specimens of the original
plant, which are labelled as follows:—‘‘M. halmaturorum,
F.v.M. Ex insulá. Halmaturorum ad fl., 3 wells-river. H
Heuzenroeder, November, 1849.’’

. [I would suggest that the ‘“‘Gmina Bay” mentioned above
is a misprint for ‘‘Guichen Bay." e plant in question
grows at Robe, and Mueller collected in this district during

370

his residence in South Australia. The description was pub-

lished in a Dutch periodical (the “Nederlandsch kruidkundig

Archief’’), and doubtless Mueller had no opportunity of read-
B.

More pia records for M. halmaturorum are:

South Australia.—In salt land on banks of Patawalonga
River (J. M. Black, No. 1, March, 1904) ; numerous in 2
swamps along Military Road, north of the Grange (J.
Black, January, 1919)—at both these places the trees fe
reach a height of 7 or 8 m., and have a whitish bark which

1917, nnt teilt water or ya it, papery bark, 2-3 m
high); Port Lincoln (H. Griff Gitobar. 1909) ; Victor

Harbour, at mouth of River TAn (J: M. Black, Sep-
tember, 1907).

Victoria.—St. Eloy (D'Alton, 1903); Lake Charm,
North-west Victoria (C. Walter, March, 1887); Dimboola
(H. B. Williamson, June, 1913).

M. halmaturorum is figured on pl. xxxviii., accompany-
ing this paper. It is commonly known in South Australia "s

ipe bark tea-tree," and varies in size from a small shru
to a tree of moderate height.

Melaleuca pauperiflora, F. v. M. e original desc crip-
tion Even by Mueller (Fragm., iii., "Tie [1863] is as
follows :

“‘Fruticosa, foliis breviusculis alternis semiteretibus vel

teretinseulis acutis muticis petiolatis, capitulis multifloris,
bracteis subovatus trinerviis margine membranaceis, calyci
lobis enerviis antice rotundatis tu glabro user pat

: is Rao described by Bentham in Fl. Aust., iii., 161
Menem

d Pritzel, in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxxv. 425

| | | (1908), res ufum) ib this species, and quote as localities in Western

quo "
Wyola, Southern Cross, Bullabulling, pes des

- A x ante ite doni s Mair o to M. Sheathiana, W. V-

371

In the National Herbarium, Sydney, there are a large
series of specimens which, although somewhat variable as to
leaf - characters, seem to "be mere forms of the one species.
me are as follows :—

estern Australia.—Drummond, fifth collection (No.
154), Wen This specimen is from the British Museum, and
is quoted by Bentham, /.c. Then we have specimens almost
identical with Drummond's No. 154 from Coolgardie, col-

ove, are from the followin localities: —Nine miles ties
of Vot n am (W. V. Fitzgerald, Ner 1903), diffuse,
10 fee S rede Cam 66 (R. Here, Elder cie Sep-

urvey ;
H. Maiden, pee: 1909) ; Israelite Bay, J. P. Brooks,
comes

Sou
1879, labelled «M. oriei jolia, var. pustulata” J; Mu rat,
r Be.

Imnip M. Black 4), November, 1915);
Dublin Scrub (H. Griffith, September, 1907); a few miles
north of Murat Bay (J. M. Black, November, b uA tai

ac o. Sh al
J. M. Black, in Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., xlii., 49 (1918),
where the species is e A on aa
M. Sheathiana, W. V. Fitzg., is desribed in Jour. Proc.
Mueller Bot. Soc., i. , (No. 9) p. 16 (1903), with the localities
Lakeside and Black Fla ag, W.A. The type specimens are in

maintained as a distinct spissa ^^

I have carefully examined the type ugue and have
: pared them with Drummon nd’s No. 154 of M. pauperifiora,
MRS is quoted by Bentham, and it seems to Lo etn the
extreme forms are so distinct that it may be advisable to
. regard the Lakeside and Black Flag specimens as a variety

372

of pauperiflora, and to add thereto some of the other e
mens from Western Australia and South Australia, when
are able to make field observations on the various forms

the bct has a very wide range, and as a consequence it is
only oe that environmental a will cause
variatio

I am indebted to Mr. J. M. Black for several notes and
for the TE on pl. xxxviii

DESCRIPTION OF, PLATE XXXVIII.
Melaleuca halmaturorum, F. v. M. 1, flower. 2, petal,
3, leaf. 4, cluster of fruits. 5, vertical section of bai o
transverse section of fruit. 7, 3-celled capsule. 8, An old tree,
between 7 and 8 m. high, growing beside the Patawalonga Creek,
near Glanels.

313

THE CAMBRIAN TRILOBITES OF AUSTRALIA AND
TASMANIA.

By R. ErHERIDGE, Jun., Director and Curator cf the
Australian Museum, Sydney.

[Read October 9, 1919.]
Pirates XXXIX. AND XL.

,

I. INTRODUCTION.
resent communication is an attempt to condense

sounder elaboration by those who may come after and, with
access to more complete and extensive material, engage in this
interesting study.

reat drawback to a satisfactory elucidation of our

accumulated to justify the use of the term Cambrian simply
for a vast thickness of beds, in all probability synchronal

a sequence based ocal facts and conditions. Two opera-
tions will accelerate this, detailed field work and energetic
collecting.

: With the view of recording the opinions of others, I have
in each instance quoted the horizon assigned to a given species.

II. HisroRx.
1877.—So far as my researches have progressed, the first
geologist to discover Trilobite remains in Australia, afterwards

374

horizon of this fossil was not made very clear, unless it occurred
in the ''variegated and dark-coloured limestone," or ‘‘white
and yellow marbles.”

Yorke Peninsula. It would be interesting to know if this
was one of the specimens afterwards described by Tate in 1892.
1882.—In this year appeared a reference, probably by
Prof. Tate, to the “head of a Trilobite’ from Ardrossan,
"apparently of the same species as previously found, but of
. a very much larger size. . . . The glabella is an inch and
a quarter long and three-quarters wide, with three pairs of
oblique furrows; its surface is ornamented with numerous
close-set granules." It would also be interesting to ascer-
tain the whereabouts of this specimen.

were obtained from a decom erruginous sandstone at
Caroline Creek, near Latrobe,9 and consisted for the most
part of fragments beyond determination. But amongst these

some interesting glabellae that I was, and still am, quite
unable to satisfactorily refer to: any genus within my
knowledge

.

(D Tepper: “Introduction to the Cliffs and Rocks at
Ardrossan,” Trans. Phil. Soc. Adelaide, 1877-78 (1878), p. 77.
(2 Tate: Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., iii., 1880, p. xiv.
; (9 Anon.: Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., iv., 1882, p. a Mar
(4) Etheri z r 1 roc. or Tai
as "Er e hetia Papers and Proc. Roy. Soc
~ ©Johnston: Syst, Acc. Geol. Tas., 1888, p. 33.

375

K. Ward the Caroline Creek beds are said to ‘‘have been
definitely referred to the Upper Cambrian.” ©)

1884.—Dr. Henry Woodward described ? two imperfect
cephalons from the Parara Limestone as Dolichometopus tatei
and Conocephalites australis; he ascribed«to them a Lower
Silurian age. re-examination of these specimens is neces-
sary before it is practicable to say what they "si

+

1888.—During this year I received Mr.
Howchin an Ardrossan cephalon, which I PI HV, to Ptycho-
paria as P. howchini.(9

1890.—The first Cambrian aei collected in North-
western Australia were obtained by . T. Hardman,(?
but for many years the exact source a these fossils was in
doubt. This uncertainty has now been satisfactorily set at
rest by a very careful ao painstaken analysis of Hardman’s
reports and maps by Mr. L. Glauert, whose determinations
are here adopted.

Hardman’s fossils from the Ord River were first critically
examined by myself’ at the British Museum in 1885, when I
attached MS. names to several I intended to describe. Cir-
cumstances prevented this, but Mr. vH tz Foord 0? took up
the work, and honoured me by adopting my MS. names.
One, a Trilobite, was named Olenellus HE

e Ord River limestones are for the greater part hard
and be: rarely massive, usually grey in colour, sometimes
sandy or magnesian, and seldom fossiliferous.0? But in
places where the rock is fossil- bearing, it is crammed with the
shells of a small supposed Pteropod ( Salterella hardmani)
and innumerable pieces and bits of Trilobites. From the pre-
valence of the little shells I have been in the habit of referring
to a ie rock as the ‘‘Salterella Limestone."

6 Wa rdi “The Geology of Soy gra the Pre-Cambrian,"
Papers and Proc. Roy. Soc. Ta m. 1909, p. 128.
(7) Woodward : Geol. Mag., i. (3), 1594, p. 342, pl. xi., figs.
2a, b, and 3.
L 0 Btheridge Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., xxii., 1898, p. 1,
pi. iv., s
e fach eae Mag., vii. (3), 1 . 99.
(10) Bnet: Rec. W. Austr. od s pet Gallery, i., pt. ii.,
1912, p. 66.
ji Foord: Geol. Mag., vii. (3), 1890, p. 99, pl. iv., figs.
3.

12 Hardman : ‘2nd Rep. Geol. Eiatadiy Dat. i W. Austr.,"
W. Austr. Parl. Pure No. 34, 1885, p. 17, par. 124.

376

^. 1892.—Prof. Tate described 19 both Molluscan and Trilo-
bite remains from another locality on Yorke Peninsula, Curra-
mulka. The latter were called Microdiscus subsagittatus and
Olenellus pritehardi. Both at this locality and at the typical
one, Ardrossan, Tate regarded the beds as Lower Cambrian or
"'Olenellus Zone," formerly termed by him Lower Silurian.
1895.—On the downs, five miles to the northward of
Alexandria Cattle Station, Playford Creek, Northern Terri-
tory, in sinking a well, soft argillaceous rocks were met with to
a depth of 200 feet. In the spoil from this well Mr. H. Y.
. Brown, the Government Geologist, found a Trilobite
eéphalon.(4) This I described as Olenellus browni.09 The
discovery and determination of this fossil, found in 1894, wes

the Northern Territory.06 Mr. Brown cites a number of
localities at which the lithological characters of this limestone
formation are similar, and concludes by saying :—‘‘The occur-
rence of Cambrian fossils near the Daly River and Alexandria
Station proves that these widely-separated expanses of lime-
stone are identical in age." 07 “He had, however, previously
stated his conviction that the limestone seen “at the Daly
Telegraph Station, the Katherine River, and down the View
toria River was a continuation of that struck at the Alexandria
Cattle Station bore." Q9 In this limestone at the Katherine

iver, . H. J. Jensen stated r. Brown found both
Salterella hardmani and Olenellus forresti, but I am not
acquainted with Brown's reference.

1896.—In 1896 appeared a paper by myself in which I

suggested the presence of Cambrian rocks at Mount Ida, near
Heathcote, in Victoria, basing my opinion on the presence of
some fragmentary but very interesting remains, to whic
gave the name of Dinesus ida. (09

_ 1902.— Two additional Trilobites from a further Cam-
brian locality, about 150 miles south-west of Alexandria Old.
Cattle Station, were obtained by Mr. Brown, and described

_.43) Tate: Trans. R. Soc. S. Austr., xv., pt. ii., 1892, p. 183,
pl. ii., figs. 9, 11-13.

09 Brown: “Report N. Territory Explorations," S. Austr.
Parl. Papers, No. 82, 1895, p. 24, chart E

05) Etheridge: “Of. Contrib. Pal. S. Austr," No. 9, S.
ap Dur Papers, No. 127, 1897, p. 13, pl. i., fig. 1. 4

16 Brown: “Northern Territory, ete., Reports Geological an
pe ee S. Austr. Parl. Papers, No. 35. 1906, p. 14.

19 Brown: ‘Report N. Territ orations”’ S. Austr.
; No. 82. 1895, * - ey Explorations,
Etheridge: Proe. Roy. Soc. Vict., viii. (n.s.), 1896, p. 56.

may IS ree h

311

as Agnostus elkedraensis and Microdiscus significans.(20) The
pr to wa d is the deserted cattle station of Elkedra, in
. 21? S., Long. 1352
1903. Cit. J W. Grois. in a paper entitled “‘The
Heathcotian: a Preordovician Series and its Distribution.''(20

Notasaphus fergusont. e expressed the opinion that my
inesus ida comprised two forms, one of which he names as
above, and further, that the deposit was not of Cambrian, but
of Ordovician a pa

ai. inches in length . usually attributed to yi gui
burrows, and are common in s ee rocks. Ther

is no reason for supposing from these specimens that the ook
is older than Cambrian or Lower Silurian.'' (22)

Mr. E. Lidgey, in a report(?? on de. general geology of
the Heathcote Parish and others contiguous, refers to ''mica-
ceous mudstones containing casts of Trilobites," members of
these Lower Silurian rocks occupying rather less than one-
fourth of the area reported on.

An important survey was made by Mr. W. H. Ferguson

“for the purpose of defining the boundaries of an outcrop of
Cambrian strata known to occur in the parish of Knowsley
East. The Trilobite beds outcrop along the valley of Lady
Creek and consist of ‘‘micaceous mudstones very rich in fos-
sils.” From Mr. Fer erguson’s remarks it is clear that the
geology of this district is complicated and obscure. (24) By the
late Mr. T. S. Hall these bed rocks were regarded as of Lower
Silurian age, “but low down in the series near the Cambrian

orizon.'

1904.—A further discovery of trilobite remains had
been made about this time by Mr. Thomas Stephens s (29 at the
Florentine Valley, Humboldt Divide, West Tasma nia. The
fossils, casts of small Brachiopods,- as ‘well as those previously

1902, (20) rapt VE «Off. Contributions," etc., Nos. 12 and 13,
pl.
ss (a) Pitot Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xv., (n.s.), pt. ii., 1903,
(22) McCoy: Vict. Ann. Rep. Secy. Mines, 1891 (1899), p. 30.
(23) Lidgey: Geo. Survey Vict., Progress Report, viii., 1894,
pp. 44 and 45.
(24) sigon x Seid Vict. (ns), No. 2, Monthly
Progress Report, ouk 23-95.
y (25) Etheridge: prin gee y, DE a 1904, p. 98, pl. x.

: Sere SS

378

fnentioned, are preserved in a yellow, slightly micaceous,
somewhat fissile mudstone. A well-marked pygidium I termed
Dikelocephalus florentinensis, and two others were referred
with some doubt to the genus Niobe.
e Florentine River is a tributary of the River Derwent.

Mr. L. K. Ward speaks of these fossiliferous beds as the
equivalents of the Caroline Creek deposit.

1905.—Not far from Wirrialpa, in the Flinders Range,
Mr. Howchin discovered a shelly band in a flesh-coloured
oolitic limestone, containing Brachiopoda and remains of
Trilobites. One of these latter was described as a species of
Olenellus.(2) This locality is in the vicinity of the Blinman
Mines, about midway between Lake Torrens and the south
end of Lake Frome.

1907.—To all interested in the Cambrian geology of

Lower Cambrian Series. With the exception of the Brighton
radiolarian beds, the fossiliferous horizons are limited to two

River, Mount Wellington District, Gippsland, in a hard and
sub-crystalline limestone. Three forms were recognizable—
an Agnostus, a Proetus, and a Cheirurus. The age of this

nee MN
(26) Etheridge: Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., xxix., 1905, p- 247.
(2) Howchin: Rep. Austr. Assoc. Ad. Sci., xi., 1907 (1908),

ou 09 Chapman: Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xxi. (n.s.), Pt i.,
1908, p. 268. Te : d , m
Chapman: Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xxiii. (n.s.), pt:

379

According to Mr. E. O. Thiele there are two limestones,
a “pale grey," containing Brachiopods and Girvanella and

This fragmentary condition of such remains is not uncommon
in our Cambrian rocks, particularly in the Kimberley lime-
stones and the friable sandstone of Caroline Creek.
1915.—In the ‘‘Bulletin of the Northern Territory" for
December, 1915, are photo-prints of a Trilobite cast, found
by Mr. Surveyor Merrotsy on the Barkly Tableland, eight
miles east of Alroy Downs; ''the rock matrix is a cherty

escribed in the present communication as Ptychoparia
alroiensis, and is the most perfect example of this group of
animals yet found in the Australian Cambrian. Mr. Mer-
rotsy’s discovery is one of great importance, indicating a
further extension eastwards in all probability of the series
yielding Olenellus forresti, O. browni, Agnostus elkedraensis,
etc :

1918.—Some years ago Mr. H. Y. L. Brown forwarded
to me pieces of a grey-white limestone from Clinton, on the

Throughout these limestone fragments are the broken-up
remains of a Trilobite, which appears to me to be quite dif-
ferent from any one yet found in the Yorke Peninsula.

III. OBSERVATIONS ON THE SPECIES.
Genus AcNnostus, Brongniart, 1822
(Hist. Nat. Crust. Foss., 1822, p. 38).
AGNOSTUS ELKEDRAENSIS, Eth. fil.
. A. elkedraensis, Eth., fil.: Off. Contributions Pal. S. Austr.,
No. 13 (S. Austr. Parl. Papers), 1902, p. 3, pl. ii., figs. 1-4. /
Obs.—In addition to the comparsions already made in

numbe:
morphosis of the. genus.

(30) Thiele: Proc, Roy. Soc. Vict., xxi. (n.s.), pt. i 1908.
G)Anon.: Bull. N. Territory, No. 14, 1915, pls. ii. and iii.
pl dise rae dei Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada. v. (2), 1899, p. 48,
+ Ly FOU.

380

oc.—Forty miles south-east of Elkedra Cattle Station
(deserted), about ass miles south of Alexandria Cattle Sta-
tion, oe Tablelar

Na ee eg (Etheridge).

AGNOSTUS AUSTRALIENSIS, Chapman.

(P) Agnostus, sp., Chapman: Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xxi.
(n839, pb. 1, 8, p. 268. E

Agnostus arie ca y Chapman, Ibid, xxiii. (n.s.), pt. 11.
1911, p. 314, pl. lviii., figs. 9, 11, 12.

Obs. ihe e ma in this species differs from that of
A. elkedraensis in the presence of the incipient spines at the
posterior angles, and apparently by the absence of tubercles on
the two lobes of the glabella. p

Loc. —Dolodrook River, Mount Wellington District,
Gippsland, Victoria.

Hor.—Agnostus zone, Upper Cambrian (Chapman).

Genus Micropiscus, pue 1864 (55)
(Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc., , 1864, p. 237).
Obs.—The name Microdiscus ed a iiri: history as
related by Mr. C. D. Walcott, and may have to give way to
that of Pemphigaspis : —''Tf Ht n pei a bullatus proves
to belong to the same group [as Merodisc all
the species now referred to Microdiscus inten then be replaced
by Pemphigaspis, as Emmon's original name of M icrodiscus
would not be retained, as it appears to is been founded on
a specimen of the genus 7'rinucleus." 4
Whilst the name Jierodiseus is PENES it must be
ascribed to Salter, as explained by Lake.»
y one species of this strange little genus has so far
been discovered in Australian rocks.

Micropiscus sicniFicans, Eth. fil.

M. aden ae ms fil.: ES case SAL io RM ., No. 13
«S. Austr. Parl. rs), 1902,
Obs.—I am pes in ‘sleds ion g d anue d
pee relating to M. significans, which appears to be a m mber
the

M. dawsoni-puctatus group, or those forms possessi nE

a well-marked oe cervical spine and multi-
segmented py

I have i riim ined the type specimens in the light of
Mr. Walcott’s genus Pagetia, but I failed to find any trace
of of either "eye line" (pelpebral ridge) or eyes.
a Emended: Walcott. 1886; non Microdiscus, Emmons.
.G9 Walcott: Bull. U.S. Geol. Survey, No. 30, 1886, p. 154.
Lake: Mon. Brit, Cambrian Trilobites, pt. ii., 1907, p. 30.

381

To the original description may be added that the sur-

face of each cheek rises into a low blunt tubercle.
Loe.—Associated with A gnostus elkedraensis.
Hor.—Cambrian (Etheridge).

Genus Dinesus, Eth. fil., 1896
(Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., viii. (n.s.), 1896, p. 56).
DriwNESUS 1DA, Eth. fil.

D. ida, Eth. fil.: Ibid, p. 56, pl. i.

D. ida, Gregory: Ibid, kv. (n.s.), pt. ii., 1903, p. 155,
pl. xxvi., figs. 8-10.
Obs.—On the subject of the fragmentary remains of this
Trilobite, Mr. C. D. Walcott remarked :— e genus
Dinesus, Etheridge, jr., appears to be more nearly related
to Damesella or Dorypygella, Walcott. Its marked charac-
teristics are: the elongate oval glabella with the small, dis-
tinct antero-lateral and postero-lateral lobes; the small
palpebral lobes; and the large pygidium with a spinose

er. G9 A comparison with Dorypyge and several other
genera will be found in the original description.

Prof. J. W. Gregory would combine the pygidia described
by me as those of D. ida with his N otasaphus fergusoni, but
too little of both these forms is at present known to define
their respective limits.

Loc.—Near Mount Ida, near Heathcote, Victoria.

Hor.—Cambrian (Etheridge); Ordovician (Gregory) ;
Cambrian or Lower Silurian (McCoy); Lower Silurian, ‘low
down'' (T. S. Hall).

` Genus OrrNELLUs, J. Hall, 1862
(15th Ann. Rep. N. York State Cab. Nat. Hist., 1862, p. 114).

OLENELLUS (?) BRowNI, Eth. fil.

O. browni, Eth. fil.: Off. Contributions Pal. S. Austr., No.

1 ku Austr. Parl. Papers, 1897, No. 127), 1897, p. 13, pl i.,
g. I

the cephalic shield.
0c.— Alexandria Cattle Station, Playford Creek, Barkly
Tableland (110 miles north-west of Camoweal). .
Hor.—Cambrian (Etheridge). o
(36) Walcott: Proc. U.S.A. Nat. Mus., xxix., 1905, p. 35.

382

OLENELLUS(!), sp.
Pl. xxxix., fig. 1
Olenellus, sp., Etheridge: Trans. oy: Soc. S. Austr., xxix.,
1905, p. 247, pl. XXv. dee d
Obs EUM present er am unable to refer this imperfect
portion of a cephalon to any definite genus. The published
figure does not convey a correct idea of the anterior outline,

wide concave area, anterior to the glabella, as in many
other Trilobites; this alters the whole aspect of the specimen.
There are ET two pairs of furrows, instead of three, as I said
in my former description, the basal pair complete and ex-
tending across the glabella, and an anterior pair very faintly
marked, mere ''nicks," in the axial furrows.

is imperfect ped may be, as suggested by Mr. F.

Chapman, an example of his Ptychoparia thielet, but before
adopting | eae suggestion I prefer to await additional and more

erfect rial.
É 0c.— ptr ge ais redd of Wirrialpa, Flinders Range,
South Australia (Howch

—Cambrian (Etheridge).

Genus Prycuoparia, Corda, 1847
(Prod. Mon. béhm. Trilobiten, 1847, p. 25).
Prycuoparta (?) TATEI, "S haa
Pl. xxxix., figs.
ope ptc ta tatei, H. Wobei: de Mag., i. (3), 1884,
p. 344, pl. xi., fig. 3.
Oleneihur ‘pata: Tate: Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., XV.;
pt. 2, 1892, p. 187, pl. ii., fig. 12.
Redlichia tate; Walcott : Smithsonian Miscel. Collns., 64.
No. 5, 1916, p. 539.
. hars. —Cephalon very minute, in all pona
semicircular: glabella oblong and narrow very slightly

es Obs. —The two first records of the above synonymy are
. founded on study of four specimens: firstly, a aee of
Dr. H. Woodward's Dolichomeiopus tatei, very kindly sup-
p by Dr. Smith Tresor: and secondly; Tate's three

383

Í
type specimens of O. pritchardi, lent to me with great
cordiality by Prof. W. Howchin
} am quite unable to separate the above cephalons; I
l believe them to represent one and the same spe cies. I do not
| quite follow Mr. Walcott in his reference of ' ‘Dolichometopus
tater”? to the genus Kedlichia. The fixed cheeks are so differ-
ently shaped, the direction of the ocular ridges so dissimilar,
that the courses of the facial sutures must have been a
unlike those of the Indian genus. At the same time I a
by no means satisfied by merely placing these partial depintar:
in Ptychoparia
n looking round for a similar structure to that I have
here termed a *' "bridge," uniting the anterior end of the
glabella to the limb border, the genera A lokistocare i: and
A erocephalites (38) obtrude themselves: In the former, ‘‘a low
rounded boss occurs in front of the glabella, that usually ex-
nre across the frontal limb (area) on to the frontal rim so
o interrupt the furrow delimiting the two''; the boss

appears to be variable in development according to species.
In the latter of the two foregoing genera this bridge i is referred
to as ‘‘a knob-shaped elevation," but in a cephalon placed
in this genus with reservation by Mr. Walcott, the =
o Pie ian with the limb by a well-defined narrow media
ridge

Loc.—Curramulka (or Parara[?], Yorke Peninsula,
South A uitratie (Tate

Hor.—Parara Limes ne, Lower Cambrian (Tate);
Upper Cambrian ( Howchin); Cambrian (Etheridge).

PrvcHoPARIA(?) SUBSAGITTATUS, Tate.
Pl, xxxix., figs. 4 and 5.
Be ary "der in Tate; Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr.,
1892, p. 187, pl. ii 12.

Ne I. HH EMEN I taser MORD io DR rne

pt. 2,
? be Lis XH AS subsagittatus" has no con-
: nection with the genus of that name. I have before me
: Tate's two specimens and two athées lent to me by: Prof.
Howchin.

The r esemblance between Tate's examples of his “Ole

ellus pritchardi” and “Microdiscus subsagittatus”’ is rem
able. In neither of the two type specimens of the latter is
the true outline of the cephalon shown, but the fixed cheeks
are slightly more cornute that in ‘‘O. pritchardi, ” the ocular
` ridges somewhat more ent What, however, is of more

» de eon: Smithsonian Miscel. Polinit., 64, No. 3, 1916,

G9 Walcott: Ibid, p. 174.

384

importance is the occurrence of traces of three pairs of very
minute, ill-defined, and perhaps continuous glabella furrows.
In the latter characters the replica of ‘‘Dolichometopus tatei”
and the three examples of ‘‘Olenellus pritchardi' are in-
decisive; the neck ring of the most perfect of the M. sub-
sagittatus specimens displays a well-marked central tubercle.

or some time I regarded these three—‘‘Dolichometopus
“Olenellus pritehardi," and ‘‘Microdiscus subsagit-
tatus’’—as one and the same, and I am not even now sure
that I have done right in separating the last named from the
other two; however, this course will probably please those
who deal in microscopic specific differences.

Tate's illustrations that of “O. pritchardi” is sub-
stantially correct, but that of “M. subsagittatus" is
imaginary.

Loc. and H or.—Similar to last.

St. Vincent. Scattered throughout these hand specimens are
portions of cephalons, thoracic segments, etc., but all frag-
t

the two anterior pairs short, deep, and apparently not com-

lete. e anterior area was very wide, concave, and with
upturned limb; and, so far as I can see, an absence of the
bridge uniting the anterior end of the glabella with the limb.
The cheeks are deltoid more or less; neck-ring wide with
a central backwardly directed spine; the whole surface 15
minutely granular.

subsagittatus. The very wide and concave area anterior to the
glabella and upturned anterior limb seems to point to this.

PrYcHoPaRIA(?) AUSTRALIS, H. Woodward.
; eee. Be. OG.
Conocephalites australis, H. Woodward: Geol. Mag., i. (3),
1884, p. 344, pl. xi., fig. 2a, b.
-~ _ Sp. Chars.—Glabella oblong, almost parallel-sided pos-
eriorly, the lateral margins barely tapering until near the

385

front, which is broadly rounded; glabella furrows in two
pairs, the first pair all but circumscribing the basal lobes;

apparently wide. Surface minutely granular.
Obs.—The replicas do not display any traces of the facial

spread from it to the anterior border of the glabella.” The
space occupied by an eye ‘‘on the anterior half of the head,"
as well as that by the oblique striae, — to me merely
as fractured matrix surfaces.
Loc.—Yorke Peninsula, South Australia diy iei dr
coe! —Parara Limestone, Lower Silurian (Woodward) ;
r Cambrian (Tate); Upper Cambrian (Howchin) ; Cam-
brian. (Etheridge).

PrvcHoPARIA (?) nowcniwr, Eth. fil.
7.

PL x3 Bg.
"à est won Eth. fil.: Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., xxii., 1888,
Obs At the time I described this imperfect céphalon
I compared it with Woodward's ‘‘Conocephalites australis,"
but relying on the supposed accuracy of the figures given,
believed them to be distinct. I now find the general aspect
of the glabella of P. howchini to so closely resemble that of
the replicas of Woodward's species that suspicion is raised of
the identity of the two; but like so many other r questions con-
nected with these Cambrian Trilobites, les possibility must
remain in that sense only for the prese
oc.—Ardrossan, North-east Yorke Pond (Howchin).
Hor.—Lower Cambrian, or ‘‘Olenellus Group" (Tate);
Upper Cambrian (Howchin) ; Cgmbrian (Rtheridge).

PrycHOPARIA ALROIENSIS, n. sp.
8

OE, fe. 8.
pe eun. Anon.: Bull N. Territory, No. 14, 1910,
pls. "^ and i

meti Av ined. or ocular dre. situated just in AA
of t anterior pair of glabella furrows, anterior limb like the

386

Facial sutures in front of the palpebral lobes almost longt-
tudinally straight, really very slightly convex, posterior to
them curving downwards with a concave sweep and sharply
outwards in the direction of the genal angles.

Thoracic somites fourteenG9; axis elongately and nar-
rowly obconical, gently convex; axial grooves wide and open.
Pleurae arched, angular in the middle line, each strongly
grooved or furrowed, the proximal half horizontally so, the
distal obliquely bent. Pygidium small, of two (or perhaps
three) coalesced segments, and a small terminal appendage;
those of the pleurae deflected backwards to a slight degree;

er fi
glabella furrows and tail segments in Ptychoparia; in the
former from none to three (the last predominating), and 1n
the latter from four to seven (again the last typical). In the
present instance the facial sutures and number of thoracic
segments are in order, but in the possession of only two pairs
of glabella furrows, and a decreased series of pygidical seg-

edent.
Loc.—Eight miles east of Alroy Downs, Barkly Table-
land, Northern Territory (Merrotsy).
Hor.—Cambrian (Etheridge).

. Genus Repiicuia, Cossmann, 1902.
Hoeferia, Redlich: Cam. Fauna E. Salt Range (Pal. India,
n.S., 1., pt. 1, 1899), p. 2.
Dedlichia, Cossmann: Revue Crit. Pal., 6th Ann., No. 1, 1902,

or less tucked under the neck

387

continuous curves independent of the latter, and not con-

uent as in Olenellus. The fixed cheeks are very narrow,
whilst the facial sutures are much pinched-in at the anterior
ends of the palpebral lobes, giving to the antero-central por-
tion of the vadunt shield a very characteristic ‘‘halbert’’-
shaped appeara

To this genus 1 now refer Olenellus ( * ) lagga? Eth. fil.,

and Foord, from Kimberley. A denda tpe A. H. Foord’s
figure (40) will at once reveal the v close r d exist-
ing between O.(?) forresti and Redlich’s H beso noetlingi,
the type species of Redlichia, and following Mr. Walcott's
suggestion ^U T now transfer it to that genus.

REDLICHIA FORRESTI, Eth. fil. and Foord.
i-e P ier Lem Fa m.s.) Foord: Geol. Mag.,
vii. & 1890, iv
,Drotolenus de uud eife ae Rec. Sei., v., 1892,
p.

Obs.—Mr. G. F. Matthew suggested the reference of this
Trilobite to his genus Protolenus on account of its continuous
eye lobes. He remarked that these continuous eye lobes ''are
close to the glabella, leaving a very narrow fixed cheek. The
eye lobes and the middle piece of this head-shield are well
PDA) and give no reason for supposing that the outer cheek

as fixed, without which the reference to Olenellus is in-
aalihi

servo; opposition to Mr. Matthew's suggestion I would
o

. The coe appearance of the glabella, fixed cheeks,
and ux lobes respectively in Voici 1) forresti is n dif-
ferent from that of Matthew’s type, Protolenus elegan

2. ds labella in Protolenus bears three pairs of p
furrows, but in x Australian "Trilobite these furrows are
Loiad, and said to be four in number.

3. In Matthew’s type a pygidial api is unknown, but
he informs us that such an appendage exists in a Sardinian
Species, and is like that of yta 1 or Olenus)." Mr.
Foord remarked :—‘‘From the same locality as the head just
described there is a short spine (fig. 2a), probably MER
to the present species; if so, it would be t the telson.” (42
however, suggest it may be one ‘of the genal spines id
therefore quite in keeping with the structure of Redlichia.

(4) Foord: Geol. Mag., vii. (3), pl. iv., figs. 2a
(41) Walcott : Smithsonian Miscel. Collns., es No. $ 1914, p. 62.
ES Foord: Geol. Mag., vii. (3), 1890, p.

388

Again, Mr. Foord figured the half of a thoracic segment pre-
cisely like those ascribed to the same genus, grooved pleurae
terminating distally in a short backwardly directed spine.
Loc.—(1) Elvira River bed, south of base line Z, 27
(H. B. 27); (2) Ord River bed, five miles below the Elvire
Junction, opposite Hill J., 38 (H. B. 84).(^?
Hor.—Salterella Limestone, Cambrian (Etheridge).

I have before me a single poorly preserved specimen,
like and. yet unlike A. forresti. The glabella and fixed

ecreasing in width forwards, with three continuous grooves.
The fixed cheeks are wider than in R. forresti, and the pal-
bebral lobes describe wider semicircles. The neck lobe 1s
prominent and large, with a small central granule just above
the posterior margin. There are five thoracic segmen
attached, each apparently bearing a central granule, or per-
haps even a spine base, as that on the fifth axis is larger than
the others, and projects exactly as the broken base of a
spine would. The pleurae are short and, so far as the condi-
tion of preservation permits one to judge, of the Redlicha
type. The fifth is distally terminated (seen on right-hand
side) by a much longer, backwardly-directed acuter spine,
longer than in the corresponding part of either Redlichia
noetlingi or R. forresti. The precise relation of this fossil to
the lastnamed Trilobite is not at present clear; it may |
distinct, or, on the other hand, notwithstanding the trivial
differences pointed out above, possibly an advance in the
known structure of R. forresti. .
Loc.—Kelley Creek, Ord River Station (Miss E. Helms).
Hor.—Salterella Limestone, Cambrian (Etheridge). |

REDLICHIA THIELEI, Chapman. hs

Ptycoparia thielei, Chapman: Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., XXIV.,
pt. ii, 1911, p. 316, pl. lviii., figs. 2, 3, 5, 7, 10.

. Redlichia thielei, Walcott: Smithsonian Miscel. Collns., 64,
No. 1, 1914, p. 62.

Ob Mr. Walcott this species is referred to Red-
lichia, ^9 and is remarkable in the possession of four pairs of
glabella furrows. -The presence of the long narrow glabella
reminds us of that of those termed Ptycoparia subsagittatus
and P. tatei.

1912, p. met Rec. W. Austr, Mus. and Art Gallery, i., pt- 2»

~ se Walcott: Smithsonian Miscel. Collns., 64, No. 1, 1914

389

—Dolodrook sa Mount Wellington District,
Gippsland, Victoria (Chapm
—''Agnostus zone," "Opie Cambrian (Chapman).

REDLICHIA(?) MINIMA, EE

ychoparia minima, Chapman: Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., Moe
qs). Ta ii., 1911, p. 318, a lviii., fios. l and 6(?), pl. lix.,

i re Proctus(: A sp. nov., Chapman: loc. cit., xxi. (n.s.),
pt.

Me s uk this form will be more appropriately placed
in Redlichia than in Ptychoparia. The distinguishing features
are the peculiarly dwarfed and semicircular palpebral lobes,
which lend to this cephalon a somew what remarkable appear-
ance, and the ''neck-ring showing traces of a slight ridge
bearing. three small blunt spines directed posteriorly.’’

TR pun: River, Mount Wellington District,
Gippsland, Victori
Hor Er ene zone," Upper Cambrian (Chapman).

Genus DIKELOCEPHALUS, D. D. Owen, 1852
(Rep. Geol. Sur. Wisconsin, Iowa, and Minnesota, 1852, p. 513).
DIKELOCEPHALUS FLORENTINENSIS, Eth. fil.
RR HEN Eth. fil.: Rec. Austr. Mus., v., No. 2, 1904,
P. 25, pl. x., fig.

Obs ha See 20 as a pygidium, presenting the typical
raid of that of the genus. The axis consists of seven seg-
ments and a terminal appendage. The flattened side lobes
SEO of seven or eight pleurae, and there is a wide striated

mb. From the ventral margin, opposite to the last but one
pleura on each side, projects a short pygidial spine.
oc.— Florentine Valley, Wes Ta sma ania . (T.
Stephens).
Hor.—Cambrian (Etheridge).

Genus CnEPicEPHALUS, D. D. Owen, 1852 (69
(Rep. Geol. Sur. Wisconsin, Iowa, and Minnesota, 1852, p. 576).
CREPICEPHALUS ETHERIDGEI, Chapman.

(?)Cheirurus, Chapman: Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xxi. (n.s.),
pt. i., 1908 269

Crepicephalus etheridgei Chapman : Ibid, xxiii. (n.s.), pt. ii.,
1911, p. 319, pl. lvi

Crepicephalus ierit Walcott: Smithsonian Miscel.
Collns., 64, No. 3, 1916, . 203.

i 2 the du ahs isting confusion between the
genera Dikelocephalus and Ciepite phatis has been dispelled
ie dudit Cru IUE E E EUN ME

(45) Redefined, Walcott, 1916.

390
by the labours of Mr. C. D. Walcott. So far as the

ong, narrow, and sharp; or the spines in question
attached to the sides of the pleural lobes, appertain to
Crepicephalus 1
Loc.—Dolodr ook "ideft vent Wellington District,
Mauer Victoria (Chapm
—‘‘Agnostus zone,’ Gasper Cambrian (Chapman).
CREPICEPHALUS TASMANICUS, Eth. fil.
SE er Kariste Ps fil.: Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas.,
1882 (1883), p. 155, pl. i., fig.
(?) Conocephalites LES oe Eth. fil.: Loc. cit.. p. 153, pl. i;
gs.

P
cephalon I ‘dower ibed at the same time as ’ Conocephalites
8

associate themselves with the “Conocephalites’’ ea
other than the “Dikelocephalus” tail, or vice-versa. I sail
therefore, only conclude they are one ‘and the same

e cephalon called C. stephensi was, I b elieve, one of
the first, if not the first, Cambrian Trilobite portion to be
described - in -detail from Australasi 3
| Loc.—Caroline Creek, near Daioh: Tasmania (T.
pap

or.—Potsdam Sandstone or pret Flags M vues Un ,
!cDikelocephslun Group" (R. M. Johnston);
brian (L. K. Ward); Cambrian (Etherid e

Genus NoTASAPHUS, Gregory, 1
(Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xv. (n.s.), pt. ii., 108. p. 155).

NorASAPHUS FERGUSONI, Gregory.
N. fergusoni. Gregory: Loc. cit., p. 155, pl. xxvi., figs. 11-13.
T .Obs.—The cephalon of V atasá phus, so far as known to
. "S, is certainly distinct from that of Dinesus, but if the ed
ea representation of the fossil, it is very difficult

391

io say to what genus the remains really belong; amongst
other genera Corynexochus, or perhaps Blountia, may put in
c vm
oc.—Neighbourhood of Mount Ida, Heathcote, Vic-
o diego
—Ordovician (Gregory) ; Cambrian (Etheridge).

CAROLINE Creek TRILOBITE REMAINS.

In my early account of these casts I figured, but left
unnamed, portions of four cephalons. In each instance a
glabella was preserved, parts of the neck-rings and anterior
limbs, and traces of the fixed cheeks. All four types have
certain features in common, such as the broad, short
glabellae, deeply excavate anterior areas with thick and
prominent limbs, and deep neck furrows; they differ only
in proporti e posue and numbers of pairs of
glabella furrow

Since 1882 I have had opportunities to examine other
examples of the Caroline Creek grit in which these remains
oceur plentifully, but always Baie the latter in the same
be lizing imperfect condition. In the absence of complete

a

gested P se plan (07 and for m erely descriptive purposes

perhaps here these cephala had better remain oae dus dF ze

the same time other genera than those mentioned put

Samay such as idiot ii Billings ; EE ‘Walcott; (^
n P. agodia, Walcot

PrvcHoPARIA(?) CAROLINENSIS, n, sp.

Head shield, (?)Conocephalites, rd Proc
Tas., 1882 (1883), pp. 156 and 162, p i. i., figs. DE 9. (DR I
Ge s S = Conocephatites (È), Johnston : . Acce.

o!

Cha cher broad-oval or oblong, ro
teriorly, | lind all but in contact with the fillet of the anterior
limb, broad posteriorly; fillet and neck-ring prominent, the
mle furrow deep; two pairs of glabella turrows, basal and

—The outline of € glabella (figs. 8 and 9) and
that x de 11 are remark dires and it is possible they
May be identical as t erre
a 883), Etheridge: Papers and Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas., 1882-3
(87) Etheridge: Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., xxxii., 1882, p. 3

392

PrycHoparia (?) JOHNSTONI, n. sp.

cond Ten DES Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas., 1882 (1883),
pp. 157 and 162, pl. i., fig. 10.

INI Or "Conocephalites (9) sp., Johnston: Syst.
Acc. Geol. Tas., 1888,

Cars. —Gisbella Aeir pyriform, narrowing posteriorly,
its anterior margin separated from the limb-fillet by a wide
and deep frontal groove; limb-fillet thick and prominent;
axial grooves deep and well marked ; ne pairs of pit-like
furrows, basal and middle.

—Name suggested in memory of the late Mr. R. M.
Johnston, Government Statist of Tasmania, etc. This is, in
all probability, quite distinct from the original figs. 8, 9,
and 11.

PTYCHOPARIA (?) TASMANIENSIS, n. S
V eL iugi wi head ee allied to Bathnurus, Etheridge:
. Roy. Soc. Tas., 1882 (1883), p. 157 . fig. 12.
ethers), | RR Tu Syst. sm Gan Tas., 1888,

Sp. Chars.—Glabella nearly quadrate, short, blunt
anteriorly, but with the margin slightly rounded, expanding
very little forwards; fillet of the limb narrow but t prominent ;
fixed cheeks probably broad; neck furrow deep. Es

s.—Furrows are not visible on this glabella; it 18
shorter than either of the other forms, and blunter anteriorly.

n addition c^ Ms cephalic gue already, described,
ae occur both in the Caroline Creek beds and those of
oe tars pe Valley certain pygidia of a very marked
chara
se from the first locality I tentatively referred to
two Friis of A saphus.| 48) They are nearly semicircular,
differing rather in outline, but both with pronounced seg-
mented axes, one with ten, the other eight segments. Bot
have well-marked striated limbs, but ‘in one (fig. 6), the axis
enlarges eh re much more rapidly than that of fig. 5.
The imperfection of the record renders accurate recog-
nition of ae pygidia difficult. A reference to Bathyurus
even is, to some extent, possibly permissible, pis althoug
most species of Bathyurus the pygidial pleurae are seg-
mented, in B. saffordi, Billings, (49) only the axis is so, precisely
as in the fossils under review. Furthermore, the glabellae,
xed etc., are remarkably similar to those of tha
guns. In the same category stands Asaphiscus, Meek, but

Herder. Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas., 1882 (1883), p. 196.

: : : pl. m
| o iine: Canadian Pal. Fos., i., 1865, p. 259, fig. 241.

393
here we are faced by the negative fact that no Asaphiscus-
like cephalons have so far been discovered at Caroline Creek,
that is to my knowledge.

In the Penk Valley extension there also emat very
similar isolated pygidia that I referred to Viobe.©) In these
tails, varying from semicircular (correct outline) io deltoid-

nted

triangular (distorted outline), are long, w, segmen
axes, with indistinct traces of pleural subdivision on th
lateral lobes. T s, as in those of the Caroline Creek

specimens, are broad and continuous. In all probability, to
whatever genus these latter pygidia may in the future be
NA, those occurring in the Florentine Yali will follow

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES.

Prate XXXIX.
Olenellus (? ), sp., or Ptychoparia (? ), 8
Fig: I Krapina cephalon aog d in raas. Roy. Soc.
S. Austr., xxix fig. 1).
: PEREA tatei, H. (reet sp
Fig. 2. Imperfect cephalon, from a replica of Woodward's
original specimen of Dolichometopus. tute E igured in the Geol.
Magazine, i., 1884, pl. xi., fi x8
Fig. mp h DES from one of Tate's original
specimens of IS pritchardi (figured in Trans. Roy. Soc. S.
ust 22 H., fig. 11). x4 pes

| Piychoparia ( ? ) subsagittatus, Tate,

Fig. 4. rfect cephalon, from one ef Tate's original
Specimens of Microdiicus rubragitatus (figured in Trans. ains ‘
S ustr., xv., pt. 2, , pl. ii, fig. 12). x6 diam

Fig. 5. Another similar example of Tate’s, but not pre-
viously y Mg glabella furrows are distinctly visible in this
Specime dia

Dhdkabacis (?) etidm ge Woodward, s

Fig. mperfect cep from a replica SE Wonkwand's
original specimen of € vonocephalites australis (figured in the Geol-
Magazine, i., 1884, pl. xi., Nat

PrarE XL.
Ptychoparia(?) howchini, Eth. fil.
Fig Greater portion of a ce phalic shield, from the
original Eee (figu in Trans. r$ Soc. S. Austr., xxii.,

idee oparia alroiensis, Eth. fil.
Fig. 8. Nearly complete Tri = from a replica of on
original specimen (figu red rthern Territory Bulletin
1910, pls. ii. and iii). x4

The illustrations were obligingly prepared for the writer by
. Mr. J. R. Kinghorn, of the mr Museum, Sydne

(50) Etheridge: Rec. Austr. Mus., v., No. 2, 1904, p. 26,
Pl. x., figs. 1-3. ; i

394

DESCRIPTIONS OF SIX NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN
POLYPLACOPHORA (FOUR ACANTHOCHITONS AND TWO
CALLISTOCHITONS), WITH OTHER NOTES.

By Epwin Asus, F.L.S., M.B.O.U.
[Read October 9, 1919.]

Pirates XLI. anp XLII.
ACANTHOCHITON PILSBRYI, Sykes.
Pies, Gps. i63

A. pilsbryi, Sykes: Proc. Mal. Soc., vol. ii., pt. 2, July, 1896.
. maughani, Torr and Ashby: Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr.,
vol. xxii., 1898. > -

I am indebted to Mr. James A, Kershaw, of the National
Museum, Melbourne, for the opportunity of examining Sykes'
type of the above shell. Sykes states that he had only the
single specimen and did not disarticulate the anterior valve.
An examination of the type at once gives the reason, for that
valve, in common with several of the others, is badly broken.
Further, the marked character of the sculpture of this shell 1s
much obscured in the type owing to erosion and fracturing, but
still more to the extensive limy encrustations, the deep inter-
spaces between the pustules being in most cases entirely filled
in with the accretions.

The very faulty drawings and description in Sykes' paper
are undoubtedly due to this feature. Both Mr. Sykes and
Dr. Pilsbry, to whom he submitted the type, emphasize the
character of the dorsal area, !

4. pilsbryi, method of
sculpture in pleural area.

e
e

ridging connects the pustules of one row
next row. In the lateral area the row

395

becomes curved and the pustules larger, more raised, and
rounded.
ab.— Victoria and South Australia.

ACANTHOCHITON PILSBRYI MAUGHANEANUS, n. sp.
Pl. xli., fig. 4.

. Differs from A. pilsbryi, Sykes, in having pustules less
raised and rounded. The pustules are even more rectangular
than is the case in the dominant form; in the anterior valve

r

A. maughani as Sykes’ shell, that name becomes a synonym
of A. pilshryi. I am therefore preserving the name of Mr.
M. M. Maughan, the ex-Director of Education in this State,
by naming the subspecies after him.
ype I am presenting to the South Australian

Museum; it was collected by myself at Middle Harbour,
Sydney, New South Wales. '

Genus AcAxTHOCHITON, Gray, 1821.

Subgen. NoTOoPLAX PORCINA, n. Sp.

Pl. xli, figs. 7 to 10.

_ General appearance.—Shell elongated, “glossy, carinated,
side slope straight, all valves more or less covered with fine
longitudinal ribbing. :

olour and markings.—Light vinaceous-cinnamon, mot-
tled with congo pink in the dorsal areas (Ridgway's Colour
Standards, pl. xxviii. and xxix.). :
. Anterior valve.—Has five shallow undulations or ray ribs,
is fairly evenly covered with wavy, concentric ribbing; in
oo these resemble “ripple marks” on the sea sand.

|. Chiton known to

396

and broken into incipient, flattened pustules. Insertion plates,
porcelain white, slits five, broad. .

Posterior valve.—Mucro very distinct, posterior, the
anterior portion of valve is similar in sculpture to the pleural
. and lateral areas in other valves. A diagonal depression

separates this from the posterior portion, the ribbing being
deflected downwards and its character somewhat altered, the
ribs here showing a tendency to become granulose, still further
changing when the posterior part of valve is reached, the shell
there being covered with closely-packed granules without any
system of arrangement. Insertion plates white, one broad slit
on each side and four, and suggestion of a fifth, immediately

ing in places; this feature may more marked in other

specimens. bog
The pleural area is covered with close, wavy, longitudinal

ribbing, the ribs are more abrupt on the lower side, and the

? .
laminae produced very little forward, sinus broad and sinuate.
Measurements.—35 mm x 11 mm. in dried specimen.

ulf St. Vincent, South Australia. Up to the present only
one specimen has been met with. The type will remain for the
present in Dr. Torr’s collection, but ultimately it will be placed
in the South ‘Australian Museum.

Remarks.—This species can easily be distinguished fous
Notoplax matthewsi, Bed. and Pils., by the ribbing being
continuous and not broken into granules, the ridges are less
strong, and the pinnatifid- character of the dorsal area, 1
marked in V. matthewsi, is almost absent in this species.
is more nearly allied to that species than to any other Acantho-

me. The specific name is derived from the
Latin porca, meaning a ridge between furrows.

397

ACANTHOCHITON MAXILLARIS, N. 6p.
Pl. xli., fige. 5 and 6; pl. xlii., fig. 1. 1":
General appearance.—Shell long, rather flat, sides slightly
rounded, dorsal area much rounded, width of shell less than

of the shell mottled in with the pink. The milk-white or
porcelain-white pustules contrast strikingly with the general
ground-colour of the shell.

Anterior valve.—This valve is too broken to disarticulate,
is clothed with white pustules smaller towards the apex, an
larger and more rounded towards the girdle; there are evi-
dences of ray ribs, probably five, this feature being so common
to Acanthochitons ;

rh
s
g
pr
a,
5
e.
o
a
d
Bm
D
PR
a 8
e
B
Qu
zA
=F
a
er
"n
e
et
Fedi
ed
d
3
eJ

a row of milk-white pustules, fully three times the size of the
upper row, and more or less placed alternately, short and long,
looking like a row of irregular, rounded teeth set in a Jaw,

398

:
T
=
E
E:

E
i

rs dark. Inside white, slits one, ill defined,

and placed far back on the insertion plate, suture broad. 2
Hab.—Marino, South Australia. Collected by myself ;

d. i

Measurement.—T7 mm. x 3 mm. i
Remarks.--This beautiful and striking Acanthochiton 1s
easily distinguished from any known species by the row of
exceptionally large milk-white pustules suggesting a row of

rounded teeth set in a jaw, present in the median valve. The

ACANTHOCHITON GATLIFFI, n. sp.
Pl. xlii., figs. 2 to 5.

a
bd
Anterior valve.—Five rays or undulations, the whole

the median valves. Inside and insertion plates deep pink,
five slits, teeth sharp. :
‘Posterior valve.—Very small, mucro slightly posterior,
dorsal area wedge-shaped but smaller in proportion than the
other valves. The portion of shell to the front of the mucro
is ornamented with a few large flat pustules in two rows, pes
posterior portion of valve decorated towards its margin with
of l granules. Inside pink, slits three, the
plates are produced posteriorly for a width almos
t the exposed portion of valve, sutural laminae
si an unusual degree almost forming

-

399

Median valves.—' The dorsal area broadly wedge-shaped,
highly arched, longitudinally convex, beaked, pinnatifid. The
markings and sculpture are a little difficult of definition, there
1s present a series of whitish spots arranged longitudinally on a
dark-pink ground, the wavy longitudinal and transverse striae
together with the colour markings give a granulose appearance
to the whole of this area, which may be describe as lookin

irdle.—Spongy, a fov veditéra d short spicules and an

Sen fringe. Hair ibi: well defined, spicules short

M easurement.—'The e (dry) measures 5 mm. x 24
mm., being a little bit nea ably 6 mm. would be nearer
correct. Mr. PAGE A shell 6 mm. x E miw. and Mr. Gabriel’s
shell 8 mm. x 4 m

The type remains ie the present in my collection but I
shall epe ultimately to place it in the South Australian
Muse

Hab. —I collected the type myself at Port Lincoln, ge
Australia, and sent two others, collected at the same plac
time, to Mr. Iredale as being the same; but until these are
returned to me and I can examine them under a microscope I
cannot absolutely determine their identity. Messrs. Gatliff
and Gabriel have both loaned me single specimens obtained off
Point Cook, Port Phillip, Victoria, in 8 fathoms.

Aemarks.—I am indebted to the two Boae. above

Spirit which would remove the c abriel's shell,
which is the largest of the trio, has a distinctly rug:
Ar E rsen granulose towar< beak; the pinnatifid

of vat minute scales on the girdle and of a girdle fringe.
This interesting little Acanthochiton has been in their
Collection for some years, but was wrongly identified by them
as Sykes' shell 4. pilsbryi, a species dealt with in the earlier
exin of i: paper.
aming this shell after Mr. Gatlif, who with his
colleagues haa dido much good work on the Victorian fauna.

400

CALLISTOCHITON ANTIQUUS MERIDIONALIS, n. sp.

locality, New South Wales, wh as described under the
name C. antiquus (pl. xlii., fig. 6 Reeve in 1847, and
compare them with the Tasmanian shells and th Aus-

Australian shell must receive a distinguishing name before
the new Tasmanian shell can be put in its right niche in
our classification.

disarticulated. The anterior margin of the tegmentum is
u

tralian one it is produced forward almost to a point. The

LY
Australian Museum.

CALLISTOCHITON ANTIQUUS MAWLEI, Iredale and May.

_ This species was described from Port Arthur, South-east-
ern Tasmania by Messrs. Iredale and May. It differs again
. from either of the foregoing in that the longitudinal ribbing is
S persistent. right over the dorsal area, the irregular network
. present in the two former being absent. The longitudinal

401

ribbing corresponds with the South Australian shell in the
vidth of the ribs, but they are almost straight, nearer together,
the bridging greatly thickened and proportionately shorter.

e transverse ridges in the two lateral ribs are present
as mere nodules, irregularly spaced and not as sharp strongly

elevated ridges as in the two preceeding. is form easil
takes its place as a subspecies of Reeves' Callistochiton
antiquus,

CALLISTOCHITON ANTIQUUS MAYI, n. sp.
Pl. ‘xlii:, figs. 8 and 9.
. . The only opportunity I have had of collecting Chitons
in North-western Tasmania was limited to one afternoon on
October 11, 1916, when I had an hour or so on the rocks at
a place called Penguin. Amongst the shells then collected
was a small Callistochiton quite new to me, which I concluded
and put aside as being Iredale and May's new Callistochiton
C. mawlei, which I had not then seen. Since then my friend
Mr. M i me a specimen of that shell, and I find

n
simply granulose, the network origin of the sculpture is quite
lost. Under a higher power, however, the network sculpture

, more numerous and closer together. Measurement, 8 mm.
x 9 mm. I consider this species diverges most from the dom-
: mant form of all the su species here dealt with.

: . Remarks.—In the absence of the examination of the Vic-
: torian Callistochiton fauna, our knowledge of the effect or
= otherwise thmus (Hedley: Proc. Linn. Soc

certainly suggestive but inconclusive, until more Victorian
material is examined. I hardly think any additional word is

402

needed to gents the placing of the four very distinct forms
herein dealt with under the specific name of C. antiquus,
eeve, as ni Open thereof. I take it that true science is

localities has developed a fixed type of its o
Ra conclusion.—In my list of Australian "Polyplacophora
ns. Roy. Soc. 8. Austr., vol. xlii., 1918) under the he ading
Üallistoshefon, two species and one subspecies were given, viz.,
C. antiquus, Rve.. 1847; C. recons, Thiele, 1911; and C. `
mawlei, Ire. and Ma , 1916, the lastnamed being recorded as
from both South Australia and Victoria. As regards the first
it certainly was incorrect, and as far as I am aware it has not
yet been found in Victoria.
wo more must be added to the list now, bringing the
total to five, and it is very probable that the very beautiful
shell deseribed by Dr. Torr as Ischnochiton bednalli, may have

disarticulated specimen, so cannot express a definite opinion.
Undoubtedly the network Lais Le is suggestive of this
genus, but in ae other respects it does not show any very
close affinity with any of our known Australian forms.

Since finally typing the foregoing paper I have turned
up Iredale and May’s gies of C. mawlei (Proc. Roy.
Soc., vol. xii., pts. ii. and iii., Nov. 1916) and cannot refrain
from quoting meu EE AE ata remarks on the differences: “in
the formation of the sutural laminae, these are continuous,
whereas they are widely separated in the species C. antiquus,
Reeve, and even more so in the South Australian ipe

tillman Berry, of California, writes me on July 1,

finding its extreme southern limit in Port uri e Tas-
mania, where the fesipodet. C. mavlei, I. , 93

Tasmania to Western Australia, of which the es gran form
will be C. meridionalis, herein ues with C. mayi, also
described herein, as i ita. subspeci

Addenda.— After hn PUE the draft of the foregoing
~ . paper I received from Mr. C. J. Gabriel, e ME

i asi uten which he had compared and identified W ae
| Scale in the Melbourne Mason Mr.

403

Gatliff had previously sent me a smaller shell of same species
that he had also identified with Sykes' type. I felt that to go
counter to two such able conchologists needed assurance made
doubly sure, and therefore wrote Mr. Kershaw asking that he
would be good enough to loan me Sykes' type again with per-
mission to disarticulate another valve and clean same, because

locality, Port Victor. This photo is reproduced herein, and
will, I trust, demonstrate to the satisfaction of all workers my
contention.

vol. ii., pl. ii., July, 1896, drawn by J. Green for Sykes ;
again in Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., vol. xxii., 1898, figs. 5,.

figs. 24, 25, 26, and 27, pl. Ixxiv., drawn by Miss W. West
for Messrs. Hedley and Hull. While the lastnamed figures are

presentation of the photos of this shell as attached to this
paper. It is a satisfaction to have been able to clear up a long
standing difficulty, and my thanks are due to Dr. Torr and
Messrs. Kershaw, Gatliff, and Gabriel for the examination of

material that has helped towards the solution of the problem.

404

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES.

PLATE. XLI.
AUSTRALIAN POLYPLACOPHORA.
Fig. 1 Acanthochiton POPR Sykes, x10, from S. Aust
» 2 T » X23, type, sedis vale
» 3 2 T T ier Pie S. Australia,
valve.
» 4 » » maughaneanus, “Ashby, x 28,
ian
» 9. » mazillaris, br. x28, posterior valve.
ad 6 22 33 median valve.
ig n e porcina, Ashby: x 12.
» 8. ” 3» 33 X06, patena valve.
» 9. 2 » à , median valve.
sg Mk » » » » posterior valve.
Pirate XLII.
AUSTRALIAN POLYPLACOPHORA.
Fig. l. Acanthochiton bo die , Ashby, x10.
» 2. tliffi, deli. xii.
» 93. » y3 x28, anterior valve.
» 4. m J E » posterior valve.
» 9. median valve.
» 6. Callistochiton antiquus, Hess. x 15, median valve, from
ew South Wales.
hp. » 4 meridionalis, Ashby, x15,
median valve, from S. Austr.
» 8 ^ " mayi, Ashby, x15, median
valve, from Tasmania.
» 9 n 5 » . Ashby,. x15, anterior

valve, from Tasmania.

405

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF SOME SOUTH AUSTRALIAN-
: GROWN PINES.

By Proressor R. W. Cuapman, M.A., B.C.E.
[Read October 9. 1919.]

The tests about to be discussed were made upon timbers

Island Pine (Pinus canariensis), Remarkable Pine (Pinus

27°86 Ibs. per cub. ft. for the whole. Similarly the maritima
6 in x 4 in. pieces from Wirrabara in June, 1917, averaged
59°33 Ibs. or 5476 lbs. per cub. ft.; while those from Mount

406

Burr weighed 65:58 lbs., or 60°53 Ibs. per cub. ft. But after
seasoning for two years the weights per cub. ft. were 3129
and 35°69 lbs., respectively, the whole set averaging out at
32°96 Ibs. per cub. ft. The 6 in. x 4 in. pieces of Pinus
canariensis weighed on the average 65°42 lbs., or 60:4 lbs. per
cub. ft. on receipt at the Laboratory, but reduced finally to
41°83 lbs. per beam, or 38°61 lbs. per cub. ft. Some of the
insignis beams from Mount Burr contained as much as 158
per cent. of moisture, caleulated on the dry weight of the
timber, but the moisture contents of all the timbers had fallen
to about 11 or 12 per cent. by March, 1919.

Even when dried to approximately the same percentage
of moisture contents there was a considerable difference in the
weights per cub. ft. of the timber from the three trees from
which the insignis beams were cut, and an analysis of the

beam tests for the 20-year-old tree from Wirrabara the
strengths were very nearly proportional to the densities of
the timber, as the following table shows: —

Ratios or DENSITIES AND STRENGTHS Or Pinus insignis.
Timber from Different Trees. :

From From
Wirrabara. Mount Burr.

30 years 20 years 33 yea

old. old. old.

Ratio of densities... zii : ; ro Mis
Ratio of strengths in compres-

sion along the grain TY oe oe eo CDM

Ratio of shearing strengths ... Io c DM 5

Ratio of strengths of beams Po IgM. LE

Similar results, however, were not found to apply to the
maritima tests. Here again the timber from Mount Burr was

tests, and determinations of
pression both longitudinally

407

and across the grain. The tests were made in the same manner
as those described in the author's paper on “The Strength of
i S

South Australian Timbers,” in Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr.,
vol. xxxii. On the whole over 350 tests were made on the

o
practically valueless unless it is accompanied by a measurement
of the moisture contained in it. It makes no difference whether

seasoned beam of Pinus insignis. The determinations showed
that this beam contained 11 per cent. of moisture, as ca. culated

for two years in a dry place, the moisture contents were fairly
uniformly distributed. The blocks were each separately

- sq. inch.
of drying was slower siut the interval of time between the tests

408

was made greater. After 12 weeks the moisture contents were
down to 13 or 14 per cent. The relation between the crushing
strength of the wood in pounds per sq. inch and the percentage
of moisture in the wood, as determined in this way, is shown in

X
I2
bE
S
mies
KUS.
bo
AGY
git
$23
Bey
HOA
RINS
OZR
bo AUEPCENTAGC OF MOISTURE, 3
do 20 30 40 50 GO /2
Fig. 1.

the curve for Pinus insignus in fig. 1. It was found that the
_ Average results of tests made in the ordinary way, as the |
r was seasoning, fitted well on the curve thus obtained,

409

the percentage of moisture until the strength becomes less
than half that of well-seasoned wood when the moisture con-
tents amount to 25 per cent. of the dry weight. From this
point on the diminution in strength will further increase
in moisture is much less marked. With 10 per cent. of
moisture the average crushing strength is 4,600 lbs. per sq.
inch, at 25 per cent. it has fallen to 2,250, and at 50 per cent.

moisture it indicates a strength of 5,600 lbs. per sq. inch, and
at 25 per cent. a strength of 2,750, a little less than half,

410

burst itself in the effort to expand. The character of the
failure is shown in the second figure (fig. 2). Another similar
block of insignis, 23 in. x 32 in. in area, treated in the
same way, gave a maximum load of 1,460 lbs. This also failed
in compression. The average maximum pressure exerted by
the two blocks was 139 lbs. per sq. in. A block of Pinus
canariensis was dealt with in the same way, and for three days

en the timber was first received small cylinders about
3 in. in diameter and 1 in. long were accurately turned out
of the green wood from blocks whose moisture contents had
just been determined. These were then weighed and accurately

l E
[

SS

measured along marked diameters in directions ‘parallel and

perpendicular to the rings. The average measurements in

Ui 777 ^
Fig. 2.

io | that might be expected from a Eucalypt with the same
initial quality of moisture. It will be noticed that when meas-
e blocks all showed an

TABLE I.
Shrinkage of small cylinders of wood on drying, in directions parallel and perpendicular to the rings.

Timber Average Diameters | to Rings. | Average Diameters | to Rings. | Per cent. Moisture. | Per cent. Decrease
H 18
13/7/17. 26/3/18 7/10/19. | 13/7/17. 26/318. 7/10/19. | 13/7/17. 26/3/18.

| to Rings. | to Rings
Pinus maritima ... 2:994 2:846 2-871 2:9965 2:9315 2:941

80 9:3 4°88 2°09
Pinus canariensis... 9:002 2:890 2:902 3:001 2:937 2:9475 55 ^ 3:73 2:13
Pinus insignis — ...| 2'994 2:890 2:907 2:996 2:9345 2:952 140 . 7 3°35 2:04
(Mount Burr) |
Pinus insignis ...| 2'987 2:895 | 2:913 2:990 2:937 9:047 100 7 3:07 1°77
(Wirrabara) |
SLN

II?

412

expansion due to the absorption of moisture from the atmo-
sphere during damp weather.

In order to further investigate the relation between the
expansion of the wood and its moisture contents two small

diameters, parallel and perpendicular to the rings, and
weighed. They were then kept. immersed in water for two
ae |
` FI:
x
era
4E
b
4H
W
E. Piz
z
DF.
PI
E
qe
ite
Ew
4 MOISTURE, ON , DRY WOOD. , , . 5
O 40 s

20
Fig. 3.
Showing contraction of wood on drying after immersion in water.
P.M. refers Pinus maritima, P.I. refers to Pinus insignis.
.C. refers to Pinus. canariensis. 1
The suffix 1 indicates the curves showing contraction paralle
: the rings. ;
The suffix 2 indicates the curves showing contraction perpendicular
to the rings. ;

days, after which they were removed and again weighed and
measured. It was found that the moisture contents of the

Ansignis blocks now amounted to over 150 per cent. of the dry
Weight of the wood. maritima blocks did not absorb

60 80 . 100 20 MO Xe

413

much more than half as much, their moisture contents being
now 78 per cent. The canariensis blocks carried only 55 per

series of measurements the curves shown in fig. 3 have been
plotted, showing the relation between the moisture contents,
as expressed in percentage of the dry weights, and the
yer c expressed as percentages of the diameter of the dry
ock.

A n as the blocks were taken out of the water they
at once started to dry out and decrease in weight, but, curi-

or expansion of the wood is due to a change in the moisture —
contents of the cell walls. An alteration of the amount of free
water within the cells will of itself produce no effect on the

414

that the water gradually dried out from within the cells, but,
so long as there was any free water at all within the cells, the
walls remained satutated and no change consequently took
place in the dimensions of the block. The stage shown by the
curves of fig. 3 where the insignis blocks show no contraction
at all as they dry out from about 140 to about 50 per cent.
of moisture represents the phase therefore when the free water
is drying out from within the cells, but the cell walls are still

IN

A

ug

m]

S SE Q
sg

i Q
419

S

n
Sr

Lu

tw
2t |

ji
ng
PERCENTAGE OF MOISTURE ON DRY WOO.

[6] 6C BO JOD LO MO W

Fig. 4.
Showing expansion with moisture of Pinus maritima.
À, sapwood parallel to rings. B, sapwood perpendicular to
rings. C, heartwood. ‘

saturated. Beyond that, when the cells have lost all ther

free water, moisture is then given out by the cell walls LE

| contraction begins to take place, this contraction being mu?

| more marked in the direction parallel to the rings than in the
| .. radial direction.

|. The blocks from which the curves of fig. 3 were drawn

E. were cut from near the centre of the tree and contained 4

TABLE Il.
The numbers in parentheses show the number of tests.

Beam Tests. Shearing. Compression.
: Tree fro a Along the Grain. Across the Grain.
ata a EUER d 4
á adi ica ca ord ae Strength. Moist 3% | 15% | Moist.
pA 2 Deflect| Deflect x
Pinus insignis ... Wirrabara Forest -| 6,214 | 1,203,282 | 11 | 784°5 | 688 | 839 ll 4709 11- | 1773 | 2337 | 11
(Age, 20 years) (1 2) (11) (4 (4) | (10) (30) (4) (4)
4,246 58,000 | 100 2257 | 100 686 | 1045 | 100
(1) (1) (2) (1) | (1)
Wirrabara Forest 4|6,810| 1,443,207 | 11 |421 |546 | 765 ll 1345 11 918 | 1382 | 11
(Age, 30 years) (12) (12) (2) (3) (7) (19) (3) (3)
Mount Burr Forest . | 8,019 | 1,415,620 | 11 |6875 |900 |925 11 5964 11 729 | 1029 | 140
(Age, 33 years) (10) (10) ' (2) | (2 | (6) (6) Q0) | (1)
|4,430| 732,000 | 140 2855 | 140
7 9
Average of Trees .,| 6,856 | 1,376,211 | 11 | 669 88 | 906 ll aS% 11 |1269 | 1618 | 12
(35) (34) (8 | (9) |(23) (57) (10) | (10)
* Pinus maritima | Wirrabara Forest . | 6325 | 1,563,958 | 11 | 570 | 730 | 758 ll 5320 11 | 1264 | 2134 | 11
(30 years old) (12) (12) (2) | (1) | (9) (11) (2) | (2)
Mount Burr Forest .954 | 1,171,440 | 11 |667 | 840 | 901 il 5940 11 | 1898 | 2583 | 11
(33 years old) (10) (10) (1) | (lt) | (6) (6) (4 | (3)
4,473| 820,000 | 80 3207 80 744 | 1272 | 80
(1) (1) (2) 0) | (0)
vig died 44 2990 44
l
Average . | 6,280 | 1,899,677 | 11 85 |815 11 A 11 |1700| 2407 | 17
(22) (22) (3) | (2) |(15) (7) (6) | (5)
Pinus canariensis | Bundaleer Forest Reserve|11,724| 1,925,990 | 12 | 832 | 1318 | 1433 | 12 8293 11 | 2460 | 3280 | 14
(10) (10) (1) | (0) | (2) (4) (3) | (3)
7,926 | 1,248,500 | 62 3420 65 | 1422 | 2134 | 69
(2) (2) (3) ae I (D
Oregon Pine 7,822 | 1,827,438 481 | 407 — 15 1943 1 1244 | 1425 | 15
(13) (13) (4) | (4) (13) (10) | (9)

GTF

416

little heartwood. It became evident that there was a marked
difference in the behaviour of the heartwood and sapwood

heartwood blocks only absorbed 45 per cent., an
indicate that the heartwood cells could hold very little free
water. ;
The combined average results of all the strength tests is
given in Table II. The outstanding feature of these is the
very great superiority, so far as strength is concerned, of
Pinus canariensis. In every respect this timber exhibited
quite remarkable strength for a soft wood, and although most
of the tests upon it were made while it contained 12 per cent.

Pinus maritima, it was far stronger in every respect. Both as
a beam and in direct compression along the grain its strength
is comparable with that of our hardwoods. Thus the average
of all the beam tests indicates that a beam 12 in. x 12 m.
and 12 ft. long will carry a central load of about 42 tons, if
the wood is canariensis, before it breaks down. If the

tural purposes is so very great, and so much greater than that
of the other pines, that it is eminently desirable in the State
interests that it should be extensively planted in our forests.

The following notes on Pinus canariensis have been kindly
supplied to me by Mr. H. H. Corbin, B.Sc., Lecturer On
Forestry at the Adelaide University: —“This pine has been
planted in a very diffuse way since the days of the earliest
settlement in Australia. The tree, notwithstanding this, has
not been appreciated at its correct value by our foresters.
The area of Canary pine woods in the whole of Australia 1$
certainly not more than a hundred or two acres. In Sout

. tree about 24 ft. in diameter and 90 ft. high. It will prov m
mo MA soil which is not too wet or sandy. It flourishes m

t

417

18-20 in. rainfall areas, but does best in the 20-25 in.
rainfall areas on the heavier soils. It develops a tap root as
a little one-year-old nursery tree, and if transplanted ‘open
root' needs shelter from hot winds till established. In pots
the tap root invariably coils round in the bottom of the pot

and it is less easily compressed across the grain. It is quite
a useful timber for structural purposes. Pinus maritima is

arge amount of work is involved in carrying out such
a series of tests, both in the actual experiments and in the
ums reduction. For very considerable help in all P

Cartledge, who was till recently my assistant, and also to

418

MISCELLANEA.

Notes on Occurrences during Summer Recess, 1918-19.

to the accumulating scientific knowledge of the world. -
May I be allowed now to offer a sheaf of congratulations!
irst, we have to congratulate PRorEsson HowcHIN on
his very valuable work, “The Geology of South Australia,
published towards the end of last year. It supplies what bas
been a recognized want in Australia, a text book for Aus-
tralian students providing, where possible, local examples and

on Geology and Palaeontology, that of Honorary Professor.
We shall have the pleasure for the future of addressing him
s Professor Howchin

ei of the Australian cee "13
ering more than 80 quarto es and illustrated

ae

419

and who has been now released to pass his remaining days at
leisure. It has been our good fortune for nine or ten years
to have had him as our Honorary Treasurer after being, as we
may say, specially trained for us as an expert in finance. We
trust he will enjoy for many years this responsible, but happily
not very onerous post, and so free the Society from all anxiety
about its accounts, and we wish him full enjoyment not only
of this useful service, but of his freedom from the ties and
worries of the large State business concern, the present pro-
portions of which must in measure be credited to him.

We will also take this opportunity of referring with
pleasure, to the safe voyage of Mr. EDWIN ASHBY across some-
what perilous seas to and from America, and to the title
which has been conferred upon him of C.F.A.O.U. (Corres-
ponding Fellow of the American Ornithological Union) in
recognition of the work he has done in connection with
Australian birds.

But we have also the sad duty of referring to the decease
of two of our Fellows.

contributed verses to the daily Press, and under the stress o

taken a keen interest in the work of the Society, and appre-
ciated its records in our Transactions. Her interest is
practically shown by a gift to our Library of sixteen volumes
of Lloyd’s Natural History. ast

Jos. C. Verco, President.

Evening Meeting, April 10, 1919.

@ An obituary notice of the late Sir Edward C. Stirling will
be found on page 1 of this volume.—Ep. ;
o2 ; l :

420

The Amethystine Colouration produced in Glass by
Ultra-violet and X-Ray Radiation.

The amethystine colouration of bottles from the Far
North of South Australia, where they have been exposed to
sunlight, has upon several occasions been brought to the notice
of the Society. .

In these cases, the colouration was presumably caused by
solar ultra-violet radiation. The tabled exhibit showed a
similar colouration produced in glass owing to bombardment
by X-rays produced by the “Coolidge” Electron type of X-ray
tube.

In the walls of the “Coolidge” tube itself, the colouration
is very beautifully shown, unless masked by a deposit of
tungsten, caused by volatilization at the focal spot, due to
excessive energy imputs. In the old gas tubes, it was similarly
masked, where present, owing to the deposit of tiny particles
of platinum torn from the target by the bombardment of
cathode rays.

eference was made to various work relative to the
subject, including that of Dr. M. Luckiesh, of the Nela
or

in the case of sodium glass, produced by exposure to solar

upon the application of heat. There appears to be no agree-
ment as to whether the manganese is present as in solution,
or in the colloidal form. qur

e effect when brought about by solar radiation 1$
supposedly due entirely to the ultra-violet rays. In manganese
glass used in connection with electric lighting, the colour has
only been observed where the electric source of light is very

rich in ultra-violet rays, such as in a powerful arc

P

n, in
of the similarity of effects on the manganese constituents of

: Why the effect apparently ceases so abruptly when ins
wave lengths pass from the ultra-violet to the visible radiation
1s a point also worthy of investigation.

pm mum . R. RIDDLE.
-o Evening Meeting, August 14, 1919.

421

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

Royal Society of South Australia

(Incorporated)
FoR 1918-19.

ORDINARY MEETING, NovEMBER 14, 1918.
pen Presipent (d C. Vero, MD, F.R.C.S.) in
the chai

Nonixarion —The Rev. D. T. Whalley as a Fellow.

E PRESIDENT made the following appreciative remarks
about i^ late Dr. W. L. Cleland :—

“It is only fitting that we should make more than a
passing reference to the death during the past month of
Dr. W. L. Cleland, who Je thirty-seven years was a Fellow
of our Soci ciety. He was elected a member in a just at

the time the- Adelaide Philosophical Associati on-
verted into the Royal Society of South Australia: In 1882
he „accepted the yery onerous position of Hon. retary,

during six of those years he was also Ho

and also to th ical Benevolent Association of South
Australia, one begins to realize what a mass of w k he
carrie in his quiet, unostentatious only

the Royal Society to Mr. G. G. Mayo es was granted
highest honour we could confer and wa
in which office he served for two years. “Be fulfilled with

for the Minutes show that on daly two occasions dudar the

Vice-President, and after that a member of the Council, a
sure Sign of his reliability and worth.

n 1887 he read a short paper describing the geological
fiut. of the country about the head of Lake Gilles, where

were some polished rock surfaces
EE his Presiden tia idua dealt with the

aboriginals of Australia, while that of 1900 was in extension

422 E

Type amongst crudis Aborigin als,’ arate ted yé sin

Exuisits.— Mr. Water Howcniw exhibited a large
cylinder of flint obtained by Mrs. Pascoe of Port MacDonnell

Edga
Great Northern railway line. n proved "a be an example
of Denisonia suta, Peters, and is, perhaps, only the third

lso d
similarity of D. frontalis, Ogilby, and D. forresti, Boulenger,
to the snake exhibited. He also showed photographs of the
large blue whale, 87 ft. 10 in. long, stranded at Corvisart Bay,
and later towed to Strea Bay, where the skeleton was
obtained for Wem dac to the South Australian Museum.
Samples of the raw oil were likewise ethihited. "r S. A.

p. T = eei Vhite, :—''Capt. Sturt obtained it at a

63. They were Xara in companies of ten e
ceci or E ts Te Mr A M. ited some ga

insects of the genus i the female insect is wing-

1s enclosed a xe with three long horns; the

| , but in its earlier stages

423

is enclosed within a much smaller gall than that.of the female.
He also exhibited some Canadian w onder beans that had been

Dixon stated that the grass shown by him on September 12
proved to be an importation from South Africa, Ehrharta
villosa, var. maxima. Mr. “Ww. J. KIMBER pores several
fossils and fossil casts from Port Willunga. IETZ,
on behalf of the South Australian MO exhibited a

u
beach at ‘Port Elliot. “Although this bird is said a Fs
numerous out at sea, it is rarely seen close inshore.

IDDLE showed electrical apparatus recently im Gi
for the Keswick Military Hospital for enabling rallitevaple
to be taken with very short exposures, thus eliminating any
epee ia from motion due to the action of the heart or
un ags

DERS CHase.—Capt. S. A. WHITE reported that a
ral effort had been made to secure the passage of a Bill
for the reservation of Flinders Chase, and that although it
could not be carried a Es en session, he had no doubt of
its becoming law in the next.

PaPEn.— Vitality of Seeds, " by Arr. G. Epguisr.

ORDINARY MEETING, APRIL 10, 1919.

THe PmnrsipENT (J. C. Vero, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in
the chair

Nominations.—Edward Charles Grigson and O. A.
Re spend as atn

ELection.—Rev. T. Whalley as Fellow

HE ADVISORY Sener of Science and Industry wrote

si their publication, ‘‘The Australian Environment," by

. Griffith Taylor, could be purchased for 5s., or the set
of ‘contour and rainfall maps of Australia separately for

oes

HE PRESIDENT referred to the death of Sir Edward C.
Stirling and other events which had occurred during the
recess. ; Vide page 1 and MISCELLANEA ao
FLixpERs Cuase.—Capt. S. A. Warre reported as
follows: —‘‘Years ago the Fauna and Flora Protection Com-
mittee of our Field Naturalists' Section wisely decided that

424

when Premier, approved of the proposal, and the western
nd was reserved, but it was never legally

, for one reason or another, it
was not developed, although Government after Government
promised to carry it through. ast year^a committee of
three—Messrs. S. Dixon and. J. M. Black and myself—was
appointed by the Royal Society, and an application was made
for the reservation of 1,000 square miles of country, toward
the preparation of which two prominent citizens had promised
to contribute £4,000. Death, unhappily, removed those two
public-spirited gentlemen before their offer could be accepted,
but the Hon. John Lewis, M.L.C., said he would fence the
area. Owing mainly, it is understood, to the great extent
of the area specified, strong opposition was offered to the scheme
by some of the residents on the island, and eventually a special
meeting of the District Council was held at Kingscote, and

subsequently conveyed to the Premier (Ho H. Peake),
together with an intimation favouring the carrying out of
the project. All that remains t e long-desired

ment, which, no doubt, will provide for the appointment of
a Board of Governors to control the property. The area
involved is approximately 200 square miles, west of a line
from Cape Forbin on the north, to the Rocky River, round
sea.

to have their tap-roots destroyed and somewhat blackened.
The fructifications of the fungus are observed as minu
black spots around the diseased portions. The fungus also
attacks the leaves and stems, flower stalks, and fruit pods.
x H ing at Wis-
consin, U.S.A. (Phytopathology, viii, pp. 379-431, 1918),
"iens seed in the ^ aes "e iiem areas is also in-
. fected, and will produce infected seedlings. Ample evidence
: bed infection was found at Piccadilly. An account of
measures was given. He also exhibited shells of

425

of clean tide-scoured sand. e alga w

living shells or those of recently-dead fish, and only growing
healthily in the former case. Live cockles are the only
objects to which the Cladophora can fix itself in this

lowing birds:—Phaps chalcoptera, Lath. ronzewing
P 1geon) ; Cosmopelia elegans neglecta, Mat. (Brush Bronze-
wing), from Karoonda; Hypotaenidia philippensis australis,
rel. il); Porzanoide
immaculata, Swain. (Easte Spotless Crake); Porzana
fluminea whitei, Mat. (Southern Spotted Crake), from near
Paradise, 19/12/18, where the two preceding species an
Zapornia pusilla palustris, Gld. (Eastern Little Crake), have
this season been very numerous, also from a waterhole in
the mallee, near Karoonda; Myzantha melanotis, Wilson
(Black-eared Minah); Gliciphila albifrons incerta, Mat.

female; normal specimens were shown for comparison. Mr.

. G. EpqvisT showed a beetle, the abdomen of which was
merely an empty skin. It had refused to feed, and had soon
died. Mr. F. R. Zretz exhibited a complete set of Aus-
tralian Falcons, viz., Falco longipennis (Little Falcon), F.
hypoleucus (Grey Falcon), Rhynochodon peregrinus (Black-
cheeked Falcon), and WNotofaleo subniger (Black Falcon).
Mr. E. R. Warte showed a plate of baleen (whalebone) from
the blue, whale in the South Australian Museum; also the
jaw of a small-toothed whale. Mr. W. J. KiwBER showed a
fish (Pegasus) from Port Lincoln, and various fossil shell:
from Port Willunga and Troubridge for identification. THE
Presipent showed a volume of newspaper cuttings (one of a

426

set of 120) containing one referring to the boyhood of John
Gould, the ornithologist.

PAP PER. — Prof. Ossonw laid on the € Rey Mies
described a paper, ''Australian Fungi: Notes
tions, No. 2," by J. B. Crzrawp, M.D., and Bown DAL.

OrpinaRy MraETING, May 8, 1919.

Tae Presipent (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in
the chair.

ELECTIONS. E A. Glastonbury and Edward Charles
Grigson as Fellow

Tae Pre betae referred with gem ceeds ae to the
distinction which had been conferred upon our Fellow, Dr.
Ch

are the Lepadidae, or ‘‘goose barnacles," and the mang unt

or “acorn barnacles." The former are attached by a fleshy

stalk, and obtained their popular name from the old-world

notion that they turned into geese. The Balanidae, or
rn

the typical genus, Balanus, is the common form that covers
hip bottoms and almost all objects in shallow water. The
: 3 e

referred to the genus Coronula, and was probably C. diadema.
It differs from Balanus in that while the latter has a simple
turreted shell, in the Coronula the inner wall of the shell is
deeply infolded, by which the lower part of the shell is

divided up into radial chambers. It has the habit of pero
as

427

takes place in the mature bird; also two specimens of Aus-
. tralian Goshawk ( Urospiza fasciata ) showing the same change.
Mr. A. M. Lea exhibited a drawer containing some insects
whose sexes are strikingly different in pu appearance; in
some cases the males are provided wit large wings, whilst
the females are wingless, or almost so; in others the males
are considerably smaller and differently DRE from their
females, or are provided with processes on the head that are .
ma

DERS CHASE. — Capt. S. A. WHITE reported on the
ibas nile towards the reservation of Flinders Chase.
ParERs.—''Additions to the Flora of South Australia,
No. 15," by J. M. Brack: and “ eview of the Genu
Loricella (Order Polyplacophora) with Notes on Features
previously unnoted and qp of a New Species," by
DWIN Asupy, F.L.S., AU.

OnpiNaARY MEETING, JUNE 12, 1919.
add PnEsrpENT (Sir Joseph Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in
the 2M
RENNIE, M.A., D. Sc, F.C.S., Vice-

rendered the Society valuable service, both personal and
financial. He moved—‘‘That this Society offers to Dr. Verco
its heartiest congratulations upon the receipt by DON of the
honour of knighthood.” Lieut.-Col. R. S. Rogers, M.A.,
..D., Vice-President, seconded the motion, which was d PRES
by acclamation. Sirm JosEPH VERCO suitably responded.
Prof. Warrer Howcnin, F.G.S., laid on the table a
progress report of the Australasian Association for the
Advancement of Science. The biennial meetings, suspended
during the war, oe now be resumed, the next being held
in January at Hobar
NOMINATION. Miss Helen M. Mayo, M.B., B.Sc., was
nominated as Fellow
PresrpEnt laid on the table correspondence referrin
to the suggested establishment in Australia of a Nationa
Research Council in. affiliation with the International
Research Council recently inaugurated. In this connection
the Royal Society of New South Wales proposed a conference
Sydney in July. Resolved— "That the Hon. Secretary

eie qae for phe Visas ty Pn : ied to as cepe of

428

epidemic, especially as it would be too late in any case.to
send representatives from such Conference to the General

. M. Lea showed a drawer of
British beetles, including many which occur in nests of ants

APER.—‘‘Geological Memoranda” (first contribution),
by Prof. Warrer Howcuin, F.G.S.

ORDINARY MEETING, JULY 11, 1919.

Prot. E. H. Rense, MA, DSc, FOS. (Vice
President), in the chair. :

Evection.—Helen M. Mayo, M.B., B.Sc., was elected a
Fellow.

INTERNATIONAL RESEARCH CounciL.—The conference at
Sydney having been fixed for August 20, the appointment of
two delegates was left to the Council.

EXHIBITS.

soaked in water. to M.
thickly covered with black scale insects (A spidiotus rossi)
which cause a serious diminution in the yield of oil, besides
injuring the tree by attacking the leaves and twigs; also a
rust fungus, received from Mr. Henry Greenfield, of Bugle
Ranges, from Purple Downs Station, near Port Augusta.
This was afterwards identified by Mr. J. M. Black as Salsola
kali (Famil Chenopodiaceae). Mr. Epcan R. WAITE ex-
hibited photograph of a native of Lihir Island which he had
taken during the Museum Expedition last year; also the skull
of a native from the island, presented to the Museum by
Captain G. W. Mostyn. Both the photograph and the em
were shown to illustrate a practice of the natives of this island
which lies off New Ireland in about 3? S. latitude. Shortly
after a baby is born the bone of the forehead is either broken
with a sharp stone or cut with an obsidian knife, the result
being the production of permanent deep vertical grooves; the
photograph of the living girl shows two, and the skull four
such grooves. He likewise exhibited the skull of a native
of New Britain obtained by the late Dr. A. C. Magarey. "e
his specimen the third molar, or wisdom tooth, instead 1

ae . normal position, had erupted towards the angle

429

of the jaw. Another skull from the same source, showin
remarkable sutural development, was also exhibited. Atten-
tion was also directed to two artificially distorted skulls from

Southern New Britain—a tight wrapping around an infant’s
head induces an elongated skull. In one of the exhibits the
supraorbital region had been included in the wrapping and
the ridges had not developed in consequence; in the second

f
miles north of the above locality, have been classed as F-
elegans adelaidensis, one being in the green immature

plumage rom the Adelaide plains are very bright
irds. One from Mount Pleasant is also a very bright bird
One from Sout ara is much li . Two from Mount

slate outcrops at Mount Remarkable, ripple marked, showing
i ited i ter. Mr. F. R.

that it had been deposited in sha r r
ZiETz showed a pink-eared duck (Malacorhyncus membra-
naceus) from the Lower Murray. Mr. E. AsHBY showed a

pyrites concretion from the Tapley Hill slate. i
Parers.—‘‘Notes on the Occurrence of Aboriginal

Polyplacophora, including descriptions of two new genera,
oposed recognition
of W. T. Bednall’s Stenochiton pilsbryanus," by Epwin
Asupy, F.L.S., M.B.O.U., etc.; and “The Occurrence and
Origin of certain Quartz-Tourmaline Nodules in the Granite
of Cape Willoughby," by C. E. TILLEY, B.Se. (communicated
by Prof. Howchin).
Orprnary Meerine, AvcusT 15, 1919.
Tur PnrsipENT (Sir Joseph Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in
the chair. à

430

Society at the Sydney Conference, or, in case of their not
being able to do so, then our Hon. Fellows Charles Hedley
and Professor Wilson.’’

ParERS.—'A Contribution to the Study of Habron-
emiasis,” by Lions. B. Burr, D.V.Sc. A paper on “The
Phaestos Disk: its Cypriote Origin,” by Aran Rowe (com-
municated through the President), was laid on the table, and
its reading was postponed until the next meeting.

ORDINARY MEETING, SEPTEMBER 12, 1919.
THe PmEsrDENT (Sir Joseph Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in
the chair.
Nomrnations.—Prof. T. Braileford Robertson and Alan
Rowe were nominated as Fellows.
XHIBITS.—Prof. WarLrER HowcHiN exhibited a tym-

which the whole of the pulp and pith had been extra

by black rats, leaving only the rind. Mr. A. M. LEA ex-
hibited a gigantic longicorn beetle (Batocera wallacei) from
New Guinea, measuring 18 inches he extended
an e. Mr. A. R. Rippre showed a glass-headed pin
in which the glass had assumed an amethystine tint from

é uu. by

Howchin) ; "Notes on some Miscellaneous
ith Descriptions of New Species, Part V.," by

431

AnTHUR M. Lea, F.E.S., and ‘‘Australian Fungi: Notes
and Descriptions, No. 3," by J. B. CrELAND, M.D., and
Epwin Cure.

ANNUAL MEETING, OCTOBER 9, 1919.
i a PRESIDENT (Sir Joseph Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in
ec
10N.—Professor T. Brailsford Robertson and Alan
Rowe were eei Fellows

The Annual Report and Balance-sheet were read and
adopted.

ELECTION or Orricers.—The following were elected for
the year 1919-20:—President, Sir Joseph | Verco, M.D.,
F.R.C.S.; Vice-Presidents, Major R. H. Pulleine, M.B., and
Edwin Ashby, F.L LS. M.B.O. U.; Hon. Treasurer, W. B.
Poole; Members of Couneil, Professor E. H. Rennie, M.A.,
D.Sc., F.C.S., Lieut.-Colonel R. S. Rogers, M.A., M.D.,
Professor Walter Howchin, F.G.S., Professor R. W. Chap-
man, M.A., B.C.E., F.R.A.S., and Captain S. A. White,
C.M.B.O.U.; and the resignation of Samuel Dixon was

pted; Auditors, W. L. Ware and Howard Whitbread;
Representative Governor on Board of Public Library, etc.,
Professor Walter Howchin, F.G.S.

Resolutions were passed recording the Society’ s appre-
ciation of the service renderd by Capt. S. A. White in obtain-
ing the passage through Parhament of the Flinders Chase
Bill, and also of the 1 long service o Mr. Samuel Dixon as

Exursits.—Mr. E. Asusy exhibited three plants from
Kangaroo Island—an A ster, an Eriostemon, and Prostanthera
speciosa ; also a fungus, commonly known as ''native brea
from Gippsland, which, after being brought to Balaklava
ad grown mushroom-shaped ee cages which would

apparently become spore-bearing. Mr. M. Lea showed

y
water bugs (Dyplonychus ), the females of which lay their
eggs on the backs of the males; they were obtained at Murray
Bridge by Mr. H. Hale. Mr. W. H. SELwav showed a granite

432

PaPERs.—''Notes on Three Species of Melaleuca,” by
Epwin Curren (communicated by J. M. Black); ‘A Revision
of the Australian Salicornieae,” by J. M. Bracx ; “Description

Australia, No. 16,” by J. M. Brack; ‘‘The Physical Proper-
ties of Some South Australian-grown Pines,” by Prof. R. W.
CmaPMAN, M.A., B.C.E., F.R.A.S.; and ‘The Cambrian
Trilobites of Australia and Tasmania," by R. ETHERIDGE,
jun. :

ANNUAL REPORT, 1918-19.

, Mr. :
logical interest, and Captain White and Professor Howchin
a description of the. discovery near Adelaide of aboriginal
remains of considerable antiquity. ae

he interest of the evening meetings has been maintained
by the varied exhibits shown by members.
teps are being taken to reorganize the regular exchange
of our publications with those of other scientific bodies, many
of which have fallen into arrear owing to the difficulty of
` transit during the war.

In October, 1918, an International Conference of
Scientific Associations was held in the rooms of the Royal
Society of London, and attended by delegates from all the.
allied countries, with a view to establishing an Internationa

: n

433

become a world-wide organization for the extension and
dissemination of science.

e long sought dedication of the western portion of
Kangaroo Island as a reserve for the conservation of our fauna
and flora will soon be an accomplished fact, the Flinders

The Endowment Fund has been augmented by a donation
of £100 from Mrs. Ellen Peterswald. The claims of this fund
are urged upon those who are able by their contributions to
enlarge the usefulness of the Society.

There have been several losses from our Fellowship by
deaths, including that of Sir Edward C. Stirling, a notice of
whose valuable work in the service of science will appear in
our annual volume. i

The present membership of the Society is 10 Honorary
Fellows, 5 Corresponding Members, 75 Fellows, and 1
Associate.

Jos. C. Verco, President.
Water Rutt, Hon. Secretary.

(1) The Bill has since received endorsement of His Excel-
leney the Governor and become law.—Eb.

ROYAL SOCIETY OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA (INCORPORATED).
REVENUE AND EXPENDITURE ror 1918-19. =

KE E L8

y Balance October 1, 1918 39111 6 | By re
oo ae Printing $i s .. 184 13 8
Subscriptions—
| Reval Booieiy 7618 0 llustrating y os mx cB 86
Field Naturalists” Section BT) o. nieve ip. 22M ug
a ,, Grant—
D Grants p None uis Field Naturalists’ Section 25 0
ns mu Li bra
For Printing Reports and " Librarian Catalo Re-
, guing
: ES Scientific Investigations ... 150 0 0 204 6 9 ceiving and Issuing rd TN 19 7 4
» Receipts for use of Bona by „ Sundries—
other Societies : a 518 6 Cleaning and Lighting 13 5 10
ü 3 of Publications an 4 91 PU ener Pone. Stationery i 2 :
vings te Sa 6 0 1 Adve ng . ex
5 reet red. from Endow- iki Insurance : x 210 8 € 3t
15 8 eee
, Balance September 30, 1919—
Savings Bank o p . 386115 2
Bank of Australasia i SITES 10
Cash in Hand ; 3 2
534 2 2
£842 16 11 £849 16 11

Audited and found to be correct —

. Roacu, :
Howarp WHITBREAD, Yon. Auditors.
Adelaide, October 3, 1919.

W. B. Poore, Hon. Treasurer.

ENDOWMENT FUND.

(CaPrrAL, £3,579 17s. 6d.)

poe wer 1.
To Balance ^ a pie 3,479 17 6
- um iii " x 2i 100
3,579 17 6
. , Interest received on Government
^s s 130 12 6
„ Savings Bank Interest
130 15 8

£ wd. 2 44

Bs. d ^£ s.d.
1919— September 30.
By £2,000 S.A. Government 33%
Inscribed Stock at cost Aes ey At O0
» £450 S.A. Government 33%
Inscribed gy ter at cost s 4029 0 0

Inscribed Stock at cost te toe 10 8
50 A i

dated 3% Stock at cost ... 292 8 9
£100 S.A. ps ica 5%
Inscribed Sto .. A0 B 0
» Savings Bank yn, a ee
———— 8,579 17 6
» Interest transferred to Revenue Account ui 15 8

£3,710 13 2

£3,710 13 2

Audited and Mg correct—
B. 8S.

Howarp RE
Adelaide, October 3, 1919.

} Hon. Auditors

W. B. Poor, Hon. Treasurer.

436
DONATIONS TO THE LIBRARY

FOR THE YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1919.

TRANSACTIONS, JOURNALS, REPORTS, ETC.,
presented by the respective governments, societies, and

AUSTRALIA.
pup Institute or MriwiNG ENcriNEERS. Proc.,
no. 31- ces Melb. . 1918-19.
Adeu Advisory Council of Science and Industry.
Bull. 8-13. Melb. 1918-19
e no. I. Melb. 1918.
elb.

Institute ts je and Industry. Science and
industry, v. 1, no. 1-4. Melb. 1919.
Bureau of Census and Statistics. Yearbook, 1e
Bureau of Meterology. Monthly report, v. 4, o. 8-9.
Orographical maps.

Rainfall observations in S.A. and the N.T.,
8.

Fisheries. Zoological results of fishing experiments
carried out by F.LS. “Endeavour,” v. 4, pt. 6;
er

9, p
Northern Territory. Bull., 18... 1918.
fem e Report of A EAE 1918.

NEW xis WALES.
AUSTRALIAN ELM. Records, v. 12, 6-10.
port of the trustees d June, 1918. Wes
Linnean Society or N.S.W. Proc., v. 43, pt. 3-4; 44, pt. 1-

MarpEN, J. H. Critical revision of the genus Eucalyptus,
18-19.

New Sours le Botanic Gardens. ert 1917.

v 29, pt icm 30, pt. 1-9 1918-19.
Dept. of Mines. Annual report, 1918. Syd
neral resources, no. 25. Syd. 19

437

QUEENSLAND.
QUEENSLAND. Dept. of Agriculture. Botany bull., no. 21.
our., v. 10-11; 12, pt. 1-3. 1918- 19.
— ——— Geological Survey. Publications 262-264. 1918.
QUEENSLAND Museum. Mem., v. 6. Brisb. 1918.
Roya SOCIETY or QUEENSLAND. Proc., v. 30. 1918.

SOUTH AUSTRALIA.
Pustic LIBRARY, Museum, AND ART GaLLERY oF S.A.
Report, 1917-18. Adel. 1918.
— ——- Records of the S.A. Museum, v. 1, no. 2.

Government Geologist's report, traps

— —— Woods and Forests Dept. Report, 1917-18.

S.A. SCHOOL or MINES AND INDUSTRIES. tero, 1918.
bonu ane ,

Royat Socrery or Tasmania. Proc. 1918. Hobart. 1919.

Tasmania. Geological Boves: Bull. 29. Hobart. 1919.

TASMANIA, UNIVERSITY oF. Calendar, 1918-19.

VICTORIA.
Rovan Society or Victoria. . Proc., n.s., v. 31, pt. 1-2.
Victoria. Dept. of Agriculture. Jour., v. 16, pt. 10-12;
17, pt. 1-9. Melb. 1918-19.
————. Geological Survey. Bull. 39, 41. Melb. 1918.
Victorian NATURALIST, v. 35, no. 6-12; 36, no. 1-5.

WESTERN iuge
Rovan Society or W.A. Jour 2.4. Perth. hare 19.
Western AUSTRALIA. Geological Seva y. Bul. 77,

ENGLAND.
CAMBRIDGE PurLosoPHicaL Society. Proc., v., 19, pt. 5.
rans., v. 22, no. 12-14. Camb. 1918.
CaMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY. Solar Physics Observatory. Report,

Concuotoaica:, Séctery. Journ., v. 15, no. 10; 16, no. 1.
1918-1

ExroMoLocicAL SOCIETY. Trans., 1914-18. Lond.

*FonsEs, Hy. O. Handbook to the Primates, v. 1-2. Lond.

GrEoLoeicanL Socrery or Lonpon. Quarterly journal, v. 73,
pt. 2-4; 74, pt. 1-2. 1918-19.

*Miss Bundey bequest.

438

oe, AE or ENroMoLocvy. Review of applied
mology, ser. A and ii v. 6; 7, pt. 1-7. 1918-19.
ie Were Bull., 16. Daa 1918-19.
*Kinsy, W. F. Handbook 5 the lepidoptera, v. 1-5.
LINNEAN Society or Lonpon. Trans.: botany, v. 9, pt. 1.
a zoology, v pt. 5. AN

The marsupialia and monotremata. 18
MANCHESTER pig AND PHILOSOPHICAL Society. Mem.
an c., v.. 62... 1918-19.

NATIONAL estar LABORATORY. Collected researches, v. 13.

— — Report, 1916-18. Lond. :

ETUR Grant, W. R. Handbook to the game-birds,
Ci :

TA Darvtisrme Press. Periodical, no. 97-100. 1918.

Royat Botanic GARDENS, Kew. Bull, 1 6.

——— Hooker's icones plantarum, index to v. 1-30.

Roya CoLoNIAL Institute. United Empire, v. 9, no. 7-9,
10, no. 1-7. Lond. 1918-19.

Rovar [e SocrETy. Journ., v. 52, no. 2-6; 53, 54,
1-2. Lond. 1918-19.

Roya. pen Panis Society. Jour., 1918, pt. 2-4; 1919,
1. Lond.

Rovar [E Sa) Proc., ser. A, no. 663-673; B, no. 628-634.

Yearbook, 1919. on

*SHaRPE, R. B. Handbook to Prestan birds, v. 1-4. 1896.

West HENDON House, OBSERVATORY, SUNDERLAND. Public-
ation, No. 4.

COTLAND. $
GEOLOGICAL SocrETY or GraAscow. Trans., v. 15, pt. 3; 16,

pt. :
Roya. Bootes or EnpiNBURGH. Proc., v. 38, pt. 2-3; 39,
pt. 1.
Trans., v. 52, pt. 1-2. 1918-19.
ARGENTINE.

ACADEMIA NACIONAL DE CIENCIAS EN Sear Boletin, E
23, entr. 1-2. Buenos Aires.

BELGIUM.
SociÉTÉ ROYALE DE BOTANIQUE DE Beterque. Bull., t. 53,
W E Bruxelles. 1914.
DES Sciences DE Lifce. Mém., t. 10.

: a * Miss Bundey bequest.

439

BRAZIL.
BRAZIL. p Geologico. miite, v l 1913.
Instituto OswaLpo Cruz. Mem., 10, PM 1,1918.
MovsEv PaurisTA. Revista, v. 10. a Paulo: 1
t OBSERVATORIO NacronaL po Rio DE JANEIRO. Annuario 35.

CANADA.
CANADA. gii am ee n 82, 95, 96, 103.
yen m bull., 21-28. Ottawa. 1918.

———— Pu iru 1718- 2I. HH, 1734, 1738.
Mines. Bull. 20, 22- 24, 26,

Publications, 452, 468, 474, 493, 504.
Canapian IwsTrTUTE. Trans., v. 12, pt. 1. Ottawa. 1919.
Nova Scotian IwsTITUTE OF ScIENCE. Proc., v. 14, pt. 3.
Orrawa NaruraLisr, v. 32, no. 1, 3-6. 1918.

Rovan Society or CANADA. Proc. v. 12. 1918-19.

CEYLON.
CoLowso Museum. Spolia Zeylanica, pt. 40. 1918.

CHINA.
RovanL Asiatic Socrety, NomgrH-ÜHiNA BRANCH. Journ.,
v. 49. Shanghai. 1918.

| DENMARK.
KOBENHAVN UNIVERSITETS ZOOLOGISKE MUSEUM. Bull. 1-5.
K. DANSKE VIDENSKABERNES SELSKAB. Péoligiska med., I,
1-12, 14. Cpng. 1917- 19.
Math.-fys. med., I, 1-6, 9-12. 1917-19.
Oversigt, 1917-19. Cpng.
Skrifter: hist. og fil., ser. 7, t. 8, no. 9. 1916.
Skrifter: nat. d re ser. 7, t. shy no. 2; ser. 8,

6; i

ie

FRANCE.
Bonaparte, Prince. Notes piccolo’ 5, 7. DIS
SociÉrÉ ENroMoLociQUE DE FRAN Annales, v. 86, pt-

Bull, 1918, no, 11-14, 17-21; 1919, no. 1-10. Par.

: . HOLLAND. |
Dore Hxnsaxrox. Med. to. 28-39. Leiden. 1916-18.

440

INDIA.

Innra. Board of Scientific Advice Report. 1917-18.

ept. of Agriculture. Mem., botanical ser., v.
9, no. 4-5; 10, no. 1. Calc. idee,
s Chemical sor; v..5, no. 2-4." 1918.
——— — Report, 1917- 18. Cale. 1919.
Geological Survey. ee by el of Indian geology
and physical geography, pt. 1-2. Cale. 1917-18.
Records, v. 49; 50, pu 1. 10918.
Pusa Agricultural Tiistitute. Report, 1917-18.
— —— Zoological Survey. Report, "p is Calc.
Inp1an Museum, Mem. ; V. 5, no. 4-6; 6, no. 2-4; . l.
~—_—— Records, v. 8, ‘pt. 9-125 12 pi ce 13- a5: 16,

l-

—

——— Report, 1915-16. Cale.

Mapras. Fisheries Bureau. Bull., no. 10. 1918.

RoYAL ASIATIC Society, Bompay kinon. Jour., v. 25,
no. l.

ITALY.
MALPIGHIA, anno. 28, fasc. 7-8. Catania. 1918.
Socrera ENTOMOLOGICA UP REM Bull., anno. 49.
SOCIETÀ ITALIANA DI ScreNzE NATURALI. Atti, v. 56, fasc.
; 57, 58, fasc. 1. Pavia. 1917-19. :
Moor "TOSCERA DI SCIENZE NaTmUnRaLI. Processi verbali,
v ay 06 4€ 275, na Lo Pisa. -18.
ZOOLOGIA GENERALE E AGRARIA. Boletino del laboratorio,
v. Portici. 1917-18.

JAPAN. :
Formosa. Bureau of Productive cae adage Icones of the
plants of Formosa, v. £ Taihoku.
IMPERIAL ACADEMY. Proe.. 1, No. 5. ue 918.
JAPAN. utero Prina, Investigation Committee.
m3 Tokyo. 1919. à
Kvoro acd University. College of Engineering.
Mem., v. no. 1-3. 1918.
College of Science. Mem., v. 3, no. 5-10. 1918-19.
Toxéxu — génie Beience amet lst ser.

Tokvo o Tarsnaz. U UNIVERSITY. Giiendat 1917-18.
e er Science. Jour., v. 39, art. 9; 40, art. T;
19.

|
|
|

441

JAVA.
NEDERLANDSCH Oost IxpiE. Hoofd-Bureau Mijnwezen.
Jaarboek, 1916, pt. 1, and atlas. Batavia. 1918.

MEXICO.
Instituto GroLocico pe Mexico. Anales, no. 5. 1918.
oletin, no. 35-36. Mexico. 1918.
SOCIEDAD CIENTIFICA * ANTONIO ALZATE." Mem. 37, no. 1-2;
38, no. 1-8. Mexico. 1918-19.

NEW ZEALAND.
AUCKLAND Institute AND Museum. Report, 1918-19.
NEw ZEALAND. Board of Science and Art. N. Z. journal of

science and technology, v. 1, no. 5-6; 2, no. 1-5.
Dept. nternal Affairs ‘Report of Dominion
pepe DE 5

l1: Weil 191
t. of Mines. Palaeontological bull, no. 7. 1918.

'NORWAY.
BERGENS MUSEUM. Aarbog, 1916-17, pt. 2; 1917-18, pt, 1, 3.
Aarsberetning, 1917-18.
K. NORSKE VIDENSKABERS eoque s Skrifter, 1915.
——— Johann Ernst Gunnerus. Trondhjem. 1918.
STAVANGER MUSEUM. Ashelie. 1917.

PERU.
CuERPO pE INGENIEROS DE Miwas. Bull. 87, 89-95. Lima.

PHILIPPINE ISLANDS.
ge aho Istawps. Bureau of Gov't Laboratories. Pub-
cations, no. 29, 35. Manila.
Bur reau of Science. Ethnological survey publications,
- Oo, pt. 6. Manila: 1917.
Journal of science, sect. A, v. 1-13; B, v.
2-13; 0, v. 4-13. I; v. 6-1 Manila. 1906-18.
— — — Mineral resources of the P.I., 1913-16.

a A E OE e N

SPAIN.
JUNTA DE er apt DE BARCELONA. Ser. zool, 4, 8.
ari 2, pt. 1-2. Barcelona. 1917.

SWEDEN.
colere ien FÖRENINGEN I SrockHoLM. Entomologisk

premere HISTORIE OCH ANTIKVITETS AKADEMIEN-
Fornvännen, 1916. Stockholm.

442

SWITZERLAND.

GE H-ETHNOGR GESELLSCHAFT IN ZURICH.
Jahr. 1917-18.

NATURFORSCHENDE GESELLSCHAFT IN NON Mee
schrift, 1916, pt. 3-4; 1917; 1918,

gie DE Puysiquk ET »'HisTOIBE atoms Compte

u des séances, v. 36, no. 1. Gene

Aidt. pde reste DES SCIENCES Nawcukér us Bull.,

tom. 43. Neuchâtel. 1919.

UNION OF SOUTH AFRICA.
Dursan Museum. Annals, v. 2, pt. 2-3. 1918.
GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY or SOUTH AFRICA. Trans., 1918.
OYAL SOCIETY or SOUTH AFRICA. Trans., v. 4, pt.
SOUTH AFRICAN ASSOCIATION FOR THE _Apvavcenent ‘OF
CIENCE. Jour. of Science, v. 15,
SOUTH Arrican MUSEUM. ‘Annals, 9:19, ced 6. 1918.

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.

AcaDEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Jour.,
ser. 2, v. 16, pt. 4. Philad. 1918

—— ——- Proe., v. 69, pt. 2-3; 70, pt. 1-2. 1917-18.

AMERICAN CHEMICAL Socizry. Journ., v. 40, no. 11-12; 41,
n. 1-7. Easton, Pa. 1918-19.

AMERICAN GEOGRAPHICAL Society. Geographical review, V-
6-7, N Y- 1918-19:

AMERICAN Institute or Mininc ENGINEERS. Trans., V.
57-59, N.Y. 1918-19 43

AMERICAN Mrcroscorican Society. Trans., v. 36, 3-
37, no. 1-2, 4; 38, no. 1. Menasha, "Wis. 1917- 19. i

AMERICAN Museum or Natura. HISTORY. Anthropologie
papers, v. 10, pt. 5-6; 16, pt. 3; 18, pt. 4; 20, pt

; D. 3-3

Bull, v. 36. ; i
Guide leaflets, No. 46, 48. N.Y. 1917-18.
— c Handbdok ser, no. 3, 7. N.Y. 1917-18.

Natural Mert. v. 18, no. 7-8; 19, no. 1-3.
917. 1918. 5T.
AMERICAN Sha odi Society. Proc., v. 56, no. 7; ;
eae! OGICAL INSTITUTE oF AMERICA. oo ed

Bunsice Patani Bisnop Museum. M 4 v. 5, pb. 1-2 1918.
- Polynesian ethnology, v. 6, no. 5. Honolulu,
OOKLYN InstiTuTe OF Arts anD Sciences. Museu

| qua Tr Y. 4, no. 3; 5, no. o. 1, 3. 1917-18.

443

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. E Ye v. ee ph
11 and pt. 2, no. 12; 6, no. 8- 9: 3. 1-13; 8,
no. 1-4. 1917-18.
CALIFORNIA. Mining Bureau. ns 76, 78, 83. . 1918.
reliminary report, no. 4-5. Sacramento.

Pre
CALIFORNIA University. A bcc faite Experiment Station.
Bull. 292, 301. Berkeley. 1918.
ae of Geology. Bull., v. 10, no. 11-22, 25; 11,
2-4

“Publications i in American ar rd and ethnology,.

« no 9l; ID me. 2.

Publications in botany, v. 6, no. "13-14. Berkele ey.

Publications in zoology, v. 14, no. 2; 16, no. dar 24 ;

17, MORA IB. no. I7; 19, no. 1-3; 20, .14;

21, 1-2. Berkeley. 1918-19

Oise Bont or Natura. History. Jour., v. 22,
$n

Dua. University. Agricultural Experiment Station.
ull. 391.

——— Mem, 11. ‘Ithaca, N.Y. 1917.

FroRIDA. Geo Geological Survey. Report 12. 1919.

acea Misi die Jour. v. 186; no. 2-6; 187; 188,
Philad. 1918-19.

fu Coria Museum of Comparative Zoology. Bull.,
fio. 511,14; 63, no 24. 1918-1

, art. 8-10; 13, art. 1-4, 7-8.

INDIANA ACADEMY or Scrence. Proc., 1916-17.

LAND STANFORD JR. Untversity. Bull. 95. 1917.

rustees’ ser., No. 31. 1916.
———— University ser. , no. 24-29. 1916-17.
Minnesota. Geological and d History Survey-
Botanical studies, v. 4, 916.
., no. 13. Minen polis 1917.
Minnesota University. Studies in social sciences, no. 9.
—— — Agricultural Experiment Station. Pull 165-168.

9.
New Tosk AcADEMY OF Sciences. Annals, v. 27, pp-
215-243.
New MR Pomc Linan: Bull, v. 22, no. 6-12; 23,
1-7.

New Your Srare Museum. Report 69. 1915. Albany
N. Carona. Geological and Economic Survey. Biennial
report, 1891-1914.

444

N. CanmoLrNa. Geological and Economic Survey. Bull. 2-3,
5, 7-8, Jd 15, 17-25.
Economic papers, 1-20, 23-25, 28-42.
——— — [Publication] v. 1, 3. 1905-12.
OBERLIN CoLLEGE. Laboratory bull., no. 20-21. 1918.
Wilson bull, v. 30, no. 3-4; 31, no. 1-2. 1918.
Onio State UNIVERSITY. Bull., v. 28, no. 32 INI.
hio journal of science, v. 18, no. 7-8; 19, no. 1-7.
SuEPARD, Cuas. U. Report on the geological survey of Con-
nectic ut. New Haven. 1837.
SMITHSONIAN InsTITUTION. Report, 1916. Wash. 1917.
ureau of American Ethnology. Bull. 61, 63.
UwrrED States. Dept. of Agriculture. 18 bull. of T
Farmers’ bull., 915, 921, 932. as

——— journal wee agricultural research, v. 10, no. 13;
12, no. 12; 14, no. 5-12; 15-16; 17, no. 1-3.
N.

Library of Se s. Report, 1917. Wash.
National Museum. Annual report, 1917-18.
Bull. 97; 99; 100, v. 2, pt. 1-2, 4-5; 102,
pt. 1, 4-7; 103, pp. 1-188, 595. 612; 104; 105.
ontributions from the National Herbarium,
v. 20, pt. 4-5. p

—————

roc., 51-53. Wash. 1917-18.
VIRGINIA. Geological Suvd. Bull. 14-10, 12-15.
WAGNER pac INSTITUTE OF ScrENCE. Trans., v. 8.

Wasuisorox Devi i ee Lovis. Studies, v. 4, pt. L,
no no. 12. 6, no. 1 1917-15.

445

LIST OF FELLOWS, MEMBERS, Erc,

AS EXISTING ON

SEPTEMBER 30, 41919.

hose marked with an asterisk have contributed papers pub-

T
lished in the Society's Transactions.

Any change in address should be notified to the Secretary.
Nore.—The publications of the CANO will not be sent to

those whose subscriptions are in arrea

Date o
Election. Honorary d T.
1910. *Brage, s HOPE MA., Professor of Physics,
: Uni ersity College, Pe Cilellao 1886).
1893. Cossaws, M., 110, Faubourg Poissonniere, Paris.
1897. . W. EpcEwonTH, C.M.G., B.A., D.Sc. Pe
k F G.S., Professor of Geology, University of Sy dne
1890. ETHERIDGE, Rogert, jun., Director an ura P ot gon
Australian Museum of New South Wales, Sides
1905. Gur, Tuomas, C.M.G., L.S. O., Under-Treasurer, Adelaide.
1905. *Hepney, Cmas., Assistant Curator, Australian Museum,
ydn
1892. *MarpzN, J. H, LSO FRS, FLS. Qus Botanic
Gardens, bedi cy. "New sind Wale
1898 “Meyrick, E. "T. B.A. F.H B. FSS., Pohtidnagbr, Marl-
borough, Wilts, England.
1894 * WILSON, M. Ch.M. Br of Anatomy,

University ‘of Sydney, New Sout

ales.
1912. “Terrer, J. G. O., F.L.S., Eliz Mee on ie x Norwood

(Corresponding Member 1878, Fellow 1

CORRESPONDING MEMBER

1918. *Carrer, H. J., V A., Wahroonga, New South Wales.
1909 . Clar

b? OHNCOCK, £c

1893. *SrnETTON, W. G Darwin, Northern Tor

Ww
P Tomson, G. M., F.L.S., Du nedin, yrr

, WALTER GEORG Gs. Prsfenor in
logy, University of "Perth (Fellow 1902).

FELLOWS.

1918. „ANDREW H. W., North Ih eg Collinswood.
.S., M.B

pæd
Q0
w
Or
b
A
tf
i
*:
A
CN
E

i Bla

,

: é ckwood.
1917. Barry, J. F., Director ced Garden, Adelaide.

902. ic y w H.ELB. Hines P

wrrr, ROBERT, M.R.C.S ote Ter., Medindie.

1893. Brom
1916. *Burr, i edis b Dv. Se., b T Adelaide Hospital.

1907.

446

"CmarMaN, R. W., M.A., B.C.E., F.R.A.S., Professor of
Mathematics and Mechanics, Vorqepeny of Adelaide.
Curistiz, W., 49, Rundle Street, Adelai

*CLELAND, Jonn B. D; ree ment ka of Micro-
biology, Sydney, New Sou a
*Cooxz, W. T. er Leian University of Adelaide.

Corsrn, H. H. B.Sc., University of Ade
ConwisH, K. M. .,,0n Activ e Service.

ARLING, HB. G: Nr ARUM. Hgt Adelaide.

*Drxon, Pc Bath Str New Glen elg.

Dopp, ALAN oo anda, “Queen sland.

Dutton, H. (Oxon.), Anl si

Epauist, A. eo 30, King Street e End.

*ErsTON, A. ' F.É. S., "Ender Sp Str ap North Adelaide.
ENNER, A. T, D.Sc. Education Department,

delaide.

Fznevsow, E. W., M.B., Ch. M., Gordon Road, Roseville,
yY

GranToNBURY, O. A., Adelaide Cement Co., Brookman

ngs.
ee ee c/o D. & W. Murray, Gawler Place,
1

QUE DEM, GEORGE, A.M. C.S., Gawler Place, Adelaide.
*Grant, Kerr, M.Sc Second of Physies, Universi ity of
Muda"

RIFFITH, ghton.
GnarGsoN, E. C., 99, Grant Av venue, Rose Park.
Hacxert, W. C. ide.
Hancock, H. Lipson, AIOE , M.I.M.M., M.Am.I.M.E.,
. W., F.C.S., East Buick, Clar
"Howcnurs, WarrER, F. G. Professor of p Ws and

Palaeontology, "University of Adelaide.
Ising, T ., Loco. Department, Islingto

Jack Assistant alori. ‘Geologist,
d elaide.

JAMES, TRAP. M.R.C.S., Tranmere, Magill.

JENISON, REv. i. Mount Barker :

*Jon HNSON, E. E M.D., MRCS. 295, Pirie Street,
Adelaide.

. KIMBER, J., Gaz

*Lavur, D. F., Acrieitturst Department, vH": ia S nd

*Lea, A. M., F.E.S. Eggs Australian Mus Adela e.

Lenpon, A. A., - (Lon d.), MRCS., “Lecturer A

Obstetrics, BaN ity of Adelaide, and
Physician, Chi dren’ s vr oam North Adelaide. "
“Lower, Oswatp B., F.Z.S., F.E.S., 18, Bartley Crescen

í y :
Matuews, G. M., F.R.S. E., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Foulis Court,
ir nd.
i Se, BE,
Ineralogy and Petrolo Universit ity of eve a
Mayo, Gro. G., C.E., 90, "Hil "Str eet, North Adelaide. *
Mayo, Hren M , B.Sc., 47, Melbourne Stree

Tuomson, Mount Pleasan

À "Morgas, A. M., M.B., Ch. B., 46, North sanii Adelaide,

447

*OssonN, T. G. B., M.Sc., Professor of Botany, University

of Adelaide.
Poore, W. B., 6, Rose eg Prospect,
Poot, His Ho NOR Jus T eg, eeu, ig LL,

Re gister Chambers, "Grenfell St ie

Pop ; treet.
“Putters, Mazor R. H., M.B., 3, North Terrace, Adelaide.
AY, WirnLIAM, M.B., b. G "Victoria Square, "Adelaide.
CE Tn H., M.A., D.Sc. (Lond.), F.C.S., Pro-

of Chemistry, University of Adelaide.

Sinore | k R. Park Terrace, Wayville West.

oacH, B. S., "education Department, Flinders Street,
Adelaide.
“apr Lrevt.-Cox. R. S., M.A., M.D., Flinders Street,
elaide.
*"Rurr, Warrer, C.E., College mE Adelaide.

SeLway, W. H., Treasury, Adelai
Snow, FRANCIS. H., National Mitual Buildings, King

William Street.

*STANLEY, t It; Government Geologist, Port Moresby,

Swap EFLE: H. A., M.D., Park Terrace, Parkside.
*To W. d. LED M.Á., BCL, Brighton, South Aus-

ia,
“Turner, A. Jerrerts, M.D., F.E.S., Wickham Terrace,
Brisbane, — d.
*Verco, Str Josepu C.. M.D. — T R.C.S
"Wars, m RR. F.L. S., Director South Australian
ARD, gessi Kerra, B.A., B.E. deas. aim Geologist,
Adela g

es e St
WnaLLEy, Rev. D. T. rince's Street rton.
WmnrrBRrAD, Howarp, c/o A. A ae. & Sons, Currie

rei Vs cen wey
*WnurrE, Captain S. A., C.M.B.O.U., ‘““Wetunga,” Fulham,

South Autre lia.
*Zretz, F. R., South Australian Museum.
ASSOCIATE. l
Rosrnsox, Mrs. H. R., “Las Conchas," Largs Bay, South
Australia.

448

APPENDICES.

FIELD NATURALISTS’ SECTION

OF THE
Bopal Society of South Australia (Incorporated)

THIRTY-SIXTH ANNUAL REPORT OF THE
COMMITTEE.

For THE YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1919.

The following Officers were elected at the last Annual
Meeting : —Chairman, Mr. W. J. Kimber; Vice-Chairmen,
Dr. C. Fenner, F.G.S., and Mr. J. F. Bailey ; Hon Treasurer,
Mr. B. B. Beck; Hon. Librarian, Miss I. Roberts; Hon.
Secretary, Mr. E. H. Ising; Hon. Assistant Secretary, Miss

eland; Press Correspondent, Mr. D. J. McNamara;
Committee, Prof. T. G. B. Osborn, M.Sc., Mr. JE. H. Lock,

.R.H.S., Mr. P. Runge, Mr. W. H. Selway, Mr. A. H.
Elston, Mr. W. Ham, Mr. E. S. Hughes, Mrs. F. J. Mellor,

e Fauna and Flora Protection Committee was electi
t :

October 15, 1918— Exhibits by Members.
mbers of Excur-

P

449

April 15, 1919—Lecture: ‘‘Palms and Cycads.” Mr.
J. F, Bailey.

May 20, 1919— ee “Climatic Control of Civiliza-
tion." Dr. C. Fen
á June 17, 1915-5 Esitar: “Travel Chat." Sir William
owden.

July 15, 1919—Lecture: "The earth as an abode of Life."
Mr G- F. Dodwell, A.

August 22, 1919—Lecture: “American Birds at Home.”
Mr. E. Ashby.

eptember 22, ee *"The Old Dutch Houses at

the Cape." Capt. S. A. Whit

The following ieee were held : —

September 21, 1918— Tea Tree Gully: Ornithology.
Capt. S. A. White

September 28, 1918— Blackwood to Eden: Physiography.
Mr. A. G. Edqui ist.

October 5, 1918—Aldgate to Bridgewater: Native Flora.
Mr. W. H.S elw ay.

aree 9. doge dc nx Gardens: Botany. Mr. W.

rU Ms 1905 Prandisk: Introduced Plants. Mr.
H. W. Andre
October 26, 1918— Gilles Plains: Fruit Culture. Mr.
W. J. Kimber.
rgo 30, 1918— Marino: Shells and Marine Life.
Mr. W. J er;
J Mei ^8. 1919—Port River: Dredging Excursion.
Mr. W. J. Kimber
S February 8, 1919— Blackwood : Experimental Orchard.
r. G. Quinn
B hre 15, 1919—Port River: Dredging Excursion. Mr.
R. Wai
pias Apal 18-21, 1919—New Era: The Murray River.
r. E. H. Loc

April 26, 1919. Bridgewater : Native Flora. Mr. E. H.
ock.

May 12, 1919—Sturt River: Geology. Professor: W.
Howchin, F. G.

May 24, 1919—— Morialta Gorge: Physiography, etc. Dr.
C. Fenner E G.S.

June 3 1919—Port Noarlunga: Fossils and Shell Life.
Dr. C. Fenner and Mr. W. J. Kim

June 13, 1919— Mount Pleasant : Geology, ete. Mr. W.

* J ii 12, fco MNA Museum : Mr. E. R. Waite,
s s io

450

July 26, 1919— Botanic Gardens: Trees and Shrubs. Mr.
oe F Bail 1

. Bailey.
August 9, 1919—Slape Gully: Plant Life. Mr. W. H.
Selwa

August 23, 1919-—Henley Beach South: Dune Flora.
Mr. G. H. Isin

g- ;
September 6, 1919— Blackwood: Native Flora. Mr.
A. G. Edquist.

etailed accounts of the various Lectures and Excursions
are published in The South Australian Naturalist.

THIRTIETH ANNUAL REPORT OF THE NATIVE
FAUNA AND FLORA PROTECTION COMMITTEE.

Four committee meetings were held during the year, and
the attendance, on the whole, was good

. early in the middle session. This promise has been wins 1
. 9ut and the Bill has now passed both Houses, practically

oe without alteration. Thus after twelve years’ hard struggle e
t

. Chase has been constituted. The area—about 200 e mil
_ 75 not large enough, but the Act provides for extension. -

451

Tue Game BILL.

The Game Bill, drafted with a view to securing better
protection of wild animals and birds, which lapsed in the first
session of Parliament, was restored early in the second session,
as promised, and after being much mutilated has become law ;
although several strong measures were lost, still it is a vast
improvement on the old Act, and we must hope for amend-
ments in the future.

SEALS.

sanctuary for seals.

INFRINGEMENTS OF ANIMAL Protection Laws.

wrongful capture of seagulls near Glenelg and
slaughter of kangaroos were discussed, and action deemed
appropriate by the committee was taken. The Coorong Islands
were visited by the Chairman, in company with Mr. G. R.
Laffer, M.P., Chairman of Committees, and the Chief
Inspector of Fisheries, and a number of notice boards, re
absolute protection of birds, placed thereon.

Destruction or NATIVE FLORA.
The Local Government Department was communicated
with respecting the indiscriminate destruction of native flora
on public highways in certain districts. |

CONCLUSION. .
.. Personal efforts put forth by the Chairman towards final-
izing the reservation of Flinders Chase and the gazetting of
both gulfs as sanctuaries for seals were endorsed by the
committee, and congratulations unanimously extended to him.
A letter of thanks was sent to the Press expressing
appreciation for prominence given to Flora and Fauna

Protection questions.

S. A. Warts, Chairman.
H. W. Anprew, Hon Secretary.

Frenp NATURALISTS? SEOTION OF THE Royat Soorery.

Statement of Receipts and Expenditure for Year ended September, 1919.
General Account

AREE OKIPTS. BE & d | EXPENDITURE. £ s. d.
lanis brought forward = s c AL Ee Mn Pupp ions pria to oyal Pray 2:2 6
n Gran from Hayal Socie de e. 12 85 0 0 » Posta Ban
Members’ Bubeeriptions ` e a0 15288 454 Stations: 0 14 10
. Bank Interest e 0 10 11 », Hire of Haii and Lantern 5 I0. 4
3 5 Printi l4 0
n hava s 018 0
e » Buding Librar Books .. E ues a 6
, Balance carried forward — s i uu ng T
Ep £53 14 8 £53 14 8
"e By Balance...» .. £5 8 7
Excursion Account.
bai b d f di 8 | To Hire of Motor | ROGA
alance brought indie Er bs ae o Hire o o SP A is A d
p em ursion yi io EIS (489 1 0 ; Hire of Ty Tug 8-5 0
» Refreshmen 0.6 6
„» Gratuities to Sailors 010 O
m " Orge of Dred 013 4
, Credit Rilate 90317 5
£46 12 3 £40 12 3
By Balance ... oc in 20 M b

Audited and found correct,
TER p E fas " Auditors.
eptember 15, 1919. |

453

GENERAL INDEX.

[Generic and —— names printed in italics indicate that the
orms described are new to science.

DEORA Remains, th
cacia brachybotry
ais ya, a. e crocarpa,

i, 33; pycnantha, 33; ri

33; spinescens, 32; ste norieylia,

y mole lunata, 82; tarculensis,

Erro Maler a gatliffi, 398;
laris, | 391; pilsbryi, 394;

apial Sa RO 395; porcina (Noto.
plax

Ajout hos terminalis, 29.

Adonis autumnalis,

33; brachy-
33;

"on

Adoretus LA. melvillensis, 246.
ganippe r

Agnostus Mess bii i 380; elkedra-
ensis,

Agropyrum scabrum, 25.
Alopecurus pratensis, 25.
Alphitophagus MIRI 291.
4 ita grossa,

amnion punct 265.

An oS australiana, 351.
Anacyclus radiatus

4

ine ypus coriek 4
inisoradsia mawlei saundersi, 73.
innual meeting, 431 rt, 432;
Balance-sheets,
n nton insularis, 217; niger,
219; opalescens, 218.
Anoplognath multiseriatus, 241;
prasinus, 240; smaragdinus, 241.
Aotus villosa, ;
rmilaria mellea, 266; mucida
exannula E:
Arthrocnemum, tab
$57; arbuscula, 361; halocnemoides,
; pergranulatum,
leiostachyum, 360; lylei, 359.
hropterus articularis,
Spei cx species, 175;
icornis,
M2. ` duboulayi, 171; foveicollis,
172; rnalis, 170; ayara
172; subey
cornis, 168 ; wilsoni, E
Ashby, E, Revi

of Genus Lori-
0

Polyplacophora, ibits :
ples, 425; 426;
fungus, 431; plants, 431; pyrites,

Asphaltum (bitumen). as Sea drift, 52.

Ast ENA humifusum, 40.

Australian Coleoptera 342; Fungi,
rper enei dig 66; Sali-
cornieae, ^

Delapok ekes; 434.

Barytes,

Bassia lougien spis, 351.
phalloides ed as 309.

s to the 7

eben! E
Boerhaavia repanda, 30.

Iboceras Me nicolle, 182; quadri-
foveatum, 181; triunum, 1
Boletus romanus, 294; scarlatinus,

Boronia. coerulescens,

Brachycome calocarpa, "d. xilis, 42,
Bull Dr. L. B., jared ^ad rr to the

Study of Lied s, 85.
Bupleurum en itum, 40.
Byeria opac

35.
tt ro basicollis, 224; rudis,
223.

Dm table of species, 26;
. 27; mino E 27; quadri seta,

26: montana,
Callistochiton antiquus mawlei, 400;
eridionalis, 400.
Callitris propinqua, "23; robusta, 23;
Calloodes sn i 242.
Calotis sca NS.
E Hacina, a, ' 810 .
mm rilobites of Australia and
Pk cool ees 272; folio-
215; e; 211. lilacinus,
Qua rtz-tourma-
I n Granite, 156;
Petrology o of, : :
Ces Bichenoviana, 21; tereticaulis,
Cochin A a 253.
Cassinia laevis
cascos melantha.
Casua distyla,

ra pcre oH
28; ipta 28;
suberosa, 29.

454

MM Australia, Nodular Barytes
from, 55.

Centrolepis polygyna, 28.

Chap R. W., Physical Prope
hen oi Some South AnatraDari
Grown Pines, 405. Exhibit: wood,

Che el, Notes on Three Species of

Ye Ae 56
Cheel, E., F id T e

Drc.
Australian Fungi, No.

ra, 206; C.
207: ruficollis, 208”

dec Sa
13; variabilis, 210; vittata, 210.
Cheirrhamph 203 ; cozalis, 204;
isularis, ; pubescens, 203;
tuberculata, 905.
Chenopodium microphyllum, 30;
Vulvaria E B
hlamydopsis agilis, 175; carini-
sia "i f omata, = < com-
pressi ; excava

115-
ioquiliba, 175; latipes. 116; Surat

pennis, 177; tuberculata, 1
Chlamydopus Meyenianus,
Chlorobapta frontalis, 240

horetrum glomeratum,

Cleland, - Dr. and E. Arcs

Australian Fungi, ING. 2.
3, 262.

Clitocybe | cyathi formis cinerascens,
269: dealbata minor, 269; media,
268 ; paraditopa, 210 ; Pienbis
69.

Codonocarpus pyrmidalis, 30.
roots — po Serr ETT Miscel-
Collybia cónfluens 280; ingrata, 280;
radicata, 219; stipitaria, 281; velu-
renta Lu
olvm a splendida, 198. `
Coronopus « renis $2; procumbens,

Cortic iceum coeruleum, 308.
Corynophyllus cureieor nis, 288
rassu

a ni apes 32: colorata,
1; Sieberi
Crepicephalus - viberidget $589; tas-
manicus,

Cryptodus, 232. C. angustus, 235;
ateak aii. 254: creberrimus, 233;
tus. 2

; fraternus, 233;

grossipes, 255: incornutus, 233;

paradoxus, 233; passaloides, 234 ;
variolosus,

Cype rus distachyus, 349; tenellus, 27.

ldinia co:

c Dactrloctenium aegyptiacum, 849.
Danthonia 4

pobicillata, 25.
. euclensis, 240.

Dikelocephalus goi s 389.
Di , 34.

Diphobia Zo ongicornis, 256.
Diplocotes foveicollis, 257
n, S, Exhibit:
attenuata
6; hexandra,
s to Library,
rosera Meraiodki; 32.

cina formicarum, 2
MI Can

Edquist, A Vitality "i Seeds, 5;
Exhibit : beetle, 5.

Edusa pulchra

Ehrhart a longiflora, 25: villosa, 26.

Elston, re H., Australian Coledphét a,

Enasiba tristis, 254.

Endogone tubereulosa, 310.
ngy ops flar ;

b dinum Diclsii. 24: falcata, 24;

Erechthi tes ‘prenanthoides, 43.

Eremophila neglecta
rigeron canadensis, i
Eriochloa punctata, 2
Eriostemon diff $5.
s
Eibonda : E Cambrian Trilo-
bites of Australia and T nia, 5/9.

oleosa, 88; vimi ae
Eon 80- EZ. costata; 180.
Euphorbia Wheeleri
Euphrasia collina, 41.
Exocarpus spartea,

Fenner, C., and eras Gold Medal,
E Naturalists Section, 448. 456
T linders pos e, 423, 427, 4351, wr -

ustus, 3
Fossil. resin as Sea-drift

atr fruticulosa, 852; | gerpylli-

ta,
Frenchelia eribriceps, 226: fimbriata.
gag
uai. Pipe tg ü, 262.

alium Gaddiohaunii o

Gastridium lendigeru

Geaster Berkleyi, 310; "Cleland m:
n n x iyaa ET
ccatus, simulans, 309. |
Geoglossum glabrum, 312; Mue uellert,

Geological Memoranda, 45.

455

Amethystine Colouration of,

Glass,
420.

Glossocheilifer addendus, 192; biden-

lobis rey acanthocarpa, 551.

arpus fruticosus, 40.

o
Goodenia albiflora, 41; humilis, 41;
A P 4l; pusi sillifora,' 41;

Q
3
kel
o
o

Granitic Mas Kangaroo Island,
Petrology of, ' 816.
Grevillea aspera, 29.

Habronema megastoma, 99; micro-

stoma, 100; muscae, »

Habronemiasis, Ve dy 85.

Tas a Edni , 99; cris flexilis,

Halo orhades elata, 39; heterophylla

glaucifolia, 40.

Haplonycha marginipennis, 188;
nigra ; suavis, a:

Haplopsis. serricoll is,

Helichry ambiguum on E53; leucop-
idium ; obtu foli tum, 42;
mipap : 42.

Helipterum corymbiflorum, 42; di-

morpholepis, 42; Jessenii,

Hibbertia crispula, 352; stricta

cauescens, 36; virgata incana, 36.
Howchin, f. Geological
Memoran 45 ; Occurrence o
Aboriginal Remains, 81; Exhibits:

male d cle, 426; ‘flint, 422

Humea - pholidot ta, 43.

Hydnu alutaceum, 305 ; coralloides,
304 ; leri, ; ochraceum,
$04 - Vareeces ns, 304; zonatum,

Hygrophorus conicus, 281: rmhiniatun,
281: psittacinus, 282.

Hypomyces aurantius, 313.

International Research Council, 427,

Irpex cingulatum, $05; consors, 305;
aepiaria, :

Ixddia achilleoides, 42.

Juncus holoschoenus, 98; pallidus, 28.

DAN n qu Petrolgoy of, 316.

Kimb Exhibits: fish, 425;
fossils, 423,

Kochia Cannonii, 29; eriantha, 30;
planifolia, :

Kopionella, 71; matthewsi, Tl.
Lactarius serifluus, s. stenophyllus,
CR y ` 214.

lene 2 «rod
Lasiopetalum. "Behri. 36.

Latheticus oryzae, 257.
Lea, Pa Notes on Coleoptera,
166 ; Exhibits : fungus, 428; insects,

422, 425, 427, 42 n pe 431.

Leanymus mirus,

Lemidia fone ding T ad: . favi-
ventris, 3 basiflava, : D.
fasciata, flavicollis, | 546;
variabilis, xr

Lentinus dealbatus, 290; fasciatus,
290; radicatus, 291; strigosus, 290;
uber ium, 289; ursinus,

Lenzites abietina, 292; Beckleri, 293;
bi , 294; Muelleri, 295; re-

93; saepiaria, 295; striata,

otia marci

rper froggatti, 187; stradbrok-
187.

Loonie hyssopifolium, 32.
40.

Leucopogon virgatus,
Library, Donations to, 456
inum as sites

List of m

445.
Litargus Ceca 181.
Lloydella, 308.
Lopharia,

Loranthus miraculosus,
2 pur Review of “Genus 59;
si M torri, 62.

Lychnis p
perdon S MA 310.

Macrohelodes, 248; M. crassus, ety
km "am , 248; montanus, 250;

Morchidinus. 251; uM.
251; mar rginalis,
hackeri, 229 ; hopeanus,

latericollis,

calopus,
equi-crinis, 283; porreus, 282.

Mila hirsuta, 23.

edie minima brachyodon, 351.

a halmaturorum, pau-

d pustulata, 368.

enter, List of, 445.

Merismus

Metanastes bico 239.

Micro be makilos, 35, 352; pauci-

Pa — 380.

a Kempe
sdoretus Crisi ch a 245; nireo-
44.

Melanii a, ' 418.

Moenchia erecta ; ok

Morchella conica, add Mode 311.

Mue xac np ninghamii, 350;
stenophylla,

456

Mycena banksiae, 284;
284; sanguinolenta, 285.

Mycenastrum corium, 310.

Myriophyllum verrucosum, 40.

coecineus,

National Research Council, 427.
ative ran na and LA "s Protection
Com Report of, 450.

Notalar e sia Genta Aus-
tralia, 55.

P heian t us MR, 390.

Notoplax porc , 895.

No ovapus o rdi 236; rugosicollis,

Numularia Baileyi, 315.

Obituary : mcer Miss E.
Cleland, CW.L, 4. prid
Sir E er 1, 495; Wainwright,

E.
Odont onyx “ruficeps WaS
Olrle ciliata, P ‘dec ns, 353;
a : lepidophylla, 42;
Muelleri, 42; pime ^ ides minor, 42.
M"

Osborn, T. B. d bits : D.
phora on cockle, 425; fungus, 424.
Pachycornia, table "i species, 363;
robusta, 363; tenuis, 363.
Panicum leucophae €" 25,

ipsia polyporoides, ‘312,
Hi aree lacunari
Phyl pe antennalis, 202 - apicalis,
$ uscus, ; assim ilis,
^ asali.

s 198; nigripe
voridentalis lis, 1965 - llid us,
ru
latus, 19

; micro

Plaxiphora matthewsi,
Pleuro it Cheelii, reat lampas, 286;
ostrea 288; striatulus, 289; sub-
ostrea
Polycarpon tetraphyllum, & $51.
Polypla ora,
Po Iyplsootes carinaticeps, 354: scab-
ricollis, 255,

u

sessilis, 300;

hureus, 299; tumulosus,

tict badius,

p ene cinnabarinus,

m

gris, 297;, Sob tanec sia PNE Hi

occidentalis, 297; Persoonil, ;

ineus, 298; subfulvus, 298;

versicolor, 298
Pomaderris iiem = ad
Poria cal 303; vaporaria, 314.
Poronia oedipus, 314; tantae ile
Proceedings, prea of, 421. get:
Pseudoheteronyx basicollis, E. s

puncticolli t : m .
P e bius flavus, “i

s a , :
385 ; johnstoni, 302 ; subsagit

Pulleine, ‘Dr. :
ganippe

dá ngaroo
Island 74; Exhi bits:

Ka
plant, 428 ;
er,
Pultenaea tenuifolia, 34.
Pum s Sea-drift, 48.
ied © - Te "nb Nodules 1n
156.

Qu
Grani

1 ch carpus, 31 :
Ranuneulus 6. R forresti, $875
minima, 389; ' thielei, 388. ie

Repsimus manicatus, 243; mont

Rhopaea, M decipiens, 185; nigri-

collis,

| -headed pin, 430.

srt - y 8. Exhibits : photographs,
Rodwayia intercoxalis, 174; minuta.
174; orientalis, 174. `

H

oe compressa, 24,
Rowe, A., The Phaestos Disk, 142.
Russula adusta, azurea, 276;
emetica, ; erumpens, 279;
locktonae, 274; fragilis, 278;

granulosa, 277;

) L — 215;
pectinatoides, 277;

erampelina,
Russularia, 274.

Sachse Gold Medal, 426.
Salicornia australis, 365.
S. eae, 555; table of genera,

314.
Sarsen Stones of Sonth Australia, 45.
Saulostomus mimicus, 247.
Schizognathus insita atk 244; viri-
diaeneus,

Scirpus litt tora alis, 349.

oe thus minusculus, 31; pungens,
Selerocyphon aquaticus, 252; basi-

251.

collis maculatus,
Scleroti- forming Polypo ores, 11.

ceous vs drift, 52.
Seeds, _ Vitality of.
PAN ay, B, ADi granite
Foris ia suturalis, 19
Siegesbeckia orientalis, 354.
ilene pce 31.

40.

South Austr: Pers Flora of, 25, 349;
gis , 405; S air: n Stones, 45.
Deci Lcd bii: 36.
Stackhousia monogyna, 35.

tereum adustum. teh Panag y
506; cinerascens, 308

ny i 307 ; ludens, , BOT; lobe

osus, 192.
rachnopus, 25; scelerata, 25.
Stirling, Sir EK. C., Obituary Notice

Sircbilomyee floccopus, 296; palles-
tems Recess, Occurrences during,
Systellopus ater, 187.

457

Tecticornia cinerea. 366.

Telura, 214; clypealis, 215; vitti-
collis, E

Templetonia Battii, 38.

Tetratheca pilosa, 35.

Thelephora myriomera, 306; terres-
tris

Thorictosoma, 257; T. ectatommae,
258; tibiale, 259.

Thwaitesiella,
Thysanotus EH
illey, Quartz-tourmaline

Nodules in Granite, 156; Petrology
of Cape Willoughby, Kangaroo
Island,

Taani, (kerosene-shale) as Sea-
ri

Trametes, 7; T. lactinea, 303;
protea, 308; semitosta, 308.

Tremellodon gelatinosum, 305.

we p ate colossa, 267; muculenta,

THÉ ium Dorcel ee 34.
Trilobites, Cambrian, 378.

Urnula TET 313.

Verco, Sir J. Obituary Notice
of Sir E. C. “Stirling, 1; Notes

n
Vero

Vitality of Seeds.

Wainwright, E. H., Obituary Notice

Notice of, 426.
Waite, E. R., Exhibits: parts d

Xerotus fuliginosus.

Xylaria „2nisopleura,
314 ypoxylon, "ip
314; uis sapot. 313.

Zietz, F. R., Exhibits: birds, 423,
, 429. i
Zostericola, 66; Z. pilsbryanus, 66.

scan
id

ve

SR

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr.

Vol. XLIII., Plate I.

Phyllis F, Clarke.

ʻi
o
E
=
[se]
=
=

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S; Austr. Vol. XLIII., Plate II.

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. Vol. XLIII., Plate III.

, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. aus.

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. Vol. XLIIL, Plate IV.

$0 Aus.

HUSSEY & GILLINSHAM L

Fig. 2.

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. Vol. XLIII., Plate V.

Ee h

HUSSEY &

Vol. XLIIT., Plate VI.

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr.

zov. sp.

Cannon ti

a

Kochi

TONO UN NS, Lo
RV DEN N
y s SS >

I a.

iamsonii

PII

WwW

Fimel ea

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. Vol. XLIII., Plate VII.

Goodenia vernicosa a. M. multiflora Z7urexz.

! ;

HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, 50. AUS

-. Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. Vol. XLIII., Plate VIII.
i | i

(rs
=
N

ZRY
. y^ à
Wi yh}
AS /

/

\ A 2 /
Y / > s /

nmi M ^
aS oer
y M

wi
PV
1

Eos osi /
UPR

SN 7 2, 2d
"A / TLE
AK PEATE)
We ha N

A

|

Erechthites prenanthoide S DC.

HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, S0. AUS.

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. Vol. XLIII., Plate IX.

HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PR ^

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. Vol. XLIIL, Plate X.

ans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. Vol. XLIII., Plate XI.

& PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. Avs

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. Vol. XLIII., Plate XII.

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. Vol. XLIII., Plate XIII.

Vol. XLIII., Plate XIV.

y. Soc. S. Austr.

Roy.

and Proc.

Trans.

Trans. and Proc. Roy.

Soc. S.

Austr.

Vol

. XLIIL, Plate XV.

rans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr.

Vol. XLIII., Plate XVI.

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. Vol. XLIII., Plate XVII.

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr.

Vol. XLIII., Plate XVIII.

©

—
—

‘Bird flying away”

“Bird settling down”

^:
KA

DISK LATER CYPRIOTE SIGNS switAR. TO pisk sicns
SIGNS PORTRAITS OF MYRES DI CESNOLA | PETRIE | ENCYC.BRIT.| | EVANS MARKIDES
" Treasury," or ^N AN ^
“Lake Dwelling "' am SI SI ie— |
— a
[1j 35 Sign * a
QU o2 | Yoke” way Lv AN ux
3 |"Crested Head" J FO
| vo /_ PI L k VO
5, 4 Head of “ Votary,". C
or “Captive” PO PO
" Woman," or VV
zs Goddess " j | | E
se ny : 3 l
6 |“ Man walking (Graffito)
I I I
$ 27] Child? | | É
U U Y
8 |" Rosette " M
E
Loaf VIRA. E
n » Graffito
9 | Boat TI TE

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr.

DISK
SIGNS

PORTRAITS OF

Vol. XLHI., Plate XIX.

LATER CYPRIOTE SIGNS smar To pisk sIGNs

MYRES

DI CESNOLA

PETRIE

ENCYC. BRIT.

EVANS

MARKIDES

bo

—
we

Cop o FESS G Bt

oO

N
e

ones

" Hide of some
Animal”
“Archer’s Glove”
[11 T ”
Water
“Fortress ”

"Cat's Head”
“Bow "

oe Axe »

" Head of Wild
Sheep, or Goat "

Uncertain

Pillar”

V
) (stro

Whe

Aur

Cy pro-

Y, Minoan

uy Later
KE Cypriote

(Graffito)

NE

\\ Fe
NE

ee

i EK ZO
H, DA - TA - TA - TA
ai eas. C
—" s MO

NA

tl

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr.

DISK
SIGNS

PORTRAITS OF

Vol. XLII., Plate XX.

LATER CYPRIOTE SIGNS SMILAR TO DISK SIGNS

MYRES

DI CESNOLA

PETRIE

ENCYC. BRIT.

EVANS

MARKIDES

bo
W

bo
oO

to
-

v

* Plant,” or "^ Tree”

* Pig's Head"
(Hemp!)
“Leather Cutter ”

(Macalister)

“Bee,” or “ Moth”
“Fish ”

otus,” or
" Lily " (Hempl)

" Phallic Organ”

" Mason's Square "

“Cypress Tree”

“Horn”

“ Lunar Sign (?)"

Y (Graffito)

Y. Y.

Eee

D

RI
AA A RO
b eu ( : Q RA
T A T A y SE
E n. NA ) PH c4 XE
( LE s] LI

| L(O)
E E
(Evidently

KI

SU

A. R. del.

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr.

Vol. XLIII.

, Plate XXI.

LATER CYPRIOTE SIGNS SMILAR To DISK sIGNS

DISK
SIGNS PORTRAITS OF MYRES DI CESNOLA PETRIE ENCYC. BRIT. EVANS MARKIDES
32 “Wind Instru- x
ment (?)" = Pipes (Graffiti) S SA
33 [T1 Cap (2)" f A
GO ^ RE
?
34 |“ Hoof” l g g
S 5 SE
7 T
35 Dagger in Case V \ VO
36 |“ Pipes (?)” A A A A N A
; KO t G KO KO KO KO

DISK SIGNS POSSESSING

NO SATISFACTORY RESEMBLANCE TO THE LATER CYPRIOTE SIGNS.

SIGNS PORTRAITS OF SIGNS PORTRAITS OF SIGNS PORTRAITS OF
“Cypriote Cap of EU 5 :
37 | period of Assyrian 40 | " Thistle " 43 | “Tree”
influence "
T) “ Shield (?) of Ms Ring” (see Brit.
o? Š 38 | period of Assyrian 41 Mus., Evcavations 44 | * Bone"
influence " Cyprus”)
f " Arrow." Perhaps
EN “Oar.” See “Anc.
S « » “ iD o" Hist. Near East"
e 3> | Jug 42) CHE ^5 | (Hall), Pl. XXVIL.,
Ñ (Phoenician war-
hip)

Supposed
Virama-mark :—

\

A. R. del:

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr.

Vol. XLIII., Plate XXII.

MISCELLANEOUS EQUATIONS,

From.Phaestos Disk.

From ‘‘Catalogue of Cyprus Museum'' J. L. Myres

bu On Cypriote scarab of Late Iron Age (Plate VIII.).

(SHIELD): (a)

SIGN NO. 6 (MAN):

SIGN NO. 38

Pd

aos On lenticular bead of Late Iron Age (p.136).
9o

e a

(b) t

* Dotted ornament on figure of Hellenistic Age (p.92)
e

(e) à Painted shield held by warrior (p.151)
WORDS 14, 20, 53, & 60:

1952 & 1954 (p.9

T Y NV NA-0-TE:

Compare the Cypriote graffiti oa o from left to right) on
Vases Nos. 0):

(2) f Y NA-0-TE:

A TYPICAL INSCRIPTION IN LATER CYPRIOTE CHARACTERS, WITH
RANSLITERATION, ETC.
(From **Handbook of Cesnola Collection,'' Myres, p.392)

+ VK Ake EE j
KE. TEVA. DD. RO: TO: FA. PO.

I»

x n m
B zs 1
BA. i. ue. VO. SE.

'ETeávbpov tot lládov Past Ewes

1.e., **0f Eteandros the king of Paphos

wn

A. ROWE. del.

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. Jol. XLIII., Plate XXIII.

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. Vol REAL Plate XXIV.

HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, s S0. ALS.

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. Vol. XLIII., Plate XXV.

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. Vol. XLIL, Plate XXVI.

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. Vol. XLIII., Plate XXVII.

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. Vol. XLIIT., Plate XXVIII.

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. Nol XILHE: Plate: X XIX.

" FOTIT ttt
cute
euntem

í—

Phyllis F, Clarke.

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. Vol. ALIN: Plate XXX.

jæi

3
y
-
1
-
1
o
4
c
ont
e
--
-
—
-
—
1

Austr.

1

e *

D

y. Soc.

Roy.

and Proc.

Trans.

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. Vol. LIII., Plate XXXII.

Casuarina

stricta Ay

Cyperus
distachyus AZ C.distyla vent

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. Vol. XLIII., Plate XXXIII.

Arthrocnemum halocnemoides
À Nees

HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUSLISHERS ADELAIDE, $0. A JS.

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. Vol. XLII., Plate XXXIV.

Arthrocnemum Lylei ( Ew. et White) comb.n.

Arthrocnemum. bidens xz

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. Vol. XLIIL, Plate XXXV.

Arthrocnemum

arbuscula (24&r)Mog.

Arthrocnemum leiostachyum (24)Paulsen

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. Vol. XLIII., Plate XXXVI.

Pachycornia tenuis ( Benth.) comb. nor.

Be DS UAE MEME DLE EE UTUHESSTUNIC SUE ONSNHESISCYTDUUPIES

Vol. XLIII., Plate XXXVII.

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr.

M

|

1h E M
B Bi 9
v =

cinere à (FrM)Hok/

C€orniu

Tocti

Banks et Sol.

australis

Salicornia

HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS. ADELAIDE, 80 AVS.

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. Vol. XLIII., Plate XXXVIII.

d.
SELON ad
eR

i
zi

1 E ae og
"Ie Mt

aw Is uf o

"T (<a Sx
E qu^
Aate 4 m Ab. o
bey W, ~ nin M nis CO deu

Melaleuca halmaturorum
F. v. M.

HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, S0. AJS.

s. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr.

Vol. XLIII., Plate

J. R. Kinghorn, Austr. Mus., del,

XXXIX.

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. Vol. XLII., Plate XL.

1

J. R. Kinghorn, Austr. Mus., del,

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. Vol: XLHI., Plate XLI.

HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PR NTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SQ. AUS.

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. Vol. XLIII., Plate XLII.